Ih JES 1b

OF THE

COUNCIL AND OFFICERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL

SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1903.

COUNCIL.

(Elected April 29th, 1903.)

His Grace Tur DuKs or Beprorp, K.G., President.

Witiram T. Buanrorp, Hsq.,

LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Grorce A. BouLencer, Hsq.,

E.R.S., Vice-President.

Wiiuiam E. pre Winton, Ksq.,

Acting-Superintendent of the

Gardens.

Hersert Druce, Esa., F.LS.

CHARLES DrumMonpD, Ksq.,

Treasurer.

Cures H. Garry, Esq., LL.D.

FREDERICK GILLett, Esq.

F. DuCange Gopman, Esq.,

D.C.L.,F.R.S., Vice-President.

Apert Gtnruer, Esq., M.D.,

Pu.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Carr. THe Marquis or Hamit-

ton, M.P.

Pror. Grorce B. Howss, D.Sc.,

LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Lr.-Cou. L. HowArp Irpsy.

Srr Epmunp G. Lover, Br.

K. G. B. Meapr-WaA po, Esa.

P. CHaumers Mircuet, Ksq.,

M.A., D.Sc., Secretary.

Str THomas PAINE.

E. Lort Pures, Esq.

Davip Suarp, Ksgq.,

OLDFIELD Tuomas, Hsq., F.R.S.

Henry Woopwarb, Hsq., LL.D.,

FE.R.S., Vice-President.

M.D.,

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.

P. Cuatmers Mircuey, Esq., M.A., D.Sc., Secretary.

W. E. pe Winton, Esq., Acting-Superintendent of the

Gardens.

Frank E. Bepparp, HEsq., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector.

Mr. F. H. Warernouss, Librarian.

Mr. JoHn Barrow, Accountant.

Mr. W. H. Couz, Chief Clerk.

Mr. Grorcr Artuur DouBiepay, Clerk of Publications.

Mr. Artur Tomson, Assistant Superintendent of the

Gardens.

LIST OF CONTENTS.

January 20, 1903.

Page

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menarerioiin December 1902 wi. iae. ts sekceeesewesemesneehs i

Mr. P. L. Sclater. On the Zebra-and-Pony Hybrid living

im ther Society siMienarenie | 62. 4ieeswsenewoeese side beaten omens 1

Mr. J. S. Budgett, M.A., F.Z.S. Account of his recent

Journey to Uganda in search of the Okapi and

ELONA PD LCIIUS EN ARAN NOM IE Se GhrM as gah Sete eed vn tne t ins cad seer owes

1. Note on the Spiracles of Polypterus. By J. 8S. Bupcert,

DIE ABE Se suit cee som euens instcat iene ars ates te soso enone 10

2. On the Brains of WNasalis larvatus and of some other

Old World Primates. By Frank E. Bepparp, F.R.S.

(SOS: Soa donads COCEOO COCO ES BOE ROOOH SC OE EOR COR ATEnE HSE GHOC AGREE eon 12

3. On the Fishes collected by Mr. G. L. Bates in Southern

Cameroon. By G. A. Boutencrr, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8.

(ERI DIVES) rth tenance. doecbeen ea tb acartocancis ses aceeeeeebede 21

4. On the Anatomy of the Gephyrean Phascolosoma teres,

n.sp. By W. K. Hurron, M.A., M.B., Senior Demon-

strator of Anatomy in the University of Glasgow.

(elena WAR VAIINY) 8 tomes oz cdoumabnastd scans cece cae ced anaes cure 29

. On Potamon (Potamonautes) latidactylum, a new Fresh-

water Crab from Upper Guinea. By Dr. J.G. pe Man,

of Terseke;: Holland: “(Plate TX.) 12 b.ccccccecseowedececeess 4]

Page

6. On a new “ Bird’s-dung” Snider from Ceylon. By R. IL.

Pocock, F.Z.8., and the Hon. N. C. RorHscuiLpD, B.A,

E.ESS., EZS. ’ (Plate X.) BPE. .bscoa cou Renee perenne Saj00> 48

7. On the Crustaceans of the Genera Petalidiwm and Ser-

gestes from the ‘Challenger, with an Account of

Luminous Organs in Serg gestes challengeri, n. sp. By

Dye dels di Hansen (Copenhagen). (Plates XI. & XII.) 52

February 3, 1903.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Sage s

Menagerie in January 1903 ....... eee cece eee ee ences ee en ens 79

1. Notes on the Hair-Slope of four Typical Mammals. By

WW Areas, [GIDDY IBAgsb sonoscoeacodstocosoosssnscopanoonoopsoeand 79

2. A Prodromus of the Snakes hitherto recorded from China,

Japan, and the Loo Choo Islands; with some Notes.

By Captain F. Watt, Indian Medical Service .........-.- 84

3. Note on the Wild Sheep of the Kopet-Dagh. By R.

IDPADINIEGDG, aaqoanesqsouoséoposbonnoocoeodosoooooosasccedoscbonceonns 102

4. On new Parasitic Copepoda from Zanzibar and Kast

Africa, collected by Mr. Cyril Crossland, B.A., B.Sc.

By Staff-Surgeon P. W. Basserr-Surru, NG eh VA Se coo LOA

5. On the Original Home of the Tiger. By Col. C. EH.

RSimmohyeew, OBS! OMINIKET COLD, — Shscsaosodobnoncedoooccoco0009 109

6. On the Mode of Copulation of the Indian Elephant. By

H. Suave, Conservator of Forests, Maymyo, Burma ... 111

7. On the Coelenterata collected by Mr. C. Crossland in

Zanzibar.—l. Ceratella minima, n.sp. By Sypney J.

Hickson, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Beyer Professor of

Zoology in the Owens College, Manchester. (Plate

DrCIUTIED)) obodbdobbbndetonus assdsodondasadoqhoudiadsqobadakdesuecosoos 113

8. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the

Faeroe Channel.—No. VIII. By G. Herserr Fowter,

TRNgs IEloial Dy ID S/ATSB noncassasesoadescesenonbonaogubdesdodococescd 117

9. On the Present Condition and Habits of the Klk in

Norway. By MH. J. Huwes, FR.S. ...6... 2. sce eeenes 133

February 17, 1903.

Mr. R. KE. Holding. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some

Skulls of Mammals showing abnormal dentition .........

1. On some new Species of Spiders belonging to the Families

Pisauwride and Senoculide ; with Ghar acters of a new

Genus. By Freperick Pickarp-CamsBrives, B.A.,

Begs (Plates Rein OXVe)! ieasiigdier. cect ldecenenMteeies oble

On the Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa,

from Collections made by Cyril Crossland in the Years

1901 and 1902.—Polycheta. Part I. By Cyrm Cross-

TAND; Bet; Bsc, ii (elatese Navel. do Xe Wels) is, wrerele ate 9

3. On the Axis, Atlas, and Proatlas in the Higher Therio-

donts. By R. Broom, M.D., B.Se., C.M.Z.S. (Plate

DS WAIHI H Ip Vans donecneRepbce eo cbt neabocs contsc spr onceeeor scockos ocean

4. A Revision of the Fishes of the Genus 7’riacanthus. By

CRRT Arnis EGRGUAING Bee Ales ig tutes eaticle seiocciclas tin eae ele Rislalgtetarerstente

5. On the Geographical Variations of the Sand-Viper, Vipera

ammodytes. By G. A. Boutencer, F.RS., V.P.Z.8. ...

6. Notes on the Habits of the Hoolock. By Gro. CaAnDLER,

Wicib (OPnMIIe OF etanghbonbbbcoconataonbs oadbocasocoeosoadeadeeanocccas

March 8, 1903.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Menasere mel ebriuaity 190 Si ecctans..) 2 cae ashe nsercet

The Secretary. Extract from a letter from Major C. Delmé

Radcliffe concerning skins of a Monkey and an Otter

PMO TOG OSAMA). cere nacseeieli stance stone shia ne ets'a.s/e palelnwisi'a <6

Mr. F. EK. Beddard, F.R.S. Exhibition of a mounted skin

Olthne Greater Bird Ol PATACISE! sce cmcseie<ce cee sescsine as cies

Mr. J. L. Bonhote, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks wpon,

a photograph a BKlephants showing considerable growth

of hair, and note upon the Sansky ie name of the Tiger..

Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, F.Z.5. © Exhibition of, and remarks

upon, a Holothurian of the Genus Actinopyga ............

1. On a new Species of Pigmy Antelope of the Genus eo-

tragus from the Cameroons District, W. Africa. By

WB. De WINTON, BLAS. (Plate XTX.) oid. ccssts.

Page

169

Wel

180

185

187

191

192

. On the Land Operculate Mollusca collected during the

““Skeat Expedition” to the Malay Peninsula in 1899-

1900. By E.R. Syxus, F.Z.S. (Plate XX.)

eee ceecesese

(su)

. The Significance of the Callosities on the Limbs of the

Equide. By R. lypexnur, PAS. ....-0..1..-.e eens

4. Note on some Remains of Struthio karatheodoris Maj.

of the Island of Samos. By Ruporr Martin, of Basel

University

ee oeeccnnese oer eseooeoeresaseeseassesoreeosessesoseserenaee

. On a new Genus and two new Species of Harthworms

of the Family Hudrilide, with some Notes upon other

African Oligocheta. By Frank HE. Bepparp, M.A.,

F.R.S., F.Z.8.

ecaeeaee cee oeoes reese soeoooceveearneeooeooesasereoues

March 17, 1903.

Prof. Newton, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,

photographs of the White Rhinoceros, taken by Mr.

OoRe saunders. © oViaG 2 im Zrululamcleee ee eee en eee ane

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Exhibition of a skin and

description of a new species of Monkey, Rhznopithecus

erie Bors ( LEAN Key O- [a WinaenennoeAbsonadoanondoosdodsssoghasons

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Exhibition of specimens and

description of a new species of Duiker, Cephalophus

COON [cA RB ROP POR AraC ANNA An innichAnCcuObAnUNT ARdons sh oodeAsKoeooo

1. Observations and Experiments on Japanese Long-tailed

Fowls. By J.T. Cunninenam, M.A. F.ZS. ............

2. On some Nudibranchs from Hast Africa and Zanzibar.—

Part II. By Sir C. Exniotr, K.C.M.G., H.M. Com-

missioner for the Hast Africa Protectorate, F.Z.S. ...

3. Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.—Part VI.

Cuculiformes. By W. P. Pycrart, F.Z8., ALS,

(Plate XXIT.)

eens esoaencecseeec ees er osereceseseseer seo eso ees es eee

April 21, 1903.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s

Mienacerieamy March: LOO Sie. -rs-csensee cece eeeecee ees

1. Linneus and Hunter on Feather-Tracts. By Henry

SCHERREN, BEZiS J 8 oo. A hud. slehia cers aetemnentevlah Miata elem sree ree

Page

194

199

203

210

258

292,

292.

vil

2. On some Mammals collected by Capt. H. N. Dunn,

R.A.M.C., in the Soudan. By Oxprietp Tuomas,

US EvsS eau ne eee pret ole «d\artoctaqise sataste soso coin eaena au San escebines

3. On a Collection of Turbellaria Polycladida from the Straits

of Malacca. (Skeat Expedition, 1899-1900.) By F. F.

Laipiaw, B.A.Cantab., Assistant Lecturer and Demon-

strator in the Owens College. (Plate XXIII.)............

4. On the Phylogenetic Cause of the Transposition of the

Testes in Mammalia: with Remarks on the Evolution

of the Diaphragm and the Metanephrie Kidney. By

W. Wooptanp, University College, London

5. On the Geographical Distribution of Spiders of the Order

Mygalomorphe. By R. I. Pococn, F.Z.8. ............... é

Page

301

319

ERRATUM.

Page 110, line 29, for Archipelago, which read Archipelago which.

APA BH TEC A tal sf

oF THE

CONT hy aU Onis;

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

BassEtt-Smitu, Staff-Surgeon P. W., R.N., F.Z.8.

On new Parasitic Copepoda from Zanzibar and East

Africa, collected by Mr. Cyril Crossland, B.A., B.Sce.......

Bepparp, Frank H., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

On the Brains of WVasalis larvatus and of some other

OIdaWrorldaerimayess sec. ceacslseuictenis se parece oemoleecen @ake cocme

Exhibition of a mounted skin of the Greater Bird of

{EE ania ISU: Ra eM AER Ee Se, ERT ep aah SO A Re

On a new Genus and two new Species of Karthworms

of the Family Hudrilidw, with some Notes upon other

Atricom OM GGG hear tej. ccenacesielasieisisecisecapeiuccsosisgssinesed ese

Beuy, Prof. F. Jerrrey, M.A., F.Z.S8.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Holothurian of the

GemusrAeriiany gay wre den Worse sees ceeehuicssste seve cstvvanes

Page

104

210

Bonuore, J. Lewis, M.A., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a photograph of

Hlephants showing considerable growth of hair, and note

upon the Sanskrit name of the Tiger .................-s..««

Bounencer, Grorce ABert, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

On the Fishes collected by Mr. G. L. Bates in Southern

Cameroon a (@elatess]: Ve) nur eeeeeeepenr ere ae nee

On the Geographical Variations of the Sand-Viper,

Vipera animodifles p.8. nigh yekee Saeki

Broom, Rosert, M.D., B.Sc., C.M.Z.S.

On the Axis, Atlas, and Proatlas in the Higher Therio-

Gomis": (Plate DLV WLI NEA Ne er Mente eminent Nadel | Aap rRmeme

Bupeert, J. 8., M.A., F.Z.S.

Account of his recent Journey to Uganda in search of

teins) CUEF OM BuMNOl JZQUNTTICPOIS. sencebonasocoasobocoeoacosotnsoedeseuss

Note on the Spiracles of Polypterus ......................+.

CAMBRIDGE, F. Pickarp. See Pickarp-Campripes, F.

CANDLER, GrorGcE, M.B. Cantab.

Notes on the Habits of the Hoolock ...................0.

CROSSLAND, CyriL, B.A., B.Sc.

On the Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British East

Africa, from Collections made by Cyril Crossland in the

Years 1901 and 1902.—Polycheta. Part I. (Plates

DOV Dds DVB oo rceeaes dcr (ct cen ee ee eee

CunnineuaM, J. T., M.A., F.Z.S8.

Observations and Experiments on Japanese Long-tailed

Fowls

whesheheieseielsialslaceehejleleiersieleile)eela/elslels)elsleleleleisisl=lallainielalalsiistclsicietsialaletereletotetaterets

Dr May, Dr. J. G., Ierseke, Holland.

On Potamon (Potamonautes) latidactylum, a new Fresh-

water Crab from Upper Guinea. (Plate IX.) ............

Page

192

185

177

187

169

227

De Winton, WituiAM E., Acting-Superintendent of the

Society’s Gardens.

On a new Species of Pigmy Antelope of the Genus

Neotragus from the Cameroons District, W. Africa.

(Plate XIX.)

i rr er a

Kuror, Sir Cuartes, K.C.M.G., H.M. Commissioner for

the East Africa Protectorate, F.Z.S.

On some Nudibranchs from East Africa and Zanzibar.—

Part II.

Kuwes, H. J., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

On the Present Condition and Habits of the Elk in

Norway

ee ee i i

Fowuer, G. Hersert, B.A., Ph.D., F.Z.S.

Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the

Faeroe Channel.—No. VIII

i i i |

Hansen, Dr. H. J., Copenhagen.

On the Crustaceans of the Genera Petalidiwm and

Sergestes from the ‘Challenger,’ with an Account of

Luminous Organs in Sergestes challengeri, n. sp. (Plates

SICTGE oS) Heebpa so vpnebeton doen seeonap cous uaboduanuacicbonocnocceC

Hickson, Sypney J., M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., Beyer Professor

of Zoology in the Owens College, Manchester.

On the Coelenterata collected by Mr. C. Crossland in

Zanzibar.—l. Ceraiella minima, n. sp. (Plate XIII.) ...

Ho.prine, R. EK.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Skulls of

Mammals showing abnormal dentition

Hurron, W. K., M.A., M.B., Senior Demonstrator of

Anatomy in the University of Glasgow.

On the Anatomy of the Gephyrean Phascolosoma teres,

Tig eed eR CR AVA ARLIM Aue MEI umeaniiey). coe dcce steele’ neues’

Page

192

250

133

Litre

Kipp, Wautrr, M.D., F.Z.S8.

Notes on the Hair-Slope of four Typical Mammals

Laiptaw, F. F., B.A.Cantab., Assistant Lecturer and

Demonstrator in the Owens College.

On a Collection of Turbellaria Polycladida from the

Straits of Malacca. (Skeat Expedition, 1899-1900.)

(GEIB) NO-CINUE)) Goenscoodhaabpoconavoauondooesosndco20D0cen doo cana

LyDEKKER, RicHarD, B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8.

Note on the Wild Sheep of the Kopet-Dagh ............

The Significance of the Callosities on the Limbs of the

JHE Tes a cocies badeannancneperodonnabon nos oosboSoducquodoMeandcccHscés

Martin, Rupour, of Basel University.

Note on some Remains of Struthio karatheodoris Maj.

obithe Wslamd "Of Samos ii cack on ccncece see eemecee ere sces

Newton, Prof. ALFRED, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, photographs of the

White Rhinoceros, taken by Mr. C. R. Saunders, C.M.G.,

AAW ALOU UNE ANG Leen Son OM Weer NM Rr eninge Eur oa see e

PickARD-CAMBRIDGE, FREDERICK, B.A., F.Z.8.

On some new Species of Spiders belonging to the

Families Pisauride and Senoculide ; with Characters of

apnews Genus: (Plates XGmVards PXOVe) ieeereearercce cess ae

Pococg, R. I., F.Z.8.

On the Geographical Distribution of Spiders of the

Order) My calomorphee: 42.05) eceeeer eget eeee sea as enieee

Pococr, R. I., F.Z.8., and Roruscurip, Hon. N. C., B.A.,

F.E.S., F.Z.8.

On anew “ Bird’s-dung” Spider from Ceylon. (Plate X.)

Page’

301

203

tol

xili

Pycrarr, WILLIAM PrAne, F.Z.S., A.L.S.

Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.—Part VI.

Ciscoe an (ENC ROR) Nite wosietecunseonceaenasientvineens

Reaan, C. Tarr, B.A., British Museum, Natural History.

A Revision of the Fishes of the Genus Zriacanthus .

Rotruscuitp, Hon. N.C., B.A., F.E.S., F.Z.8., and Pococr,

Rt, B:Z8:

On anew “ Bird’s-dung” Spider from Ceylon. (Plate X.)

ScHERREN, Henry, F.Z.8.

Linneus and Hunter on Feather-Tracts ...............0-

Scuater, Pump Luriey, M.A., D.Sc, Ph.D., F.RS.

(Secretary to the Society till January 20th, 1903).

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

TOyeceerill eee USO: eoncnbonddncebosgsoncdb aococoboundasonostaboodgond

On the Zebra-and-Pony hybrid living in the Socicty’s

IWIGSTOKENETS) seo carnesanfp cone oc. qa00boc Toonp nos scebnomuscee” snoteoc

Scrarer, Wittiam Lutury, M.A. (Secretary to the Society

from January 21st to April 29th, 1903),

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

dicintienyy ISS $cc cnscr ano cenconnpsodoon UB occoousouSOsNaacpUseeOrouD

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Pebriary OOS yc. s cs ccnecuseescmceemaseenieserocesiocnsoanavensse

Extract from a letter from Major C. Delmé Radcliffe

concerning skins of a Monkey and an Otter from Uganda.

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Metre hieel’ OO ieae meme vive wieisniete aviecio'e sla siaciels\a slate svielen.e visio vnlaieisielno.vlns

SiapveE, H., Conservator of Forests, Maymyo, Burma.

On the Mode of Copwation of the Indian Elephant ...

Page

180

XIV

Stewart, Col. C. E., C.B., C.M.G., C.LE.

On the Original Home of the WMiger (i) ).2ss2-eeee

Sykes, Ernest Rutruven, F.Z.8.

On the Land Operculate Mollusca collected during the

‘Skeat Expedition’ to the Malay Peninsula in 1899-1900.

(JENS 2O3G))sacocota- Hee SNM RG eB Ate Eos Bee ea nas s f+

THOMAS, OLDFIELD, F.R.S., F.Z.8.

Exhibition of a skin and description of a new species

of Monkey, Rhinopithecus brelichi. (Plate XXI_).........

Exhibition of specimens and description of a new species

of Duiker, Cephatophes tgniyer owes. sesdastse-sniaccee eee eos

On some Mammals collected by Capt. H. N. Dunn,

RVAGME CE inet }SOu Catt oa he ree eee eRe Rene eon eee

Watt, Captain F., Indian Medical Service.

A Prodromus of the Snakes hitherto recorded from

China, Japan, and the Loo Choo Islands; with some Notes.

Wooptanp, W., University College, London.

On the Phylogenetic Cause of the Transposition of the

Testes in Mammalia: with Remarks on the Evolution, of

the Diaphragm and the Metanephric Kidney

eee eee er score coes

194

hist OF uae s:

1903.—Vot. I.

Plate Page

I. 1. Alestes intermedius. 2. Alestes opisthotenia. 3. Am- |

Phalius LONGWOSULIS: 2. cleo eevee eanteesrnse series:

II. 1. Labeo annectens. 2. Barbus teniurus

ARERR 5

Ill. 1. Barbus progenys. 2. Barbus batesti ee

IV suuitlecrosynomontis Dabestt! \iueniaie = 0 dle eialeels ctorake ieleic einiedils |

V. 1. Anabas pleurostigma. 2. Mastacembelus sclatert.... )

VI.

VII.} Anatomy and Histology of Phascolosoma teres ........ 29

VAD Oe

IX. Figs 1-6. Potamon (Potamonautes) latidactylum. Figs.

7-9. Potamon (Potamonautes) africanum. ...... 6044. 4]

RON SEA y/NATACHNE TOURS CRUG: 6\.15)5 ores hotels vielelnve Vea ott stator le 48

XI. Fig. 1. Petalidium foliaceum. 2. Petalidium jun. 3. Ser-

gestes profundus. 4. S. prehensilis, 5. S. kroyert. oa

Goa Sicunelisl cerns GimiG Nw Sie Ni Uin Glebamanomtardlg. SMW OaWO et areMs st 4

XII. Fig. 1. Sergestes arcticus. 2. S. challengert ..........

PRCLT Le Ger chelate walters Sale eines, 61 Hadden sale ee one gine 113

XIV. Spiders of the Families Pisaurida and Senoculide ....( 45)

XV; | Spiders of the; Pamilly Pisanridies. f2i0 os... ee eles \

XVI. Figs. 1, 2, 8, 4, 7, 8. Phyllochetopterus elioti. Figs. 5,

GS PE TCURG LEM Neve Rt ste at OG oft eRe ols 2.6 FSO Gees 169

PROVE RYU MOCHELOPLEHUBIELIOLE ac Ris: o's ix) che hones) on eral bieies stat ntatel

XVIII. Axis, Atlas, and Proatlas of Gomphognathus and Tri-

HUAN SEDANS LEO ee eee Sao 177

Men PIN CO Umno US JU RLERD: staat, whanau Scthaie ebie em aieie kai ANA ys aaeho Res 192

XX. Mollusca from the Malay Peninsula ......... aie SiARN 194

BONST oy EUIO TAD PEL RECUS UF ELUCNT HM. SUB rian, SRE Pid cain eee oat ate 224

XXII. Osteology of the Cuculiformes ............00.02 0000s 258

XXIII. Polyclads from the Straits of Malacca............000% 301

LIST OF TEXT-FIGURES.

1903.—Vot. I.

Page

1. Hybrid between Equus burchel, 3, and H. caballus, Q ...... 2

2. Upper surface of cerebral hemispheres of Nasalts .........+.. 13

SAnothen, brainvof tu heysame)speciessteraymive oes sirerteiees etalon 13

4, Longitudinal median section of brain of Nasalis.............5 15

5. Upper surface of cerebral hemispheres of Colobus guereza...... U7

6. Longitudinal median section of brain of Colobus guereza ..... ey la

7, Lateral view of brain of Cynopithecus niger...........+s0008- 19

8. Longitudinal median section of brain of Cynopithecus niger .... 19

9. Tentacular wreath of (a) Phascolosoma and (b) Phymosoma.... 88

10. Front view of skull and horns of adult Ram of the Kopet-Dagh

Uital). tu ee hee eee aloo eprom teem aya 103

11. Chondrocarpus aoalson and Chondrocarpus sp. ............ 105

WD, WVAUOGHE LO GOSUMIED, Sean nen nnobcnnonSsunooanoooDOOGONOS 107

13.

14.

15. $Telsons of larve attributed to Thysanoessa longicaudata.:.... 131

16,

18. Horns of fully adult Elk from Trondhjem, Norway .......... 134

19. Horns of fully adult Elk killed in Bjorndal.................. 184

20. Horns of a full-grown but not adult Elk, killed in Upper

INamidallens, Vols agate aims cr tee RIE eto tick rene 135

91. Horns of young Elk, supposed to be 3 years old.............. 135

22) Tracing of shed horn picked up ati Mo. nee. eee oe 142

93. Horns of a large Elk from Lithuania, in Branicki Museum .... 145

24, Horns of a very old Elk showing degeneration .............. 147

25. Tracing of a cast horn found at Solem in Bangdal by Capt.

TE SARTO as oa oe Seam eben OM 6 arb Si nio HOMO DReOISS 4 5/0.0'd.0 6 148

96) One-homed sh livin ips wach Miurseumayaeiamersin i ibe iereiions 149

97. Side views of heads of (a) Vipera ammodytes f. typica and (6)

VAD DILENECVOTQUES sir ic alle oleic sya seetnM ae Neeenee eves ohailere halter 186

98. Front view of end of snout, showing the lepidosis ............ 186

Or Cr Or

y=! (eS)

Sr Or Or Sr Cr

So ot He Co to

on on

PaO SAE MLE PUOUIESLY cm crnrrrd dale o 1 ARS ace ole a g ele

XVI

Right femur of Struthio haratheodoris, Caudal view ........

Right femur of Strathio karatheodoris. TRostral view ...... oi

. Pelvis of Struthio karatheodoris. Ventral view............ 5

Pelvis of Struthio karatheodoris. Dorsal view ............-.

. Lateral view of the pelvis of Struthto karatheodoris .......44.

. Dissection of Stuhlmannia michaelsent ..... 00. e eves eee ecces

Ventral surface of Bettonia lagariensts ...........05 Aenea a¥e

Termination of the male efferent apparatus of Lettonia lgune a=

ENSIGN, crass Vaulted neiaioneeco ube ter tee FE AMO IAI RISO RCL. ay averers

mopermatophoreiot whanewareus Spiers '\ce oalss ae vir as ais 4s «ale .

Recently-killed RAmoceros simus, sahil Gy onron Se DOr Semon naee

Recently-killed Rhinoceros simus, adult S ....... cece cee

Japanese Long-tailed Fowl. Cock A, photographed April 1905.

Japanese Long-tailed Fowl. Cock B, photographed April 1905.

Left side view of sternum and eon e of Cuculus

CANOPUS RINNE RT ee aves oath Lae Pe utenis Dinu esce oD

Left side view of Senin and shoulder-girdle of Cowa heiraae

Dorsal aspect of the pelvis of Cacomantis merulinus .......4+-

Dorsal aspect of the pelvis of Geococeyx mericanus... 1.6.6.5

IM ORVLC Wy OL SANG ee scccie aerate opelicva wise nce) aysusia'cna/oiaveere| clade eave poyadetavs

Wentral aspectiot same tier. arctan relator o ckaielsiarsy strep vaavaleieys

Topographical diagram Thonn, feather-tracts and c we spaces

in cehematio bird. ahs dvniaetabted Saree teles eaifedel sate ons fotetekevetatands 6

Hye-spots of Riotiyulenes EVANS ..... rd aoeaeereC Sagoo oe Gare

Male organs of Notoplana evansti ...... LY ah cosemeedt ats fe) Speeraeteg? oe

Genital apparatus of Leptoplana malayand ..... 0... cece

. “ Brain-eyes”’ of Semonia penangensis ............2.0sesuve

Genital apparatus of Bergendalia anomala ..........-. ardicrets

BLY CoS POUs) Ol) LeOCESLES ANGUS! 21). erste) sijelo leary as avieta elaine

Kye-spots of Prosthiostomum pallidum ...... siectda ysl Sto ckeyaneaueeaeate

Diagram illustrating Testis Descent . ths Saea clu istt tonat ice SIR

Map to illustrate fie Geographical Misimhunien of the Macon

tteleam cenera Ol MU iiur7a ce rac. aiey~ solsicierstei eg bie ie sles

Map to sinneennte the Geographical Distribution of aN aie

Brachybothriide, and Mecicobothrtid@ oo... cece eee

. Map to illustrate the Geographical Distribution of the Gene

HMO MAGde = so. co olen SRIne ciotciD Ibn Domino a eNeC UIC ees

Map to illustrate the Geographical Mice bution a the iiae

LOTR cleat «s BO OLOD DOU Oem ODI OOh ARCO CCT eee:

Proc. Zoo, Soc.—1903, Voz. I. b

304

306

309

S11

jlv

DQ 1-7

517

ees

LIST OF NEW

GENERIC TERMS

PROPOSED IN THE PRESENT VOLUME (1903, vou. T.).

Page

Acolischnus (Arachn.) ............ 362

Asthenoceros (Vermes) ............ 315

Bergendalia (Vermes) ..........-- 310

Ceratophyllidia (Moll) .........063 250

Chondrocarpus (Copep.) ......... 104

Page

Microsynodontis (Pisces) ......... 26

Notoplana (Vermes) ............+6- 302

Paradossenus (Arachn.)...... 153, 155

Pleurophyllidiella (Moll.)......... 251

Ventriculina (Copep.) ...........+ 106

PROCEEDINGS

OF TIIE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THD

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

1908, Vol. I. (January to April).

January 20, 1903.

Prot. G. B. Howes, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1902 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of December 1902 were 30 in number. Of these 15 were

acquired by presentation, 1 was born in the Gardens, and 10 were

received on deposit and 4 in exchange. The total number of

departures during the same period, by death and removals,

was 141.

Amongst the additions worthy of notice are two very fine speci-

mens of the One-wattled Cassowary (Casuarius uniappendiculatus),

from New Guinea, deposited by the Hon. Walter Rothschild,

M.P., F.Z.S., on Dec. 30th.

Mr. P. L. Sclater read an extract from a letter from Messrs.

Stagmann, Ksselen & Roos, of Pretoria, dated Dee. 8th, 1902, and

addressed to Major W. H. Birkbeck of the Remount Department,

Johannesberg, from which it appeared that the hybrid Zebra,

placed under the Society’s care by the King on July 19th, 1902

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1903, Vou. I. No. I. 1

2 MR. J. S. BUDGETT ON [ Jan. 20,

(see P. Z. 8. 1902, vol. ii. p. 225), was the progeny of a male

Zebra and a pony mare. Major Birkbeck added the following

Text-fig. 1.

Hybrid between Equus burchelli, 8, and E. caballus, 9.

particulars:—The hybrid was rising 12 months in July 1900

when he came in. He went home with a pony of which he was

very fond, and if he gets troublesome the company of a quiet

pony will pacify him at once. We gelded him, thinking Her

Majesty might use him, and a stallion hybrid is always a terror.

The late owner Erasmus has tried to claim compensation, but as

the beast was a fair capture he has no case at all. At the

surrender the Boers kept any horses of ours they had and we, of

course, keep theirs.

Mr. J. 8. Budgett, M.A., F.Z.S., gave an account of his recent

journey to Uganda and return by the Nile, which was illustrated

by a large series of photographs taken by him as he went along.

Mr. Budgett made the following remarks :—

The special object of my journey to Uganda was to continue

investigations on the life-history of African fishes and especially

‘

1903. ] HIS JOURNEY TO UGANDA. 3

of Polypterus. “Having made previous attempts to solve this

problem under certain conditions in a confined area, it was

thought that by observing it under varied conditions of latitude

and altitude, new light might be brought to bear upon it.

From Uganda it was possible either to work down the Congo

from its source or to return northwards down the Nile.

On my way to Uganda, and in Uganda, I gathered what infor-

mation I could about the two routes. The southern end of the

Nile Valley really lies at the foot of Ruwenzori, while a short

journey westwards from this point would bring one into the head-

waters of the Congo.

A special inducement to take the Congo route was that infor-

mation might in this journey be obtained about the new animal

Okapia johnstoni, and other interesting forms, believed to exist in

the Semliki Forest.

From information gathered in Uganda, it was clear that it was

useless to hope to meet with Okapi in British territory, and,

moreover, I here learned that the Belgians had found the Okapi

in large numbers in the Welle country.

I found also, what had been very difficult to learn before

leaving home, that the season of the rains and the breeding of

Polypter us were considerably earlier at the source of the Nile than

they were further northwards; that the Semliki Valley was a

most inconvenient place at which to make a permanent camp

by the river-banks, owing chiefly to the scarcity of food; and

that only one species of Polypterus was to be found there, while

at least three species were to be found in the Nile farther to the

north.

The difficulty of taking delicate apparatus through the Congo

Forest to the upper waters of the Congo was incomparably

ereater than to the upper Nile.

And, lastly, it was to be borne in mind that the time of year at

which one might hope to be successful in the main object was

that at which it was well nigh impossible to do much in the way

of collecting the higher Ver tebrata which might be supposed to be

of interest in the Semliki Valley ; for at this time the grass is so

high that moving away from beaten tracks is almost impossible,

while anything smaller than giraffe or elephant is seldom seen.

Bearing these facts in mind, I had little hesitation in deciding to

work down the Nile, striking it at a point farther northwards

than the Semliki River, in or der to take advantage of the lateness

of the season in that region. Accordingly, having fitted out my

safari or caravan at Entebbe, I started for Butyaba, on the west

coast of Lake Albert, on July 10th. I had the advantage of

starting thus along a good road which had just been clear ed for

the greater part of the way, and along which the rest-houses had

been repaired for the convenience “of the Commissioner and

Consul-General of British Kast Africa, Sir Charles Eliot, who

has recently made sucha remarkably rapid journey from Entebbe

to Gondokoro, the frontier station of Uganda on the Upper Nile.

4 MR. J. S. BUDGETT ON [Jan. 20,

At Kampala I diverged, however, for a few days along the old

road to Massindi to the eastward.

T had with me at the start 50 men and boys and my bicycle.

So many books have been written on Uganda, that there is

little need to describe the scenery of these tropical highlands,

especially as Sir Harry Johnston’s wonderfully complete book is

now in everybody’s hands.

Shortly, one may say that, on going northwards from Lake

Victoria, forest is hardly seen after leaving Kampala. We passed

day after day through almost endless elephant-grass, with palm-

groves and papyrus-swamps in the lower parts. The hills are

clothed with clumps and patches of acacia and euphorbias,

while their summits are very frequently covered with huge

granite boulders. There were thunderstorms and rain every

afternoon, and for the first few days I saw little in the way of

animal life: occasionally a Civet cat would cross the path, while

overhead Hornbills and Plantain-eaters of various species were

common. In the valley of the Maangia for a time we were rid -

of the everlasting elephant-grass, and here Cobws thomasi and

Zebra were plentiful. The Cobus thomasi of this region is some-

what different to that met with in the valley of the Nile, the

horns having a wider curve and being stouter and of a lighter

colour, while the animal itself is of a larger build and has more

brilliant markings.

The Maangia River flows northward through wide undulating

plains, covered at this time with hay-like grasses upwards of five

feet in height, and dotted over with very fine acacias, of a cedar-

of-Lebanon appearance and of richest deep-green colour. The

grasses and bushes of the roadside teem with bird-life: as we

rode along, the little Vidua principalis, with his dozen sombre

wives, was a constant companion, flitting just ahead of us for

a mile or more along the road. Likewise the Common Shrike

of these parts (Lanius excubitorius) has exactly the same habit

of driving along in flocks with a caravan as the Corvinella

corvina of the West Coast. In the marshy parts, Scopus wmbrettia

was often seen.

Then, leaving the plain, we struck up over the Bukamva hills,

and at the crest dived into the dense grass at the side of the road,

to travel for four weary hours over a wretched and little-used

track, often obliterated by the tramp of elephants, and where it was

quite impossible to make any progress with the bicycle. Then,

descending rapidly by swampy valleys and thick jungle, we came

suddenly into the new road to Hoima and Butyaba. From here to

Hoima the road crossed the steep hills which form the boundary

between Uganda and Unyoro, passing by abundant plantations of

bananas and through many a lovely valley, at the bottom of which

a stream ran through the richest vegetation, the banks carpeted

with Cannas, winter cherries, and hemlock, while overhead were

many Pterocarpus-trees with blossoms like the Alamanda flower.

As I did not care to get too far from my safari, I would often

1903.] HIS JOURNEY TO UGANDA. 5

bicycle on for an hour, and then sit down in one of these shady

spots, and watch the Mouse-birds hanging like acrobats in attitudes

most quaint, and Sun-birds darting in ‘and out of the great red

blossoms of the Spathodea, while often °a noisy flock of “Pri ionops

plumatus passed hurriedly along. In the more open parts I often

saw several pairs of Ground Hornbills, and each time one had a blue

throat, the other a red one. I can but think that this is a sexual

character, though which is the female and which is the male

I was unable to determine. Other birds seen were Pawocephalus

meyert, a species of Macronyx, Irrisor erythrorhynchus, Hirundo

rustica, and the handsome Snipe Rhynchwa capensis.

A very amusing bird that I watched was Hrythropygia ruficauda,

which is most assiduous in its courting of the female, spreading

its tail before her like a fan.

In the more shady parts one might often see the butterflies, as

I remember seeing them in the forests of Paraguay, covering the

ground with large patches of colour, in flocks according to their

species.

Shortly before reaching Hoima the river Kafu is crossed ;

here a network of papyrus-swamps with good causeways over

them abound in duck, geese, and kingfishers of various kinds.

Then, winding upwards, a high point is “reached from which the

village of Hoima i is seen, and in the very far distance one can

make out the Blue Mountains on the other side of Lake Albert.

At this high point I saw a charming little Widow-bird (Viduwa

hypocherina). Lions round this part are plentiful and somewhat

dangerous, as they usually are in countries where game is not

abundant. At Hoima I heard that several natives had recently

been carried off by the Lions.

From here, two days’ march through the so-called Budonga

Forest brings one to the shores of Lake Albert. This Budonga

Forest is nothing more than rather heavily-wooded scrub. It is

true that in the ravines and gorges there are strips of real forest,

but it is not in any way comparable with the real forest of the

tropics, where the sky can scarcely be seen.

This Budonga woodland teems with herds of Elephant—I

myself caleulated that there were over 200 in one herd which

we came across. Some of the males had enormous tusks, and

these big fellows seem to keep slightly aloof from the rest of the

herd. I knew that we were quite close to this herd, as there were

great roadways through the jungle with quite fresh, smoking

dung; and here J first noticed what struck me many times

subsequently, that when elephant-dung falls on a pathway or

clearing, there within half an hour you will constantly find,

heaped up all round the dung, the earth-workings of a shrew or

mole. What is it the shrew seeks in the dung? Is it the fly-

larve that have been blown upon the dung, or is it the dung

itself? Frequently elephants in these parts appear of a bright

red colour, having covered their bodies with the dust of crushed-

up termite hills.

6 MR. J. S. BUDGETT ON ~- [Jan. 20,

On July 29th I looked from a high point on the road on to

Lake Albert, a vast sheet of glistening water, 1000 feet below,

bordered on this side with level plains of park-land, broken here

and there by lagoons and*swamps, where I was to try first for the

Polypterus.

Of the results of my Polypterws work during this journey I

shall say nothing here; suffice it that I stayed down by the

lake-side from J uly 30th to August 15th, trapping, netting, and

shooting. During this time the ‘fishes most abundantly sae ‘with

were Hydr ocyon for skalii, Alestes baremose, Distichodus miloticus,

Labeo hosei, Bagrus bayad, Hutropius niloticus, Synodontis 1 ignites

Tilapia nilotica, also very large specimens of a Citharinus.

Lates niloticus is frequently caught by the natives here 5 and

6 feet long, usually with the spear. Protopterus and Polypterus

were both obtained here. The River-Tortoise (7'rionyx triunguis),

28 inches in length, and very large specimens of Rana occigtalis

were also common here.

The common Antelopes were Cobus thomasi, Cobus defassa,

Tragelaphus scriptus, Ovibi, and Cephalophus equatorialis. Down

on these lake-side flats the avifauna differs in a marked manner

from that in the highlands. Wyphantornis cucullatus was now

building in hundreds in the water-side bushes ; Laniarius barbarus

and Telephonus senegalus in the low bushes, with Merops albicollis,

Lamprocolius purpureus, Pyromelana flammiceps, Terpsiphone

perspicillata, and Dicrurus assimilis, were the birds most

frequently met with. These birds were seldom seen in the

highlands.

Lanius excubitorius seems to have a curious habit of giving a

peculiar chattering call whenever a wounded animal is near. We

often made use of this indication when tracking wounded beasts,

and I have no doubt of the truth of this fact.

From here I struck due east through the Budonga Forest again

to the Victoria Nile. The journey through this woodland country

was at this time of year most arduous, all the paths being densely

overgrown with rank grass, while in the ravines the creepers and

hanging lianas were a great hindrance to the porters. During the

four days I was in this rank jungle I saw very little in the way of

animal-life except Elephants, a few Baboons, and an occasional

Puff-Adder, one of them 4 ft. 5 in. in length, and a few interesting

insects—Phasmidee and Mantidee.

Plant-life was much more interesting, and almost overwhelming

with its abundance of variety and its beauty.

The handsome Nightjar (Cosmetornis vexillarius) was often seen

at sunset in these forest-camps.

At length we struck the old road from Masindi to Wadelai, and

the bicycle came into use again. At my first camp along this road

there were large numbers of a golden-eyed black Weaver-bird

(Ploceus migerrimus), which I saw nowhere else. In its size and

shape, courting- and nesting-habits, it resembles very closely the

gregarious Hyphantornis cucublatus.

1903. | HIS JOURNEY TO UGANDA. 7

The Masindi road now made straight for a high conical hill,

from the shoulder of which we had this part of Africa laid out

as a map before us. To the south, the Budonga Forest; to the

west, the north end of Lake Albert, with the valley of the White

Nile extending northwards; and immediately below, from east to

west, the valley of the Victoria Nile. Descending from terrace to

terrace, we at length arrived at the village of Fajao, just below

the Mur chison Falls, on the 22nd of August.

This wonderful gorge has been described by Baker, Vandeleur,

and others, and their descriptions are no exaggeration. One looks

down on the swirling, surging water, that, leaving the base of the

falls, sweeps round the hill on which the old fort used to stand,

with a feeling of utter amazement at the vast numbers of leaping

fishes, crocodiles, and hippopotami that have found their way

into this cul-de-sac of the Nile system.

Here I continued my work with more success than on Lake

Albert, the commonest fishes being Alestes baremose, A. macro-

lepidotus, Lates niloticus, Clarias lazera, Tilapia xiblir.

The natives here use enormous wattle-traps, which they set in

certain fixed spots, usually out of the main force of the current,

and often catch very large fish in them.

On August 29th I started again, as this is a most unhealthy

place ; many of my men were on the sick-list, and food was getting

scarce.

Once out of the gorge of the Victoria Nile, we came into open

rolling savannah country of grass and Borassus-palms, baobabs,

and scrubby acacias. Then crossing several rivers with difficulty,

we arrived at Wadelai on September Ist.

During this stage of the journey I noticed several birds not seen

in this part of Africa before : there was Corvinella affinis, Parus

leucopterus, and several species of Capitonidie, all reminding me,

as did the landscape, of the Gambia on the West Coast. Here

also were Melittophagus bullockoides, Macrony croceus, Urolestes

equatorialis, Telephonus and Crateropus.

From Wadelai I sent my porters on to Nimule, about 100 miles

distant, taking my loads and servants down the river by boat.

After a few days’ work at Wadelai, we started down the river

on the 8th of September. The scenery on this part of the Nile is

very charming, the hills in many places coming right down to the

waters edge. Here one sees the process of the er rowth of the sud

in every stage. Beginning with the floating separate plants of

Pistia Bae. the seeds of, first a small floating rush, then of

the “oom soof” grass, settle on and gradually bind together this

carpet of separate plants into a floating island of grass. So

abundant are these floating islands that often we appeared to be

stationary, even when moving at 5 or 6 miles an hour, for all the

visible banks were moving too. Once, however, the mass lodges

against the stationary papyrus, it quickly becomes overgrown by

this, and is converted into permanent swd.

Fishing villages are numerous on this part of the Nile. The

8 MR. J. S. BUDGETT ON [Jan. 20,

natives make very good traps of papyrus-grass, and also hunt the

hippopotamus with long spears with a rope and float of ambatich-

wood attached. Amongst other fishes caught here were Mor-

myrops, Mormyrus, Hyperopisus, and Malapterurus.

Much of this way the hills retreat, and there is nothing seen

but grass floating and grass stationary, not even bird-life to

relieve the monotony. The last 20 miles, however, before reaching

the garrison town of Nimule it is very different. The Nile flows

straight towards the mountains above Nimule, and here widens

into beautiful lagoons covered with water-lilies, in the foreground

sheets of Pistia of the most vivid green, in the background bold

wooded hills. Here and there are rocky islands with schools of

hippopotami basking in the sun; Bee-eaters (Melittophagus

pusillus), the Jacana (Parra africana), and the gorgeous little

Kingfishers (Corythornis cyanostygma) abound. And then the

Nile plunges into the great Nimule gorge, to tumble down

cataract after cataraet, breaking up and pulverizing the floating

vegetation, and issuing again at Fort Berkley free from sud.

I was now getting anxious about catching the Sudan Govern-

ment steamer, which comes up once a month to Gondokoro, and

determined to leave the Nile and go straight overland for

Gondokoro. The actual distance was little over 100 miles, but at

this time of year the difficulties of travelling and crossing over

rivers in flood were such that one could not tell at all how long

the journey would take. After passing through the Nimule

gorge, we came to the affluence of the Assua with the Nile. The

Assua was now in flood, the only way of crossing being by means

of small rafts of ambatch-wood equal to taking one load at a time.

None of my porters were able to swim, and all had likewise to be

crossed on the rafts. After very nearly losing two men down

the rapids, the crossing was completed after eleven hours’ hard

work. Here, again, the bird-life was different. I saw many birds

while on the march that I was unable to identify. There were

great numbers of a Weaver-bird of brownish colour with a white

crown, building innumerable star-like nests made of straight wiry

grasses woven in at a tangent to the nest. There were also seen

in these parts, for the first time, Scoptelus notatus and Crypto-

rhina afra, though amongst these were not seen specimens with

red beaks as was the case on the Gambia.

Just below its confluence with the Assua River the Nile flows on

two sides of a high hill; a fact which strikes one as remarkable,

for the two branches were mountain-torrents of very little depth

of water.

There we left the river, and passed through country with many

villages and a good deal of cultivation, especially ground-nuts and

millet. The aspect of this country of the Madis struck me as

remarkably similar to that of the Gambia: the soil was rich and

sandy, and the nuts produced were of great size. In some of the

valleys we saw quantities of very fine bamboo, while many of the

trees were almost smothered by the beautiful creeping lily

Gloriosa superba.

1903. | HIS JOURNEY TO UGANDA, 9

In one of these villages quite 10 per cent. of the natives had

marked elephantiasis. They were very friendly, and provided me

with whatever I wanted. After three days’ wandering by winding

paths from village to village, we came back to the main path by

the side of the Nile, which for over sixty miles runs along close

under a range of mountains on its western bank. From this point

northwards for some time the beautiful little Parrot Palwornis

docilis was common. The only Antelopes seen in this part of the

journey were Cobus leucotis and a species of Damaliscus. The

grass seemed to get longer and longer, and marching in the early

morning, when the heavy dew was hanging from every blade of

grass in great drops, was most disagreeable.

On September 19th we reached the flourishing village of a well-

known chief named Adimadi. This village was situated in a

hollow on the top of a high hill, with natural rocky fortifications

surrounding it, and overlooking a fertile valley to the east. On

the heights above the village I saw considerable numbers of what

appeared to be a large red Colobus-monkey, a specimen of which

I failed to secure.

Long-horned cattle were plentiful here, and are probably the

same race as the long-horned cattle of Ankoli.

On the hill-sides were numbers of very fine African mahogany-

trees (Aa@ia) and springs of good water. In these trees were many

kinds of Plantain-eaters and Rollers (Coracias caudatus). This

was the first place during the whole journey that I met with any

Rollers. The hitherto daily rainstorms were getting less frequent,

and the dry-season was setting in.

From here we marched through undulating park-like country

with small trees, to a similar isolated group of hills, with the

village of Leju nestling beneath. Here, again, were fine spreading

trees, in which were numbers of beautiful glossy Starlings (Spreo

superbus), and also the King of the Sparrows (Dinemelia dinemelia).

Passing down from the Leju hills again, we marched through

country of a rather barren nature, of rank grass and small

acacias. The whole way the elephant-tracks were very numerous,

and we came suddenly on a herd of twelve with two old tuskers

among them.

The country now became more and more barren, and on

September 22nd we reached the hills again, opposite the Belgian

station of Redjaf. Here I saw several birds I had not seen before,

including Merops nubicus, Vinago waalia, Laniarius erythrogaster,

and, I think, Lanius collurio, though it may have been a different

species.

At Gondokoro I sent back all my porters and Uganda servants,

and after a few days’ work fishing &e., I started northwards, on

the Sudan Government steamer ‘ Abuklea,’ for Khartoum, on

September 27th.

The first few days the steamer passes through firm banks, on

which, notwithstanding the grass, we saw several water-buck

and some buffalo. Many small villages line the banks, while

several old Dervish forts are passed.

10 MR. J. S. BUDGETT ON THE [ Jan. 20,

At Canissa, about 100 miles north of Gondokoro, I changed

into the ‘ Kaibar,’ the post-boat to Khartoum; then, passing

through the sud region in three days, we came to the mouth of

the Sobat and the land of the Shelluks.

On my arival at Khartoum, I set to work to get Arab fisher-

men and servants, fishing-tackle, provisions, &c., and returned in

a few days to Fashoda.

Here I made my final attack on the Polypterus problem. I had

three species of Polypterus to work with, while material was

fairly abundant. However, after several weeks’ work, I finally

packed up my things, and disconsolately returned to England ;

having got a good deal of side-light on the life and habits of

Polypterus, having seen something of the Fauna and Flora of

the most wonderful river in the world, but having again failed in

my principal object—namely, to obtain the early stages in the

development of Polypterus.

In conclusion, I should like to say that, throughout the journey,

I received at the hands of the Uganda and Sudan officials the

most courteous and liberal assistance on all occasions.

The following papers were read :—

1. Note on the Spiracles of Polypterus.

By J. 8. Bupezrr, M.A., F.Z.8.

[Received January 19, 1903. ]

On seeing a letter in ‘The Field’ for November 8th, 1902, by

Mr. Boulenger, in which he says that, after observing Polypterus

in captivity for more than a year, he had not been able to

learn anything concerning the use of the spiracles to Polypterus,

I determined to go over my former observations concerning these

structures and see whether I had by chance been mistaken as to

their use.

I have in captivity a pair of Polypterus senegalus kept in an

aquarium at a temperature of 75° to 80° F. They are quite

tame and regularly take food from a fork.

On December 2nd I watched them for one hour after feeding.

While eating, the spiracles were repeatedly rapidly opened and

closed, though not widely. The movement was apparently inde-

pendent of other masticatory movements. Within the hour each

of the pair came to the surface three times at irregular intervals.

1. Specimen A came to the surface and gulped air with the

mouth ; immediately after leaving the surface, two large

bubbles of air were discharged from under the opercula.

During the descent to the bottom the two spiracles slightly

opened and from each a minute bubble of air issued.

2. Specimen B performed the same movement, but no air was

seen to issue from the spiracles.

1903. ] SPIRACLES OF POLYPTERUS. 11

3. Specimen B repeated the movement, and small bubbles of

air did issue from the spiracles.

4, Specimen A repeated the movement, but no air was seen to

issue from the spiracles.

5. Specimen B repeated the movement violently after some

excitement, and as it met the surface widely opened the

spiracles, forming a triangular aperture, one side being

the side of the head and the two other sides being the two

plates of bone which form the spiracular flap; whether air

passed in or out of the spiracles was impossible to see as

the top of the head was out of the water. No bubbles

passed from the spiracle during descent.

Specimen A repeated the movement, the spiracles did not

open, and no air was seen to issue from them during

descent.

On December 8th I watched them again foran hour. Polypterus

A and B came to the surface for air 8 times, and 4 times the

spiracles were widely opened above the surface of the water, and a

sound produced as of the sucking in of air.

T have often found it convenient to kill Polypterus by piercing

the cranial roof and destroying the brain. During the operation

it is quite easy to stimulate the brain-centres in such a way that

the spiracles are widely opened as described above. It is possible

to stimulate continuously so that the spiracles are retained in the

widely opened condition. I believe, then, that the spiracles are

used to take in and to give out air from the swim-bladder. At

certain times the fish rises quite slowly to the surface in the

horizontal position, when it would be easier for it to exchange

the air in the swim-bladder from the surface of the head than to

turn its head upwards in order to take air by the mouth. By

closing the mouth and opercula, distending the body-wall and

opening the spiracles, I believe the fish is able to inhale air, and |

should suppose that it expires previously during the same move-

ment, as does Protopterus. I think it possible also that in the

very shallow water which this fish frequents at certain times

of year, it may be of use to the fish to change the air in its

swim-bladder in this way. I have often noticed, in changing the

water in a tank in which numbers of these fish are confined, that

when the water is exhausted the spiracles are frequently opened.

The position of the spiracles almost immediately over the long

slit-like glottis is in favour of the view that they are connected

in their functions with the latter. They seem also to be used, as

I at first believed, to let out the excess of air from the pharynx

after the fish has taken air into the swim-bladder, either with the

mouth or with the spiracles.

Observation upon these points is very difficult owing to the

rapidity with which the movement takes place; but the fish 1

have been watching have become very tame, after three years of

captivity, and these movements are now more slow and much

more easily watched.

12 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 20,

2. On the Brains of Nasalis larvatus and of some other Old

World Primates. By Frank E. Bepparp, F.R.S. &c.

[Received January 17, 1903.]

(Text-figures 2-8.)

Among the types of Old World Primates not studied by Messrs.

Kiikenthal and Ziehen *‘ in their otherwise fairly exhaustive survey

of the cerebral convolutions in the Apes, are Vasalis (if it be a

distinct genus), Colobus, and Cynopithecus. I take the oppor-

tunity afforded me by the possession of brains of these three

genera to compare their characters with those of other Old World

genera. The memoir of Kiikenthal and Ziehen has aided me

greatly in this attempt on account of the clearness and accuracy

of their figures, many of which I have been able to verify by an

inspection of brains of the same or allied species. I do not,

however, always find myself able to agree with the selection of

characters which they use to define the various genera of Apes

examined by them’. I cannot distinguish by any tangible

differences the arrangement of the furrows in the genera Macacus,

Cercopithecus, Cercocebus, and perhaps Papio. It appears to me,

in fact, that among the Cercopithecide there are only two plans

of cerebral conformation, one confined to the Cercopithecine and

the other to the Semnopithecine. The facts which I discuss in

the present communication are confirmatory of that view. But

the classificatory results to which they appear to lead are not a

little surprising, and may possibly be regarded as tending to

throw doubt upon the use of the cerebral convolutions as an

index of anything save physiological resemblances.

§. The Brain of NASALIS LARVATUS.

I have been able to compare the brain of the young male

Nasalis larvatus® with those of two other examples, which I owe

to the kindness of Dr. Charles Hose of Borneo, and I find that

there are, as might be expected, some slight differences of detail

in the arrangement of the furrows. The accompanying drawing

(text-fig. 2) illustrates the superior aspect of the cerebral hemi-

spheres of the specimen of Wasalis which forms the subject

1 “Untersuchungen tiber die Grosshirnfurchen der Primaten,” Jen. Zeitschr. f.

Naturw. xxix. (n. s.) 1895, pp. 1-122.

2 For instance, I find that the backward prolongation of the sulcus precentralis,

whose absence is stated as a characteristic of Cercopithecus, is present in C. stairsi.

In Cynocephalus mormon the parallel fissure joins the Sylvian above, so that the

statement “‘a [the parallel fissure] nahert sich dem hinteren Ende von S [the

Sylvian] um S dann im Bogen zu umkreisen”’ is not universal in its application.

In the same species the furrow hitherto lettered 6 (= inferior occipital) is not

“entirely confined to the lateral convexity ”; it also extends ventrally. The fissures

u and a form a complete Y-shaped furrow as in other Old World forms. Messrs.

Kikenthal and Ziehen write :—“ x verschmilzt gar nicht oder nur scheinbar mit w.”

3 Gratiolet (Mém. sur les Plis cérébraux, &c. pl. iv. figs. 1, 2) has figured a brain

of this animal.

1903. BRAINS OF MONKEYS.

Upper surface of cerebral hemispheres of Nasalis.

a, inferior occipital fissure ; c, lateral occipital fissure ; d, intraparietal ;

e, postcentralis ; R, fissure of Rolando; S, Sylvian.

Text-fig. 3.

Another brain of the same species.

Letters as in text-fig. 2.

]

14 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 20,

of the present communication, while the internal view of one

hemisphere is shown in another drawing (text-fig. 4, p. 15). The

variations that I have noted in the three brains are the

following :—

There is some variability in the exposure on the upper surface

of the brain of the parieto-occipital fissure. This, as will be seen

from the drawing exhibited (text-fig. 2, p. 13), is better marked in

a large female brain, given to me by Dr. Hose, than in the smaller

male brain (text-fig. 3, p. 13). In the third brain there are only

just traces to be observed of this fissure on the superficial view of

the brain. A furrow which I identify with the postcentralis

superior is present here in rudiment (as it is in the Macaques and

other genera) occasionally. It is best developed, but practically

on one side only (the right), in the small male which lived in the

Society's Gardens. In the large female brain there are traces

of the fissure on one side only (the right); the fissure is absent

in the third brain.

The fissure of Rolando curves back and joins the Sylvian

fissure In the large female brain; it does not do so in the two

remaining brains. On the left side of one brain the Sylvian and

the parallel fissures joined superiorly, a state of affairs which is

characteristic of the brains of many monkeys.

On the right hemisphere of one brain only the lateral occipital

fissure was Incomplete, and consisted of the lower arm only, there

being but a faint indication of the upper arm of this Y-shaped

fissure.

These appear to me to be the principal differences in the sulci

of the three brains.

I have compared them carefully with the brains of six species

of Semnopithecus ', of which I owe two to the kindness of Dr. Hose,

while four were extracted from the skulls of specimens which

have lived in the Society’s Gardens.

The species are as follows:—S. maurus, S. femoralis, S. hypo-

leucus, S. rubicundus, S. priamus, and S. entellus. The differences

between these brains and those described by Kiikenthal and

Ziehen ° are slight.

The fissure lettered H by the above-named authors, which is

the presylvian of other writers, is less regular in its occurrence

than it appears to be in Vasahs, but the difference is not sufficiently

marked to permit of any stress being laid upon the fact. In onl

one instance (S. femoralis), and on one side only (the right), did

the Sylvian fissure join the parallel fissure above. The rarity

of this arrangement is exactly as in Vasalis. In one case only

(S. maurus), and also on one side only (the left), were there

indications of the fissure of Rolando joing the Sylvian fissure.

The rarity of this arrangement is again paralleled in Vasalis.

1 Kiikenthal and Zichen (Jen. Zeitschr. 1895, p. 1) refer to the literature, but they

have not included a paper by Lankester (Quart. Journ. Sci. ii. 1865).

2 “ Untersuchungen tiber die Grosshirnfurchen der Primaten,” Jen. Zeitschr. 1895,

p. 1.

1903. ] BRAINS OF MONKEYS. 15

The relations of the parieto-occipital and the Simian fissures

appear to me to be exactly the same in Semnopithecus as they are

in Nasalis. As a rule, they are perfectly distinct from each

other; but in two brains the operculum was more fully developed,

as it is in the Macaques, and thus the two fissures appeared to

coincide,

The postcentralis I found to be always present, and on both

sides, though often asymmetrical.

In four Semnopithecus brains I find a small furrow running

between the intraparietal and the Sylvian, which may represent

the anterior fork of the parallel fissure figured by Kiikenthal

and Ziehen in several Apes (and lettered a’ in their figures), and

stated to occasionally occur in Semnopithecus. The existence of

this fissure, so far as my material allows me to state, differentiates

the brain of Semnopitheeus from that of Vasalis.

Dr. Elliot Smith ' has mentioned in one brain of Semnopithecus

entellus a bifureation of the calearine fissure, such as that which

is constant, or nearly so, in Macacus and Cercopithecus. I have

found this well developed on one side (the left) of a brain of

S. rubicundus, and less marked on the same side of a brain of

S. priamus, and on the right side of a brain of S. femoralis. It

may be observed, however, that in Semnopitheeus the T-shaped

ealearine fissure, when it is T-shaped, is not visible on a dorsal

view of the undivided brain as it is in Macacus. In the largest of

the three brains of Vasalis which I have examined, there were

indications of the same bifurcation on the right side.

Text-fig. 4.

Longitudinal median section of brain of Nasalis.

e, calloso-marginal fissure; Oa, calcarine ; i.p, internal parieto-occipital,

The inferior occipital sulcus is always less in the Langurs than

in the Macaques. In one Semnopithecus brain (the left side of

S. priamus) this furrow showed an unusual character, in that. it

joined the parallel fissure. The same occurred on the right

1 Cat. Physiol. Ser. R. C. S. ed. 2, vol. ii. p. 426.

16 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 20,

hemisphere of a brain of S. hypoleucus. 'This I have not seen in

Nasalis.

This same brain (of S. priamus) and a brain of S. entellus

show on both sides an unusual condition of the inferior temporal

fissure, which is well developed and runs parallel with the Sylvian

and parallel fissures. The more usual condition in this genus isa

much shorter fissure which is more transverse in direction, and

that is the condition which obtains in Wasalis. The fissure is

not figured at all by Kiikenthal and Ziehen, but is mentioned

as being very feebly developed. Another furrow which I find to

vary in the Semnopithecus brains at my disposal is the calloso-

marginal sulcus; it sometimes bends up and cuts the surface of

the brain. In Wasalis it always does.

§. The Brain of CoLoBuS VELLEROSUS.

Broadly speaking the brain of this monkey is very like that

of a Macaque. ‘There are, however, a few small points of

difference, of which one at any rate may be of some little

significance. The resemblance is so close in most particulars that

it is really unnecessary for me to describe the brain in detail.

The drawing exhibited herewith (text-fig. 5, p. 17) will adequately

prove my statement. I may, however, remark that the fissure of

Rolando quite cuts the inter-hemispheral suleus: that the post-

centralis is well marked on both sides: that the precentralis

superior is recognizable and has a direction parallel with the long

axis of the brain. On one side (the right) the Sylvian and

parallel fissures join above, as is so common on both sides with

the Macaques. The occipital lobe is very smooth, as is often the

case with the Macaques, and the lateral occipital sulcus is hardly

marked at all. The cross-piece of the characteristically Macacine

calearine fissure is visible when the brain is inspected from above.

A small fissure, which I have not observed in other Old World

Monkeys, is to be seen on either side, behind the Simian fissure,

and running parallel with the longitudinal axis of the brain.

Kiikenthal and Ziehen figure, but give no name to an apparently

similar fissure (lettered 5) in the brain of Lagothrix humboldti.

I am able to confirm their demonstration of fact. They do not

figure the same fissure in any of the Cercopithecide.

Tam unwilling to seem to emphasize too strongly this point of

likeness between the African Colobus and the New World

Lagothrix ; but I may remind zoologists that likenesses between

Colobus and the New World Monkeys have been pointed out.

More important than this, however, is the light which the

brain-structure of Colobus appears to throw upon its relationship

to other Old World genera. On account of the structure of its

stomach, and for some other reasons also, Colobus has been

associated with Semnopithecus into a subfamily Semnopithecine,

contrasted with the Cercopithecine which embraces the remaining

Cercopithecidee. It should be plain from the statements made in

1903. ] BRAINS OF MONKEYS, 17

the present paper, and from the illustrations which support them,

that so far as its brain is concerned Colobus cannot be placed

in close proximity to Semnopithecus. From this point of view,

Text-fig. 5.

Upper surface of cerebral hemispheres of Colobus guereza.

Ca, calearine fissure. Other letters as in text-fig. 2.

Text-fig. 6.

Longitudinal median section of brain of Colobus guereza,

Letters as in text-fig, 4.

Colobus is most emphatically to be placed among the Cercopithecine.

In fact, it is probably safer to follow those zoologists who do not

subdivide the family Cercopithecide at all.

Proc, Zoot. Soc.—1903, Vou. I. No, IL, 2

18 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 20,

§. The Brain of CYNOPITHECUS NIGER.

IT have been able to examine a single brain of the Celebesian Ape,

of which drawings are exhibited herewith (text-figs. 7, 8, p. 19).

The Simian fissure runs completely across and contributes to

a perfect operculum, as in the Macaques. But the brain of Cyno-

pithecus differs from the brains of the latter and agrees with that of

Semnopithecus in the fact that the infraparietal fissure of each side

bends sharply outwards before joining the Simian fissure ; this sug-

gests an exposure of the parieto-occipital, and a very faint groove

(better marked upon the left side) is probably to be looked upon

as a representative of this. The lateral occipital sulcus is a single

fissure, that is to say, it has not the Y-shape exhibited in so many

monkeys. There is, however, a faint depression suggesting the

upper arm of this ¥. The inferior occipital sulcus is in some respects

rather peculiar. Dr. Elliot Smith has justly pointed out} that in

Semnopithecus “the inferior occipital sulcus has dwindled to most

insignificant proportions, and unless the student examines a large

series of brains he will hardly recognize in the little arc around

the lower end of the Simian sulcus the representative of the deep

operculated infra-occipital suleus in the Macaques.” Cynopithecus

niger has an even smaller semicircular representative of this

furrow, which just arches round the lateral termination of the

Simian fissure, and is nowhere near to reaching the posterior

extremity of the occipital lobe. Further than this, a straight

furrow, either connected (left side) or nearly connected (right

side) with this, runs down the temporal lobe for some distance,

exactly parallel with and between the parallel and collateral sulci.

This I take to be the inferior temporal sulcus of brain anatomists.

In the Macaques and Cercopitheci this sulcus is (so far as my

own experience goes) quite constantly represented by a short

furrow at the lower end of the temporal lobe, and this furrow is

a marked character of those brains, and of Cercocebus and Cyno-

cephalus. This more ventrally placed furrow is not to be seen in

my specimen of Cynopithecus. The existence of an upper portion of

the inferior temporal sulcus is not, however, absolutely distinctive

of Cynopithecus. It is indicated in a brain of Cynocephalus

mormon which I have at my disposal, and in Vasalis and Semno-

pithecus. Ina brain of Cynocephalus porcarius this furrow is as

well developed as in Cynopithecus, but on one side only (the

right). But, with this exception, the furrow is nowhere so fully

developed as in Cynopithecus. So far, therefore, it appears to be

characteristic of this genus. It is, however, apparently impossible

to lay much stress upon the reduced inferior occipital sulcus of

Cynopithecus as a point of resemblance to Semnopithecus in the

absence of a large series of brains of the former genus. Messrs.

Kiikenthal and Ziehen figure a brain of Cynocephalus sphinx in

which the fissure is fully as reduced as it is in Cynopithecus or

Semnopithecus. I have already pointed out (supra, p. 12 foot-

1 Cat. Phys. Series Mus. Roy. Coll. Surg. vol. ii. p. 426.

1903.] BRAINS OF MONKEYS, 19

note) that this state of affairs is not universal in Cynocephalus ;

but it has still got to be proved that it is universal in Cyno-

pithecus,

Text-fig. 7,

Lateral view of brain of Cynopithecus niger.

&, inferior temporal fissure; co, collateral; P, parallel.

Other letters as in text-figs. 2, 3.

Text-fig. 8,

Longitudinal median section of brain of Cynopithecus niger,

Letters as in text-fig. 4.

The collateral swlews, as compared with that of the Macaques

and Cercopitheci, is particularly well developed. It has, so to

speak, taken advantage of the feeble development of the inferior

occipital to thrust itself forward upon the occipital lobe, where it

is plainly visible when the brain is viewed from behind; it is also

visible where it curves upwards upon the lateral aspect. It is

the rule among Monkeys for this fissure to be largely concealed

by the cerebellum. Its exposure for its whole length in Cyno-

pithecus appears to me to be a characteristic feature of the brain

of that monkey,

20 ON THE BRAINS OF MONKEYS. [Jan. 20,

The parallel sulcus extends considerably beyond the Sylvian

fissure, and does not—as is so commonly the case with the

Macagues—join that fissure dorsally. An interesting fact about

this fissure is that it bends forward at its dorsal extremity, instead

of being continued on in a straight line. In this bending I see

a point of likeness to the Semnopithect (cluding Vasalis). No

absolute distinction between Cynopithecus and Macacus can be,

however, drawn on account of this furrow, simce Kiikenthal and

Zichen ‘figure a brain of Macacus inwus in which there is this

same hending forwards, and, moreover, a bifurcation of the furrow

superiorly, such as I note in my example of Cynopithecus niger.

The fissure of Rolando presents no noteworthy characters ; it does

not nearly cut the inter-cerebral groove. The postcentralis 1s

better developed on the right side of the brain than on the left,

and is twansverse in both cases. The precentralis superior is, on

the other hand, better developed upon the left side than upon the

right. It is transverse in position. Among Monkeys this fissure

is more commonly parallel with the long axis of the brain.

The median parieto-occipital sulcus, visible when the brain is

bisected longitudinally, presents what I regard as rather an

interesting and suggestive character. This fissure, in the Macaques,

&e., has a distinctly forward inclination, often making an angle

of quite 45° with the vertical. On the oihes hand, in the Raine

pithect this furrow is nearly vertical (a brain of Vasalis) or with

a distinctly backward inclination. In Cynopithecus niger this

same furrow is nearly vertical, but with a slightly backward

inclination, thus resembling the Semnopithecidee more than the

Cercopithecidee.

The calcarine sulcus of Cynopithecus is not at all like that

furrow in the brains of Cynocephalus, Macacus, Cercopithecus,

and Cercocebus. In the four last-named genera it is a T-shaped

sulcus, the cross of the T appearing almost, sometimes in fact

quite, upon the upper surface of the occipital lobe. This furrow is

very character istic of those genera. in Cynopithecus the furrow

is simple and oblique in direction, asit is,as a general sue, among

the Semnopithecide.

Tt may be convenient to tabulate the likenesses shown in the

brain of Cynopithecus to that of Semnopithecus.

The brain resembles that of the Semnopithecit in :—

(1) The form of the intraparietal fissure.

(2) The backward direction of the internal parieto-occipital.

(3) The absence of any junction between the Sylvian and

parallel fissures.

(4) The simple form of the calearine fissure.

(5) The shortness of the inferior occipital fissure.

(6) The presence of a well-marked superior portion, and the

absence of an inferior portion of the inferior temporal

fissure.

The first two characters are absolutely distinctive of Cyno-

PZ, IS a7ol lel!

J.Green del.et lith . 9 ‘ Mintern Bros imp.

1 YMA SOIR Ss) WINGO EID INUIS)) A vaILid, Saha, S) OPUS Wa Ose INA,

3. AMPHILIUS LONGIROSTRIs.

F ‘SOaDINeL SNSUVE'S SNALOANNV OFEV TT

3 ‘UAL SOT UTS SULLA

“WIL 38° [Sp weedy yr

Hive 1 Ce“ eign <7 a =

Mintern Bros .imp.

PLZ S MOS voll IL. PL mM,

J.Green delet lth.

2, VN US) IVAN INES Wt

1BARBUS PROGENYS.

PZ SMS oll MJP I,

J.Green del. et hth . Mintern Bros .imp.

MICROSYNODONTIS BATESII.

aie

id ie i ee i"

CURRAN

Tad lV IDS SNTSENEOVISVNG VNOSILSOUNBId SVGVNV I

‘Crt sorgute qty “UAT oe [ep weedy

MTGE SOG SZ ct

1903. ] ON FISHES FROM SOUTHERN CAMEROON, at

pithecus and Semnopithecus ; the third and fourth very nearly so,

the last two characters are found also in Cynocephalus, but are

more characteristic of Cynopithecus and Semnopithecus.

It will be seen that if one were permitted to base a classification

upon cerebral charactersyCynopithecus would have to be removed

from its position among the Baboons and placed nearer to the

Langurs; this is not too extreme an interpretation of the brain-

characters considered on purely morphological grounds. We may

possibly regard Cynopithecus as occupying a somewhat basal

position with regard to Cynocephalus on the one hand, and

Semnopithecus on the other. For, in fact, its characters occur

in both, though the Baboon-like characters are on the whole less

marked,

3. On the Fishes collected by Mr. G. L. Bates in Southern

Cameroon. By G. A. Boutencur, F.R.S., V.P.Z.5.

[Received November 28, 1902. ]

(Plates I.-V.)

The freshwater fish-fauna of Cameroon is still very imperfectly

known. A small list published by Peters in 1876" and another

by Linnberg in 1895* are the only contributions that have

hitherto appeared on this subject. The collection made by Buchholz

and reported upon by Peters was important as yielding the first

specimen of the curious Pantodon buchholzi, since rediscovered in

the Niger Delta and in the Upper Congo and Ubangi. It has now

been ascertained that this little fish flies or darts through the air,

and is, in fact, a freshwater flying-fish. . Dr. Pellegrin, of the Paris

Museum, has kindly informed me that, according to the notes of

M. J. de Brazza, the specimen obtained in the Congo by this

explorer was caught by means of a butterfly-net whilst moving

like a dragonfly above the surface of the water.

Mr. G. L. Bates, whose previous collections included some very

remarkable Batrachians described in these Proceedings, has now

made, at my request, a rather extensive collection of freshwater

fishes in Cameroon, of which I here give a list, together with

descriptions of nine new species, one of which deserves to be made

the type of a new genus.

The specimens were obtained mostly in the Kribi River, some

15 miles from the sea; others are from a small tributary of the

Campo River, near Efulen, Bulu Country, 1500-2000 feet ; whilst

others again are from the Mvile River, a small stream flowing

southwards into the Campo, at about the same altitude as the

preceding. .

1 Mon. Berl. Acad. 1876, pp. 195 & 244.

22 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON [Jan. 20,

MorMyrip&.

1. PETROCEPHALUS SIMUS Sauv.

. IsSICHTHYS HENRYI Gill. y,

. MARCUSENIUS SPHECODES Sauv.

m oO

. MARCUSENIUS BRACHYHISTIUS Gill.

CHARACINID&®.

5, BRYCON/®THIOPS MICROSTOMA Gthr.

6. ALESTES LONGIPINNIS Gthr.

7. ALESTES INTERMEDIUS, sp.n. (Plate I. fig. 1.)

Depth of body 3 times in total length, length of head 4 times.

Head as long as deep, twice as long as broad ; snout shorter than

diameter of eye; latter 22 to 2 times in length of head ; adipose

eyelid indistinct ; interorbital width 3 length of head; width of

mouth equal to diameter of eye; maxillary not extending quite

to below anterior border of eye; 14 teeth (£) in the upper jaw,

8 in the outer row of the lower jaw; length of lower border

of second suborbital less than diameter of eye. Gill-rakers

moderately elongate, 12 or 13 on lower part of anterior arch.

Dorsal II 8, above ventrals, originating a little nearer end of

snout than caudal, middle branched rays much produced (13 to 1

as long as head) in the males. Adipose fin small, 13 to twice as

distant from the rayed dorsal as from the caudal. Anal IIT 19-21,

the outline very convex in the males. Pectoral shorter than head,

not reaching ventral; latter produced into a long filament in the

males. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle a little longer than deep.

Scales 33-34 a, 2 between lateral line and ventral. Silvery; a

large black spot on the caudal peduncle and on the median rays

of the caudal; latter yellow, blackish at the end; dorsal black

and red.

Total length 85 millim.

Three specimens from the Kribi River.

Intermediate between A. longipinnis Gthr. and A. tholloni

Pellegr. Differs from the former in the smaller scales, from the

latter in the smaller number of anal rays.

8. ALESTES OPISTHOTHNIA, sp.n. (Plate I. fig. 2.)

Depth of body 34 or 33 times in total length, length of head 4

or 41 times. Head a little longer than deep, twice as long as

broad; snout a little shorter than diameter of eye; latter 22 or

3 times in length of head; adipose eyelid very feebly developed ;

interorbital width 2 or nearly 3 length of head; width of mouth

equal to diameter of eye or a little less; maxillary not extending

quite to below anterior border of eye; 16 teeth (}) in the upper

1903.] FISHES FROM SOUTHERN CAMEROON, 23

jaw, 8 in the outer row of the lower jaw; length of lower border

of second suborbital equal to diameter of eye. Gill-rakers

moderately elongate, closely set, 20 to 23 on lower part of anterior

arch. Dorsal IT 8, entirely behind base of ventrals, originating a

little nearer CEN than end of snout, twice as deep as long.

Adipose fin small, 24 or 25 times as distant from the rayed dorsal

as from the caudal. Anal ITT 13-15. Pectoral as long as head,

reaching ventral or nearly so far, Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle

as long as deep. Scales 25 a, 2 between lateral line and ventral.

Silvery, brownish on the back; a black humeral spot and a black

lateral band, commencing under the dorsal and extending on the

median rays ‘of the caudal : dorsal, caudal, and ventral fins lemon-

yellow.

Total length 130 millim.

Four specimens; Kribi River and Mvile River.

Very closely allied to A. fuchsii Blgr. and A. kingsleye Gthr.

Distinguished from the former by the less massive form and the

longer pectoral fin; from the latter by the more posterior position

of the dorsal fin and the larger eye; from both by the more

numerous gill-rakers,

9, ALESTES MACROLEPIDOTUS Cuy.

10. DisticHopus NovrospiLus Gthr.

11. XenocHaArAx sprtuRuS Gthr,

CyPRINID&.

12. LABEO ANNECTENS, sp. n. (Plate II. fig. 1.)

Body compressed, its depth nearly equal to length of head, 43

to 5 times in total length. Head 1} as long as broad ; snout

rounded, strongly projecting beyond the mouth, with numerous

nuptial tubercles ; eye supero- -lateral, in the second half of the

head, its diameter 5 to 7 times in length of head, 24 to 34 times

in interocular width ; width of mouth, with folded lips, 2 to 2

length of head ; rostral flap and posterior border of lip feebly

denticulated; inner surface of lip with numerous feeble, transverse

plice ; a small barbel hidden in the folds at the sides of the

mouth. Dorsal III 9-10, with strongly notched border; the

longest ray equals the lenoth of the head and twice that of

the last; the fin equally distant from end of snout and from root

of caudal. Anal IL 5; longest ray } length of head. Pectoral

rounded, a little shorter than head, not reaching ventral; latter

reaching or nearly reaching vent, ie first ray falling angen the

ninth (sixth branched) ray “of the dorsal. Caudal deeply forked,

with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 13 as long as deep. Scales

36-394, 3 between lateral line and ventral, 12 round caudal

peduncle. Olive above, whitish beneath, with a rather indistinct

darker lateral band ; fins greyish,

Total length 210 muillim.

24 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON [Jan. 20,

Two specimens from near Efulen.

This new species, allied to LZ. parvus Blgr., is interesting as

completely connecting Labeo with Tylognathus, and showing that

the latter genus can no longer be distinguished.

13, BARBUS PROGENYS, sp. n. (Plate III. fig. 1.)

Depth of body 33 times in total length, length of head

32 times. Snout rounded, depressed, 33 times in length of

head ; eye supero-lateral, its diameter equal to the inter-

orbital width and 5 times in length of head; mouth large, its

width 32 times in length of head, lower jaw projecting beyond

the upper; lips well-developed, lower interrupted on the chin ;

barbels two on each side, anterior # diameter of eye, posterior as

long as eye, the distance between them $ diameter of eye. Dorsal

TIT 10, last simple ray feeble, not stronger than those following,

2 length of head; free edge of the fin emarginate; its distance

from the occiput less than its distance from the caudal. Anal IT 5,

longest ray 4 length of head. Pectoral 3 length of head, not

reaching ventral; latter slightly posterior to origin of dorsal.

Caudal peduncle 1% as long as deep. Scales 33 2, 23 between

lateral line and ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle. Silvery,

brownish on the back, dorsal and lateral scales brown at the base ;

dorsal and anal edged with blackish, the former with an ill-defined

dark band across the middle; other fins whitish.

Total length 180 millim.

A single specimen from the Kribi River.

Allied to B. bowkeri Blgr., from Natal. Distinguished by the

more anterior dorsal fin with 10 branched rays, the shorter anal

fin, the narrower interorbital region.

14, BARBUS TENIURUS, sp. n. (Plate IT. fig. 2.)

Depth of body 33 to 34 times in total length, length of head

23 to 4 times. Snout rounded, 34 to 4 times in length of

head; diameter of eye 4 times in length of head, interorbital

width 21 to 24 times; mouth inferior, its width 3 to 33 times

in length of head; lips moderately developed, interrupted on

the chin; barbels two on each side, anterior 14, posterior 14

to 2 diameters of eye, the distance between them equal to diameter

of eye. Dorsal IIT 8, last simple ray ossified and moderately

strong, but much thicker than the first branched ray, a little

shorter than head; free edge of the fin emarginate; its distance

from the occiput much less than its distance from the caudal.

Anal III 5, longest ray 2 to # length of head. Pectoral # to 4

length of head, not reaching ventral; latter a little posterior to

origin of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 13 as long as deep. Scales

24-27 aoe 23 between lateral line and ventral, 12 round caudal

peduncle. Olive-brown above, yellow on the sides and below; a

series of black dots on the lateral line, and a black band on each

side of the caudal peduncle; fins white.

i |

1903. | FISHES FROM SOUTHERN CAMEROON,

Total length 120 millim.

Several specimens from the Kribi River and from Efulen.

Allied to B. camptacanthus Blkr. and B. potamogalis Cope.

Differs from both in the stronger third simple dorsal ray, the

more numerous scales in the lateral line (24-27 instead of 21-24),

and the coloration. From the first in the longer posterior barbel,

from the second in the longer barbels, the smaller eye, and the

broader interorbital region.

15. BarBus BATESI, sp. n. (Plate III. fig. 2.)

Depth of body equal to length of head, 33 times in total length.

Snout rounded, 3 times in length of head; diameter of eye 5

times in length of head, interorbital width 3 times ; mouth

inferior, its width 4 times in length of head ; lips well-developed,

lower continuous; barbels two on each side, subequal, nearly

twice as long as eye, the distance between them half their length.

Dorsal IV 8, last simple ray strong, bony, not serrated, slightly

curved, 2 length of head; free edge of the fin emarginate ; its

distance from the occiput less than its distance from the caudal.

Anal IIL 5, longest ray 3 length of head. Pectoral # length of head,

not reaching ventral ; latter below anterior rays of dorsal. Caudal

peduncle 14 as long as deep. Scales 30 a 3 between lateral line

and ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle, - Brownish above, the

scales darker at the base, white beneath ; fins greyish.

Total length 235 millim.

A single specimen from the Kribi River.

This is the first discovered West African representative of the

B. bynni group. Its nearest ally is B. tanensis Gthr., from the

Tana River, East Africa.

16. BarBus KESSLERI Stdr.

17. Barus GurrRALI Thomin,

18. BARILIus UBANGENSIS Pellegr.

19. BARILIUS KINGSLEY Bler.

SILURID!.

20. CLARIAS LIBERIENSIS Stdr.

21. CHRYSOBAGRUS LONGIPINNIS Bler.

22. AUCHENOGLANIS BALLAYI Sauv.

23. AMPHILIUS LONGIROSTRIS Blgr. (Plate I. fig. 3.)

Anoplopterus longirostris Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) viu.

1901, p. 447.

Depth of body 9 times in total length, length of head 4 times.

Head longer than broad; eyes small, in the second half of the

head, two diameters apart; interocular width 2 length of snout,

26 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [Jan. 20,.

which is rounded and projects a little beyond lower jaw ; posterior

nostril midway between eye and end of snout; premaxillary teeth

forming a very short band, measuring about 1 width of mouth ;

maxillary barbel # length of head, reaching root of pectoral; mandi-

bular barbel 4 length of head. Dorsal I 6, nearer end of snout than

root of caudal, first ray $ length of head. Adipose short, as long

as dorsal. Anal I 5, midway between root of ventral and root of

caudal. Pectoral a little longer than ventral, $ length of head.

Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle 14 as long as deep. Dark olive-

brown above, mottled with black, white beneath ; dorsal, pectorals,

and ventrals light, with two transverse series of blackish spots ;

caudal whitish, with some black spots, black at the base, with a

large black blotch on each lobe.

Total length 77 millim.

A single specimen from hills in the Bulu country, near Efulen.

24, SYNODONTIS OBESUS Bler,

MIcROSYNODONTIS, gen. nov.

Closely allied to Synodontis, differing only in the absence of a

free orbital border and of suborbital bones, in the more elongate

form and the rounded caudal fin, and in the curious modification

of the transverse processes of the fourth vertebra.

25. MIcROSYNODONTIS BATESII, sp. n. (Plate IV.)

Depth of body 5 to 6 times in total length, length of head 43

to 5 times. Body subcylindrical or feebly compressed in the

precaudal region, strongly compressed behind; vent in the middle

of the total length. Head broader than deep, 14 to 14 as long

as broad, without ridges or keels; skin on vertex, occiput, and

nuchal shield adherent to the finely rugose bones; a small frontal

fontanelle ; eye directed upwards, in middle of head, its diameter

6 or 7 times in length of head, twice in interorbital width. Lips

moderately developed ; maxillary barbel simple, nearly as long as

head; mandibular barbels with long, slender branches; outer

mandibular barbels + length of head, inner 2. Premaxillary

teeth small, forming a villiform band; mandibular teeth much

shorter than the eye, 20 to 30 in number. Gill-cleft restricted to

the sides. Occipito-nuchal shield a little longer than broad,

ending in two rounded processes. Humeral process narrow,

sharply pointed, rugose. Skin smooth. Dorsal I 6; spine strong,

straight, striated but not serrated, about } length of head. Adi-

pose dorsal low, elongate, 2 to 3 times as long as its distance from

the rayed dorsal. Anal III-IV 8-9. Pectoral spine § to 3 length

of head, strong and striated, with feebly serrate outer edge, with

12 to 17 strong retrorse teeth on the inner side. Ventral not

reaching anal. Caudal rounded. Dark brown or blackish, with

5 yellowish cross-bars above, the first on the occiput, the second

at the base of the dorsal; the body lower down with round

yellowish spots ; throat and belly greyish, spotted or marbled wit’.

1903.] FISHES FROM SOUTHERN CAMEROON, 27

dark brown; fins spotted with dark brown, caudal yellowish at

the base.

Total length 100 millim.

Several specimens from the Mvile River.

The vertebral column consists of 38 vertebre, 13 pracaudals

and 25 caudals. ‘The first 7 are completely united, and the

transverse processes of the 4th, which form the spring-mechanism

in Synodontis, have a very extraordinary form. This process bears

a spheroidal expansion in front, whilst behind, where it presses

against the bladder, it is slightly excavated or cup-shaped. It

may be described as similar to its homologue in Synodontis, but

with a large, bell-shaped, bony knob attached to its anterior surface.

The air-bladder is large, as in Synodontis. The male genital gland

is very peculiar, being lacerated into numerous digitiform lobes,

CYPRINODONTID&,

26. HAPLOCHILUS SEXFASCIATUS Gill.

Epiplatys seafasciatus Gill, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1862, p. 136

(Gaboon R.).

Pacilia sexfasciata Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1864, p. 396

(Liberia).

Haplochilus infrafasciatus, part., Giinth, Cat. Fish. vi. (1866),

pp. 313 & 357 (Old Calabar).

Haplochilus sexfasciatus Giinth. 1. ¢.

Lycocyprinus sexfasciatus Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1868, p. 146

(Gaboon).

Epiplatys infrafasciatus Cope, Proc. Amer, Philos. Soc. xi.

1871, p. 457.

Haplochilus infrafasciatus Steind. Notes Leyd. Mus. xvi.

1894, p. 76 (Liberia); Lonnberg, Gifv. Vet.-Ak. Foérh. Stockh.

1895, p. 188 (Cameroon).

27, HAPLOcHILUS ELEGANS Bley,

OPHIOCEPHALID,

28. OPHIOCEPHALUS oBscURUS Gthr.

ANABANTIDA.

29, ANABAS MACULATUS Thomin.

30. ANABAS PLEUROSTIGMA, sp. n. (Plate V. fig. 1.)

Closely related to A. kingsleye Gthr., but snout longer, as long

‘as the eye in the adult, at least two-thirds the interorbital

width. Dorsal XIV—X VI 10-11; anal VITI-IX 10-11. Scales

27-29 =; lateral line 14-17/10-12. A large round blackish spot

on the middle of the side, above the extremity of the pectoral fin ;

no dark spot at the base of the caudal fin,

Total length 170 millim.

Several specimens from the Kribi River.

28 ON FISHES FROM SOUTHERN CAMEROON, [Jan. 20, .

CICHLIDA.

31. PELMATOCHROMIS BATESII Bler.

Recently deseribed from the Benito River.

32. PELMATOCHROMIS SUBOCELLATUS Gthr.

33. TILAPrA LATA Gthr.

MASTACEMBELIDE.

34, MASTACEMBELUS LOENNBERGII Bler.

28 dorsal spines. Length of head 33 times in its distance from

vent,

35. MASTACEMBELUS SCLATERI, sp. n. (Plate V. fig. 2.)

Depth of body 12 to 13 times in total length, length of head

(without rostral appendage) 6 to 7 times; vent equally or nearly

equally distant from end of snout and base of caudal; length of

head 24 to 2? times in its distance from vent, and 4 to ? im its

distance from first dorsal spine. Snout 3 times as long as eye,

ending in a trifid dermal appendage which is longer than eye;

cleft of mouth extending hardly to below nostril; a strong pre-

orbital and two strong preopercular spines. Vertical fins united

with rounded caudal. Dorsal XXVI-XXVII 85-90; spines

very short, Anal If 80-90. Pectoral not quite 3 length of head.

Seales very small, 19 or 20 between origin of soft dorsal and

lateral line. Olive-brown, whitish on the belly; a dark band on

each side of the head, passing through the eye, sometimes

continued on the anterior part of the body; a more or less

distinct series of large, dark, light-edged ocelli along the base of

the dorsal.

Total length 225 millim.

This new species, named after our retiring Secretary, Mr. P. L.

Sclater, in recognition of many favours received from him during

his tenure of office, is based on four specimens from the Mvile

River. J/. sclateri differs from I. marchii Sauv. in the more

numerous dorsal spines, from JZ. eryptacanthus Gthr., liberiensis

Blgr., and loennbergi Blgr. in the larger head, and from JM. con-

gicus Blgr. in the presence of only two anal spines and the still

smaller scales.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate I.

Fig. 1. Alestes intermedius, p. 22, natural size.

2. Alestes opisthotenia, p. 22, 3.

3. Amphilius longirostris, p. 25, natural size.

3a. # Z Upper view of head and pectoral fin, x 13.

35. ss 33 Lower view of head, X 1}.

Prats II.

Fig. 1. Labeo annectens, p. 23, +.

2. Barbus teniurus, p. 24, natural size.

VW K.H. del

IPAS, ISOS vO. LP, Vu.

JXNUNVOMNESAINID! ISUIL'S WO ILO” Ole

PRAS COLO'S OMA MERGES .

P ZS, 19038, vol LL Vil.

Bale & Danielsson. Lt hath.

W.K.EL. dell.

JRNUNIPOIMNS FNM) Tels WOW, '© Cx Or

PHASCOLOSOMA TERES.

PA. So LGOS VO), f JP Wa.

Bale & Danielsson Lt? lith

ZUINUAIE OIE ZNINUD) SUIS EOI GX OF

PIELAS COO SOMA We IRIS -

1903.] ON THE ANATOMY OF A NEW GEPHYREAN WORM, 29

Prate III.

Fig. 1. Barbus progenys, p p. 2A, 7 5.

2. Barbus batesii, p. 25, 3 B

Prats IV.

Microsynodontis batesii, p. 26.

a. The whole fish, natural size.

6. Mouth, x 2.

ce. Skeleton, natural size.

d. Upper view of skull, shoulder-girdle, and nuchal shield, x 1}.

e. Side view showing air-bladder and anterior part of vertebral column, X 2.

f. Left transverse processes of coalescent anterior vertebrae, X 3.

PLATE V.

Mev 1. Anabas pleurostigma, p. 27, &.

Mastacembelus sclateri, p. 28, ‘natural size.

On the Anatomy of the Gephyrean Phascolosoma teres,

n.sp. By W.K. Hurroy, M.A., M.B., Senior Demon-

strator of Anatomy in the University of Glasgow.

[Received November 6, 1902. ]

(Plates VI-VIII.’ & Text-figure 9.)

Some time ago, while engaged in dredging-operations in the

Firth of Clyde, Dr. J. F. Gemmill obtained two specimens of the

Gephyrean worm figured in Plate VI. fig. 1. These he handed

over to me, and at his suggestion I undertook the task of

identifying them. My examination having led me to the con-

clusion that I was dealing with an animal hitherto undescribed,

it seemed advisable to give some account of its anatomy; and

this I have essayed to do in the following pages.

Unfortunately the presence of sand in the alimentary tract,

no less than the leathery nature of the animal’s skin, formed an

almost insuperable obstacle in the way of obtaining continuous

series of sections: as a result, my account is in some respects

incomplete. The worm was dredged from a depth of 60 fathoms,

nine miles to the south-west of the Corsewall Light. The bottom

was fine mud.

External Characters and Integument.

The worm is shaped like a very long-necked Florence oil-flask

and measures 40 mm. in length. Since, however, in both indi-

viduals examined the introy ee was almost completely i invaginated,

in order to estimate the true length probably 8 mm. must as

added to this figure. The body of the worm is seen (Plate VI.

fig. 2) to consist of three portions which differ externally, and are

found upon dissection to have definite relations to the contained

viscera.

First, occupying the anterior third or more of the animal’s

1 For explanation of the Plates, see p. 40.

30 MR. W. K. HUTTON ON THE [Jan. 20,

length, and containing within it the more important organs, comes

fa airly stout and muscular portion 2 mm. in diameter (Plate VI.

fig. 1, A). This gradually passes posteriorly into a much slighter,

less muscular, and longer part, which extends for more than the

middle third of the length and measures 1 mm. in thickness ;

while lastly, there is a short, thick, ellipsoidal piece, measuring

5 mm. by 2°5 mm., having very thin walls which are transparent

enough to allow the coils of gut within to be dimly seen. This

terminal portion is quite sharply demarcated from the rest of the

body, and forms a sack in which the coiled portion of the intestine

(Plate VI. fig. 2, G) is contained.

The colour of the spirit-specimens is a pale yellow over the

anterior three-fourths of the animal’s length; on the thick

terminal part the tint is a dirty bluish white, the contents of the

intestine appearing through the body-wall as brownish markings.

The skin has a slightly iridescent sheen; it is entirely devoid

of papille and is of a leathery toughness. It is studded with the

openings of innumerable cuticular glands (Plate VII. fig. 6, C.G.).

These glands (Plate VI. fig. 3) are spheroidal, and measure ‘05 mm.

in diameter. Each is lined with a single layer of rather flattened

cells (LL), and the majority are completely filled with small yellow,

highly refractive granules (I). The glands on the introvert are

very much smaller, and granules are not so plentiful in them as

elsewhere.

Though definite papille are not found, tegumentary appendages

are represented on the introvert by chitinous hooks. These are

arranged in a series of ten transverse rows (Plate VI. fig. 4).

The individual hooks vary in length (Plate VIT. fig. 5) from -06

to:08 mm.; they are brown in colour, almost black at the tip, are

but slightly curved, and the isolated hooks shown in the figure

are grooved on their concave edge for about two-thirds of their

length (Plate VII. fig. 5, F). Each hook has a small multicellular

epidermal core. The first part of the introvert, that nearest the

“head” of the animal, is perfectly smooth, and, when invaginated,

abuts against the outer surface of the tentacular crown through-

out two-thirds of its length; for the remaining distance, however,

the tentacles touch the hook-bearing part. Laceration of the

tentacles during evagination and invagination is averted in some

Sipunculids by the presence of a “collar,” which intervenes

between these delicate structures and the rough introvert. Here

there is no such Jprovision; the end is gained by a transverse

furrowing of the skin on the hook-bearing introvert during

invagination ; and by this means the hooks, projecting from the

base of the groove, barely come into contact with the tentacles.

An indication of this condition is represented in fig. 6, H.I.

(Plate VII.).

General Arrangement of Organs.

Figure 2 (Plate VI.) is a drawing of a dissection of the worm.

It has been opened along the ventral aspect, and the two retractor

1903. | ANATOMY OF A NEW GEPHYREAN WORM. 31

muscles (D.R., V.R.) of the left side have been cut through. The

anterior part of the alimentary canal has been twisted aside and

turned so that it presents to view its dorsal surface. The intro-

vert is almost completely invaginated, the real “head” of the

worm being about the position of the two eye-spots (E).

The internal aspect of the body-wall has a glancing appearance

like mother-of-pearl ; the longitudinal muscles form a continuous

sheet with no division into strands. There are fowr retractor

muscles (D.R., V.R.), two dorsal and two ventral. The latter are

more than twice the length of the former, stretching from the

termination of the anterior muscular part of the body (between

A & B, fig. 1) to the anterior part of the cesophagus, where they

fuse with the dorsal muscles to form a sheath for that tube. The

arise, one on either side of the nerve-cord. The dorsal muscles

are attached to the body-wall on either side of the hind-gut, a

little way behind the anus. In fig. 2 the only part of the

nervous system seen is the eye- spots, which are visible in a

dissection as a couple of black specks shining through the walls

of the introvert.

The alimentary canal (G.F.), with the exception of the anterior

part of the cesophagus, is shown in full. It is, like the worm

itself, divisible into three parts, an anterior and a posterior

portion, comparatively straight, and a middle piece (G) exceed-

ingly coiled.

In the drawing, for the sake of clearness, that part of the gut

(F) contained in the thin portion of the worm is shown as though

absolutely straight; it is really shghtly crumpled. Nowhere is

there any intestinal spiral; there is no spindle-muscle, and the

intestine is entirely free except for about 2 mm. behind the anus,

where the rectum is attached to the body-wall by thin radially-

disposed strands of muscular fibre, which in sections (Plate VII.

fig. 6, M) appear to divide the colon into dorsal and ventral

portions. The nephridia are noticeable objects in a dissection

(fig. 2, B.T.) on either side of the anus. All that is visible of

the blood-vascular system is the tortuous dorsal vessel (H). The

generative organs are visible only in microscopic preparations.

Musculature.

The dermo-muscular tube has the arrangement common to the

Phascolosomidee, Underneath the integument there lies a layer

of circularly-disposed fibres (Plate VIT. fig. 6, R.M.), and beneath

this again one of fibres having a longitudinal direction (L.M.).

As already mentioned, this latter layer 1s a continuous one, with no

division into strands such as are seen, for example, in the genus

Sipunculus. The musculature is thickest and strongest in the

anterior third of the animal’s body ; becoming thinner as the

body narrows, it reaches the extreme of tenuity over the ellipsoidal

posterior part, the thinning of the tube appearing to take place at

the expense of the circular layer,

32 MR. W. K. HUTTON ON THE [ Jan. 20,

Avound the anus and the external nephridial apertures, both

layers furnish special sphincter-fibres ; while along either side of

the nerve-cord, as is afterwards noted, there runs a slender longi-

tudinal strand of muscle-fibre (N.C., fig. 6).

The general arrangement of the four special retractor muscles

of the introvert and of the radial rectal muscular attachments

have already been described ; there remains only, in regard to the

former, to speak of the special appearance presented by the

muscular fibres in this worm. On comparing the ventral

retractors with the general longitudinal musculature, one is

struck by the great similarity of texture presented by both. A

glancing, bright suggestion of firmness, reminding one of the

surface of fresh tendon among the higher forms, is noticeable.

The dorsal retractors, on the other hand, have a dull, almost a

translucent appearance. Microscopical examination of transverse

sections reveals little difference between the two sets of muscles,

save only that in a given area fewer muscular fibres are present

in the dorsal muscles, and the amount of Intermuscular connective

tissue appears to be greater than in similar sections of the ventral

set (Plate VII. fig. 7, A & B). On the whole, both from the

relatively marked shortness of the dorsal muscles and from the

appearances just described, I incline to suspect that they cannot

be functionally very active. They contain a sufficient amount of

connective-tissue between the proper muscular bundles to make

the suggestion that they are in a state of metamorphosis and

regression at least probable (wide J, Bland Sutton’s ‘ Ligaments,’

&e., 2nd ed., 1897, p. 3 et seq.).

Alimentary Canal.

Surrounding the mouth, which hes at the bottom of the depres-

sion formed by the union of their bases, are several simple

leaf-shaped tentacles. So far as could be ascertained by the

examination of a series of sections, 15 tentacles are present, and

of these 11 are longer than the others. Hach tentacle contains a

branch of the blood-sinus and a slender nerve (Plate VII. fig. 8).

This figure, which represents a typical transverse section of a

tentacle, shows that on the mesial aspect the cells covering its

surface are narrow, long, arranged in palisade form, and are

ciliated, while those of the opposite side form a simple columnar

epithelium. For the greater part of their extent the tentacles

are free, but round the mouth their bases are fused together, and

form a series of gutters which lead to the oral aperture.

The mouth itself lies on the top of a papilla, whose sides are

grooved by the above-mentioned furrows. The cells lining the

grooves are cubical and ciliated, and are continuous with the

ciliated epithelium on the mesial aspect of the tentacles. Succeed-

ing the mouth is a short cesophagus with very muscular walls; in

section (Plate VII. fig. 10) it appears to be star-shaped, the lumen

of the tube being encroached upon by the inward projection of a

1903.] ANATOMY OF A NEW GEPHYREAN WORM. 33

series of papillee whose epithelial covering is apparently devoid of

cilia.

For the reason mentioned at the beginning of this paper, it was

no easy matter to gain a certain knowledge of the histology of the

alimentary tract. Figure 9 A (Plate VII. ) shows the character of

the epithelium of the mid- -gut generally : lying upon the thin mus-

cular wall are narrow cells of varying length, with a basal nucleus

and granular cytoplasm; the outlines between the several cells

were in many places most indistinct. The epithelium of the rectum

(fig. 9 B) is composed of cubical cells, with a distinct margin on

the surface next the lumen of the gut. They possess cilia, and

were the only cells in the alimentary tract in which the presence

of a ciliated border could with certainty be determined,

Circulatory System.

This consists of a dorsal vessel, a sinus surrounding the base of

the tentacles, and tentacular vessels.

The dorsal vessel is single, and though convoluted it is devoid

of diverticula: coursing along the dor Aol wall of the fore gut, it

surrounds the base of the fentacles with a cireular sinus into

which the brain dips (Plate VIII. figs. 11, 15, 16); from this

circular vessel tentacular sinuses arise, they form noticeable

objects in sections of the tentacles (Plate VII. fig. 8, B.8.).

Nervous System.

This is of the usual type, and consists of a brain, a ventral

nerve-chain, and a couple of sense-organs.

The brain is a small, somewhat cordiform body, measuring in its

long axis, which corresponds with that of the animal, three-tenths

of a millimetre; it les on the dorsal wall of the pharynx at the

base of the tentacles; it is surrounded by a fine capsule of con-

nective-tissue, and the anterior surface in addition is covered by

an epithelium (Plate VIII. fig. 13, E.), which is continuous with

that of the outer non-ciliated aspect of the tentacles; laterally, the

muscular tube formed by the union of the retractors abuts upon it

(fig. 15, R.M.); below the brain is the blood-sinus (B.S., figs. 11,

13, 15) from which the tentacular vessels arise.

The majority of the cerebral cells are small, with a clear cyto-

plasm and relatively large nuclei; they are massed anteriorly,

dorsally, and posteriorly: the central and greater part of the

ventral aspect of the brain are composed of fibres, but behind

the point of origin of the circumcesophageal commissures there

are to be seen in the lower cortical part several very large

ganglion-cells (G.C., fig. 11): these giant cells measure ‘03 mm.

in diameter; some are pyriform, others irregular in shape, and

these appear to be multipolar, unlike those of Phymosoma

(Shipley, No. 7%"), but on this point I cannot be absolutely

definite.

? This number has reference to the list of authors quoted on p. 40.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1903, Vou. I. No. III. 3

34 MR. W. K. HUTTON ON THE [Jan. 20,

From the brain two pairs of nerves arise. ‘The first pair

(Plate VIII. fig. 16, B), which are very slender, take their origin

from the ventral aspect of the ganglionic mass just anterior to the

eye-spots; from them twigs pass to supply the epineural canal and

apparently also the two dorsal tentacles. The remaining tentacles

receive their nerves from the two stout cir cumesophageal con-

nectives (fig. 16, A), which constitute the second pair of nerves,

and arise ventro-laterally behind the eye-spots, coursing round

the base of the tentacular crown, between it and the muscular

tube formed by the fusion of the retractor muscles. Ventrally,

the circumecesophageal commissures unite to form the nerve-cord.

This shoavs no trace of segmentation. Dorsally it is composed of

fibres, while ventrally nerve-cells are distributed evenly along its

whole length. It is accompanied laterally by two fine muscles, as

is usual in the Sipunculide.

Sense-Organs.

In tracing back series of sections, there becomes apparent on

the dorsal wall of the pharynx a patch of long-celled columnar pig-

mented epithelium. The cells of this layer are found (Plate VIII.

figs. 12, 13, 14, 15, 8.E.) to be the dorsal wall of a slit-like canal,

whose ventral wall is formed by cells which, on the one hand, cover

the brain in front, and on the other are continuous with the non-

ciliated epithelium which clothes the outer aspect of the two

dorsal tentacles (8.V.), which are seen in fig. 12 to have united

along their mesial margins.

Posteriorly the canal thus formed (which may be called the

epineural canal) becomes very narrow centrally, and ends blindly

by dividing into two little cals-de-sac (8.P., fig. 15), which

project downwards and outwards into the cerebral cortex, and are

lined by a columnar epithelium the cells of which are deeply laden

with granules of a reddish-black pigment.

The cup-like organs thus formed are usually called ‘“ eye-spots,”

and are present in at least four other species of Phascolosoma, but,

so far as ] am aware, no account of their structure has hitherto

been published. Their existence In an animal which lives at a

depth so great as that of 60 fathoms is noteworthy, and appears

to me to argue for the organs in question some function other than

even merely photometric ; but asmall fraction of diffused daylight

can permeate so far. ‘They are always to be found in the genus

Phymosoma, and from the above-given description it will be seen

that the sense-organs of Ph. teres resemble in the main those of

Phymosoma varians (Shipley, 7). They differ, however, from

those of Phymosomea in their relations to the tentacles.

In the genus Phymosomea the cells entering into the formation

of the eye-spots are continuous, on the one hand, with theepithelium

covering the anterior aspect of the brain, and, on the other, with

those which constitute the lming of the mesial surface of the

tentacles. In Phascolosoma, on the contrary, the sensory epi-

1903. | ANATOMY OF A NEW GEPHYREAN WORM. 35

thelium is furnished by a tentacular surface which is apparently

external,

sap seeming discrepancy is readily explained by a reference to

the following diagrams (text-fig. 9), modified from Selenka, in

which A represents the position of the mouth, B that of the

cerebral ganglion, while thick-dotted lines indicate the relations

of the tentacular wreath.

Tn text-fig. 9 @ this wreath is seen surrounding the mouth with

a simple circlet, as in Phascolosoma teres. In such a case the

infundibuliform approach to the cerebral organ must be lined by

cells, continuous not only with cells of the introvert epidermis

but with those covering the outer aspect of the tentacular

chaplet.

Text-fig. 9,

ger ae ad Ne.

is XN io in \ ‘

/ a Fah eet uae

| 5 \ ] ‘

1 A as ea

\ | : ~. =? ;

\ / A A

& A ie of

N Pa ee Bos ;

ae Ebel a Senn ee Sees

a b

Tentacular wreath of (a) Phascolosoma and (6) Phymosoma.

In text-fig. 95 the crown of tentacles is seen to have been in-

dented in its upper (neural) part, and the edges of the indentation

have been bent up in such a manner as to form a horseshoe-

shaped lophophore which, partially encircling the brain, overhangs

the mouth instead of surrounding it. The finely dotted line in the

diagram represents the position of the “lower lip” in Phymosoma ;

this may be looked upon as corresponding to the fused bases of

aborted tentacles. Here, then, the brain, lying at the base of the

lophophore, can only be approached by a canal whose walls are

coated by an epithelium continuous with that covering the mesial

surface of the tentacles.

The arrangement seen in Phascolosoma is the more primitive.

Briefly stated, tentacular surfaces which are inner and outer in

the genus Phascolosoma, become outer and inner respectively in

Phymosoma, owing to the secondary indentation of the crown of

tentacles.

According to Shipley (Joc. cit.), the space included within the

concavity of the lophophore of Phymosoma becomes the repre-

sentative of the ‘“ preeoral lobe ” of Phoronis.

36 MR. W. K. HUTTON ON THE § ~ [ Jan. 20,

Although nowadays, in virtue of our knowledge of the totally

distinct modes of development of the tentacles in Phoronis and

the Sipunculids, it does not seem possible to institute any

homology between the lophophoral crowns of Phoronis and

Phymosoma, yet it may be of interest to note that in the species

of Sipunculid under consideration the homologue of the pigmented

epithelium, which in Phymosoma covers Shipley’s ‘ preeoral lobe,”

is to be found in that layer of pigmented cells (Plate VIII.

fig. 12, S.E.) which forms the dorsal wall of the epineural canal

as well as in that layer continuous with it, bounding the anterior

surface of the brain (fig. 13, E.).

Nephridia.

These are small (Plate VI. fig. 2, B.T.), measuring less than the

twentieth part of the length of the worm; the right nephridium

is the longer and more convoluted of the two. Hach organ 1s

retort-shaped (Plate VIII. fig. 17), having a bulbous portion (C)

attached to the body-wall, and a tubular part (D) which, arising

from the posterior part of the bulb, bends round it mesially and

projects freely forwards into the ccelom. The wall of the bulb is

thin, covered externally by the cells of the peritoneum (A, fig. 18),

and internally by a single layer of granular-looking columnar

epithelium (C, fig. 18); it is composed of slender intercrossing

muscular bands. The cavity of the bulb is packed with fine

vesicles (H, fig. 18), which, it will be seen, are derived from the

secreting epithelium of the tubular portion of the nephridium.

The bulb communicates with the exterior by a fine canal (A, fig. 17),

lined with a small-celled epithelium, which pierces the body-wall

immediately in front of the anus, and its cavity is, further,

placed in connection with the ceelomic space through a slit-like

opening (B, fig. 17) in front of the excretory canal. The lips of

this opening, lined with ciliated epithelium, le between the body-

wall and the bulbous part of the nephridium, and are concealed

by its overhanging anterior extremity. The tubular portion of

the organ has a wall which is formed by a peritoneal lameiia,

heneath which is a layer of muscles (B, fig. 18). This muscular

layer consists of a meshwork of strands, between interstices of which

the lining-epithelium bulges outwards, forming little crypts lned

with a single layer of secretory cells (C). In cross section there

are seen projecting into the lumen of the tube feathery columns

of cells (D, fig. 18), which have an appearance comparable to that

of goblet-cells. The nucleus is small and irregular in shape,

placed basally; while the cell-contents may be seen to become

clearer near the free margin, and are evidently extruded ultimately

as the thin-walled vesicles which are found filling the lumen of

the organ.

Shipley aptly compares the process, which takes place also,in

Phymosoma, to the formation of the granules excreted by the

cells of the mammary gland.

~~]

1903. ] ANATOMY OF A NEW GEPIHYREAN WORM.

The Generative Organs.

Stretching across the ventral aspect of the celom, at the point

where the ventral retractors are attached to the body-wall, is a

band of cells with relatively large nuclei. These cells constitute

the genital band and are derived from the peritoneal epithelium.

In the single worm examined, neither free ova nor spermatozoa,

were to be seen in the body-cavity.

Systematic,

The presence of hooks and the possession of four retractor

muscles are characters which at once place Phascolosoma teres in

the first of the five “ groups” into which Selenka (5) divides the

genus. Atthe time of publication of his ‘ Die Sipunculiden’ three

species alone (PA. vulgare, Ph. elongatum, and Ph. cylindratum)

composed the group. To these must now be added, as well as

Ph. teres, Ph. sanderi Collin (1) and Ph. lobostomum Grube

(Fischer, 2). The position of Phascolosoma abnormis Sluiter (6)

must in the existing state of classification remain doubtful, as the

whole anterior end of the animal was wanting.

The nearest ally of Ph. teres in the group is Ph. elongatwm

(see Keferstein, 3). Both have the same arrangement of tentacles

and the same number of rows of hooks, while the hooks themselves

are very similar. Lh. teres, however, differs widely in the pro-

portionate length of its introvert, and, as regards its imternal

anatomy, in the small size and unequal bulk of the nephridia, in

the absence of any definite spiral coiling of the intestine, in the

great length of the hind-gut, and in the absence of a spindle-

muscle; and, as well as in these particulars, in its characteristic

habit of body. From every other member of the group except

Ph. cylindratum it differs in the complete absence of papillie.

These peculiarities warrant the systematic zoologist in assigning

to the animal under discussion a distinct place in the genus, and

I propose for it the name of Phascolosoma teres.

That the genus Phascolosoma is an eminently variable one is

evident to any investigator who makes a systematic study of the

Sipunculide ; and that this tendency to variation may result in

the inclusion in one small sub-group of animals which differ in an

astonishing extent in external habit, is abundantly exemplified

by the fact that Phascolosoma teres and Ph. sanderi (Collin) two

worms so dissimilar that a casual observer would be pardoned for

placing them in different genera—must yet, in the present rather

unsatisfactory state of classification, be united in the group called

by Selenka “ Group I.” of the Plisiscolosomidas : yet, while the

latter was considered by its describer Collin to present points of

resemblance to that curious Sipunculid Goljingia macintoshii (8),

and seems to have points in common with <Aspidosiphon, the

former appears to me to present in its structural peculiarities

definite affinities to the sedentary Phascolion. NRoule (4), who

38 MR. W. K. HUTTON ON THE [Jan. 20,

investigated the Phascolosomide obtained by the ‘Travailleur’

and ‘Talisman,’ in speaking of classification, goes the length of

saying, “‘ L’espéce bien affirmée n’existe pas dans le genre Phasco-

losome”; and by this somewhat strong assertion he would

indicate that the genus is in such a plastic condition—in a state

of fluctuating variability as one may term it—that it is capable

of being influenced by what Semper called ‘“ the conditions of

existence” in such a way, that within the genus we may have

numbers of types, differing on the whole but little from one

another, the links of their genetic affinity easily supplied, which

yet point the way toward the probable origin of the other

Sipunculid genera. As Roule expressed it: ‘“‘ Ce genre est encore

en voie de transformation, il se morcelle en un grand nombre de

types peu dissemblables, et ne se divise point en espéces précises,

dont les variations s’enserrent dans des limites peu éloignées.”

Roule’s investigations led him to the conclusion that the Phasco-

losomidee examined by him formed a series of links connecting

the parent Phascolosoma stock with Aspidosiphon. In the phylo-

genetic table drawn up provisionally by Selenka in his beautiful

monograph ‘ Die Sipunculiden’ (page 6), a polyphyletic origin is

suggested for both Phascolion and Aspidosiphon. The former

may have arisen directly from the parent Phascolosomid, or from

a common stem (similarly derived) which branches into Onchne-

soma, Tylosoma, and Phascolion; while Aspidosiphon may have

been derived from the directly produced Phascolion, or froma stem

common to itself, Phymosoma, and Cloeosiphon.

In Phascolosoma teres we have, as it appears to me, not perhaps

an actually intermediate type, but at the least a species which

gives us hints as to the probable path taken in its phylogenetic

course by Phascolion ; while the species examined by Roule play

the same role as.regards the genus Aspidosiphon. Phascolosoma

sanderi, though considered by Collin to approach Golfingia, has a

distinct but superficial resemblance to <Aspidosiphon, and was

rightly, as I think, placed by its describer in the genus Phascolo-

soma.

In the worm which forms the subject of this paper the follow-

ing characters suggest Phascolion-like aftinities:—The differing

bulk of the two nephridia, the relatively feeble development of

the dorsal retractors (a character upon which Roule placed much

reliance in his investigations), the lack of spindle-muscle, and the

coiled, but not spirally-wound gut,—all these are peculiarities

which place the worm in closer relationship with Phascolion than

‘with any other of the groups derived from the original Phasco-

losomid stock.

Information as to the habits of Phascolosoma teres is wanting ;

but in its mode of life it is probably sluggish, lying buried in soft

ooze with its anterior end alone projecting. The thin-walled

bag-like posterior portion, endowed with but feeble muscularity,

so sharply demarcated from the rest of the body, so relatively

large, would undoubtedly act as a hindranee to active locomotion

1903. ] ANATOMY OF A NEW GEPHYREAN WORM. 39

through sand or mud. Most species of Phascolion live with the

posterior part of the body either embedded in mud or protected

by some cast-off mollusk-shell; and if we assume, as the external

habit of Phascolosoma teres seems to me to warrant, this similarity

of mode of life between the two types, certain peculiarities of

structure in Ph. teres become of easy explanation.

Selenka, long ago, pointed out that those Sipunculids which

live in shells usually have only one nephridium. Jn other words,

in animals of sluggish habit, the needs of metabolisin are served

by one excretory tube.

Now in Ph. teres, while there are two nephridia, they are hoth

small and are of different sizes; the left has retrograded to a

greater extent than the right. It is to be noted that when only

one nephridium persists—as in Phascolion—it is that upon the

right side.

Enfeeblement of the muscular system is correlated with inactive

habits; and in worms lying half buried in mud a strongly

developed system of retractors ceases to be a clamant need. The

extreme case is reached in Phascolion, where often the ventral

retractors alone remain, while an indication of regression of the

dorsal retractor system is seen (vide supra) in Phascolosoma teres.

Lastly, in this worm, the coils of intestine, completely filling

up the sharply-delimited posterior part of the body, could scarcely

be efficiently acted upon by any spindle-muscle, which, we see, is

absent.

In these structural characters, then, we seem to obtain in

Ph. teres an indication of the path taken by Phascolion in its

derivation from the more primitive Phascolosoma.

Summary.— With the characters of the Group.

PHASCOLOSOMA TERES, n, sp.

Body 40 mm. long, introvert ca. 8 mm. Posterior portion

stout, sharply demarcated, ellipsoidal, containing the coiled

portion of the gut.

Colour yellowish, merging to dirty bluish white over the

posterior part.

Skin smooth, iridescent, devoid of papille, translucent posteriorly,

beset with numberless glands. A simple wreath of 15 tentacles

surrounds the mouth. Forward on the introvert 10 rows of

backwardly directed, slightly curved, brownish hooks, ‘(06-08 min.

long.

Two eye-spots. Alimentary canal free, without spindle-muscle

or mesenterial attachment save close to the anus. Spiral winding

absent, but the tube much coiled in its middle portion, Hind-

gut very long. Twonephridia, the right the larger, one-twentieth

of the body-length. Simple contractile vessel.

Hab, Firth of Clyde. Dredged from 60 fathoms.

40 ON THE ANATOMY OF A NEW GEPHYREAN worm. [Jan. 20,

WORKS REFERRED TO.

(1) A. Cottry.—“ Gephyreen gesammelt von Herrn Stabsarzt

Dr. Sander,” in Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, lvili. p. 197,

1892.

(2) Fiscuer.—‘‘ Die Gephyreen des Naturhistorischen Museums

zu Hamburg,” in Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der

Naturwissenschaften &c., Hamburg, Bd. xii. p. 1, 1895.

(3) Kurersteiy.— Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Gattung Phascolo-

soma F. 8. Leuck.,” in Zeitschrift fiir wiss. Zoologie,

Bd. xii. p. 35, 1862.

(8a) Kererstern.— Beitrige zur anatomischen und _syste-

matischen Kenntniss der Sipunculiden,” in Zeitschrift fiir

wiss. Zoologie, Bd. xv. p. 404, 1865.

(4) Rovts.—“ Sur le Géphyriens des grands fonds de la mer

recueillis par le ‘Travailleur’ et le ‘Talisman,’” in Comptes

Rendus, exxvii. p. 197.

(5) SrnenKka.— Die Sipunculiden,” in Semper’s ‘ Reisen.’ Wies-

baden, 1883.

(6) C. Pu. Sturrer.— Beitrage zu der Kenntnis der Gephyreén

aus dem Malayischen Archipel,” in Natuurkundig Tijdschrift

voor Nederlandsch-Indié, Deel xlv. p. 472, 1886.

(7) Surptey.—‘ On Phymosoma varians,” in Quart. Journ. Micr.

Seis volypcxxie mess pale O90}

(8) Lanxesrer —“ Golfingia macintoshu, &e.” Trans. Linn. Soe.

Lond. 2nd ser., Zool. vol. ii. p. 469, 1885.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuateE VI.

Fig. 1. Theentire animal, magnified about 6; times. A, the anterior muscular part.

B, the middle thinner portion. C, the bag-like posterior piece. AN., the

anus. pp. 29, 30..

Fig.2. Semi-diagrammatic figure of a dissection, magnified about 13 diam. I, the

introvert. E, the eye-spots. B.T., the nephridia. H, dorsal vessel.

D.R., dorsal retractor muscles. V.R., ventral retractors. AN., position of

anus. G, coiled part of gut. F, straight part. pp. 30, 31.

Fig.3. Cuticular glands in vertical section. x 290. R.M., radial muscles.

C, cuticle. L, secretory cells. I, granular contents. p. 30.

Fig. 4. Hooks from introvert. Surface view. X 154. p. 30.

Prats VII.

Fig. 5. Isolated hooks. X 290. F, furrow. p. 30.

Fig. 6. Transverse section 1 mm. behind the anus. X 53. C.G., cuticular glands.

R.M., radial musculature. IL.M., longitudinal do. M, muscles attached

to rectum. G, rectum. 8B.T., nephridia. TT, tentacle cut across.

H, hooks. J,imtrovert. N.C., ventral nerve-cord and muscles. p. 31.

Fig. 7. Histology of the retractor muscles (Powell & Lealand 7';-imm., eyepiece A).

A. Transverse section of dorsal retractor, showing amount of interstitial

connective between the bundles.

B. Ditto of ventral retractor, showing almost no intermuscular connective.

p. 32.

Fig. 8. Transverse section of tentacle. x 290. B.S., blood-sinus. N, nerve.

A, ciliated mesial cells. 3B, columnar outer cells. p. 32.

Vig.9. A. Epithelium of mid-gut. > 290. B. Epithelium of hind-gut. Xx 290.

p. 33.

Fig. 10. Transverse section of esophagus. X 290. Part only of the stout muscular

wall is shown. M, muscular wall. EH, the epithelium thrown into papille.

p. 32.

1903. | ON A NEW FRESHWATER CRAB FROM UPPER GUINEA, 41

Puate VIII.

Fig. 11. Transverse section of brain behind origin of cesophageal commissures, to

show giant ganglion-cells. 290. R.M., retractors. .S., blood-sinus.

G.C., giant cells. p. 33.

Figs. 12, 13, 14, 15. Four transverse sections through the brain and base of the

tentacular crown, to show the epineural canal and formation of the eye-

spots. X 53. B.S., blood-sinus. V.C.,nerve-cord. R.M., retractor muscles.

S.E., sensory epithelium of the dorsal, and §.V., that of the ventral wall of

the epineural canal. ‘T, tentacles. S.P., eye-spots. E, epithelium of

anterior cerebral surface. p. 34.

Fig. 16. Transverse section through brain and bases of the tentacles, showing the

origin of the circumcesophageal commissures (X 53 and reduced). p. 34.

A. Circumcesophageal nerves.

B. Nerves to the epineural canal and dorsal pair of tentacles.

C. Two nerve-strands, in cross section, which seem to be connected with

the sense-organs.

D. Fused retractor muscles.

i}. Blood-sinus.

Fig. 17. Diagram of a nephridium. _ A, excretory canal. B, calomic pore.

C, vesicle. D, tubular part. E, body-wall. p. 36.

Fig.18. To show histology of tubular portion. x 290. A, peritoneal cells.

B, muscular wall. _C, secreting cells which at D are scen forming

feathery columns. E, vesicles. p. 36.

5. On Potamon (Potamonautes) latidactylum, a new Fresh-

water Crab from Upper Guinea. By Dr. J.G. pu May,

of Ierseke, Holland."

[Received November 15, 1902.]

(Plate 1X2)

In the year 1881, Potamon africanum A. M.-E. was known only

by the short diagnosis and the figures in the ‘ Nouvelles Archives

du Muséum,’* made from a quite young individual from the

Gaboon. The anterior legs had neither been described nor figured,

and it is therefore not surprising that some older specimens of a

Potamon from Liberia were referred by me erroneously to this

species *.

Some time since, three adult specimens of a Potamon were sent

me for examination by Prof. Jeffrey Bell ; they had been collected

in the River Prah, in the south of Ashanti, West Africa, These

Crabs not only proved to belong to the same species as that

described by me in 1881, when compared with a female of medium

size and a very young male from Liberia in the Leyden Museum,

but they proved also to be new, as a typical specimen of P. afri-

canum, a middle-sized female from “ Ogoué” (evidently the

River Ogowé, just below the Equator), was kindly sent me by

Prof. Bouvier, and as a more complete description of P. africanum

was published in 1887, in which, however, the legs have not been

1 Communicated by F. Jerrrey Bert, F.Z.8.

For explanation of the Plate, see p. 47.

3 Vol. v. p. 186, pl. xi. fig. 2 (1869).

Telphusa africana de Man, Notes Leyd. Mus. iii. p. 121 (1881).

42 DR. J. G. DE MAN ON A NEW [Jan. 20,

figured (A. Milne-Edwards, ‘ Observations sur les Crabes des

eaux douces de l'Afrique,’ Paris, 1887, p. 4, pl. 2. fig. 8). I

therefore propose the name of Potamon latidactylum for this new

species that inhabits Liberia and Ashanti, on account of the

characteristic shape of the hands, and as this feature was not alluded

to in my somewhat incomplete description of 1881, another will,

I think, be welcome.

The rivers of West Africa and of the Soudan are inhabited by

several species of Potamon which differ from the other species

of this subgenus in the existence of éwo epibranchial teeth behind

the external orbital angle, instead of one as is usual. I was

at first inclined to create for these species a new subgenus, but

the differences from Parathelphusa are, indeed, of too little

importance. These species are the following :—

Potamon aubryt H. M.-K. Gaboon.

» pelit Herklots. Gold Coast.

BP africanum A. M.-K. Gaboon ; French Congo.

a decazet A. M.-K. French Congo.

43 emarginatum Kingsley. West Africa.

» floweride M. Soudan.

35 latidactylum, n. sp. Upper Guinea.

It must, however, be observed that P. emarginatwm is con-

sidered by Miss Rathbun (Proc. U.S. National Museum, xxii.

1900, p. 285) to be the same as P. aubryi. P. latidactylum

may at first sight be distinguished from P. africanum by the

different shape of the eaxtraorbital and epibranchial teeth and by

the different form of the hands, especially of the fingers, but there

are still other differences.

The cephalothorax is a little more enlarged than in the species

from the ‘“Ogoué,” as is readily shown by the measurements.

The upper surface is somewhat less depressed, the branchial regions

are somewhat swollen, especially the anterior ones, and the gastric

and cardiac areas are, in aged individuals, also slightly convex and

not so much depressed as in P. africanum. The oblique furrows

or depressions limiting off the protogastric areas from the anterior

branchial lobes are scarcely distinguishable in P. africanwm ; in

the other species, however, they are quite distinct, and, in adult

individuals, rather deep. The urogastric lobes and the cardiac

area are a little broader in proportion to the breadth of the

carapace than in P. africanum. In the latter the gastric region

is faintly granular or rugose just behind the postfrontal ridge,

but in the new species it appears everywhere smooth, though

finely and sparsely punctate. The anterior branchial area is

slightly rugose in P. africanum, but not marked with oblique

wrinkles ; these are quite distinct in the species from the River

Prah and Liberia ; on the posterior branchial lobe these rugosities

occur in both species, they are, however, thinner and finer in

P. latidactylum. The posterior part of the upper surface

igo 1905, vol, LPlDe

BESS

Z SN

| NEG: de Man del.

“TAMON (POTAMONAUTES) LATIDACTYLUM.

NNT NA KT TLARAA

1903. ] FRESHWATER CRAB FROM UPPER GUINEA. 43

appears, on either side of the cardiac and intestinal regions,

somewhat granular and rugose in the Congo species, but quite

smooth, though finely punctate, in P. latidactylum.

In the large aged female from the River Prah the oblique rug

near the lateral boundaries of the carapace show a tendency to

disappear.

In both species the postfrontal ridge is rather prominent,

smooth, and nowhere granulated. In the type specimen of

P. africanum it extends in a nearly straight line towards the

second epibranchial tooth, uniting with that of the right side,

but ending about 1 mm. short of that on the left. The postfrontal

ridge of P. latidactylum usually curves slightly forwards mesially

and at each end; it never unites with the epibranchial teeth,

ending about 13 or 2 mm. short of the middle of the first epi-

branchial tooth. It is situated a little more distant from the

orbits than in P. africanum, so that the furrow behind the orbits

is somewhat narrower in the latter species. The front has the

same form and breadth in both, and shows in the middle a broad,

though shallow bay; both the front and the furrow behind the

orbits are a little granular in P. africanum, but quite smooth,

though finely and sparsely punctate, in P. latidactylum.

The extraorbital and the two epibranchial teeth have a quite

different form (Pl. IX. figs. 1-3 & 7, 8). In P. africanum

(Pl. IX. figs. 7, 8) they are more prominent and separated from

one another by much deeper incisions. The first epibranchial

tooth is, in this species, a little smaller than the extraorbital, but

has about the same form; its straight or slightly arcuate outer

margin makes a right angle with the anterior margin of this

tooth. In P. latidactylwm, however, the extraorbital tooth and

the anterior epibranchial one are much less prominent and much

lower, the anterior margin of the first epibranchial tooth being

considerably shorter than its outer margin, measuring only one-fifth

of it. In the aged female from the River Prah the extraorbital

tooth appears somewhat longer than the epibranchial one, and in

the two males (Pl. TX. fig. 1) they have about the same length ;

in the much younger female from Liberia (Pl. IX. fig. 3) the

epibranchial tooth, however, is almost twice as long as the extra-

orbital, but in the quite young male from the same locality

(Pl. TX. fig. 2) the extraorbital tooth appears again once and a

half as long as the epibranchial. As regards the relative length

of these teeth, P. latidactylwm presents therefore considerable

individual differences. In both species the second epibranchial

tooth passes backward into an arcuate crest, bounding the cephalo-

thorax laterally; this crest, which in young individuals of P. lati-

dactylum (Pl. TX. fig. 3) appears distinctly denticulate, the den-

ticulations or crenulations disappearing in more aged individuals,

reaches in P. africanum to the posterior boundary of the uro-

gastric lobes and does not curve inward on to the surface of the

branchial region: in P. latidactylum, however, it is much shorter,

44 DR. J. G. DE MAN ON A NEW [ Jan. 20,

scarcely reaching to the level of the mesial crescentic portion of

the cervical suture, and i distinctly curves inwards on to the

upper surface of the carapace. The orbits have the same form

in both species, but in P. africanwm the incision that separates

the extraorbital tooth from their lower margin is deep, much

deeper than in the new species, so that in the former the outer

angle of the orbits strongly projects beyond this margin.

In P. africanum the transverse furrow, limiting off the sub-

hepatic region from the branchial floor, is bordered by a row of

small granules, the subhepatic area is covered with prominent

rugosities and | granules ; in our new species the latter appears

almost smooth, and the row of granules is also less distinct. The

rugosities on the inflected portion of the cephalothorax and on

the outer part of the pterygostomian regions are also much less

distinct in the species from Upper Guinea than in P. africanum.

The outer foot-jaws have the same form and characters in both

species, and the furrow on the ischium-joint runs in both a little

closer to the internal than to the outer margin of this joint.

The type of P. africanwm is a female, the abdomen of which

has not yet obtained its full development and size. The sternum

of P. latidactylwm is smooth, punctate, and in both species a

transverse furrow unites the postero-external angles of the buccal

frame. The male abdomen (PI. IX. fig. 4) somewhat resembles

that of P. consobrinum de M. (Notes Leyden Museum, 1899,

pl. 10. fig. 10,2). The lateral margins are slightly concave. The

terminal joint has about the same length as the penultimate; it

is triangular, rather pointed at the tip, not rounded like that of

P. consobrinum; the lateral margins are very slightly arcuate

posteriorly, nearly straight towards the tip. The posterior margin

of the penultimate joint is a little broader than the anterior ; the

lateral margins, slightly convex anteriorly, are a little concave

posteriorly. The length of the antepenultimate joint measures

about two-thirds that of the penultimate, its posterior margin is

a little concave, so that the lateral margins are somewhat shorter

than the length of this joint in the middle line. The lateral

margins of this and of the following fourth joint are straight, but

those of the fifth are rounded; in P. consobrinuwm, however, this

latter is also straight. As regards the coarse punctation, P. lati-

dactylum agrees with P. consobrinum.

In the two males from the River Prah the right chelipede is a

little larger than the left; in the very young one from Liberia

the left isa little larger. The upper margin of the arm of the

larger male from the River Prah bears some transverse rugosities,

and one observes a small tubercle on the concave upper surface at

the proximal end, somewhat nearer to the upper than to the

anterior margin; the latter is also somewhat tubercular on its

proximal half. The anterior surface of the arm bears, near the

articulation of the wrist, a conical tubercle not far from the

anterior margin, and a lower, broader tubercle between it anc

1903.] FRESHWATER CRAB FROM UPPER GUINEA, 45

the under margin; the latter is also slightly tubercular along

its distal half. The three faces of the arm are quite smooth.

The carpus is also nearly smooth above, though sparsely and

rather finely punctate; the inner margin is armed with a rather

small pointed spine in the middle and beneath it with a small

acute tubercle. The larger chela (Pl. IX. fig. 5), measured

horizontally, is a little longer than the length of the cephalothorax

and the fingers are a little longer than the palm; the latter is

just as long as high near the articulation of the fingers. The

convex outer surface of the palm is quite smooth, though finely

punctate, similar to the upper margin, but the lower edge of the

palm is obsoletely tubercular. The fingers are somewhat compressed,

especially the immobile one. The immobile finger is rather high

at the base; its flattened outer surface appears minutely and

densely granular under an ordinary Jens, and one observes on it

three longitudinal rows of impressed points running to the tip of

the finger, the middle one of which is situated a little closer to

the lower margin of the finger than to the upper, and looks

like a very shallow furrow. The 15 or 16 teeth are small, two

or three are somewhat larger than the others, and one in the

middle of the finger is the largest of all. The fingers leave a

narrow interspace between them when closed, the pointed tips

being only in contact and crossing one another. The dactylus is

somewhat arenate and tapers rather slowly to the tip; both on

the outer and inner surfaces and on its upper edge this finger

appears minutely granular under a lens, and one observes on it

several rows of small shallow puncta. The teeth agree in size and

in number with those of the index, three or four being somewhat

larger than the others. The little convex inner surface of the

palm is quite smooth,

The left chelipede is somewhat smaller, the hand being 41 mm.

long; it fully agrees with the right one, but the fingers are in

contact and the rows of puncta are a little more distinct,

In the young male from Liberia the fingers are in contact in

both chele, the upper margin of the palm appears distinctly

granulate under a lens, and the longitudinal furrows on the

fingers are already visible to the naked eye.

In the young female from Liberia the right chelipede is a little

larger than the left, the fingers are in contact, and the furrows

on the index, as also the rows of puncta on the mobile finger,

ave distinctly visible to the naked eye. The upper margin of the

palm of the left hand appears finely granular.

In the aged female from the River Prah the left chelipede is

much larger than the right; the hand, indeed, is 45 mm, long,

just as long as the cephalothorax, and 203 mm. high, but the

right chela (Pl. IX. fig. 6) is only 31 mm. long and 13 mm. high,

In both the fingers are in contact throughout their whole length

and the pointed tips cross one another; the strongly compressed

and much flattened immobile finger is not furrowed, though the

46 DR. J. G. DE MAN ON A NEW [Jan. 26,

rows of puncta are still visible. The fingers are but little longer

than the palm, and the latter is on its outer surface and on its

upper margin smooth, sparsely punctate. The fingers of the

smaller chela, however, are once and a half as long as the palm

(Pl. TX. fig: 6).

The female type-specimen of P. africanwm compared with the

female from Liberia, which is about the same size, shows the

following differences :—The anterior legs (Pl. IX. fig. 9) are equal,

as regards their shape and size. The transverse rugosities on

the upper margin of the arm are more distinctly granular, and

the anterior and lower margins are also more distinctly tuber-

culated ; the conical spine on the anterior surface, near the articu-

lation of the wrist, is more pointed, and several small tubercles

are seen between it and the anterior margin of the arm, that are

wanting in P. latidactylwm. The upper surface of the carpus is

slightly granular at the base of the spine on the inner margin,

and one observes, moreover, everywhere fine impressed lines and

points; the spine is somewhat larger than in P. latidactylum,

and instead of a small tubercle, there is beneath it a smaller,

pointed spine. The hands (Pl. IX. fig. 9) have a quite different

form. The fingers, almost in contact, are distinctly somewhat longer

than the palm, and the latter is distinctly less high than long. 'The

upper margin of the palm is covered with depressed granules,

and the puncta on the convex outer surface are partly arranged

in longitudinal rows. The fingers are not compressed, slender,

nor curved, except at the pointed tips which cross one another.

The immobile finger is much lower at its base than in the

other species, and its convex outer surface is distinctly furrowed ;

of the three furrows visible to the naked eye, the middle one is

deeper than the others. This finger is armed with 25 or 26 small

teeth, some of them on the proximal half are somewhat larger

than the others. Finally, the dactylus tapers regularly to the tip

and is also longitudinally furrowed by rows of impressed points ;

the teeth agree with those of the index. The fingers are almost

smooth.

The ambulatory legs, the measurements of which are given

on p. 47, apparently agree with those of P. latidactylum, but the

meropodites are more granular along and near their upper edges.

Potamon aubryt AH. M.-E., from the Gaboon, P. pelii Herklots,

from the Gold Coast, and P. flowert de M., from the Soudan, are

different species (vide de Man, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1901, vol. i.

p- 94), being at first sight distinguished by the upper surface of

their cephalothorax being very convex from behind forwards,

smooth and shining, by the different form of the fingers, of the

abdomen, &e. The young male of Potamon pelii described J. e.

p. 99, I have re-examined for the purposes of this memoir,

1903.] FRESHWATER CRAB FROM UPPER GUINEA, AT

Measurements in nrillimetres.

Perea ei al gl @

aban ios Galrd. |S

Breadth of the cephalothorax ...............0..sc0cee eee .-| 67 |58 |51 | 483) 34) 53

Length of the cephalothorax without the abdomen...) 45} | 39 |385 |33 | 24+) 39

Distance between the external orbital angles ......... 40% | 354 | 31 | 303/23 | 32

* posterior epibranchial teeth ...)574|50 | 434 | 423 | 314] 433

Breadth of the anterior margin of the front............ }18 |16 | 14 |i4 | 103) 14

Distance, in the median line, between the anterior :

margin of the front and the postfrontal ridge ...... 6 | 5 | 45) 4 | 83] 43

Distance between the outer angle of the orbits and ;

UieMpOstivOn bale Ges ee clececeaaecceeeees- aickaes: 5y| 43] 46) 4 | 382) 38h

Distance between the outer angle of the orbits and

the posterior epibranchial tooth ......................55 10 3s | OF) 7e| 54) 6S

Breadth of the urogastric ares) 2.0... ..cc.cccsesssesace ses 11 8k] 7 6s} 44] 7

a 99 CATING ANGI Goi iivcccceeecetnereecnsaeene-| a) [12° || 10%) 10° || 751 9

55 NO OMAIIES recdascs csedPennebe seareGeosciacee ag a bLAR PREY ailamtcy all mtsteal Wats) alpiarsy

Height of the orbits, near the lower internal angles .| 6 | 5% 5 + | 32/1 6

Length of the terminal segment of the abdomen...... 7) be 4A,

» penultimate segment .............0..0005 63 6 44

Breadth of the anterior margin of this segment ...... 81 | 72 5 |

33 » posterior margin of it soriceal| pan |) MOP El eos |) st

Length of the larger chela ................c.csseeceeee-2-- 45 146 | 39 31} | 223 | 34

- of) TEENA ” oon nan eresaqucd nec boucdeele GOMER Cea RB IG Ce, Wien si tal eo) al (gl ced bal OYE wl bn IC)

Height of the palm, near the articulation of the

GLYCHAVJNEIS: sco shoo neo nde nstined doeebee a Mbet sce COI A CERES ae AB Mane CAO a Racy al Letlccy alfa ayo al amp 3

Length of the legs of the penultimate pair ............ 86 |76 |71 |66 |50 | 80

ss » meropodites of the penultimate pair...)27 | 25 | 235/21 | 16} | 27

Breadth _,, 35 ‘3 43 AS call tek || Shall Nels 5] 8h

Length of the propodites ss S » ---|16 |13 |124)12 | 94) 154

Breadth _,, » ” » oo >| 6 5z| 53) 4 67

Length of the dactylopodites ,, Bs 5) ---| 208 | 17 | 164) 154) 112118

5 By ees) On Gheplastipaiceaeancrserereetres| Cou Olio ole (99) 1160

= » meropodites of the last pair ............|214]193/18 |164/13 | 20

Breadth ,, : PP an sip Seo ouGeal ha tesenl |e Clos Ih a Aat ae Véos IN (tats

Length of the propodites __,, a eeeceeens es | (La LO RN OS.) ORM NR lO

Breadth ,, ae ef a Sosessancesal i | Ger INGE | ERNE

Length of the dactylopodites ,, 53 sonccnosocee| I SMA Wale aloes |) fs} haat

Nos. 1-3, River Prah; Nos. 4, 5, Liberia; No. 6, type-specimen of Thelphusa

africana A. M.-E., Ogoué, from the Paris Natural History Museum.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Figs. 1-6. Potamon (Potamonautes) latidactylum, n. sp—Fig. 1. Dorsal view of

the anterior part of the carapace of the largest male specimen from the

River Prah, X 13. Fig. 2. Left antero-external angle of the carapace of

the young male from Liberia, xX 8. Fig. 3. The same of the young female

from Liberia, x 3. Fig. 4. Abdomen of the largest male from the River

Prah, X 1}. Fig. 5. Larger chela of the same male from the River Prah,

x 14. Fig. 6. Smaller chela and carpus of the adult female from the

River Prah, x 1}.

Figs. 7-9. Potamon (Potamonautes) africanum A, M.-E., female type-specimen of

the Paris Museum, from Ogoué.—Fig. 7. Dorsal view of the anterior part

of the cephalothorax, x 1}. Fig. 8. Left antero-external angle of the

carapace, X 3. Fig. 9. Right chelipede, x 1}.

48 MR. R. I. POCOCK AND HON. N.C. ROTHSCHILD oN [Jan. 20,

6. On a new “ Bird’s-dung” Spider from Ceylon. By R.I.

Pocock, F.Z.S.,and the Hon. N. C. Roruscuitp, B.A.,

Ie Sio5 Leis

[Received November 18, 1902. ]

(Plate X<5)

During a recent visit to Ceylon, the Hon. N. C. Rothschild, in

company with Mr. EK. H. Green, discovered a specimen of a

Spider (Phrynarachne) imitating, for purposes of allurement and

concealment, a patch of bird’s-dung. A photograph of the spider

resting upon the leaf tn sitw was obtained, and the leaf with its

patch of web was brought home with the spider (Pl. X. figs. 1, 2).

The film of white web upon the leaf, with its irregular outline

and marginal, often apically thickened projections, closely assimi-

lates the splash of the fluid components of the excrement; while

the spider itself, with its mottling of black and white, resting

upon the centre of the film, with its legs tucked in, represents

the semi-solid central core. So close, indeed, was the imitation

that both observers were for a time deceived, until closer scrutiny

revealed the true nature of the deceptive patch.

It is commonly assumed that the purpose of this imitation is

purely alluring or pseudepisematic. No doubt, however, it is an

equally important procryptic factor, serving to protect the spider

from various enemies, especially the wasps of the family Pompilide.

The spider, which appears to represent an undescribed species,

may be named after one of its discoverers *.

PHRYNARACHNE ROTHSCHILDI, Sp. n.

® — Colour. Carapace with a broad central black patch, with

irregular lateral margin, extending from the eyes to the posterior

slope, and forming an angular expansion on each side imme-

diately behind the head; and with its posterior border passing

into a median longitudinal stripe, continuous with a trans-

versely arcuate black stripe which extends from the middle of

the posterior slope of the carapace on to its lateral portion,

breaking up into fainter patches separated by radiating pale

bands; clypeus, sides of head, and area between central patch and

lateral patches yellowish white. Mandibles yellow in basal half,

with a large black patch, not reaching the fang, in the distal half

in front, blackish brown beneath. Sternum mostly yellowish white,

with a large subtriangular black patch, divided by a narrow pale

line in its posterior half, and some black at the bases of the legs.

Labium blackish, maxille blackish internally, whitish externally.

Palp with its femur white below, black above in its basal half;

patella white, tibia and tarsus black, variegated with yellow

patches. First and second legs with the coxe black, variegated

1 For explanation of the Plate, see p. 51.

2 Mr. R. I. Pocock takes the sole responsibility for the naming and description of

the species.

Pin, 13> vol, 1 PL xX

F.Pickard-Cambridge del et lith West, Newman imp

PHRYNARACHNE ROTHSCHILDI.

1903.] A NEW SPIDER FROM CEYLON. 49

with dirty yellow below, whitish with a black spot above ; femora

jet-black variegated with paler patches above, in front, and

behind, with a narrow whitish line between the tubercles below,

the distal end yellowish white; patelle yellowish white, with

two palely fuscous patches above and some behind; tibie and

protarsi mostly jet-black, with a pale median inferior longitudinal

stripe between the spines; tarsi pale above, black below; third leg

with coxa and trochanter blackish below, the femur amber-yellow

in its basal two-thirds, yellowish white with a black patch, much

broader behind than in front, in its distal third; tibia black and

whitish, the black predominating posteriorly; protarsus and tarsus

mostly yellowish; fourth leg, with exception of its coxa, mostly

yellowish white, lightly spotted above. Almost the whole of the

upperside of the abdomen jet-black from its anterior margin

backwards to the spinners, with the postero-lateral tubercles and

the sides yellow; the under surface (i.e. the area between the

lung-sacs on the epigastric region and behind the genital fold

nearly back to the spinners) black, this black field showing a trans-

versely oblong pale patch behind the genital aperture (Plate X.

figs. 3 & 4).

Carapace not strongly tubercular, flattish longitudinally along

the middle line, with a shallow transverse depression behind the

ocular area of the head; area between the ocular tubercles

depressed ; eyes of posterior line (fig. 5) subequally spaced, the

medians about 5 diameters apart, lying about their own diameter

in front of a tangent joming the anterior borders of the laterals,

which are distinctly larger than the medians; eyes of anterior line

(fig. 6) strongly recurved, the inferior edges of the laterals as high

as the superior edges of the medians, the latter considerably smaller

than the laterals, about 24 diameters from each other and about

2 diameters from the laterals'; distance between the medians

about equal to the height of either above the edge of the clypeus,

which is weakly tubercular and furnished with prominent angles,

Mandibles prominent basally, scarcely tubercular ; margins of

fang-groove thickly fringed, the posterior armed with one fang, the

anterior with teeth, remote from base of fang; the posterior fringe

continuous with a scanty band of hair passing up the inner side

of the posterior surface of the mandible.

Legs. Femur of Ist leg thickly covered in front with small

tubercles, with a few large tubercles above and two rows of about

five tubercles each below, the posterior surface smooth; tibia

bowed, armed beneath with two rows of about 4-5 spines, the

anterior and dorsal surface also spined ; protarsus a little longer

than tibia, armed beneath on each side of the middle line with a

band of longer and shorter irregularly arranged spines, those on

1 Owing to a want of definition of the border of the corneal lens, the precise size

of the eyes of the anterior line, and consequently of the width of the interspace

between them, is hard to ascertain, varying apparently in different lights and with

lenses of different power. In the above-given description the eyes are described as

seen under a 4-inch objective and a platyscopie lens.

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1903, Vou. I. No. IV. t

50 MESSRS. R. I, POCOCK AND N.C. ROTHSCHILD oN [Jan. 20,

the posterior side being much less numerous than on the anterior,

the anterior and dorsal surfaces of the segment also spiny ;

tarsus covered with rows of spinules; 2nd leg like the Ist, but

with the femur almost quite smooth ; 3rd and 4th legs with tarsi

bristly beneath, tibia of 3rd spined below, of 4th scarcely spmed.

Abdomen as wide behind as it is long, and twice as wide as it 1s

in front, the anterior border transverse and armed with four

tubercles, the lateral border with four small tubercles, the

postero-lateral angle with two large superior and two small

inferior pale tubercles ; between the former are four pairs of

shining black tubercles, two pairs of which are much larger than

the Others: in addition to these the dorsal surface is furnished

with three pairs of small scattered tubercles; lateral surface

pitted ; inferior surface with two rows of muscular pits. Vulva

undeveloped.

Measurements in mm.—Total length 9, carapace 4; posterior

width of abdomen 5°5, anterior width nearly 3; length of Ist leg

14, its femur 4, patella + tibia about 5, 3rd leg 6, tarsus + pro-

tarsus about 5

Loc. Kandy.

Tn size and shape this species does not appear to differ appreci-

ably from P. ceylonica O. P. Cambridge (P. Z.S. 1884, p. 201,

pl. xv. fig. 3, sub Ornithoscatoides), which was recorded from

Ceylon. The colouring of the two, however, is very different.

In P. ceylonica the anterior legs are heavily blackened only upon

the protarsi and distal half of the tibie, the mandibles have no

lack patch, and the black-and-yellow pattern of the carapace

and abdomen, so conspicuous in P. rothschildi, is but little differ-

entiated ; also the cephalic tubercles between the two rows of

eyes are much higher in P. ceylonica (see also Simon, Hist. Nat.

Araign. 1. p. 1043, fig. 1087, 1895).

Another Ceylonese species, O. nigra O. P. Cambr. (loc. cit.

p. 202, pl. xv. fig. 4), was based upon the male sex, and cannot,

therefore, be compared with those based upon females. <A third

species, P. fatalis ©. P. Cambr. (P.Z.8. 1899, p. 525, pl. xxx.

fig. 7), from Ceylon, differs so markedly in form, coloration,

tuberculation, &e., as to need no comparison with this new species.

Also P. peeliana Stol. (J. A. S. Bengal, xxxviii. 1869, p. 229,

pl. xx. fig. 4), from Sibsagar, Assam; P. tuberosa Blekw. (Ann,

Mag. N. ‘Hist. (3) xiv. p. 38, 1864, & PLAS. 1884, pl. xv. fig. 2),

from the Hast Indies; and the Burmese form P. papulata Thorell,

are all different from this new form.

To Dr. H. O. Forbes, F.Z.S.’, belongs the credit of the discovery

that the coloration of the species of Phrynarachne belongs to the

pseudepisematic category. The pattern of yellow and black which

decorates the dorsal and ventral sides simulates that of the sem1-

solid central portion of a patch of bird’s-dung splashed upon a leaf,

the paler more fluid portion being represented by a thin irregular-

shaped carpet of white silk, in the centre of which the spider

takes its stand. The spider discovered by Messrs. Rothschild

1 P.Z.S. 1883, p. 586, pl. li.

1903.] A NEW SPIDER FROM CEYLON, 51

and Green was resting upon the leaf in the normal position, that

is to say back uppermost (figs. 1 & 2).

Forbes, however, expressly states that P. decipiens, the species

he discovered, lies back downwards on the web, holding itself

in place by means of the spines with which the anterior upper

surfaces of the legs are furnished, and he adds that the under-

side of “its rather irregularly-shaped and prominent abdomen

is almost all white, of a pure chalky white” (p. 587), and that

“its pure white abdomen represents the central mass of the bird’s

excreta, the black legs the dark portion of the slime.” Refer-

ence, however, to his figure, which was apparently drawn partly

from memory, the leaf "and web having “ gone astray” during

the transport home, shows that the under side of the abdomen, so

far from being almost all white, is furnished with a large black

sub-oblong patch, which extends from its anterior border con-

siderably past the middle. It is noticeable, too, that from the

ventral aspect the abdomen is not irregularly shaped, but evenly

oval in outline and devoid of tubercular excrescences. The dorsal

surface, on the aes as represented in the figure given by

Mr. Cambridge (BZ. 1884, pl. xv. fig. 1), might very well

be described as almost “il white and rather irregularly shaped.

The white colour largely predominates, and the tubercles project

prominently from the expanded posterior portion. Mention is

made of these discrepancies between the figure and description,

to justify the suspicion that Dr. Forbes may have mistaken the

dorsal for the ventral surface of the spiders he saw. Moreover,

one cannot but wonder how the spider maintains a secure hold

back downwards, especially when the powerful prehensorial legs of

the first and second pairs are released, as released they must

surely be, to seize an alighting butterfly. One would think that

the flapping of the insect’s wing would pull the spider, now

insecurely anchored, from its hold and bring both to the ground

together. On the other hand, if the spiders of this kind always

rest in the normal position seen and photographed in the case of

P. rothschildi, the simulation of the bird’s-dung is equally perfect,

and the spider, while seizing a butterfly with its fore legs, can

maintain itself securely in place by grasping the web with the

claws of the remaining pairs and by gluing its spinning-mamillee

to the subjacent silken threads.

These, then, are the points for further investigation which we

would ask residents in the tropics to take note of :—Do the species

of Phrynarachne assume indifferently the dorsal or the ventral

attitude? Is it a peculiarity of one species to lie back uppermost,

and of another belly uppermost? If they lie, as Forbes asserts,

back downwards, how is a secure hold maintained when an insect

has to be seized ?

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Phrynarachne rothschildi, sp. n., p. 48.

Figs. 1, 2. The ue resting on Jeaf. Fig. 3. Upper surface.

Fig. 4. Under surface. Figs. 5, 6. Byes.

52 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Jan. 20,

7. On the Crustaceans of the Genera Petalidium and Sergestes

from the ‘Challenger,’ with an Account of Luminous

Organs in Sergestes challengeri, n. sp. By Dr. H. J.

Hansen (Copenhagen).

[Received November 29, 1902. ]

(Plates XI. & XII.")

During a stayin London in July and August, 1902, I examined

various groups of Crustacea in the British Museum (Natural

History). I beg the Director, Professor E. Ray lLankester,

and Mr. F. Jeffrey Bell to accept my sincere thanks for the free

use of the collection and for their kind help.

In the paper “On the Development and the Species of the

Crustaceans of the Genus Sergestes” (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.

1896, pp. 936-70) I have given a revision of this extensive

genus. I had studied a very rich material of pelagic forms

belonging to the Copenhagen Museum, among which are all the

types of Kroyer; besides I had examined types of 5 species

established by Chun, Metzger, and Ortmann.

Among other things, I proved that ‘of the 59 (or 60) hitherto

described species only about 20, or one-third of the total number,

have been established on adult animals, such as have almost or

entirely arrived at sexual maturity ; and that almost all the other

species are true larve, and even of these a considerable number are

larval stages of species already established on adult specimens, .. .”

Of earlier authors, C. Spence Bate has produced a very large con-

tribution on the genus Sergestes, extending to eighty-eight quarto

pages and seventeen plates, in his ‘“ Report on the ‘Challenger’

Macrura.” He established the genus Petalidiwm on a new species,

described 24 new species of Sergestes &c. In 1896 I wrote

(p. 939): ‘This large contribution is of course of great

importance, but unfortunately neither the descriptions nor the

figures are so good as could be wished, and in numerous instances

...a re-examination of the type specimens is absolutely necessary

—the greater part of the new species are but larve.” I have now

studied all types which are preserved in the British Museum, and

the present paper contains the results of my examination.

Bate describes 31 species of Sergestes as examined by himself :

of these, 24 are established as new to science, 6 are considered

to be Kroéyerian species, and one is referred to S. atlanticus

H.M.-Edw. The types of 9 of the species established by Bate do

not exist in the British Museum; some specimens mentioned in

his work and belonging to other species are also absent; but

several specimens belonging to various species and omitted in the

Report were found in the collection. I am therefore only able

to give more or less incomplete notes, based on the study of the

1 For explanation of the Plates, see p. 78.

as 4 .

PA, t903 voll Plex

Zor 2l 36r 3br'

Zs eoS\ :

H.J.Hansen del. Edwin Wilson , Cambridge

FIG.1.PETALIDIUM FOLIACEUM. 2.PETALIDIUM gun. 3.SERGESTES

- PROFUNDUS. 4.S.PREHENSILIS. 5.S.KROYERI. 6.S.SIMILIS.

P.Z.5.1903,vol.I. Pl. XI.

Edwin Wilson, Cambridge

FIG.1.SERGESTES ARCTICUS. 2.S.GHALLENGERI.

4i.J.Hansen del.

1903.] IN THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ COLLECTION. 53

specimens, on 22 of the species in question, 15 of which were

established by Bate himself. Furthermore, he refers Petalidiwm

Bate, Sciacaris Bate, Acetes H. M.-Edw., and Lucifer Vaugh.

Thomps. to his family Sergestide ; of Lucifer he describes two

species, but the genus must be more thoroughly studied than has

hitherto been done before the examination of the ‘Challenger’

specimens ; Sciacaris Bate has one species, which is only a larva of

a Sergestes, and the type seemed to be wanting in the Museum ;

of Acetes, Bate had no specimens; and Petalidium is mentioned

below.

Of Bate’s 31 species of Sergestes only 6 are really mature forms,

25 being larvee. Special attention has been paid to the adult speci-

mens preserved in the Museum and enumerated by Bate; on two

of these specimens I have established two new species, and

besides I add notes and some drawings to the representations of

Bate. Unfortunately nearly all the specimens of rare and

especially interesting species were very much mutilated.

Our present knowledge of the adult species of Sergestes of the

Atlantic fauna is far from complete, but yet we are acquainted

with so many species that it was possible for me in my earlier

paper either to refer the J/astigopus-forms examined to the

mature species, or to describe the older larval stages and some-

times the black-eyed but still immature forms, so that they can be

recognized with certainty and referred to the mature forms when

these are discovered in the future. All the Atlantic larval forms

from the ‘Challenger’ seen by me have now been referred in a

similar way. But many larve established by Bate as valid species

of adult or sub-adult animals have been secured in the Pacific.

Our knowledge of the mature stage of the species living in that

vast ocean is still rudimentary; and I have therefore not been

able to refer the larvee of three of Bate’s species to any species

established on adult specimens. Bate’s types of his species

established on larval forms are often either defective or very

young, wherefore I thought it of little use to describe and figure

them again; but I have generally added some notes on their

affinities, and sometimes also a few corrections to his descrip-

tions. When the Pacific has been moderately well explored

by further expeditions, many adult forms and their larval stages

will be discovered ; and a future student of the group will then be

able to refer at least some of the larvee, which I cannot interpret,

to their adult forms. To the young larve described by Bate as

species of JJastigopus I pay no attention at all: the types seem

to be lost.

I think it convenient first to deal with all the ‘ Challenger’

species in the same consecutive order in which they are described

in Bate’s Report ; then to put together some results of the investi-

gation; finally, to mention more fully the luminous organs in

Sergestes challengeri, n. sp

In order to abridge the descriptions, in the following pages—

as in my earlier paper~-I make use of some abbreviations :—

54. DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [ Jan. 20,

antenn. ped. = peduncle of the antennule; mxp.’-mxp.*’=the

second and third pair of maxillipeds; trl.\-trl.’=the first to the

fifth pair of trunk-legs; br.=the first, br." =the second branchia

above the same legs; ext. br. of urp.=external branch of the

uropods.

I. Notes on the Species of Petalidium and Sergestes.

a. PETALIDIuM Bate.

To this genus Bate has referred only one species. It will be

convenient to deal with the characters of the genus together with

those of the species.

PET. FOLIACEUM Bate, pp. 348-50, pl. lx. (Plate XI. figs. la—1g.)

Bate mentions five specimens from two stations: Stat. 146,

lat. 46° 46’ S., long. 45° 31’ B., 1375 fathoms; and Stat. 159, lat.

47° 25' S., long. 130° 22’ E., 2150 fathoms. All these specimens

are at present in the Museum, but even Bate’s text and his figure

of the entire animal show that most of the appendages presenting

specific characters are wanting or have been mutilated. Bate

writes (p. 849): “The great distinction between this genus and

Sergestes exists in the form, character, and arrangement of the

branchial plumes, which consist of a series of plates and eylin-

drical filaments, situated side by side in a series of rows at right

angles to the stalk. There is but one plume to each of the five

anterior somites of the pereion, the posterior two somites having

none; between some of the somites is a large foliaceous plate.”

But this description is difficult to understand: his figure 3,

representing the branchie, is defective, and his tabular view

(p. 349) is wrong. He was of opinion that the foliaceous plates—

of which he had seen only three—were pleurobranchie, while the

“branchial plumes” were arthrobranchiz; but this is incorrect:

they are decidedly pleurobranchie asin Sergestes. Petal. foliacewm

Bate differs from all species of Sergestes in one quite unimportant

feature, that no trace of branchie is found above trl.*, and in one

important character, viz., the structure of the pleurobranchial

plumes. This structure is very interesting (fig. le). The most

developed branchie are, as usual, those above trl.* and trl.*; each

of these consists of an anterior and a posterior half, and each half

of five (to six) transverse rows of branchial plates, generally five

or six in each row, and these plates (some of the lowest excepted)

are directed upwards. ‘The pleurobranchie above mxp.’ and

especially trl.* are less developed, with a lower number of trans-

verse rows, and partially with a lower number of plates in the

rows. The pleurobranchial plumes in VPetalidiwm look very

different from those in Sergestes; the real differences are: a

much lower number of rows, a much lower number of plates in

the rows, and that the plates are much larger, curved upwards, and.

look much more independent. Behind the upper part of each of

these four pleurobranchie originates a pleurobranchial lamella (/.),

1903.] IN THE ‘CHALLENGER COLLECTION. 55

which is a reduced branchia; these lamelle are very long above

trl.? and trl.*, while the two anterior lamelle above mxp.’ and

trl.‘ are much less prominent. On mxp.” is found an epipod (ep.),

with a branchia consisting of a few plates, and above it a rudi-

mentary pleurobranchia consisting of one very small lamella.

Fig. la and fig. le show the rostrum, consisting of a carina

with a short or ve1 ‘y short terminal spiniform process. There are

no supraocular or hepatic spines; the gastro-hepatic groove is

well developed. A comparison of fig. 1 ¢ with fig. 1 d shows that

the eye-stalks are considerably depressed; they are from two and

a half to nearly three times longer than the eyes at the inner

terminal angle, with a small rounded knot turning inwards and

a little wpwards (fig. 1 6; fig. 1 d), and besides (always ?) with an

exceedingly small tubercle somewhat in front of the inner angle

and more downwards on the inner side (fig. 1d). In the antenn.

ped. the basal joint is very broad (fig. 1 6), decidedly shorter than

the outer margin of the two other joints together ; the third joint

is scarcely three times longer than broad, considerably longer

than the outer margin and a little shorter than the inner margin

of the second joint, which is stout, with its Inner margin only a

little more than twice as long as its breadth. (lee specimen

from which figs. 1¢ and le were drawn measures 51 mm. in

length, and was captured on Stat. 146; figs. 1 a-16 were drawn

from the specimen secured on Stat. 159).

But besides these five specimens of Petalidiwm, I found still

two smaller specimens of the same genus among the ‘ Challenger’

animals. One of these had been determined as Sergestes japonicus

Bate, but is not referred to that species in his text. It was

captured at Stat. 158, 7/111., 1874, 1800 fathoms, thus near one

of the above-named stations. It measures only 21°5 mm. in

length. Figs. 1fand 1g show that its rostrum has the terminal

process somewhat longer than in the large specimens; the eyes

are a little longer as compared with the length of their stalks, and

these are pro portionately somewhat broader, without a distinct

knot at the end of the inner margin. There is no supra-ocular

spine, but the hepatic spine is moderately developed ; the gastro-

hepatic groove is very distinct. No branchiew above trl.” This

small specimen belongs certainly to P. foliaceum Bate.

Bate established (pp. 428-31) his Sergestes profundus on two

specimens, both badly mutilated. He describes each Bpeinen

separately, beginning with one captured at Stat. 137, lat. 35° 59'S.,

long. 1° 34' E., depth 2550 fathoms. But, unfortunately, ne

specimen does not belong to Sergestes but to Petalidiwm; the

type is besides so mutilated that I should have preferred to

omit it, if it had not been described by Bate. It measures

17-5 mm. in length. The rostrum is shown in fig. 2@; it is

described by Bate: ‘“ It consists of a short fine point projecting

horizontally for about one-fourth the length of the ophthalmopod,

and is dorsally furnished on ihe crest with a small tooth.” The

eye-stalks are aS in the small specimen from Stat, 158 just

56 DR. H, J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Jan. 20,

described ; the posterior branchie to a large degree are destroyed,

and as to the other features, I refer to Bate’s description (p. 429).

I cannot say with certainty whether the animal is a very young

specimen of P. foliacewm Bate, or belongs toan unknown form; the

rostrum deviates considerably from the type of P. foliacewm, but

its shape presents a stage between those in the adult and im a larva,

nearly agreeing with that in a larval form mentioned below.

In my earlier paper on Sergestes I described S. obesus Kr.

(=S. sanguineus Chun). I stated that it was a larva, a Masti-

gopus, and added (p. 968): ‘It is easily seen that this species

cannot remain in the genus Sergestes, but whether it should be

referred to Petalidium Bate, or a new genus should be established

for its reception, is impossible to decide with certainty. The

branchial plates recall the plates found in Petalidiwm, and there-

fore I provisionally transfer it to that genus....” I had not

seen any adult Petalidiwm, but suggested (p. 967) that the

branchial plumes interpreted by Bate as arthrobranchie are in

reality pleurobranchie. I can now decide that S. obesus Kr. is

the Mastigopus of Petalidiwm: the branchie prove it; besides,

trl.2 in the Mastigopus is exceedingly elongate, with the basal

part very thick, and in the adult form the basal joint of the same

pair (fig. Le) is exceedingly thick, very much thicker than those

of trl.) and trl.?. Finally, the shape of the rostrum of S. obesus

Kr. agrees nearly with that of the young Petalidiwm from

Stat. 137 just mentioned. I described the branchiz of S. obesus

Kr., stating that in the largest specimen a rudimentary branchia

was found above trl.*; in the largest but one of the specimens I

have now looked for this branchia, and foundit. Finally, I stated

that P. obesum (Kr.) is “decidedly distinct from P. foliaceum Bate,”

and I maintain this opinion, founding it on the fact that P. foli-

aceum does not possess any branchia above trl.*; and it is very

improbable that such a branchia begins to develop itself in the

Mastigopus and disappears again in the adult.

6. Sereestes H. M.-Edw.

SERG. INTERMEDIUS Bate, p. 383 (no figure).

Bate mentions one specimen, 5 mm. in length, from the

“China Sea, off Luzon.” The specimen has been preserved ;

according to the rostrum, the eye-stalks, and the ext. br. of urp.,

it belongs to “ Serg. brachyorrhos Kr.,” which is the youngest

Mastigopus of S. edwardsii Ky. (P. Z.8. 1896, pp. 963-64).

SERG. PREHENSILIS Bate, p. 385, pl. xxi. (Plate XI. figs. 4a,

4b.)

Bate has examined one specimen from Stat. 236, lat. 34° 58’ N.,

Jong. 139° 29' E., off Japan, 775 fathoms. The type, an adult

male, has been preserved; it differs from all other species known

tome. It will be useful to redescribe its most essential characters,

and two new figures are given (Pl. XI. figs. 4a, 46). The

1903. | IN THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ COLLECTION, 57

rostrum is rather long, directed forwards and _ considerably

upwards; its terminal portion is produced into a spiniform

process, and the upper margin of the rostrum has at the base of

that process a sharp angle as a rudiment of a spine; the lower

margin of the rostrum between its base and the apical spine is

strongly convex, the upper margin nearly straight. Supra-ocular

and hepatic spines are wanting, the gastro-hepatic groove slightly

developed. The eyes are large, considerably depressed ; seen from

the side (fig. 4.@), they are somewhat longer than the whole stalk ;

seen from above, their basal margin is very oblique (fig. 4 6), so

that the interior margin of the distal joint of the stalk is as long

as the outer margin of the eyes. The antenn. ped. with the outer

margin of the first joint is a little longer than that of the two other

joints together, and only a little shorter than their inner margin ;

the second joint with the inner margin is three times longer than

the breadth, and somewhat longer than the third joint, which is

about two and a half times longer than broad. The antennal

squama reaches nearly to the end of the antenn. ped., with its

distal portion broad and the outer spine well developed. Mxp.° is

a little shorter than trl.* The branchiz present a transition-form

between those of S. arcticus Kr. (Pl. XII. fig. 1 c) and S. robustus

Smith; the pleurobranchial lamella above mxp.* is very small.

Of the branchie above trl.’ , br.’ is scarcely two-thirds as long as

br.; of those belonging to “Viel ay OTS iS slightly longer than 67."

and br. a little shorter than br.’ above trl.’ The ext. br. of urp.

is almost five times longer than broad, and the hairy portion of its

outer margin is a little more than one-fourth of the total length.—

Length 36°5 mm.

This species occupies an intermediate position between S. arcticus

Kr. and S. robustus Smith. Bate’s fig. 4, showing an antennule

and an eye, is misleading, the antennular peduncle being too

slender, with the basal joint too short, the third joint too long.

SERG. JAPONICUS Bate, p. 387, pl. lxx. figs. 1, 2.

Bate enumerates three specimens from two localities: Stat. 232,

lat. 35° 11' N., long. 139° 28' E., 345 fathoms; and Stat. 207,

lat. 12° 21' N., long. 122° 15’ E., 700 fathoms. All have been

preserved, and belong to one species. In 1896 I wrote that

S. japonicus Bate must be identical with S. mollis Smith (taken

in the Atlantic, off the United States), and gave reasons for

my view. On comparing Bate’s specimens with Smith’s elaborate

description (Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish & Fisher. for 1882, p. 419,

1884) and his figures (Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish &c. for 1885, pl. xx.

figs. 3-5), I arrived at the same result. It should be especially

mentioned that an examination of the branchiz showed the most

complete agreement with Smith’s description and drawing. For

full information on S. japonicus Bate, I refer, therefore, zoologists

to the papers of Smith.

As already mentioned, I found in the bottle with S. japonicus

from Stat. 232 a tube containing a smaller animal determined

58 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTAOEANS [Jan. 20,

to be 8. japonicus and labelled Stat. 158. It is not mentioned:

in Bate’s work. On a closer examination it turned out to be a

specimen of Petalidiwm, and it has been described above.

SERG. KROYERI Bate, p. 388, pl. Ixx. figs. 3, 4. (Plate XI.

figs. 5a, 56.)

Bate established this species on one large specimen, from

Stat. 170, lat. 29° 55'S., long. 178° 14’ W., 520 fathoms. The

specimen is very mutilated; a new description with two figures

(Pl. XI. figs. 5a, 5 6) is here given.

The rostrum (fig. 5 a) is rather low, rounded above, with the

upper front angle blunt and slightly projecting and the anterior

margin concave; but it could not be settled whether the upper

margin of the rostrum had been damaged or presented its natural

shape. Supra-ocular and hepatic spines are wanting, the gastro-

hepatic groove is strongly developed. The eyes (fig. 56) are

large, somewhat depressed; seen from above nearly as long as

broad, slightly longer than the outer, and decidedly, but not

much, longer than the inner mar ein of ‘the stalk, On the upper

side of the stalk, close behind the eye and near the inner margin,

is seen a rather small, subeylindrical, distally rounded process,

directed obliquely forwards, inwards, and upwards; it seems to

terminate in an organ. In the antenn. ped. the basal joint is

broad, with the outer margin a little shorter than that of the

two following joints together, but only two-thirds as long as the

inner margin of the same joints; the second joint is stout, with

the inner margin scarcely three times longer than the breadth;

the third joint is stout, but yet considerably more slender than

the second, scarcely three times longer than broad, somewhat

longer than the outer and somewhat shorter than the inner

margin of the second joint. The squama of the antennz seems

to be nearly as broad at the distal end as in S. japonicus Bate,

but it could not be seen whether the outer spine is developed.

Mxp.’ and all tr unk- legs are wanting. The pleurobranchial

lamella above mxp.” is small. The branchiz above trl.’ have been

broken off on both sides; of the branchiz above trl.*, 6r. is nearly

three-fourths as long as 67. above trl.*, while br." is slightly more

than half as long as the same. The ext. br. of urp. with the

apical part is wanting ; the branch seems to have been at most four

times longer than broad, perhaps without marginal spine, and with

the haired part of the margin unusually short.—Length 60 mm.

The species is allied to S. prehensilis Bate and S. robustus

Smith, but it is easily distinguished from all species hitherto

discovered by the process on the eye-stalks,

SerG. artanticus H. Milne-Edw., Bate, p. 389, pls. Ixvili. &

Ixix,

In my earlier paper I wrote (p. 947) that “‘ I am not convinced

that all the specimens from the localities enumerated (p. 390)

belong to S. atlanticus,” and I produced some grounds for that

1903. ] IN THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ COLLECTION, 59

opinion. The investigation of the material preserved in the

British Museum proved the correctness of my disbelief, but, it

must be admitted, to a degree not supposed.

Of the specimens enumerated by Bate, the following have not

been preserved in the British Museum: “ Stat. 42, lat. 35°58’ N.,

long. 70° 35' W., 2425 fathoms,” “length 25 mm.”—and “On

May 6-18th, 1876, in lat. 32° 41’ N., long. 36° 6’ W... one

specimen ... at the surface; and on the 7th of the same month,

near the Azores....two other specimens were taken at the

surface.” I can now state with certainty that if the specimen

from Stat. 42 lived near the bottom in that enormous depth, it

did not belong to S. atlanticus; perhaps it was captured near the

surface, but at all events the locality must be omitted as uncertain.

Most probably the specimens captured in May 1876 belonged to

S. atlanticus. The specimens from the other stations enumerated

by Bate belong to four species, and each station must be mentioned

separately,

“North Atlantic .... Stations 62 and 63, on the passage from

Bermuda to the Azores. Three specimens.” In a bottle labelled

“ Between Bermudas and Azores” I found eight partly mutilated

specimens of S. atlanticus.

“Between Teneriffe and St. Thomas.” In a bottle with the

same locality, three specimens of S. atlanticus.

“Station 320,.... lat. 37° 17'S., long. 53° 52’ W., off Monte

Video; depth 600 fathoms.” Bate does not directly state the

number of specimens, but he writes ‘‘ Length 38 mm.,” and the

meaning is probably that he had one single specimen. Ina bottle

labelled “ off Monte Video” I found six small and badly preserved

specimens of S. atlanticus M.-Edw., and one large specimen of

S. arcticus Ky., and it is decidedly the last-named specimen which

was procured from 600 fathoms. As to S. arcticus Ky., the

student is referred to Kréyer’s work, to the description and

drawings in various papers of 8. Smith, to notes in my earlier

paper, and to some remarks below, in the description of S. similis,

n. sp., together with figs. 1 a—c on Pl. XII.

“Station 159, ... south of Australia ; depth 2150 fathoms. ...

Three specimens... Length 43 mm.” In the collection three

large specimens are present, but they belong to S. arcticus Kr.,

which thus has been proved to be distributed through the deeper

Atlantic, from the southern part of Greenland to lat. 38° 8., and

to south of Australia.

Bate enumerates still two deep-water stations, viz. Stat. 252,

off Japan, and Stat. 173, off Matuku, Fiji Islands; he examined

one specimen from each of these localities, but the animals belong

to two new species to be described below.

But before giving these descriptions I will sum up the results

of the examination of the specimens referred by Bate to S. atlan-

ticus H. Milne-Edw. (=S. fristi Kr.). The Copenhagen Museum

possesses some hundreds of adult specimens of S. atlanticus, taken

at a large number of places in the Atlantic, the Indian Ocean,

60 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Jan. 20,

and the western part of the Pacific, and all these were taken

near the surface; the ‘Challenger’ specimens taken near the

surface and referred by Bate to S. atlanticus really belong to that

species, but his specimens secured at the deep-sea stations 320,

159, 232, and 173 belong to three other species.—I have found it

unnecessary to attempt to point out what parts of Bate’s long

description (and which of his drawings) can be applied to S. atlan-

ticus; the zoologist is referred to the good description of Kroyer

together with the additional notes in my earlier paper.

SERG. SIMILIS, n. sp. (Plate XI. figs. 6 a6 d.)

The type of this species is the above-mentioned specimen on

which Bate writes (p. 320): “Stat. 232,... lat. 35° 11’ N., long.

139° 28’ K., off Japan; depth 345 fathoms... . Length 50 mm.”

The species is closely related to S. arcticus Kr. The rostrum

(fig. 6 5) is nearly oblong-triangular, a good deal longer than in S.

arcticus (Pl. XII. fig. 1 6) and directed more upwards ; the anterior

margin of the scutum below the rostrum is strongly convex (fig. 6a)

and protruding, while it is nearly vertical in S. arcticus (Pl. XII.

fig. 1a). The supra-ocular and hepatic spines are well developed ;

the gastro-hepatic groove distinct. The eyes are nearly as in

S. arcticus, large, broader than deep, scarcely as long as broad

(fig. 6c), decidedly shorter than the outer margin of the distal

joint of the stalk, and one-half shorter than its inner margin.

The antenn. ped. (fig. 6c) is about as in S. arcticus; the outer

margin of the basal joint is as long as the same margin of the two

distal joints together ; the second joint is rather slender, its inner

margin almost four times longer than its breadth and scarcely

longer than the third joint, which is slender, about six times

longer than broad. The squama of the antenna is moderately broad

at the end, with the outer spine projecting beyond the terminal

margin. Of the long appendages, mxp.’, trl.*, and trl.’ are wanting,

and the remaining thoracic legs are about as in S. arcticus. The

branchie above trl.’ and trl.* (fig. 6d) present excellent differences

from those in S. arcticus (Pl. XII. fig. 1c); br.* above trl.’ is not

quite half as long as br. above trl.*, and in spite of this not incon-

siderable length it is semi-rudimentary, having only some posterior

branches, nearly all short, and no anterior branches. Of the

branchiz above trl.’, br. is long, four-fifths as long as br. above

trl.?; 6r.1 is more than half as long as br., very well developed, at

least as long and more than twice as broad as br." above trl.’

[In S. arcticus (Pl. XII. fig. 1 c)—from a specimen obtained in the

most northern part of the Atlantic—br.’ above trl.* is about three-

fourths as long as br. above trl.*, with well-developed branches

on both sides; of the branchie above trl.*, br. is only a little more

than half as long as hr. above trl.*, while 6r.! is small, considerably

narrower and shorter than br.’ above trl.°] The ext. br. of urp.

has the apical portion broken off, but it is narrow, and seems to

have been a little more than five times longer than broad, thus

slightly narrower than in S. arcticus, but otherwise of the same

aig SE Se es ST SD a PS

1903. ] IN THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ COLLECTION. 61

shape and with the marginal spine well developed.—Length

o4 mm.

The species is easily distinguished from S. arcticus Kr. by the

shape of the rostrum, together with the anterior margin of the

scutum, and especially by the branchiz above trl.* and trl.’; in

all other features these two species are closely allied.

SERG. CHALLENGERI, n, sp. (Plate XII. figs. 2 a—2 n.)

The type of this species is the specimen on which Bate writes

(p. 390): “Station 173, July 24th, 1874; lat. 19° 9' 35” S.,

long. 179° 41’ 50” E.; off Matuku, Fiji Islands; depth 315

fathoms; bottom, coral mud. One specimen, male. Dredged.

Length 24 mm.” He referred it to S. atlanticus. I have the

pleasure of appending the name of the renowned ship to this

Sergestes, which is one of the most interesting species of Crustacea

secured by the expedition. Unfortunately the single specimen is

very mutilated.

The rostrum (fig. 26) is rather low, short, obliquely triangular,

turning somewhat upwards; its apex is acute and very slightly

produced. The supra-ocular spine is wanting; the hepatic spine

is rudimentary; the gastro-hepatic groove (fig. 2 a) is deep, and

the cervical groove very distinct. The eyes have been broken off,

only the basal part of the stalks being left. In the antenn. ped.

(fig. 2c) the outer margin of the basal joint is a little longer than

that of the two other joints together; the second joint is

moderately robust, its inner margin a little more than three

times longer than the breadth; the third is slightly more than

two and a half times longer than broad, a little shorter than the

outer margin of the second joint, and only three-fifths as long as

the inner margin of the last-named joint. The squama of the

antenna is distally very broad (fig. 2c), with the outer spine

scarcely projecting beyond the terminal margin. Mxp.’ and trl.*—

trl.’ are wanting; of trl.’ the apical part has been lost, but these

legs seem to have been a little longer than mxp.*, and to be more

slender than in S. arcticus, but otherwise not showing any

difference of importance. Of the branchie (fig. 2d), br. above

trl and trl.’ are long and narrow; br.’ above tri.? is as usual a

lamella; br." above tril.’ is slightly more than one-third as long

as br., especially with its anterior branches well developed; of the

branchie above trl.*, br. is about three-fourths as long as br. above

trl.’, while br." is proportionately large, much longer and broader

than br.' above trl.*, and even more than half as long as br. above

trl” The ext. br. of urp. (fig. 22) has the apical portion

wanting, but the branch seems to have been nearly five times

longer than broad, with the marginal spine well developed and

situated as in S. arcticus.—Length 23 mm.

By the shape of the joints of the antenn. ped., the development

of the branchie above trl.* and trl.*, and the shape of the ext. br.

of urp., this species is related to S. robustus Smith, 8. prehensilis

Bate, and S. kréyert Bate. But it is sharply distinguished from

62 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Jan. 20,

all other species hitherto known by possessing an enormous multitude

of luminous organs arranged regularly on the lower surface and

near the lower lateral margins of the cephalothorax, on the six

abdominal segments (figs. 2d, 7, &), on the sides of the shield

(fig. 2a), and on all the appendages preserved (figs. 2c, d,e, f, g, h)

with exception of the maxillule and maxille. The organs are

easily seen; they look almost similar to the eyes in Aranee, and

they differ much in size and direction. I have deemed it advisable

to deal with the special arrangement and the structure of these

organs in a separate section of this paper.

SERG. DORSISPINALIS Bate, p. 394, pl. lxxil. fig. 1.

Bate does not state directly the number of specimens, but he

had probably only one. The length is “9 mm.” and the locality

“south of Australia, March 1874.” An animal with a label of

exactly the same contents was preserved in a microscopical pre-

paration. It isa Mastagopus related to S. arcticus Kr., S. similis,

n. sp., &e., but it could not be referred to any adult form. In

the preparation the abdomen is seen from the side, and the

cephalothorax essentially from below; the spine on the scutum

on which Bate writes “just anterior to the [cervical] suture, in

the median dorsal line, is a small, anteriorly directed tooth,” is

in reality the gastro-hepatic spine, which besides has been drawn

in a position too remote from the front. Bate’s figure is not

correct in some other respects: in the antenn. ped. the second

joint is about as long as the third, and both together somewhat

shorter than the first; the eyes reach to the end of the first joint ;

the squama is longer than in the figure, reaching almost beyond

the second joint of the antenn. ped. and distally narrow; the ext.

br. of urp. is a little longer and conspicuously more narrow than

in the figure, while its marginal tooth is indicated correctly.

SERG. LATERODENTATUS Bate, p. 395 (no figure).

Bate has examined one specimen, measuring 8 mm. in length,

and captured “ south of Australia, March 1874.” The type could

not be found in the Museum. According to the description it is

a Mastigopus belonging to the arcticus-group, probably a younger

stage of the same species as that to which the preceding larva,

S. dorsispinalis Bate, belongs.

SuRG, NASIDENTATUS Bate, p. 398, pl. Ixxn. fig. 2.

Bate does not state directly the number of specimens, and

presumably he had only one; the length was 10 mm. and the

locality the Pacific Ocean, between Valparaiso and Juan Fernandez.

The type does not exist in the Museum. The species is a

Mastigopus ; in wy earlier paper I had already referred it to the

same group as S. arcticus, and nothing further can now be added.

Sura. prapontius Bate, p. 399, pl. lxxil. fig. 3.

Bate does not state the number of specimens, but presumably

1903.] ; IN THE ‘CHALLENGER’ COLLECTION, 63

he had only one. The length is 18 mm. and the locality the

Atlantic Ocean, April 7, 1876. In a preparation bearing the

name of the species, and besides “ Surface, 7 April, 1876,

Atlantic,” one specimen is preserved: it must be Bate’s type,

but it measures only 16°5 mm. in length. In Bate’s figure the

armature on the dorsal line of the abdomen is not correct ; on

the third segment a spine has either been broken off or is rudi-

mentary, the base being distinct ; the spine on the fourth segment

is only half as long as that on the fifth, shorter than in the figure,

and directed obliquely backwards; on the sixth segment a very

short spine is visible. The basal part of the rostrum is somewhat

ascending, the distal spiniform and horizontally porrected. The

ext. br. of urp. has the outer margin hairy in about § of its

length, and the marginal tooth is very small. The distal part of

mxp.° is very incorrectly drawn by Bate in his fig. 37; it is four-

jointed; the third joint is short, much shorter than the fourth,

and both together about as long as the second; the first of these

joints terminates below in two strong setiform spines, both some-

what longer than the second joint, which terminates in two spines

of the same length as the preceding pair; the fourth joint

terminates also in two spines, somewhat, but not much, shorter

than the four just mentioned. (I cannot understand how Bate

drew his misleading figure; it must prevent every student of

his Report from arriving at a correct judgment.) In the British

Museum I have drawn tolerably accurate sketches of the rostrum,

the ext. br. of urp. and the distal part of mxp.*, and I have

compared them with a few specimens in the Copenhagen Museum,

previously determined and shortly described by me as the Wasti-

gopus of S. penerinkti Bate, H. J. H.: I found the agreement to

be so close, that I must consider JS. diapontius Bate and S. pene-

rink Bate (the type of the latter form unfortunately is not present

in the Museum) as two Mastigopus-stages of the same species ;

the type of S. penerinkii Bate measured only 8 mm. in length

and is a young Mastigopus, while S. diapontius Bate is the large

larva.

Bate describes S. diapontius on p. 399, S. penerinkit on p. 418;

and the name S. diapontius must therefore be accepted for the

species. In my earlier paper I described the black-eyed adult

form as S. penerinkii Bate, H. J. H., but I think that jt must

now be necessary to adopt the name JS. diapontius, not only for

the Mastigopus, but also for the mature form, which therefore in

the future must be named S. diapontius Bate, H. J. H.

SERG. ARMATUS Kroyer, Bate, p. 401, pl. Ixxiii. fig. 1,

Bate enumerates three localities: one of them is “September

12, 1875, between Japan and Honolulu, South Pacific Ocean ” ;

the second is “Station 256, July 21, 1875; .... north of the

Sandwich Islands; depth 2950 fathoms.” But in the collection

I found a statement aberrant from both, viz. : “Surface. J apan

to Honolulu, July 1875. Type.” This bottle contained two

64 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [ Jan. 20,

small specimens, but neither of them can be the type for Bate’s

figure. Both specimens belong to Group II. in my earlier paper,

but neither of them belongs to S. armatus, both having on the

rostrum a well-developed sub-basal dorsal spine, which is absent

in S. armatus Kr. and in Bate’s figure. I have been unable to

refer the specimens, which measure about 8-5 and 11 mm., to any

species known to me, and I thought it useless to describe and

figure them.—One specimen from Port Jackson, Australia, the

third locality in Bate’s report, measures at most 5°2 mm. without

the rostrum, which has been broken at the middle, but possesses

a very fine sub-basal spine. It is so small and so badly preserved

that a reference to any species has been impossible.

Finally I found a specimen from “Sidney,” determined by Bate

as S. armatus, but not mentioned in his work. It is only as long

as the preceding specimen and impossible to determine.

The result is that I have perhaps not seen the specimen figured

by Bate, which may belong to S. armatus Kr., and, according to

the explanation of the plate, measured about 10 mm. in length,

while his specimens of this length examined by me disagree with

his figure by possessing a sub-basal upper spine on the rostrum.

SERG. EDWARDSII Kroyer, Bate, p. 403, pl. Ixxiil. fig. 2.

Bate enumerates three localities. The first 1s ‘“‘ North Atlantic,

April 1873”: in the Museum I found a specimen labelled

“14 April, 73, off Africa, surface,” which most probably is that

indicated in the text, and it belongs to S. edwardsi Kr. The

second locality is “‘ Pacific Ocean, surface, September 1875”: in

the collection a specimen bearing the same inscription is 5. edwardsi

Kr. From the third of Bate’s localities, Cape Verde Islands, I

found no specimen, but a specimen without locality and signed

“type” is an adult specimen of S. edwardsii Kr. (That Bate’s

statement “ Greenland (Av dyer)” is wrong here, and in almost all

other places, has already been pointed out both by Ortmann and

myself.)— Furthermore, I found two small specimens of S. oculatas

Kr., the Mastiyopus of S. edwardsii Kr., which had been deter-

mined by Bate as S. edwardsti and labelled “ Aug. 23, 1873,

lat. 2° 25’ N., long. 20° 1’ W., 100 fathoms,” but these specimens

are not mentioned in Bate’s Report..

Bate’s description of the characters of S. edwards Kr. is in-

complete; the reader is referred to my earlier paper.

Sere. RINKU Kroyer, Bate, p. 404, pl. Ixxii. fig. 3.

Bate mentions two localities: “‘ New Hebrides, August 23,

1874,” and “South Pacific, 1875.” From the first of these

localities the anterior half of a specimen was present. Further-

more, I found two specimens labelled “ Oct. 19, 1875, S. Pacific,

drawn,” and one and a half specimen labelled “Oct. 18, 1875,

surface”: both these localities are in all probability identical with

the second one in Bate’s Report. It may be very possible that all

these specimens belong to S. rink Kr., which is the Mastigopus

1903. ] IN THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ COLLECTION. 65

of S. arcticus Ky., but having in London no material from the

North Atlantic of S. rinkit Ka., for direct comparison of minute

details, and some other species allied to S. areticus being known

from the Indian Ocean and the Pacific, I could not determine the

larvee enumerated with absolute certainty.

One specimen from Cape York, determined as S. rinkii, but

not mentioned in the Report, is S. corniculum Ky., im a stage a

little younger than that figured by Bate as the last-named species,

One specimen, labelled “ 25. 8. 73,” determined as S. rinkit,

but not mentioned in the Report, measures nearly 7 mm.; it

belongs to S. penerinkii Bate, the young larva of S. diapontius

Bate, H. J. H.

Sere. ocuLatus Kroyer, Bate, p. 406, pl. lxxiv. fig. 1.

Bate enumerates six localities. From Stat. 106 three specimens

were obtained, from Stat. 257 one specimen, from Stat. 103 one

specimen, finally from ‘“ September 12, 1875, South Pacific,” one

specimen: all six specimens correctly referred to the Kroyerian

species, which is the Wastigopus of S. edwardsti Kr. (compare my

earlier paper). From the two remaining localities, viz. ‘“‘ North

Pacific, near the Sandwich Islands, August 21, 1875,” and

“ August 27, 1873... off St. Paul’s Rock,” no specimens could

be discovered.

Sere. ovatocuLus Bate, p. 408, pl. xxiv. fig. 2.

Bate gives the locality “The North Atlantic Ocean.” In the

collection I found three specimens with the label ‘ 14 June, 1873,”

which agrees with my quotation from the text. These three

specimens are identical with S. ancylops Ky., which is the

Mastigopus of S. atlanticus H. Milne-Edw.

SERG. PARVIDENS Bate, p. 409, pl. xxiv. fig. 3.

Bate has the. following localities: ‘The tropical part of the

Atlantic; Pacific Ocean, north of the Sandwich Islands; off

Sydney and Wellington, Australia.” Just below he writes:

“Specimens of this species or variety were taken during the

passage from Teneriffe to St. Thomas”; and in the collection one

specimen from the last-named locality is present: it belongs to

S. vigilax Stimpson, the Mastigopus of S. vigilax Stimps., H. J. H.;

it agrees with Bate’s description and figure, and it had already

been pointed out by Ortmann and myself that S. parvidens Bate

belonged to S. vigilaw Stimps. Examples from the other localities

mentioned by Bate could not be found.—From “ Cape York” two

specimens determined as S. parvidens were present: one of them

is a young S. oculatus Ky. (the Mastigopus ot S. edwardsii Kv.);

the other is allied to S. incertus H. J. H., but is so badly preserved

that a determination was impossible. In a preparation a small

specimen from the “ China Sea,” determined as S. parvidens, was

preserved ; it seems to be S. ocwlatws Ky., but it is in a very bad

condition.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1903, Vou, I. No. V. 5

66 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Jan. 20,

Sere. cornnicuLum Kroyer, Bate, p. 410, pl. lxxv. fig. 1.

Bate writes: ‘Cape York; north of New Guinea; North-west

Pacific.” In the collection I found one specimen from Cape York

labelled “type,” furthermore, one and a half specimen from the

same locality, all correctly referred to the Kréyerian species. In

a preparation I found a specimen determined as S. corniculum

from “N.W. Pacific”; it measures 10°4 mm. in length, but

according to the shape of the ext. br. of urp., the eyes, &e., it is

not that species but S. ancylops Kr., the Mastigopus of S. atlanticus.

From the third locality, ‘north of New Guinea,” no specimen

could be found.

SrrG. ancyLors Kroyer, Bate, p. 413, pl. Ixxv. fig. 2.

Bate has two localities: “New Hebrides; Pacific, July 20,

1875.” I found one specimen from “ New Hebrides” correctly

referred to the Kréyerian form.—In three other tubes, specimens

not mentioned in Bate’s text were present; they belonged to

three other species, but are mutilated and could not be determined.

SERG. LONGIRosTRIS Bate, p. 415, pl. Ixxv. fig. 3.

Bate writes: ‘Mid Atlantic, April 1876,” and according to

the following line he had one specimen. But in the collection I

found three tubes, each containing one specimen, all determined

as S. longirostris, and two of them from ‘ N. Atlantic,” while the

third had no locality ; all three specimens are the young MZastigopus

of S. corniculum Kr., H. J. H. The specimen without locality

seems to be the type for Bate’s figure of S. longirostris, but it

measures scarcely 3mm. in length, the rostrum not included, and

in Bate’s figure the eye-stalks are too long, the eyes too small, and

the third joint of the antenn. ped. too short (it is in reality as

long as the second).

SERG. JUNCEUS Bate, p. 416, pl. lxxvi. fig. 1.

According to the text Bate has seen one small specimen from

the “South Pacific Ocean.” It could not be detected in the

collection. But in my earlier paper I pointed out that it must

be the young Mastigopus of S. tenwiremis Ky., H. J. H.

SERG. LONGISPINUS Bate, p. 417, pl. lxxvi. fig. 2.

Bate has two localities: ‘Station 106... Mid Atlantic”...

and “Station 354.... North Atlantic Ocean.” The collection

contained two specimens referred to this species and labelled

“93 Aug. 1873, 70 meters ”; in the text we find “Station 106,

August 25, 1873; lat. 1° AT’ N., long. 24° 26’ W.; Mid Atlantic

Ocean”; but in spite of the small difference as to the date

(probably originating from a misscript) I am sure that one of

the two specimens was captured at Stat. 106. The other

specimen is probably from Stat. 354. Bate writes: “the specimen

from the tropical part of the Atlantic” and “that from the North

Atlantic,” which indicates that he had only one specimen from

1903. ] IN THE ‘CHALLENGER’ COLLECTION. 67

each of the two stations mentioned ; and I suppose, therefore, that

both specimens have later on been put together in the same tube.

Both specimens, which are in a very bad condition, belong eprrectly

to S. longispinus Bate (the direction of some of the dorsal spines

on the abdomen is very characteristic), and this form is in reality

the Mastigopus of S. cornutus Ky. (compare my earlier paper,

p- 953).

SERG. PENERINKII Bate, p. 418, pl. lxxvi. fig. 3.

Bate records the length to be 8 mm. and the locality ‘* North

Atlantic Ocean.” No specimen referred to this species could he

found in the collection. But above I have mentioned a specimen

of this species referred by Bate to S. rinkii, and it may perhaps

be that described by him as S. penerinkii. He writes (p. 419)

that the last-named “species bears a strong resemblance to

Sergestes rinkit Kroyer, but differs . . .”.. The specimen in question,

referred by him to S. rinkii, measures nearly 7mm. in ype and

was captured ‘“ 25. 8.73,” that is to say, Mid Atl

earlier paper I have described the JJastigopus, and ae the

mature form as S. penerinkit Bate, H. J. H.; but above it is

pointed out that this name must be cancelled as a synonym, and

the species be named S. diapontius Bate, H. J. H.

SERG. FERMERINKILE Bate, p. 419, pl. Ixxvi. fig. 4.

Bate has examined one specimen, captured in the ‘ Pacific

Ocean, lat. 24° 8., long. 148° W.,” and measuring 5mm. The

specimen is not to be found in the Museum collection. According

to the figure it is a very young Mastigopus belonging either to

S. diapontius Bate, H.J.H., or toa closely-allied species of the

same group.

SERG. LONGICOLLUS Bate, p. 421, pl. Ixxvii. fig. 1.

Bate enumerates two localities. The first of them is “ South

Atlantic Ocean, October 5, 1873; near Station 131 i lat. 29° 35°

S., long. 28° 9' W.” In a preparation labelled “5.10.73” I

found the large specimen drawn by Bate; in a tube labelled

“surface, at night, 5 Oct. 1873, South Atlantic,” a small specimen

was preserved. Thus both specimens are from the first locality

in the text, and both belong to S. longicollus Bate, which is the

Mastigopus of S. tenuiremis Kroyer, H. J. H. In the large

specimen drawn by Bate the eyes present a thick yellowish layer

around the black central part; the dorsal spine on the sixth

abdominal segment is exceedingly small.

The second locality in Bate’s text is ‘‘ Station 295, November 5,

1875; lat. 38° 7'S., long. 94° 4" W.; South Pacific Ocean ; depth

1500 fathoms; ... Taken at night.” In the collection a specimen

is preserved labelled “5. Nov. 75, night, 8. Pacific, surface.”

The determination is correct; and the specimen, which measures

9-2 mm. in length, is evidently that mentioned by. Bate; but

the label proves that it was taken at the surface, wherefore

68 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Jan. 20,

the depth recorded in the text is most misleading.—In a third

tube two specimens labelled 18/10 75 were preserved; they had

been correctly referred by Bate to his S. longicollus, but are not

mentioned in his text.

A preparation contained a specimen of the same species,

labelled ‘“ Sergestes tenwiremis, South Atlantic, 6.10.73.” It is

not mentioned by Bate, who even writes (p. 421) that ‘“ No speci-

men in the ‘Challenger’ collection corresponds precisely with the

description and figure given by Kroyer” of S. tenwiremis. On

the other hand, S. tenwiremis Kr. and S. longicollus Bate are, as

already stated, the same species.

SERG. PRECOLLUS Bate, p. 423, pl. Ixxvil. fig. 2.

Bate has examined one specimen, measuring 25 mm., from the

“North Pacific Ocean.” The specimen could not be found.

The shape of the eyes in Bate’s figure shows that it has been a

large Mastigopus. In my earlier paper I write (p. 958): “is at

least rather nearly related to S. corniculwm Kr., from which it seems

to differ by a somewhat different shape of the ext. br. of urp.,

and by having the fifth abdominal segment ‘dorsally produced to

a point.’”

SerG. semrarmtis Bate, p. 423, pl. Ixvii. fig. 1.

Bate has two localities: ‘“‘ West Pacific Ocean” and “ Station

oan May iG UISiO is)... Maids NorchieAtlamties 70) Auber mulme

description he writes: ‘ Observations——A specimen (pl. Ixvii.

fig. 2) very similar to the type was taken in the Atlantic ...”;

and then he describes the specimen. I must suppose that he

considered the specimen from the ‘“ West Pacific Ocean” to be

the type of his S. semiarmis, and that the specimen described

separately (p. 425) is that from “... May 6, 1876....” Neither

of the specimens could be detected in the Museum; both are

larve, but a reference is impossible. In the collection I found

one specimen determined as S. semiarmis and labelled “13 April

1876, Atlantic, off coast of Africa, surface”; it is a MJastigopus

of S. diapontius Bate, H. J. H.

SERG. LAVIVENTRALIS Bate, p. 425, pl. Ixvii. fig. 3.

Bate had probably only one specimen, 7 mm. in length, from

“North of New Guinea”; it could not be found in the Museum.

It isa young Mastigopus belonging to a species closely related to

S. arcticus Kr.

SERG. SPINIVENTRALIS Bate, p. 426, pl. Ixvii. figs. 5 & 6.

Bate has only one locality: “North Pacific Ocean”; the

animal described measured only 3-5 mm. in length, and some of

its parts are shown in figs. 5a, 51, and 5v, but fig. 5 v, repre-

senting the ext. br. of urp., does not correspond at all with the

description in the text (p. 427). The animal is not to be found

in the collection: it is a small Mastigopus related to S. vigilax

Stimps. and allied species. Bute’s fig. 6a represents the head

1903. ] IN THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ COLLECTION. 69:

of “ Sergestes spiniventralis var.” from the “ West Pacific”; it

has been suggested that the animal is allied to—or identical

with—the Mastigopus of S. vigilaw Stimps., H. J. H., but the

specimen could not be found. The collection contained one

specimen determined as S. spiniventralis and labelled ‘Sidney to

Wellington, 17. 6. 74” ; it measures about 7°5 mm. in length,

and the naked part of the outer margin of the ext. br. of urp. is

slightly more than one-fourth of its length. The specimen is in

all probability a young MJastigopus of S. vigilax Stimps., H. J. H.

SreRG. PROFUNDUS Bate, p. 428 (no figure). (Plate XI. figs. 3a,

30.)

Bate has referred two specimens to this species. He describes

each specimen separately: the first of them, from Stat, 137,

belongs to Petalidiwm, perhaps to P. foliacewm, and has been

dealt with above. ‘The other specimen, from “Stat. 300,

December 17, 1875; lat. 33° 42’ 8., long. 78° 18° W.; west of

Valparaiso; depth 1375 fathoms; .... Trawled,” is a real

Sergestes, related to S. inows Faxon, but differing in the shape of

the rostrum. Having removed the first-mentioned specimen

from the genus Sergestes, I should think it justifiable to apply

the name S. profundus Bate to the last-named specimen, instead

of proposing a new name. ‘The animal is quite membranous,

and is crimson everywhere—a fact proving that it lives in the

depth of the sea, and that its colour has been durable to the

highest and most unusual degree. The posterior part of the

abdomen is wanting, and the animal is on the whole so mutilated

and flabby, that I would have omitted it if it had not been

described by Bate; but for that reason I have thought it necessary

to add some notes with two figures (Pl. XI. figs. 3a, 36). It

agrees with S. mows Fax. as to the membranous quality of the

skin and the posterior branchie, but differs from it in the shape

of the rostrum, which is of moderate length, with the upper

margin somewhat, and the lower margin partly, strongly convex,

and distally it is produced in a moderately short spine (Pl. XI.

fig. 36). (Unfortunately I have not seen any specimen of the

gigantic species S. inous Fax., and can therefore not decide whether

the specimen described by Faxon had the rostrum uninjured.)

Supra-ocular and hepatic spines are wanting. The eyes (Pl. XI.

fig. 3a) are black, comparatively small, somewhat shorter than

broad, not half as long as the eye-stalks, and not broader than the

distal end of the stalks. In the antenn. ped. the outer margin

of the first joint is almost as long as that of the two distal joints

together, therefore somewhat shorter than their inner margin ;

the third joint is a little shorter than the inner margin of the

second, and seems to be about three and a half times longer than

deep. The squama does not reach the end of the antenn. ped.,

and the outer distal spine is well developed. According to Bate

the part preserved measures 18 mm., and the probable length of

the entire animal is 24 mm.

70 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Jan. 20,

SERG. VENTRIDENTATUS Bate, p. 431 (no figure).

Bate gives the locality “north of the Sandwich Islands” and

the length “7 mm.” <A specimen labelled in accordance with the

text is preserved in balsam; it is a young S. oculatus Kr., the

Mastigopus of S. edwardsti Kr.

SERG. UTRINQUEDENS Bate, p. 433 (no figure).

Bate gives the locality “ North Pacific Ocean,” and the length

“3:5 mm.” Nospecimen could be found in the collection. Bate’s

specimen is a very young J/astigopus ; in my earlier paper I

have placed it near S. corniculum Ky., but a final interpretation

is Impossible to me.

SERG. DISSIMILIS Bate, p. 437 (no figure).

Jn the collection one specimen, from Cape Verde Islands, is

preserved; it is certainly the type described by Bate. In my

earlier paper I had determined it as one of the larval stages of

S. arcticus Kr., but this is not correct. The rostrum is siightly

more than one-third the length of the eye-stalks, its basal part

somewhat ascending, with a very small spine on the upper angle,

its distal part 1s a slender horizontal spine. The hepatic spine 1s

short. The eyes are only a little higher than the distal end of

the eye-stalks, and these increase gradually in thickness from the

base outwards. In the antenn. ped. the distal half of the first

joint has the margins nearly parallel, and the two other joints are

a little thicker than in the corresponding Mastigopus of S. arcticus.

Fourth to sixth abdominal segments each with a very small dorsal

spine directed backwards; the spine on the sixth segment is the

longest. The ext. br. of urp. is almost, but not quite, five times

longer than broad. All these characters agree with those found

in a Mastigopus of S. mediterraneus H. J. H. preserved in the

Copenhagen Museum ; and sketches drawn in London of the shape

of the distal part of the squama and the telson agree also with

the last-named form. I must therefore consider S. dissimilis Bate

as identical with S. mediterraneus H.J.H. The result is that

the last name must be withdrawn as a synonym, and the species,

of which the sub-adult stage has been described in my earlier

paper, must be called S. dissimilis Bate, H. J. H.

II. Some Results of the Investigation.

In my earlier paper on Sergestes I have paid as much attention

as possible to the animals described by Bate; in nearly all cases

I was able to state whether the specimen was an adult form or a

Mastigopus, and several of the species were interpreted. After

the study of the material preserved in the British Museum, I have

now been able to confirm most of my earlier statements, to

interpret an additional number of the specimens mentioned by

Bate, and to correct two faults committed by myself. I had

erroneously referred S. dissimilis Bate to S. arcticus Kyr., instead

of identifying it with S. mediterranews H. J, H. (see above).

1903.] IN THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ COLLECTION. 71

Furthermore, I had divided a number of species, enumerated on

p- 949 as Group I. A. 6. 3, into two sections, according to

difference in the thickness of the distal joints of the antenn. ped.;

but a study of the types of S. prehensilis Bate and S. kréyeri

Bate showed that Bate’s drawings of the antennule of these

species are incorrect and misleading, wherefore my arrangement

of them was wrong.

It may be useful to put together the alterations and additions

which may now be accepted in the Conspectus on pp. 949-51 in my

earlier paper. In Group I. the following particulars must be

added or altered :—To S. atlanticus H. M.-Edw. belongs only a

part of S. atlanticus sens. Bate, besides the form referred by Bate

to S. aneylops Kr. From S. arcticus Kr., 8. dissimilis Bate must

be removed, and the latter species is to be established separately

with S. mediterraneus H. J. H. as a synonym ; furthermore, some

of the specimens referred by Bate to S. atlanticus belong to

S. arcticus. Near S. arcticus Kr., must be inserted S. similis

H. J. H., established on one of Bate’s specimens of S. atlanticus.

S. prehensiis Bate and S. kréyeri Bate must be removed from

their place and inserted above near S. japonicus Bate, together

with S. profundus Bate, in its new restriction, and S. challengeri

H. J. H., established on one of the specimens referred by Bate to

S. atlanticus. SS. longirostris Bate must be withdrawn as being

a Mastigopus to S. corniculum Kr., H. J. H., and S. cornieulum

sens. Bate is the same species. As uncertain remain: S. dorsi-

spinalis Bate, S. laterodentatus Bate, S. nasidentatus Bate, S. levi-

ventralis Bate, S. rinkii Bate, ¢ Ky, all larval forms belonging to

species related to S. areticus Kr., or perhaps partly belonging

to S. arcticus itself; furthermore, the larve S. precollus Bate,

S. utrinquedens Bate—both at least rather closely related to

S. corniculum Kr., H. J. H.,—and S. semiarmis Bate.

In Group IT. there is hardly anything to alter, but some additions

to make. To S. edwardsii Kr. belongs S. edwardsii Ky., Bate,

S. oculatus Kr., Bate, S. intermedius Bate, and S. ventridentatus

Bate. WS. penerinkii Bate must be cancelled as synonymous with

S. diapontius Bate; and the adult form described as S. penerinkii

in my earlier paper must be named S. diapontius Bate, H. J. H.

The rest of Group II. remains unaltered. S. fermerinkii Bate,

S. spiniventralis Bate, and the species referred by Bate to

S. armatus Ky. could not be interpreted.

Besides, the investigation has yielded some results on the

bathymetrical and geographical distribution of some of the species.

It has been proved that the large specimens (exceeding 30 mm.

in length) referred by Bate to S. atlanticus Ky. are deep-sea

forms belonging to other species: S. atlanticus is common near

the surface; according to Ortmann it has been taken in the

intermediate net from 700-500 m., but it does not live in the

greater depths of the sea. S. arcticws Kr. has a very wide

geographical range, through the deeper to very deep tracts of the

Ocean (see above); S. japonicus Bate has been captured in

the northern part of the Atlantic and the northern part of the

72 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS. [Jan. 20,

Pacific. S. atlanticus H. Milne-Edw., S. edwardsti Kx., S. vigilax

Stimps., H. J. H., 8. tenwiremis Kr., H.J. H., and S. corniculum

Kr., H. J. H., have been proved to be distributed through the

tropical and subtropical parts of the Oceans almost around

the globe, viz., from lat. 23° N., lat. 32° N., or even lat. 42° N.

in the Atlantic, throughout the Indian Ocean to Australia, New

Hebrides, and “South Pacific.”

III. Luminous Organs im Sergestes challengeri, n. sp.

(Plate XII.)

The luminous organs briefly mentioned above are generally

easy to discover; each resembles a very convex, vitreous, faintly

yellowish lens, which is circular and sharply defined. They differ

much in size, some of them being very small and many pro-

portionately large. It may be advisable, first, to give a con-

spectus of the organs observed on the single and unfortunately

very mutilated specimen, next to add some remarks on their

distribution, then to describe their structure, finally to compare

them with luminous organs in other Crustacea.

Conspectus of the Organs observed.

Organs.

On each side of the scutum a row with four organs. 8

Omitherclypeus one organi rece tee leper ee eee eeeEer

On the lower side of the head one unpaired organ

and one near the lateral margin.................. 3

On the lower surface of the thorax and on its infero-

lateral amano Sip.sec ie cicinde uae eeeeteck eee eeny eee 26

On the lower side of the third joint of the antenn.

[QOL OLS) WIAA SH coh adadoos4un oHsosodosobosoGCoHADE +:

On the lower side of each squama four organs ......

On the mandible and its palpus two organs .........

On the first maxilliped two organs.....................

On the second maxilliped five organs .................. Ih

On the first trunk-leg three organs ..................

On the lower surface and on the lateral wall of the

firstiabdominaliseamlentipree.asscen---eeee eee eee

Do., do. of the second abdominal segment ............

Do., do. of the third abdominal segment ............

Do., do. of the fourth abdominal segment............

On the lateral wall of the fifth abdominal segment.

Along the median line of thesixth abdominal segment.

On the outer side of the basal joint of each of the

pleopodsiomejorsamyten cena: cpiieiyieee an eer eee

On the peduncle and on the inner branch of each

VEO} COLO IO) CLAZENAS, "Sodan quads sasecouscsogonoeosococ 4

On the lower side of the outer branch of each uropod

UV OROLESIINS 655 4NG soc an dgd CoGuaRREROOa y yanooEaoCaseod 75 4

AO, FS Or

or ES Sermon)

—

(=)

Total number of organs ... 117

1903. ] IN THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ COLLECTION, (3)

The eye-stalks, the maxillipeds, and the four posterior pairs of

the trunk-legs have been broken off. I am convinced that at

least most, and perhaps all, these appendages possess some organs,

and the lowest number the species possesses must therefore be

about 150!

On the distribution and direction of these organs the following

remarks may be offered. The four organs on each side of the

scutum are arranged rather close in a longitudinal row situated

on the ridge bordering the branchial cavity above (fig. 2a). The

organ on the clypeus is large: one organ is situated on the

segment bearing the antennul, and one on the lower surface of

the head near the lateral margin a little in front of the mandible ;

these four organs look essentially downwards. The arrangement

of the organs on the three posterior thoracic segments can be seen

in figs. 27 and 2d. It is observed that two large organs are

placed at the lower margin of br. above trl.* and of 67." above

trl.“ These organs look outwards and downwards, ard the part

containing the glandular mass &e. behind the lens is somewhat

protr uding, which produces an aspect as if these organs had been

inserted on the end of a kind of rather thick, short stalk. The

remaining organs on the segments mentioned are found on the

lower surface (fig. 27); those placed at the inner angle of the

legs are small or very small, while some in the median line are

large. In fig. 22 fifteen thoracie organs have been drawn; the

remaining eleven thoracic organs are situated on the anterior

segments and arranged in a rather similar way. The four organs

on the lower surface of each squama of the antenna are arranged

for some distance In a row; two of them are seen through the

squama in fig. 2c, The mandible (fig. 2¢) has one organ below

at the antero-inferior margin near the insertion of the palp;

another organ is seen on the lower surface of the first joint of the

palp near its distal end. The first maxilliped (fig. 2,/) has on

the upper side one organ just at the origin of the exopod, and one

on the lower side of the following joint of the endopod; the first-

named organ looks forwards and a little inwards (fig. 2 g), and

the upper margin above it is produced nearly as a lamella, over-

lapping the major part of the lens when seen from above (figs. 2 9

& 2). Of the organs on the outer—in the natural position of

the appendage in reality the lower—surface of mxp.” (fig. 2),

that at the base of the third joint is very small and the others

large; the organ on the first joint looks essentially downwards,

and is “stalked,” as the above-described organs near the lower

margin of the posterior branchie. Of the three organs on trl.’,

two are placed on the inner side of the long fourth joint, one near

the base and the other near the distal end; the third organ is

situated on the anterior side near its end. Hach of the five

anterior abdominal segments has a large organ on the oe eh

of the anterior margin of the Jateral plate (figs. 2d & 27%);

looks forwards and somewhat downwards, besides comietiies a

little outwards. Hach of the two anterior segments has besides

74 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Jan. 20,

on the lower surface (fig. 27) four organs, one of which is large

and two of the others very small; on the third and fourth

segments these organs are gradually reduced in number, and none

of them are found on the fifth. The sixth abdominal segment

has a median row of six organs, which are seen in fig. 24 with

the exception of the first, this being hidden by the lateral wings

of the preceding segment. The very short basal jomt of the

peduncle of each of the pleopods has on the outer side a small

organ, looking outwards and at least sometimes a little down-

wards. Hach uropod has one organ on the peduncle, situated on

its inner surface near the lower margin and close to the base,

besides one organ on the interior (lower) surface of the inner

branch near its base; finally, two organs on the interior (lower)

surface of the outer branch, one of them near the middle and the

other on the distal narrowing part.

From the preceding description it is seen that most of the organs

look downwards, a smaller number somewhat outwards or forwards,

rather few almost totally outwards, and none upwards, with

the exception of one on the first maxilliped. With the exception

of the few lateral organs on the scutum, all the others are found

on or near the lower surface of the body and on the appendages.

The structure of the organs is very interesting, and very

different from all hitherto known in any invertebrate animal. I

have examined more closely three organs, viz., that situated on

the third joint of the first maxilliped, one of the “stalked”

organs near br. above trl.*, and one from the antero-inferior

margin of the fourth abdominal segment. The two last-named

organs have been cut off, most of the adhering tissue removed

by dissection, and the organs examined with moderately high

magnifying power. I have found no difference of any importance

between the three organs from such distant parts of the animal’s

body.

The organ taken as type is that from the infero-lateral margin

of the thorax; it has been drawn (fig. 2 m) in optical vertical

section. The skin forms a chitinous, large, and very thick biconvex

lens (a), which is vitreous and a little yellowish; the major

central part is covered by a rather thin limpid layer (a’), but this

layer I could not perceive on the two other organs examined.

The lens is circular in outline; its diameter is about two-thirds

as long as that of the inner portion of the organ at its thickest

part. “The inner side of the biconvex lens is covered by a large

and rather thick coneavo-convex lens (6), which is sormewlant

thinner than the outer lens, but with the diameter a little longer

than that of the same; the lateral margin of the inner lens is

oblique, very broad, touching the external chitin around the

outer lens. This inner lens, which consists of two layers, is

homogeneous, vitreous, and slightly greyish ; but the difference

between the colour of the outer and the inner lens is in the figure

purposely a little more strongly marked than in nature. These

two lenses remind one of optical struments in which the lens is

1903.] IN THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ COLLECTION. 75

composed of crown-glass and flint-glass. Behind the inner lens

is found a thick layer of glandular cells (d), which are light

greyish, very large, and most of them elongate, radiating towards

the centre of the outer lens. The diameter of this layer is some-

what larger than that of the inner lens; and when the luminous

organs are examined in their natural position with a strong

pocket- lens, this layer can often be seen through the skin as a

whitish ring around the lens. Between the laye er of large cells

and the inner lens a thin layer (c) seems to exist, but its quality

could not be made out, and I do not venture to propose any

hypothetical explanation. Behind the glandular layer is seen

another (e), which is yellowish, with numerous transverse fine

stripes, and without trace of cellular structure; it is rather thick

in the middle, but thin around the sides of the glandular layer.

The internal surface of the organ seems to be covered by a thin

layer (f) of connective tissue. That the posterior layer with the

transverse stripes is—as in the Euphausiidee—a reflector can be

taken for granted. But it is impossible to decide whether the

light is produced by the glandular layer or by the inner lens.

Whether the thin layer enveloping the whole organ is pigmented

or not cannot be seen on this old material, which has been

preserved twenty-eight years in spit; that the organs are

immovable scarcely needs to be stated. Future investigation of

living animals and of sections of fresh material must elucidate

whether the organs are especi ially innervated or not, and, besides,

fill up the other gaps in the interpretation of the function and

structure of the layers in these compound structures.

A brief comparison of the luminous organs in Sergestes

challengert with those in other Crustacea is not without interest.

Of animals belonging to that class, luminosity has been observed

in some Copepods, a few Ostracods, Euphausiide, and one

macrurous Decapod. Giesbrecht has published a thorough and

interesting study: ‘ Ueber das Leuchten der pelagischen

Copepoden und das thierische Leuchten im Allgemeinen” (Mitth.

zool. Stat. Neapel, 11 B., 1895, pp. 648-689). He has examined

a small number of pelagic Copepoda—necessarily restricting

himself to all the luminous forms which he could procure in a

living state in the Gulf of Naples—showing that these animals

possess a number of small dermal glands, the secretion of which

produces the luminosity when it, by exhaustion from the glands,

comes in contact with the surrounding water. In a few Ostracoda

a brilliant luminosity is produced in a similar way from glands in

the labrum ; it was already suggested by G. W. Miiller in 1890,

and has since been observed and published by another author.

Furthermore, 1 can mention that during a voyage in the Indian

Ocean, Dr. Th. Mortensen met with a vast number of a pelagic

Ostracod which showed a most brilliant light, and he observed

how this was produced. Finally, the present writer has observed

nearly the same in a number of a large Ostracod which had

been procured in Davis Strait. Late in the evening I observed

76 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Jan. 20,

luminous points in recently sieved bottom material from

318 fathoms, and undertook instantly some manipulations with

the animals: the luminous fluid came from the head, probably

from the large labrum, and flowed backwards between the shells,

illuminating brilliantly the space between them, especially on the

ventral side. As to the Entomostraca, we can therefore not speak

of “luminous organs” in the common sense of the word, the light

being always produced in the above-described way.

In almost all Euphausiide real and highly-developed luminous

organs are found, but they differ in structure very much from

those in Serg. challengert. The reader is referred to Sars’s

Report on the ‘ Challenger’ Schizopoda, and to Chun, “‘ Leucht-

organe und Facettenaugen” (Bibliotheca Zoologica, Heft xix.

lief. 4, 1896). The highest number of organs met with in this

family is only ten: one on each eye-stalk, two on each side of the

thorax near its inferior margin, and one in the median line of

each of the four anterior abdominal segments. The light is

produced by the “Streifenkérper ” (Chun)—“a flabelliform bunch

of exceedingly delicate fibres, exhibiting in fresh specimens a most

beautiful iridescent lustre” (Sars, op. cit. p. 71)—situated a little

behind the centre of the organ in a mass of large cells; a biconvex

lens, which is present in the organs with the exception of those on

the eye-stalks, is internal, while the outer chitinous skin is thin ;

a reflector is developed nearly as in Sergestes.

The Danish zoologist Cand. mag. Ad. 8. Jensen has directed

my attention to a book by a French author, and lent me a

German translation: ‘ Die Leuchtenden Tiere und Pflanzen. Von

Henri Gadeau de Kerville. Aus dem Franzosischen tbersetzt

von W. Marshall, 1893.’ In this popular treatise I saw that the

‘Talisman’ had captured a deep-sea shrimp with numerous

luminous organs. I attempted in the ‘ Zoological Record’ and

elsewhere to discover where that animal had been described, but

in vain, and [ will therefore reprint the passage in question from

the German book :—‘‘ Wahrend der wissenschaftlichen Hxpedi-

tionen des Talisman fing man in einer Tiefe von 500 m. einen

langschwinzigen Krebs (Acanthephyra pellucida A. Milne-

Edwards), welcher ein lebhaftes Licht um sich zu verbreiten 1m

stande war und zwar mittels folgender verschiedener Leucht-

organe; erstens befand sich eins am Vorderrand einer Deckschuppe

der Augen, zweitens verlief eine lange leuchtende Linie am

Aussenrand des Tarsus des fiinften Beimpaares, an dessen innern

Basis sowie an der des vorhergehenden Beingliedes sich weiter

leuchtende Flecke befanden, drittens lagen ganz ahnliche Flecke

an der Basis des zweiten Gliedes des dritten und vierten Bein-

paares und ebenso je einer an der Basis des Tarsus derselben

Gliedmassen, viertens sah man einen langen Fleck an der Basis am

Endgliede des hintersten Kieferfusspaares, fiinftens verlief ein

schimmerndes Querband tuber die Hiifte des hintersten Thorakal-

fusspaares, sechstens war eine Doppelreihe glanzender Punkte an

jedem Gliede der Aussengeissel der Brustfiisse, sowie an dem

ausseren Blatt der Bauchfiisse vorhanden, siebentens zeigte sich

1903.] IN THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ COLLECTION, 77

eine doppelte Linie leuchtender Punkte entlang der iiusseren

Geissel der Innenfiihler und achtens verlief eine im hinteren

Teile zusammenhingende, im vorderen in Punkte aufgeloéste Linie

parallel zum Unterrande des Riickenpanzers.” The arrangement

of the organs in Acanthephyra pellucida is rather different from

that in Sergestes challengeri, but it shows yet more resemblance

to it than to that in the Euphausiide. Both in S. challengeri

and in A. pellucida an astonishingly high number of organs exist,

but as to the structure of the organs in the last-named form

unfortunately nothing is known. I suppose that they are real

compound organs, not dermal glands as in the Entomostraca.

If we look for comparison between all luminous animals, it will

be found that only some deep-sea or pelagic fishes and two

Cephalopoda of the genus /istioteuthis (according to Verany and

Joubin) possess a number of real organs which can be compared

with that found in Serg. challengeri and Acanth. pellucida.

I have looked for luminous organs in all adult species of

Sergestes known to me and in Acanthephyr a purpurea A. M.-Kdw.,

but the result was absolutely negative. It is a very curious f: act

that about 150 very compound organs are found in one species of

Sergestes, while they seem to be quite absent in all other species

hitherto known of the genus. It may be added that the luminous

species does not deviate from some of the other forms in any other

character of importance: it belongs, even within the genus, to a

group which contains several deep-sea forms closely allied to each

other. Considered in this light, the existence in one species of

about 150 compound organs seems to me a most astonishing

feature.

Supplementary Note.

In the preceding section it has been mentioned that among the

Cephalopoda two species of MHistioteuthis possess a large number

of compound luminous organs. My friends Prof. G, “B. Howes

and Rey. Ph. R. R. Stebbing have very kindly directed my

attention to two papers, which ‘contain some additional knowledge

of the same topic and may be quoted here. W. HE. Hoyle (Mem.

& Proc. of the Manchester Liter. & Philos. Soc. vol. xlvi. part vi.

1902) points out and describes the structure of twenty-nine

luminous organs in Plerygioteuthis margaritifera, but this number,

though rather high, is yet considerably lower than that in

Ser gestes challengeri. C. Chun (‘ Aus den Tiefen des Weltmeeres,’

Jena, 1900) describes and figures (p. 532) the arrangement and

the colours of twenty- four laemaous organs 1 * Enoplotenthis

diadema Ch., n. sp.” Furthermore, he writes (pp. 5382-383):

“ Abnliche, wenn auch etwas kleinere Organe, besetzen bei

Vertretern der Gattung Calliteuthis die ganze Korperoberfliiche

von den Armen bis zu den Schwanzflossen. Die Bauchseite ist

auch hier wieder reichlicher mit ihnen ausgestattet, als die

Riickenfliiche.” An accompanying figure of a “ Calliteuthis n. sp.,

seen from the ventral side, shows a number of organs considerably

surpassing that in Serg. challengeri.

78 ON CRUSTACEANS IN THE ‘CHALLENGER’ COLLECTION. [Jan. 20,

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prate XI.

1. Petalidium foliaceum Bate. p. 54.

a. Rostrum of a specimen from Stat. 159, from the side.

6. Kye and left antennular peduncle of the same specimen, from above.

c. Rostrum of a specimen from Stat. 146, from the side; X 5.

d. Eyes of the same specimen, from above; slightly more than X 5.

e. Basal part of mxp.2—mxp.® and _ trl.4—trl.®, together with the branchial

apparatus of the last-named specimen; X 5. 67., rudimentary pleuro-

branchia to mxp.2; ep., epipod on mxp.? with its branchia; /., four

pleurobranchial lamelle belonging to mxp.? and trl.i—tr]3

1f. Lateral view of the front part of the scutum and the eye of a young speci-

men—measuring 21°5 mm. in length—trom Stat. 158.

lg. Rostrum and eyes of the same specimen, from above.

2. Petalidium sp. p. 55.

Fig. 2a. Front portion of the scutum of a young specimen from Stat. 137, described

by Bate as Sergestes profundus Bate.

3. Sergestes profundus Bate. p. 69.

Fig.3a. Front part of the scutum, eye, and antennular peduncle of the specimen from

Stat. 300; 15/2.

35. Rostrum of the same specimen.

4. Sergestes prehensilis Bate. p. 56.

Fig. 4a. Rostrum, eye, and base of the antennular peduncle, from the side.

4,6. Front end of the scutum, eyes, peduncles of the antennulee and squamz,

from above.

5. Sergestes kroyeri Bate. p. 58.

. Rostrum, from the side.

. Front end cf the scutum, left eye, and the peduncles of the antennulz, from

above; X 4.

6. Sergestes similis, n. sp. p. 69.

Fig.6 a. Front end of the scutum, left eye, and peduncle of the antennula, from the

side; X 14/3.

6 6. Rostrum and supra-ocular spine, from the side; x 12.

6c. Front end of the scutum, eye, peduncles of the antennule and squame,

from above; X 5.

6d. Branchie above trl2—trl4; x 11/2. 2br., first branchia to trl2; 27.,

branchial lamella to tr]2; 36,r., first branchia to trl.3; 3 br.1, second

branchia to trl; &c.

Prats XII.

1. Sergestes arcticus Kr. p. 60.

Fig.1q@. Front end of the scutum, eye, and basal portion of the antennular peduncle,

from the side; x 9/2.

1 6. Rostrum and supra-ocular spine of the same specimen; X 11.

1c. Branchie above trl.2—trl; x 8. The lettering as im fig. 6d on the pre-

ceding Plate.

2. Sergestes challengeri, n.sp. p. 61.

In the following figures o signifies luminous organs.

Fig. 2a. Scutum, with the basal parts of the eye-stalk, antennula and antenna;

x 5.

26. Front end of the scutum, basal part of the eye-stalk, and antennular

peduncle; X 17/2.

2c. Front end of the scutum with the anterior appendages, from above; x 9.

Of the eye-stalks only the basal joint remains; of the left squama the

distal half is omitted; on the right squama the two distal ones of the four

luminous organs are seen through the plate.

1903.] ON THE HAIR-SLOPE IN MAMMALS. 79

Fig. 2d. The basal parts of the three posterior thoracic legs, the branchie above trl2—

trl.4, and the lower part of the two anterior abdominal segments, from the

side; X 11. The lettering of the branchiw as in fig. 6d on the preceding

Plate.

2 e. Left mandible, from below; X 13.

2f. Left first maxilliped, from below; x 13.

2g. Middle part of the first maxilliped, from above; X 44. 01, upper proximal

luminous organ ; 0°, distal luminous organ seen through the endopod.

2h. Left second maxilliped with its epipod and branchia, from the outer side ;

x 13.

2%. The three posterior thoracic segments and the two anterior abdominal

segments, from below, showing 31 luminous organs; xX 9. Of the

pleopods, only the basal joint—with its huninous organ—has been drawn.

2k. Sixth abdominal segment with the basal part of the telson and the uropods,

and the posterior part of the fitth abdominal segment with a part of the

pleopod; X 13/2.

21. Exterior branch of the left uropod, from the outer side; 17/2. The

apical part is wanting.

2m. Luminous organ from the side of the thorax near 67. above trl.3, seen in

optical vertical section; X 180. a, chitinous lens; a!, its thinner

external layer; 6, inner lens; ¢, thin layer between the inner lens and the

thick glandular layer d; e, reflector; f, enveloping thin layer.

2n. Sketch of the luminous organ from the upper side of the first maxilliped ;

x 180. a, lens, partly overlapped above by the protruding chitinous

plate 2.

February 3, 1903.

Howarb Saunpers, Esq., F.L.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society's Menagerie during the month of January 1903 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of January 1903 were 58 in number. Of these 15 were

acquired by presentation and 9 by purchase, and 34 were received

on deposit. The total number of departures during the same

period, by death and removals, was 120.

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on the Hair-Slope of four Typical Mammals.

By Wauter Kipp, F.Z.S.

[Received November 27, 1902.]

The Otter, Domestic Dog, Ox, and Horse have been selected

for consideration as showing very different arrangements of their

hairy coverings, and as affording by their environments and habits

the probable explanation of the differences found. Two Carnivores

and two Ungulates are thus compared and contrasted.

(1) In the Otter, taken as a type of the long-bodied hairy

mammal with very short limbs, the hair presents an unbroken

slope from the snout to the tip of the tail, On the head and

80 DR. W. KIDD ON THE [ Feb. 3,

trunk it passes from cephalic to caudal, and on the limbs from

proximal to distal extremities in a perfectly uniform manner.

This arrangement obtains in a great number of long-bodied or

primitive forms, such as rodents, smaller carnivores, insectivores,

marsupials, lemurs and lower monkeys. As to the hair-slope in

the Otter, nothing further requires notice, and the type may be

looked upon as that of the primitive hairy mammal.

2) When a Carnivore of a different form, such as a short-bodied

close-haired Domestic Dog, is investigated, a few departures from

the primitive type of hair-slope are found. The Dog is taken as

representing a more highly developed carnivore form, and it

presents, as do all Canidz possessing sufficiently short hair :—

(i) A whorl situated at the extremity of the snout with a

feathered arrangement proceeding from it towards

the orbits.

(ii) Reversed bilateral area of hair on the pectoral region.

(iii) Reversed bilateral area of hair on the ventral surface of

the abdomen in the inguinal region.

(iv) Bilateral symmetrical whorl in the gluteal region lying

exactly over the tubera ischi, and, proceeding towards

this spot, a reversed area of hair on the extensor

aspect of the thigh.

(v) Reversed area of hair on the extensor surface of the

ulna.

These have been fully described, and explanations of their

etiology put forward, in our Proceedings’.

The Domestic Dog thus presents an advance in several directions

upon the primitive arrangement of hair in the Otter.

(3) The Domestic Ox shows certain peculiarities and departures,

both from the primitive and specialized Carnivore type :—

(i) In the frontal region a whorl and a feathering which

proceeds from it towards the level of the external ears,

terminating here in a crest.

(ii) Short longitudinal crest or mane, commencing as a tuft

at the level of the horns.

(iii) This crest or mane is interrupted abruptly in its normal

backward course at about the middle of the neck by a

ridge. At this point there is produced a meeting of

two streams of hair proceeding in opposite directions,

and the forward or “abnormal” stream is found to

commence at a whorl which hes in the median plane

at about the middle of the dorsal region.

(iv) From the whorl situated on the dorsal region the slope

of hair resumes its normal direction and passes to the

tail, on which it is so arranged that a central longi-

tudinal crest is usually found, and it terminates in a

scanty tuft of hair.

1 Proce. Zool Soc. 1902, vol. 1. pp. 148, 149, 150.

1903. ] HAIR-SLOPE IN MAMMALS, 81

The Ox presents no pectoral whorl as do the Dog and Horse, the

dewlap in this region being covered with perfectly smooth and

uniformly arranged hair.

These are the only four constant peculiarities of hair-slope, but

occasionally the flank and post-humeral regions, and extensor

surface of the thigh, show small whorls and featherings connected

apparently with the action of the panniculus carnosus muscle.

(4) The Horse is more specialized in the matter of hair-slope

than any other animal except man.

It shows ¢

(i) Frontal whorl, feathering, and crest.

(ii) Tuft between the external ears.

(iii) Longitudinal crest or mane.

(iv) Strong efficient tail with bushy hair, reaching to the

fetlock.

(v) Inguinal whorl, feathering, and crest.

(vi) Pectoral whorl, feathering, and crest.

Frequently but not constantly :—

(vii) Post-humeral whorl, feathering, and crest.

(vill) Cervical whorls, feather ings, and crests in several

situations,

(ix) Gluteal whorl, feathering, and crest.

(x) Tuft on lateral aspect of the abdomen.

In passing from the simple ty pe found on the Otter to that of

the Horse, a very significant series of changes is thus displayed.

Such facts as are here referred to have little or no intrinsic

interest or importance, but the phenomena of Nature, small and

great, demand explanation in accordance with the methods of

science, and it is impossible to ignore the peculiarities of hair-

slope which have been taken here as typical of a vastly greater

number in other animal forms. Any other interest they may

have is subordinate to their relation to the problems of heredity.

The four groups of facts suggest apparently two explanations as

to their zetiology. The first and most obvious is that some of them

are adaptive modifications of value to the animal; the second,

that others are produced by its habits; and it is not difficult to

distinguish these two classes in the four typical forms chosen for

consideration.

1. In the Otter the uniform trend of hair requires no other

explanation than that this arrangement of hair offers the least

ossible resistance to movements in the water and in burrows.

2. In the case of the Domestic Dog the departures from a primi-

tive type can hardly be ascribed to anything else than to use or

habit: they are adapted by the habits of the animal, not for its

needs.

Proc. Zoot, Soc.—19038, Vou. I. No. VI. 6

82 DR. W. KIDD ON THE [Feb. 3;

3. The Domestic Ox presents certain points of interest intimately

associated with adaptive modifications, but many of the phenomena

are evidently not so associated. Thus, along the median lne of

the dorsal aspect of the Ox is seen a tuft, crest or mane, whorl,

and long efficient tail, the length of the last being such as to

reach beyond the dorsal whorl. The large hairy external ears,

which can be flapped backwards so as nearly to reach the middle

line, may also be included. These may be looked upon as adaptive

modifications, existing for the purpose of defending the animal

against injurious insects; and a few observations on several oxen

and horses have been made as to the importance and frequency of

these, and as to the use of the panniculus carnosus, even in this

temperate climate.

In moderate summer weather and an exposed wind-swept

situation, the number of occasions on which certain oxen and

horses flapped backwards and forwards their ears, corrugated their

skins by the action of the panniculus, and flicked their tails

on to their backs was observed and noted with the following

results :—

Tails flicked by oxen at the rate of 348, 468, 504, 540, 720,

780, 1082 times in an hour.

Ears flapped by oxen at the rate of 684, 816, 840 times in an

hour.

Panniculus acted in oxen at the rate of 984 times in an hour.

Tail flicked by horse at the rate of 1108 times in an hour.

A rough idea may thus be gained as to the importance of certain

of these mechanisms for defence against injurious insects in hot

countries, if in a temperate climate and exposed situation so

frequent a use is made of them.

4, The Horse also presents in the median plane several similar

modifications, as a tuft, mane, and long bushy tail, which, when not

docked, reaches almost exactly to the spot where the mane termi-

nates. The panniculus mm the Horse is much more active in that

part of the flank and in the forequarters where the tail does not

reach than elsewhere.

It remains only to point out the distinction maintained here

between modifications of hair-arrangement which are themselves

adaptive, as in the Otter, and others which are, so to speak, by-

products of habits of the animals exhibiting them, such as whorls,

featherings, and crests. The only meaning properly assigned to

adaptive modifications is that such modifications are adapted for

the needs or comfort of an animal. When they are adapted dy

the habits of an animal, and have no thinkable relation to its

needs, they must be classed strictly as non-adaptive phenomena.

It should be further stated that all the phenomena referred to

are congenital, and would seem to have an intimate connection

with the problems of heredity.

1903.] HAIR-SLOPE IN MAMMALS. 83

List I.

Orrur:).252 No modifications of primitive type of hair-slope.

DOG sees 2 whorls &e.

3 reversed areas of hair.

Oixis... Siasae 2 whorls &e.

Tuft and small mane.

Crest and tuft on tail.

Horse 3 whorls &e.

Tuft.

Constant.

Mane.

Bushy tail.

4 whorls &e. Occasional.

List II.

[aaa te l 7 yer aR

a |

| | Departures | Eton of |

| from Primitive t o vd) .| Envtronments. | Habits

iBadie-slope.. eee » adaptive or |

| OOEN Ge | non-adaptive.

(eee ce ae es |

\Orrer.... None. All adaptive. Homogeneous. | Simple.

as peta | 5 | All non-adaptive.) More varied. More varied.

}Oistewsas: _4constant, several 1 non-adaptive. | Still more varied. Still more varied.

| occasional. 3 adaptive. |

| Non-adaptive.

| | |

Horse. | 6 constant, 4 oc-) 3 non-adaptive. | Most varied of | Complex, © com-

| casional. | 3 adaptive. the four types. | bining the habits

of its wild life

{ | Non-adaptive. | with those of

| domestication.

List IIT.

Observations as to use of External Kars, Panniculus

Carnosus, and Tail in Ox and Horse.

OxeEN flapped external ears at the rate of...... 684, 816,840 times

an hour,

In OXEN panniculus acted at the rate of ...... 984 times an hour.

OxeEn flicked tails at the rate of ............... 348, 468, 504, 540,

720, 780, 1082

times an hour.

Horsk flicked tail at the rate of ............ ,.. 1108timesan hour.

84 CAPT. F. WALL ON THE [ Feb. 3,

2. A Prodromus of the Snakes hitherto recorded from China,

Japan, and the Loo Choo Islands; with some Notes.

By Captain F. Watt, Indian Medical Service.t

[Received December 15, 1902. ]

Whilst attached to the China Expeditionary Forces from

1900-1902, I had opportunities of examining the Snakes pre-

served in the three Museums in China, and also others in private

collections. My notes on these, together with those on specimens

obtained myself, form the subject of this paper, which I have

arranged so as to form a complete prodromus of the species

hitherto recorded from the countries above specified.

In spite of the large aggregate of specimens J examined, it is

perhaps worthy of remark that I failed to discover one species

new to science’, and this only serves to show how extensively and

thoroughly this branch of natural history has been worked out.

In the City Hall Museum in Hongkong, out of about one

hundred specimens from the territory above mentioned, I found

many misnamed and others unidentified. I was informed that

during a typhoon some years previously a large case, containing

specimens, was blown over and. the contents wrecked, Out of

the débris labels were recovered as far as possible and replaced,

but some were evidently incorrectly reattached and others were

destroyed. This circumstance may render the accuracy of some

of the records open to question. That this collection is far from

representative is evidenced by the fact that during five and a half

months’ residence in this Port I obtained six species which were

not to be found in the Hongkong Museum.

In the Museum in Shanghai I found about fifty specimens

which were for the most part old, and concerning which there

was practically no information regarding their habitat.

In the Museum belonging to the Jesuit Fathers at Siccawei,

near Shanghai, I examined some two or three hundred specimens,

but these, again, furnished practically no record of their habitat ;

however, the late Pére Heude informed me that they had all been

collected in the Yangtse Valley, and he mentioned Ning-ko-foo

(which I find is on the southern bank of the Yangtse River) as

being the most northern limit. He could not define limits either

to the south or west.

As regards habitat, where I do not cite the authority, so far as

the territory this makes reference to is concerned, it is to be under-

stood that examples exist in the British Museum Collection at

South Kensington.

I have only made reference to points in these specimens which

do not absolutely agree with the descriptions to be found im

1 Communicated by G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

2 The species referred to hereafter as Dipsadomorphus kraepelini, No. 65, which

I had hoped to have the honour of describing for the first time, was recorded by

Stejneger shortly after I began to prepare this paper .

1903.] SNAKES OF CHINA AND JAPAN, 85

Mr. Boulenger’s work ‘Catalogue of Snakes in the British

Museum,’ 1893-1896, and I have also adopted the nomenclature

of that work.

I am indebted to Mr. Boulenger for much valuable information

and assistance in drawing up this synopsis. My thanks are also

due to Mr. F. Bowley, Hongkong, Dr. Barchet, Shanghai, and

the late Pére Heude, Siccawei, for thei courtesy in eranting me

access to the collections in the Museums under their super-

intendence, as well as to Mr, A. Owston, Yokohama, and

Mr. Armstrong, Hongkong, for placing thei specimens at my

disposal.

Part I.—List or CHINESE OPHIDIA,

TYPHLOPIDS.

1. Typuiors Lingeatus, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago,

Hongkong ?

2. TyPHLors BRAMINUS. Southern Asia from Arabia to Malay

Archipelago, South China, Formosa, Hongkong, Hainan, Mau-

ritius, Comoro Islands, Madagascar, Cape of Good Hope.—I

obtained one small specimen three and a half inches long on the

Peak in Hongkong Island,

Boip&.

3. PyTHON RETICULATUS. Burma, Indo-China, Siam, Malay

Peninsula and Archipelago, 8. China, Hongkong (City Halt

Mus.).—I saw three specimens, one in the City Hall Museum,

Hongkong, labelled from that island, one in the Shanghai

Museum, habitat unrecorded; and one in the Siccawei Museum,

consisting of a head only. From the information given by the

late Pere Heude concerning this collection, I must include this

species among the Chinese fauna. In all the specimens there are

three rows of preefrontals, and the lower labials from the 2nd to

4th and from 13th to 18th are pitted. The frontal is divided

longitudinally in two of the specimens. Ventrals 315-319.

Subcaudals 92-100.

4, PyTHoN MoLuRUS. Southern Asia from India to China,

Hainan, Hongkong (City Hall Mus.), Formosa (Swinhoe).—

The Chinese name given me was “ Hiang zo,” or ‘“ aromatic

snake,” perhaps in reference to their cooked flesh, which is highly

esteemed by these people. In Formosa it is called “ Uang’

(Swinhoe).

CoLUBRID”,

5. ACROCHORDUS JAVANICUS. Malay Peninsula, Java, New

Guinea, Hongkong (City Hall Mus. No. 293).

6. POLYODONTOPHIS COLLARIS. Himalayas as far west as Simla,

Assam, Arrakan, Upper Burma, 8. China, Hongkong.—I ob-

tained one specimen on Hongkong Island. There is one anterior

86 CAPT, F. WALL ON THE [ Feb. 3,

temporal on both sides, which comes in contact with the eighth

labial only ; this latter is unusually high and is probably the

result of a confluence with the normal inferior anterior temporal.

The first lower labials do not meet behind the symphysis. Belly

unspotted.

7. EROPIDONOTUS SWINHONIS. Formosa.

8. Tropiponotus NUCHALIS. China.

9. TRopmponoTUS VIBAKARI. Manchuria, Japan, Formosa.

10. Troprponorus piscaror. Southern Asia from India to

China, Hainan (Herz & City Hall Mus.), Hongkong (Hallow. &

City Hall Mus.), Formosa (Stejneger).— Apparently common in

the extreme south. I obtained three specimens from the main-

land opposite Hongkong, and saw one in Mr. Armstrong’s col-

lection which he assured me he procured from Hongkong Island.

J found only two specimens in the large Siccawei Collection. In

one specimen (from Kowloon, opposite Hongkong) there are five

postoculars on one side, in another four on both sides. In one

there are eight upper labials, with the fourth only touching the

eye on both sides.

11. Troprponotus ANNULARIS. China, Formosa.—This must

be a very common snake in the Yangtse Valley, judging from the

large number of specimens in the Siccawei Museum, but in the

extreme south it appears to be rare or absent. There are two

preoculars on both sides in one specimen, five postoculars on

both sides in one specimen, and two postoculars on one side

in one specimen. Ventrals 132-164. Subcaudals 70 in one

specimen.

12. Troprponotus tTIGRINUS. Siam, Cochin China, China,

Hainan, Hongkong ? Manchuria, Corea, Japan.—Called “ Yeh-

chi-po” by the Chin:se, signifying pheasant’s neck, also ‘“‘ Ch’ing-

ch’ang-chung (J/éll.). Apparently as common as JZ’. annularis

in the Yangtse Valley, from the number of specimens at Siccawel.

One specimen in Mr. Armstrong’s collection was, he informed me,

captured on Hongkong Island; however, it was not labelled, and

his collection contained some species he had procured in Japan.

13. Tropiponotus stotatus. Southern Asia from India to

China, Hainan, Hongkong, Formosa, Chusan Archipelago, Philip-

pines.—I obtained one specimen from the mainland opposite

Hongkong. The labials on one side were nine in number, and

the fourth, fifth, and sixth touched the eye. I saw no specimen

in the Shanghai or Siccawei Collections.

14. TRoprponotus suBMINIATUS. Hastern Himalayas, Assam,

Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago, 8. China, Hongkong.

15. TrRoprponorus cuRysarcus. Eastern Himalayas, Assam,

Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago, $8. China, Haman.

1903.] SNAKES OF CHINA AND JAPAN. 87

16. Troprpoxorus BALTEATUS (Cope), Proc. Ac. Philad. 1894,

p- 426. Hainan.

17. TrRoprpoNoruS CRASPEDOGASTER (Blgr.), P. Z.8. Lond. 1899,

p. 163, pl. xvi. fig. 1. China.

18. Troripexorus PERCARINATUS (Blgr.), P.Z.S. Lond. 1899,

p- 163, pl. xvii. fig. 2. China.—I saw six specimens in the

Siccawei Collection which exactly fit the description of Mr. Bou-

lenger’s specimen except in the following details:—Length of

internasals sometimes equals prefrontals. Postoculars and sub-

oculars: the numbers of shields in contact with the back of the

eye, intervening between the supraocular above and the fifth

labial, are four in two specimens on both sides, four in one

specimen on one side, five in two specimens on both sides, five

in two specimens on one side, six in one specimen on one side.

Labials eight with third and fourth touching the eye on one

side, nine with fifth only touching the eye on one side. Ventrals

and subeaudals 140+73, 139+ 2%, 139 +73, 138+ 2, 1388+72 (tip

slightly docked).

19. Taprnopais LAvoucuit (Blgr.), P.Z.S. Lond. 1899, p. 164,

pl. xvii. figs. -le. China.

20. PseupoxENopon mAcrors. Himalayas, Khasi Wills, Hills

in Burma, Yunnan (de Scabra*), and 8.W. China.

21. PSEUDOXENODON DORSALIS. China.

22. OpistHoTROPIS ANDERSONII. Hongkong,—TI obtained five

specimens, all from Hongkong Island. They were all captured in

a swamp near the Sanatorium on the Peak, whilst being drained

during the campaign against malarial mosquitoes. One was dug

up ata depth of about 2 feet below the surface. They accord

with Mr. Boulenger’s description except in the following parti-

culars :—Labials are inconsistent in arrangement. Thereare nine

in one specimen on one side, eight in all the rest. The fourth

and fifth touch the eye in one specimen on one side, the fifth

only touches the eye in two cases on both sides, and in one case

on one side, no labials touch the eye in two specimens on one

side. Preoculars (including the suboculars of Boulenger) are

two in two specimens on both sides, two in two specimens on one

side, one in one specimen on one side, and three in one specimen

on one side. The anterior chin-shields are in contact with five

lower labials in two specimens on both sides, and in one specimen

on one side, with four in one specimen on both sides, and in

one specimen on one side. Ventrals and subcaudals 167+ 60,

149+53, 164+59, 1654+59. Colour uniform dull olive-blhuish

above, lower half of ultimate row and belly yellow. Lower labials

and throat-scales with dull bluish mottling. Sparse mottling

beneath tail.

1 Bull. Mus. H. N. Paris, 1897, iii. p. 2165.

88 CAPT. F. WALL ON THE [ Feb. 3,

93, TRIRHINOPHOLIS STYANI (Blgr.), P. Z. 8S. Lond. 1899, p. 164,

pl. xviii. figs. 2& 2a. China.

24, ACHALINUS RUFESCENS. Hongkong.—TI obtained four

specimens in Hongkong Island, found in the low vegetation on

the slopes of the Peak. In one specimen both anterior temporals

touch the eye on both sides. Scales somewhat irregular, 23-25

in mid-body. Ventrals and subcaudals 150 +56, 158+58, 158+

61, 154+58. Colour uniform olive-brown above, slightly darker

vertebrally, and with iridescence in reflected light. Head same

colour above, merging to chestnut on temporal regions.

25. ACHALINUS BRACCONIERI. SS. China.—I think that this

species will have to be united with dA. spimalis; the differences

between the two shown by Mr. Boulenger' are considerable but

not constant, being shared by individuals of both supposed species.

For instance, in all the four specimens of A. spinalis that I have

examined (one of which I presented to the British Museum,

which has been seen and identified as such by Mr. Boulenger)

the scales are 23, and not 21. The relative length of the sutures

between the internasal and prefrontal has, in my opinion, little

or no weight. The specimen of A. spinalis I sent to the British

Museum has the internasal suture about two-thirds the length of

the prefrontal; and in more than one specimen of bracconiert in

the British Museum a similar condition exists. The specimen

figured by Stejneger* from Japan which he calls spinalis is more

like Mr. Boulenger’s bracconieri, but has 23 scales.

26. ACHALINUS SPINALIS. China, Japan.—I saw three speci-

mens in Mr. Owston’s collection from Mount Fuji, Japan, and

one I found in the Siccawei Collection. In all there is a large

shield on the postero-lateral region of the parietals similar to

those described under A. bracconiert, and, ike them, separated by

one scale in the median line. Ventrals and subcaudals 154+ 58,

165+44, 165448, 1704 44.

27. Lycopon Aauticus. Southern Asia from India to Malay

Archipelago, Philippines, Formosa (City Hall Mus.), Hongkong ?

(Boettger *), 8. China ? viz. from Amoy (Steindachner *).

28. Lycopon Fascianus. W. Yunnan (Anderson), Assam,

Burma.

29. Lycopon suscincrus. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago,

Sumatra, Borneo, Java, Timor, Hongkong, Philippines.—There

are two specimens in the City Hall Museum from Hongkong and

one from Timor. I also examined a fourth, which Mr, Armstrong

1 Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus. vol. 1. pp. 308 & 309,

2 Ann. Zool. Japon. ii. p. 29.

3 The specimen alluded to by Boettger (Mat. herp. Faun. von China, 1888, p. 84)

in the City Hall Museum is no longer m the collection; the only specimen of this

species in that Institution is from Formosa.

4 Reise der Novara, Rept., Wien, 1869, p. 74.

1903.] SNAKES OF CHINA AND JAPAN, 89

informed me he had captured in the filter-beds near Bowen Road

on Hongkong Island. In two specimens the third, fourth, fifth,

and sixth supralabials touch the eye on both sides. Ventrals

192-209 °,

30. Dinopon ruFozonatus. China, Hainan, Formosa, Chusan,

Corea, Tsu Shima, Japan, Loo Choo Islands.—This is a very

common snake about Shanghai, where I encountered it frequently.

I picked up several and allowed them to crawl about my arms

without their exhibiting the least malice or alarm, and they

made little attempt to escape in the first instance. Riding my

bicycle one night I saw one crossing the road; I dismounted,

flashed my lamp on the snake, and, while holding my machine

with my right hand, captured it easily with my left. It made no

attempt at escape, though cover was within a yard or two. It

was full-grown and not desquamating. My servant caught one

in camp one night just outside my hut; it encircled the man’s

leg but did not bite. It contained a large toad (Bufo vulgaris).

I found a large number preserved in the Siccawei Museum.

found one in Mr. Owston’s collection obtained from Japan, and

four others procured from Ishigaki Island in the Loo Choo group.

I noted the following :—Internasals half or less than half the

length of prefrontals. Loreal, in Japanese and Loo Choo speci-

mens, does not touch the eye in all (five); in Chinese does not

touch the eye in five, touches eye in eleven. Postoculars three

on both sides in one specimen, three on one side in one specimen.

Temporals one on one side in one specimen. Labials normal in

all. Anterior chin-shields in contact with four lower labials in

one specimen on both sides, with six lower labials on one side

in two specimens. Ventrals in Japanese and Loo Choo speci-

mens 180-190; in Chinese specimens 192-209. Subcaudals in

Japanese and Loo Choo specimens 76-87 ; in Chinese specimens

64-76. Colour: there appear to be two very distinct varieties.

All the Chinese conform to the following description :—Alternate

bars of jet-black and coral-red (white in old spirit-specimens)

dorsally, breaking into a coarse mottling on the flanks. The black

bars involve two or three scales in the length of the snake, and the

red one scale or slightly more. There are 53-74 black bars on

the body and 18-24 on the tail, the first is broadest and forms a

chevron on the nape. Head black, fading to whitish on labials ;

sutures on crown coral-red. A light temporal streak usually.

Belly whitish, with some lateral mottling. The Japanese and

Loo Choo specimens agree :—Alternate darkish-brown and dirty

whitish (perhaps red when fresh) bars dorsally, breaking up into

a mottling laterally. The brown bars involve four or five scales

(more quite anteriorly), the light one scale. There are 24-33

brown bars on body, 15-18 on tail. Crown of head brown, fading

1 Giinther records also Lycodon (Ophites) albofuscus from Formosa (Ann. Mag.

Nat. Hist. (4) vol. i. 1868, p. 426), but gives no description nor authority for

recording it.

90 CAPT. F. WALL ON THE [ Feb. 3,

to whitish on labials. A light temporal streak. Belly whitish,

with or without sparse lateral mottling, except beneath tail

where this is abundant.

31. DINODON SEPTENTRIONALIS. China, Formosa, Himalayas ?

32. ZAocys DHUMNADES. S. China, Chusan.—A very common

snake about Shanghai and evidently throughout the Yangtse

Valley, for there are many specimens in the Siccawei Museum.

I have encountered it frequently, and consider its generic name

most apt, as it is very active, swift, and clever to elude capture.

I saw as many as four in a day’s ramble in the spring, when

batrachians were clamouving in the water engaged on matrimonial

matters. The snakes were each coiled up on the banks close to

the water, and in low vegetation, awaiting the excursion of some

unwary individual. One I saw coiled up similarly two yards or

so away from two toads (Bufo vulgaris), whose curious behaviour

it was that first attracted my attention. In spite of every care

my presence was always detected by the snake before I was

aware of its presence, and it immediately made off in great haste

for the water, and disappeared among the roots of the aquatic

vegetation. On one occasion in the summer I watched one for

some time in a strip of grass in the open, myself unobserved ;

and it was most interesting to notice the method and care

with which it beat the patch of grass like a harrier, prying into

every recess in the ground or tussock that might harbour some

possible prey. I have seen Chinese jugglers with this snake in

their stock in trade, and I believe that it is this species that

is even now occasionally met with in houses in the heart of

the town of Shanghai. On October 3rd, 1901, I captured a

young one recently hatched in camp which closely resembled the

adult in colouring. Loreal: in one specimen there are two

superposed shields on one side. Temporals: a single anterior

in one specimen on one side. Anterior chin-shields in contact

with four lower labials on both sides in one specimen. Ventrals

190-199. Subcaudals 96-119.

33. ZAMENIS KorROS. Sikkim Himalayas, Assam, Burma,

Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, W. Yunnan, S. China,

Hainan, Hongkong, Formosa (City Hall Mus.).—I obtained one

specimen on the mainland opposite Hongkong. There are two

specimens in the Siccawei Museum. Loreal single on both sides

in one specimen, three on one side in one specimen. Subcaudals

100-116,

34, ZAMENIS MuUcosUS. Southern Asia from Transcaspia to

Malay Peninsula, Java, 8. China, Hainan (City Hall Mus. & Herz),

Hongkong, Formosa, Chusan (Cantor & Giinther).—I obtained

two examples from Stonecutter’s Island in Hongkong Harbour,

and three from the mainland opposite Hongkong. There are two

specimens in the Siccawei Museum. Labials nine, the fifth and

sixth touching the eye in one specimen on one side.

1903.] SNAKES OF CHINA AND JAPAN. 91

3). ZAMENIS SPINALIS. Siam, Hainan, China, Corea, Mongolia.

This snake is evidently very common in the Yangtse Valley, as

there are ten specimens in the Siccawei Museum. Concerning

one which I obtained from Huangtsun, N. China, my donor wrote

me that he had found it in his verandah, it having dropped, he

believed, from the roof about 7 feet above. He discovered it in the

act of devouring a lizard (Gecko subpalmatus). It had seized the

gecko by the body and was encircling it in its coils. A little later,

when the captive had exhausted its futile struggles, the sn: ake

seized it by the snout and began to swallow it. Frontal three-

fourths to four-fifths parietals. Loreals: two (anterior and

posterior) on both sides in one specimen, Subocular absent in one

specimen on one side. Preeoculars : the upper touches the frontal

in two specimens on both sides. Temporals: two anterior in all

specimens. Labials: eight, with the fourth and fifth touching

the eye in two specimens only, the normal arrangement being

nine, with the fifth and sixth touching the eye. Anterior chin-

shields in contact with four lower labials in two specimens on both

sides. Ventrals 179-207. Subcaudals 84-100.

36. CoLUBER PoRPHYRACEUS. HE. Himalayas, Hills in Assam,

Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Yunnan (4 2derson).

37. COLUBER MANDARINUS. Chusan, China (N.W. Fokien,

Bigr.; Prov. Chihli, WGéll.). I saw one specimen in the Siccawei

Collection. It is called by the Chinese “‘’ Hua-tai-tsze,” meaning

variegated girdle (JZdll.).

38. CoLUBER RUFODORSATUS. KE. Siberia, China, Chusan, For-

mosa, Hainan.—EHvidently a very common snake. There are five

in the Shanghai Museum, and a large number at Siccawei.

Frontal often greater than distance to end of snout. Anterior

chin-shields in contact with four infralabials in one specimen out

of fifteen examined.

39. CoLUBER DIONE. 8. Russia, Transcaucasia, Temperate Asia,

China, Hainan, Japan (Digr. _—Evidently a very common sn: ake

in the Yangtse Valley, as the Siccawei Collection contains a large

number of specimens. I obtained two from an officer in Ching-

wang-tao, N. China, who told me the snake was common there.

One specimen contained the brood of some small bird, four in

number, one of which was still partly enveloped in its shell.

Frontal often greater than its distance to end of snout, sometimes

equalling parietals. Preeoculars: three on one side in one speci-

men. Postoculars: one on both sides in one specimen out of

sixteen examined. Labials nine, with fourth and fifth touching

the eye on one side in one Specimen ; nine with fifth and sixth

touching the eye on one side in two specimens only. Anterior

chin-shield often greater than posterior, in contact with six

‘infralabials on both sides in one specimen, and on one side in one

specimen. Scales in mid-body 23 in three specimens, 25 in ten,

92 CAPT. F. WALL ON THE [ Feb. 3,

and 27 in one specimen. ‘This species is called “ Huang-ch’ang-

ching” by the Chinese (J/6l.).

40. CoLUBER THNIURUS. Sikkim, Cochin China, Siam, Malay

Peninsula, Borneo, Sumatra, China, Formosa (Senckenberg Mus.,

Boetig.), Chusan, Manchuria. This snake is common in the

Yangtse Valley. I encountered one near Shanghai, which, however,

1 failed to capture as it took to water and disappeared in the

submerged vegetation. Loreals confluent with preefrontals on both

sides in one specimen. Temporals: single on both sides in one

specimen, and on one side in one specimen. lLabials: nine with

the fourth and fifth touching the eye in one specimen on both sides,

Ventrals 226-242,

41, CoLuBER SCHRENCKII. Amoorland, Corea, N. Japan.

42. CoLUBER PHYLLOPHIS. China.—I saw seven specimens in

the Siccawei Museum, the largest measuring 8 feet linch. There

is also a stuffed specimen in the Shanghai Museum. Scales 21

in mid-body in one specimen. Ventrals 221] in one specimen.

43, CoLUBER DAVIDI. China (Sauvage).

44, CoLUBER MGLLENDORFFII. China (Herz & Broeckelmann).

45, CoLUBER MELANURUS. Burma, Malay Peninsula, Borneo,

Sumatra, Java, 8S. China.— I saw one specimen in the City Hall

Museum from Java. Subcaudals 88.

46. CoLuBER RADIATUS. EH. Himalayas, Bengal, Assam, Burma,

Cochin China, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, 8. China (J/iill.,

Herz, Moll., Kaufm., Broeckl.), Hongkong (City Hall Mus.).—

There are five specimens in the City Hall Museum from Hong-

kong. I also obtained one specimen from that island wiioht

contained four blind and callow offspring, the brood of some small

mammal, probably a rat’.

47, Denpropuis pictus. S. Asia from India to Malay Archi-

pelago, China (Gunth.), Hongkong, Philippines.—One specimen

of this snake in spirit was given me by a lady, who assured me

she had obtained it on Hongkong Island.

48, SIMOTES PURPURASCENS. Siam, Cochin China, Malay

Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java, 8. China *.

49, Srmotes cycLurus. Bengal, Assam, Burma, Siam, Cochin

China, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, 8. China.

50. SIMOTES FORMOSANUS. 8. China, Formosa.

51, SrmorEs viotAceus. Bengal, Assam, Burma, Camboja,

? Coluber climacopharus vel Hlaphis virgatus, described by Boettger (Mat. herp.

Faun. von China, 1888, p. 72) from Corea, is, I think, an error. The specimen

alluded to is evidently Coluber schrenckii.

2 Duméril & Bibron, ‘ Hrpétologie,’ p. 632.

1903. ] SNAKES OF CHINA AND JAPAN. 93

S. China, Hainan, Hongkong.—I saw one specimen in the City

Hall Museum, and obtained two myself on the mainland opposite

Hongkong. One was caught in grass on the hillside and suffered

itself to be handled without retaliation. The other was caught on

a shrub poised over a flower. Frontal: length greater than dis-

tance to end of snout in three specimens. Labials: six with the

third and fourth touching the eye on one side, seven with the

fourth and fifth touching the eye on the other side in one speci-

men. Nasals semidivided on both sides in one specimen.

52. SImMores CHINENSIS. China, Hainan.—Rostral: visible

portion seen from above equals distance to frontal in two

specimens. Labials seven, with the fourth only touching the eye

on both sides in one specimen. Subcaudals 50 in one and 51 in

another'specimen. I saw two specimens in the Siccawei Museum,

and obtained one myself from Kiangyin on the southern bank of

the Yangtse River, to the north- meu of Shanghai.

53, Sumores yartuantr. China (Sauvage).

54, ABLABES MAJOR. China, Hongkong (Giinth., Hallow., City

Hall Mus.), Formosa, Climeen Archipelago. — Evidently fairly

common in the Yangtse Valley. I saw one specimen of this snake,

belonging to Mr. Styan, in Shanghai, and many others in the

Siccaw ei Collection. There are three in the City Hall Museum,

two of which are from Formosa, the other of uncertain resi inet

I saw one specimen in Mr, Armstrong’s collection in Hongkong

obtained from that island, where, as he told me, it is not

uncommon. Jabials: in one specimen seven, with the third

and fourth touching the eye on one side, Subcaudals 89 in one

specimen, and 90 in two others.

ABLABES DOoRI®. Kachin Hills, Assam, China.—I saw one

eT specimen 8 or 9 inches long in the Siccawei Collection.

Ventrals 1602 Subcaudals 852 It agrees in every particular

with Mr. Boulenger’s description. This species has not been

previously recorded from China.

56, CALAMARIA PAVIMENTATA. Burma, Siam, Cochin China,

Malay Peninsula, Java, 8. China (J/dll.), Riu Kiu Archipelago

(Steyneger *).

57, CALAMARIA BEREZOWSKI. §, China (Giinth.’).

58. CALAMARIA SEPTENTRIONALIS. China, Chusan Archipelago,

Hongkong.—I saw two specimens in the Siccawei Collection, both

quite typical.

59, SPANIOPHOLIS SOULIEI Yunnan (de Scabra “)

1 Stejneger (Proc. Biol. Soe. Wash. xiv. p. 191) describes a snake as new to science

under the name of Calamaria pfefferi, which, in my opinion, is a specimen of

C. pavimentata.

= Ann Ac. St. Pétersb. 1896, p. 205, pl. i. fig. a.

3 Bull. Mus. N. H. Paris, ili. 1897, p. 216.

94 CAPT. F, WALL ON THE [Feb. 3,

60. HypstrHINA PLUMBEA. Burma, Indo-China, Malay Penin-

sula and Archipelago, 8. China, Hainan, Hongkong, Formosa.—I

saw two specimens in the City Hall Museum, one labelled China

and one Hongkong, and I obtained four myself on the mainland

opposite Hongkong. All my specimens were caught in or about

a sluggish stream near our camp at Kowloon. Frontal: length

greater than distance to end of snout in six specimens. Anterior

chin-shields in contact with six infralabials in two specimens on

one side. I noticed that in some specimens the lateral scales

about the anal region had minute central tubercles, reminding

one of the condition in Aspidura copti and A. trachyprocta.

61. HyrsrrHINA ENHYDRIS. India, Ceylon, Burma, Siam,

Cochin China, Malay Peninsula, Borneo, Celebes, 8. China,

Hongkong.

62. HypsIrHINA BENNETTI. China, Hainan (Herz).

63. Hyrstrina CHINENsIsS. Siam, China, Hainan, Hongkong

(Steindachner ’).

64, Homatopsis BuccATA. Bengal ?, Burma, Indo-China, Malay

Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java, Hongkong (Hallow. & City

Hall Mus.),—I\ examined the specimen in the City Hall Museum

which is labelled Hongkong.

65. DrpsADOMORPHUS KRAEPELINI: Boiga kraepelini Stejneger

(Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 1901, xv. p. 15). Formosa,—TI found one

old specimen in the City Hall Museum labelled Formosa. This

specimen almost exactly accords with Stejneger’s description, the

only points of difference being :—Temporals are six on one side.

Labials ten on one side. Anterior chin-shields in contact with

five lower labials on both sides: Ventrals 244. Subcaudals 140,

66. DrrpsADOMORPHUS MULTIMACULATUS. Burma, Indo-China,

Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Celebes, 8. China, Hongkong.—

A common snake in the south of China. I obtained six from

Hongkong Island, one from Stonecutter’s Island in that harbour,

and one from the mainland opposite Hongkong. There are

several specimens in the City Hall Museum, and I saw others in

spirit and in captivity belonging to Mr. Armstrong.

67. PSAMMODYNASTES PULVERULENTUS. EH. Himalayas, Khasi

and Assam Hills, Burma, Indo-China, Malay Penimsula and

Archipelago, Formosa.

68. CHRYSOPELEA ORNATA. Ceylon, Hills of 8. India, Bengal,

Assam, Burma, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago,

S. China, Hongkong?*—I found one specimen in the Siccawei

1 Reise der Novara, Rept., Wien, 1869, p. 68. en

2 The specimen referred to by Boettger (Mat. herp. Fauna von China, p. 142)

is no longer in the City Hall Musewn.

1903. ] SNAKES OF CHINA AND JAPAN. 95

Museum and one in the Shanghai Museum. Subcandals 144 in

one specimen,

69. Arpysurnus ANNULATUS. Loyalty Islands, Loo Choos, Seas

around Formosa (Stejneger) *.

70, Hyprus prarurus. Obok, Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Straits

of Malacca, Tropical and Subtropical Pacific from Loo Choo to

Australia and New Zealand, Malay Archipelago to Central

America,—TI saw two specimens in the City Hall Museum from

Hongkong and Formosa, and one in the Shanghai Museum. Also

two or three specimens in Mr. Owston’s collection in Yokohama,

obtained from the Japanese shores or the Loo Choos. All belong to

variety E of the British Museum Catalogue of Snakes. Frontal:

length less than distance to end of snout in one specimen, less than

parietals in two, Labials nine on one side in two specimens ; none

bordering the eye on one side in two specimens. Anal tetrafid.

71. AcAtypropnis Peroni. Western Tropical Pacific.

72. Hyproruis rascratus. Coasts of India to China and New

Guinea.

73. HypROPHIS GRACILIS, Coasts from Persia to China.

Hainan (//erz).

74, Hypropnis MELANOCEPHALUS. Indian Ocean, Pescadores,

(Stejneger)*, Loo Choos.

75. Hyproruis ogscurus. Bay of Bengal to China. Canton

(Peters) *.

76. Distrra stoKesit. Mekran Coast to Chinese Sea and North

Coast of Australia.

77. DistrrA oRNATA. Coasts of Asia from mouth of Persian

Gulf to Loo Choos, New Guinea, and N. Australia.—This snake

evidently is common in the Loo Choos, as I saw more than twenty

specimens from that region in Mr. Owston’s collection.

78. Distira suscincra, Indian Ocean, Japan, Loo Choos

(Stejneger)*.

1 Stejneger (Journ. Se. Coll. Tokyo, xii. 1898-1900, p. 223) deseribes as a new

species under the name of Hmydocephalus ijime certain specimens, the description of

which I have consulted My. Boulenger about; and he is of opinion that these will be

found to be specimens of Aipysurus annulatus. The enlarged vertebralsand presence

of four prefrontals, found in these specimens, were also present in some specimens

I examined belonging to Mr. Owston in Yokohama, which I regarded at the time as

annulatus. An examination of the specimens in the British Museum shows that a

certain slight enlargement of the vertebrals is present at some spots, but no specimen

has four priefrontals. The weight of such an opinion compels me to modify the views

1 had formed on the subject.

2 J. Coll. Japan, xii. p. 224 (Mierocephalophis melanocephalus).

3 Monatsb. Berlin. Akad. 1872, p. 859 (#1. diadema).

+ Stejneger (Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xiv. p. 191, 1901) deseribes certain specimens

obtained from the Riu Kiu Seas as Distira orientalis, which he considers a new

species. From his description I am of opinion that these belong to D. subeineta.

96 CAPT. F, WALL ON THE ~~ [ Feb. 3,

79. DisTIRA BRUGMANSII. Persian Gulf to Chinese Sea.

Hainan (Boettg.)’.

80. DistIRA cyANocINcTA. Persian Gulf to Chinese Seas,

Japan, Papuasia.—I saw one specimen of this snake in the City

Hall Museum labelled Hydrus major from Hongkong, and one in

the Shanghai Museum. One conforms to type A, and the other

to type C of the British Museum Catalogue.

81. DisTrRA VIPERINA. Persian Gulf to Chinese Sea.

82. ENHYDRIS HARDWICKII. Bay of Bengal to Chinese Sea and

Coast of New Guinea.—There are four specimens in the City Hall

Museum: two, labelled Hydrus major, are from Manila, and two

from Bangkok. There is one specimen in the Shanghai Museum

with very markedly spinose tubercles on the median six ventral

rows of scales. These rows are also enlarged. Labials eight in

two specimens, in one on both sides and in the other on one side

only.

83. PLATURUS LATICAUDATUS”*. Bay of Bengal to Chinese Sea,

Loo Choos, New Guinea, and Western South Pacific Ocean.

There are three specimens in the City Hall Museum labelled

Formosa, and I saw several specimens in Mr. Owston’s collection

obtained from the Loo Choo Islands. Ventrals 232-246. Sub-

caudals 32-46.

84. Puarurus coLtuBRINUS. Bay of Bengal to Chinese Sea,

Western South Pacific Ocean.—I examined two specimens, both

in the City Hall Museum, one from Penang and the other of

uncertain habitat.

85. Bunearus FascrAtus. Southern Asia from Bengal to

China, Hongkong (City Hall Mus.).—I obtained one specimen

from the mainland opposite Hongkong, and I saw two others in

the City Hall Museum, one from Hongkong and the other from

the mainland opposite.

86. Bunearus cANDIDUS. Southern Asia from India to China,

Hainan, Hongkong (City Hall Mus.), Formosa.—I saw two speci-

mens in the Shanghai Museum, one in the Siccawei Collection,

and one in the possession of Mr. Styan in Shanghai. There are

four specimens in the City Hall Museum, one from Hainan and

three from Hongkong. All these specimens are of variety B of

the British Museum Catalogue, viz. multicincta. Postoculars:

the normal lower shield confluent with the fourth labial on both

sides in one specimen. Labials six, with the second and third

1 Under the name of Hydrophis cyanocinctus Boettger (Mat. herp. Faun. von

China, 1888, p. 88) describes three specimens of what I consider Distira brugmansti,

collected by Herz in Hainan.

2 The species described by Boulenger (Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus. i. p. 809) as Platurus

muelleri | do not believe to be valid, and I think the specimens on which it is

based will prove to be P. laticaudatus. The only definite point he mentions to

characterize it is the presence of a median ventral keel in the posterior half of the

body, and I have found this peculiarity in at least three specimens of what I consider

undoubted P. laticaudatus.

1903.] * SNAKES OF CHINA AND JAPAN. 97

touching the eye on one side in one specimen, and occasioned by a

confluence between the first and second labials. Anterior chin-

shields in contact with four infralabials on both sides in three out

of four specimens examined.

87. Nara tripupIANs. Southern Asia from Transcaspia to

China, Hainan, Hongkong (Hallow., Steindach., City Hall Mus.),

Formosa, Chusan, Philippines. —In the Siccawei Museum I saw

seven specimens, and in the Shanghai Museum three. There are

fifteen in the City Hall Museum, of which eleven are from Hong-

kong, two from Hainan, and two from China. Of the ten

specimens I examined three have scales in twenty-one rows in

the middle of the body, and three in nineteen. In the remainder

IT have failed to record the number. Nine have more or less

distinct (some very well defined) buff or pale yellowish cross-bands

dorsally. These numbered from 13-21 on the body, and 5-8 on the

tail. They involve one or two rows of scales along the length of

the snake, and are most conspicuous in the posterior third or so

of the body. The intervals involve from ten to twelve scales, and

are sometimes separated from cross-bars by a blackish line. Hood

marked with modified black ocellus. Belly yellow, with one or two

plumbeous bands ventrally, or mottled toa variable extent with

black. In one specimen the whole belly uniform black. One

specimen is evidently a Sputatrix. This I found in the Siceawei

Collection. Scales over hood 21, mid-body 17. Ventrals 177.

Subcaudals 45. No hood-marks. Nearly uniform black dorsally,

with no suspicion of cross-bars. One very broad plumbeous ventral

band involves from the 9th to the 47th shield, and then breaks up

into a mottling and disappears.

88. NAIA BuNGARUS. Southern Asia from India to 8. China,

Hongkong (City Hall Mus.), Philippines.—A newly-hatched ex-

ample is preserved in the City Hall Museum, habitat Hongkong.

I found the head of a large specimen in the Shanghai Museum ;

and whilst I was in Hongkong a gentleman encountered one on

the mainland opposite, which he killed and brought home. I

examined and identified it, and estimated it at betwe een seven and

eight feet in length.

89. CALLOPHIS MACCLELLANDI. Nepal, Sikkim, Assam, Burma,

S. China, Formosa.

AMBLYCEPHALIDSE.

90. AMBLYCEPHALUS MOELLENDORFFII. T'enasserim, Siam, Cochin

China, 8. China, Hongkong, Hainan.—This is a common snake

in the island of Hongkong. I collected ten myself, all of which

were found in low jungle on the slopes of the Peak. I saw three

specimens in the City Hall Museum. Internasals form a suture

with the loreal in all specimens. Postoculars and suboculars :

usually one long semilunar shield extends from the supraoculars

behind, skirting the eye to a point about halfway up its anterior

aspect. Sometimes this scale is divided so as to form a small

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1903, Vou. I. No. VII. 7

98 CAPT. F, WALL ON THE . [ Feb. 3,

postocular above this shield. Temporals: the antero-superior -

extends back as far as the extreme border of the parietals or

further. Labials: six in two specimens on both sides. Sub-

caudals 36-50. First infralabials meet in four, fail to meet in

one, not recorded in eight.

91, Pseuporarzas yacus. Hongkong (Jan).

VIPERIDG.

92, ANCISTRODON acuTUS. China.—Called by the Chinese

** Qo-woo-shay,” or five-pace snake, owing to the reputed rapidly

fatal effects of its bite. I saw one specimen in the City Hall

Museum labelled A. blomhoffii, habitat Szechuen. There are also

five specimens in the Siccawei Collection. Two are labelled Ou-

Yuen’, and one of these dated 1882 (7. e. six years before Giinther

first described it). One is labelled Chowtong* 1883, and another

Kien-té® 1882. The fifth consists of a dried skin. In talking

to the late Pére Heude about this creature, he told me it is not

uncommon in hilly parts of the Yangtse Valley, and is feared by

the natives more than a leopard. He narrated an experience of

one of the Jesuit Fathers who heard frantic cries for help issuing

from some dense jungle he was riding through. On dismounting,

and proceeding to the spot, he found a Chinaman being pursued

by one of the snakes, which he attacked and killed. Rostral: as

far as I could ascertain there is only one shield beneath the dermal

appendage, which, however, is frequently bent over, causing a

furrow which makes the shield appear divided into two. Labials :

six in one specimen on both sides, and in another on one side.

Subcaudals 56 in one specimen, with Ist-llth entire and rest

divided ; 53 in another, with Ist—9th entire and rest divided; 58

in another, with Ist—28th entire and rest divided; 57 in another,

with Ist—12th entire and rest divided.

93. ANCISTRODON BLOMHOFFII. LE. Siberia, Mongolia, China,

Hainan, Formosa, Japan, Loo Choos, Siam.—Mollendorff says it

is called by the Chinese “ Fei-shang-ts’ao,” snake which flits on

the grass, and ‘ Ch’i-ts’un-tsze,” or seven-inch snake. It is very

common in the Yangtse Valley. There are at least three specimens

in the City Hall Museum from Japan. There are five in the

Shanghai Museum, and a very large number in the Siccawei

Collection. In Mr. Owston’s collection I saw several obtained

from Japan and the Loo Choos. I obtained five myself about

Shanghai in our camp. Two of these, which I found close together

on October 16th, 1901, appeared to be newly hatched. On the

Ath October, 1901, my servant informed me that there were several

snakes lying together dead close to the camp. I investigated the

matter, and found an adult of this species with the remains of

1 Perhaps Tao-yuan in Province Hunan ?

2 Perhaps Chao-tung in North Yunnan ?

3 In Province An-Hui.

1903. ] SNAKES OF CHINA AND JAPAN, 99

twelve young scattered around her. In spite of every endeavour,

I failed to trace the author of this butchery. It is sad luek that

such opportunities as these for observing habits rarely fall to the

lot of those who specially seek them. Residents about Shanghai

occasionally lose dogs under circumstances suggesting a poisonous

bite, and I think these fatalities are frequently due to this little

snake. One specimen I captured had the penis bifid on both sides,

I kept young on two or three occasions, but could not find suitable

food with which to tempt them, and finally resorted to feeding

them with boluses of raw meat, a treatment they displayed their

distaste for by repeatedly disgorging the morsels some time later.

T observed that, when molested and excited, all my specimens

vibrated the tail, but I could never get one actually to strike ;

howeyer all the specimens I had alive were very small. Labials

seven, the third only touching the eye; eight in one specimen on

both sides,

94. Lacnesis gervonii. Khasi Hills, Assam, Thibet; Upper

Yangtse, China.

95, LacnEsis MucrosquamaAtus. Naga Hills, Assam; Formosa.

96. LACHESIS GRAMINEUS. South-eastern Asia, China, Hainan

(Herz & City Hall Mus.), Hongkong, Formosa.—This is a very

common snake in Hongkong, where I procured three specimens.

There are also twelve in the City Hall Museum, obtained locally.

In one of these the skin of the neck had been perforated and

rent by the beak of a bird which it is seen in the act of devouring.

The distension of the mouth and neck is enormous, so that the bird

appears as if it were being thrust through the rent instead of into

the gullet. There is only one specimen in the Shanghai Museum,

and only one in the Siccawei Collection. The residents of Hong-

kong call this the Bamboo-snake, which is a very good name for it

since it is almost always to be found in the foliage of bamboo

vegetation. I am told too that the Anglo-Indians in Assam have

also given this name to the snake.

Part I1.—List or JAPANESE AND Loo CuHoo JstANDS OPHIDIA.

CoLUBRID&.

1. Troprponotus VIBAKARI. Japan, Formosa, Manchuria.—I

found one in the City Hall Museum from Nagasaki, and saw six

others in Mr. Owston’s collection, all from Mount Fuji. Ventrals

152 in one specimen. Subcaudals 80 in one specimen; second to

fifth entire in one specimen.

2. TROPIDONOTUS TIGRINUS. Siam, Cochin China, China, Hainan,

Hongkong ?, Manchuria.—In my opinion this is the commonest

snake in Japan. I frequently met with it, and on one occasion

captured five in a couple of hours. It is called by the Japanese

“yamakagashi,” “ uwabami,” “ orochi,” “ja,” all of which terms, I

100 CAPT. F. WALL ON THE [ Feb. 3,

am informed, signify “the largest variety”; also ‘ tora-no-kuchi-

nawa,” or “tiger-snake”; also ‘“miza kuchinawa,” or “ water-

snake”; also “atsuki kuchinawa,” or “thick brown snake.” (See

also No. 12 of Chinese list.)

3. TROPIDONOTUS PRYERI. Loo Choos.—I saw one specimen in

Mr. Owston’s collection from Nawa in the Loo Choos.

4, ACHALINUS SPINALIS. China, Japan. (See No. 26 of Chinese

list.)

5. Dinopon RuUFozONATUS. China, Hainan, Formosa, Chusan,

Corea, Tsu Shima, Japan, Loo Choos. (See No. 30 of Chinese list.)

6. Dryopon sEMICARINATUS. Loo Choos.

7. Dixopon saponicus. Japan.—I found one specimen on the

Southern Island (Kiu Siu), and saw another in Mr. Owston’s

collection. Ventrals 209. Subcaudals 75? and 77.

8. DINODON TESSELLATUS. Japan.

9. COLUBER DIONE. S. Russia, Transcaucasia, Temperate Asia,

China, Hainan, Japan (Bigr.). (See No. 39 of Chinese list.)

10. CoLuBER scHrENcKH. Amoorland, Corea, N. Japan.

11. CoLUBER cCoNSPIcILLATUS. Japan, Corea.—I saw one

specimen in the City Hall Museum labelled Nagasaki and another

in Mr. Armstrong’s collection captured in Japan. Called by

Japanese “jimuguri” (“earth borer”) and “ kawara kuchinawa”

(“‘ dry-river-bed snake ”).

12. CoLUBER CLIMACOPHORUS. Japan.—A very common snake

in Japan, where it is called “aodaisho,” ‘‘nezumi tori” (or “ rat-

catcher”), ‘‘sato meguri” (or “village idler”), and “mugiwara hebi.”

I frequently encountered it. I saw and captured one reclining

on a stone parapet in one of the Nikko temples. I discovered

another in thick jungle in the act of swallowing a half-grown

leveret, truly an enormous meal, since the mammal was more

than twice the weight and girth of the reptile. J thought on

all occasions it was far less wary and active than other nearly

allied snakes of a similar size with which I am familiar, such, for

instance, as Zamenis mucosus and Z. korros, Coluber radiatus,

Zaocys dhumnades, &c. Temporals, in one specimen, three on

both sides.

13. CoLUBER QUADRIVIRGATUS. Japan, Corea.—This species is

almost if not quite as common in Japan as 7’ropidonotus tigrinus.

I scarcely went a day in the country without seeing one, and

often I saw three or four. It is called by the Japanese “shima

hebi” (or “striped variety”), ‘‘karasu hebi” (or “black snake”),

“sukuro hebi” (or “medium black snake”), “‘mugiwara hebi” (or

“‘ wheat straw snake”), and “kuro kuchinawa.” Subocular absent

in one specimen on one side. Labials eight, with third, fourth,

and fifth touching the eye on one side in one specimen.

1903.] SNAKES OF CHINA AND JAPAN, 101

14. CoLuBER scumaAckERI. Loo Choos.

15. ABLABES SEMICARINATUS. Japan, Loo Choos.

16. ABLABES HERMINE. Loo Choos.—I saw two specimens in

Mr. Owston’s collection from the Loo Choos. Ventrals 162-163.

Subcaudals 47—51.

17. CALAMARIA PAVIMENTATA. Burma, Siam, Cochin China,

Malay Peninsula, Java, 8. China (J/6ll.), Riu Kiu Archipelago

(Stejneger). (See No. 56 of Chinese list and footnote.)

18. Hyprus pLaturus. Coasts of Asia from Red Sea to Loo

Choos, Australia, New Zealand, Malay Archipelago to Central

America.—Called ‘“umi hebi” or “sea snake” by Japanese. (See

No. 70 in Chinese list.)

19. HyprorHis MELANOCEPHALUS. Indian Ocean, Pescadores

(Stejneger), Loo Choos.—This is evidently a common snake about

the Loo Choos, since I saw upwards of twenty specimens in

Mr. Owston’s collection from this locality. Postoculars one or two.

Temporals: one anterior usually, sometimes two. Scales two

head-lengths from snout 23-27, mid-body 31-35. Ventrals 3805—

343. Anal tetrafid. (See No. 74 of Chinese list.)

20. DistirA cyANocIncTA. Persian Gulf to Chinese Seas,

Japan, Papuasia. (See No. 80 of Chinese list.)

21. Distira orNATA. Coasts of Asia from mouth of Persian

Gulf to Loo Choos, New Guinea, Northern Australia. (See

No. 77 of Chinese list.)

22. DistirA suBcrncta. Indian Ocean, Japan, Loo Choos

(Stejneger). (See No. 78 of Chinese list and footnote.)

23. ArpysuRUS ANNULATUS. Loyalty Islands, Loo Choos, Seas

around Formosa (Stejneger). (See No. 67 of Chinese list and

footnote.)

24, PLATURUS LATICAUDATUS. Bay of Bengal to Chinese Sea,

Loo Choos, New Guinea, Western South Pacific Ocean. (See

No. 83 of Chinese list.)

25. Puarurus coLtuBrinus. Bay of Bengal to Chinese Sea,

Western South Pacific Ocean. (See No. 84 of Chinese list.)

26. PLATURUS SCHISTORH¥NCHUS. Western Pacific Ocean, Loo

Choos.

27, Hemrpuncarus saponicus, Loo Choos, Japan ?

VIPERIDAE.

28. ANCISTRODON INTERMEDIUS. Japan, Mongolia, Eastern

Siberia, Central Asia.

102 MR, LYDEKKER ON AN ASIATIC WILD SHEEP. [Feb.3,

29. ANCISTRODON BLOMHOFFII. astern Siberia, Mongolia,

China, Hainan, Formosa, Japan, Loo Choos, Siam.—Called by

the Japanese ‘‘mamushi,” “hami,” “ kuchibami,” “hiraguchi.”

All synonymous terms for the “ beautifully marked variety.”

30. LACHESIS OKINAVENSIS. Loo Choos.—Called by the J: apanese

“habu.”

31. LAcHEsSIS FLAVovIRIDIS. Loo Choos.—Also called “ habu”

by the Japanese.

32. LAcHESIS MUCROSQUAMATUS. Naga Hills, Assam; Formosa.

33. LAcHESIS LUTEUS. Loo Choos.

3. Note on the Wild Sheep of the Kopet-Dagh.

By R. Lypexker.

[ Received December 4, 1902. |

(Text-figure 10.)

Through the generosity of Mr. St. George Littledale the collec-

tion of the British Museum has recently been enriched by a very

fine skull, with the horns (text-fig. 10, p. 103), of a ram of the Wild

Sheep of the Kopet-Dagh range, which forms the boundary between

Turkestan and Northern Persia to the eastward of the Caucasus.

Mr. Littledale also brought home the skin of the same animal,

but it unfortunately was so badly injured by vermin that it had

to be destroyed. ‘The skull is the finest of the series obtained

during the trip.

The Kopet-Dagh sheep was named Ovis arkal in 1857 by

Blasius, and is evidently allied to the Urial, with the Punjab

yace of which I have indeed proposed to identify it*. At that

time I had, however, never seen an adult skull; and Mr. Little-

dale’s specimen indicates the right of this sheep to rank as a

distinct race of Urial. It will be remembered that the Punjab

race of the Urial (O. vignet cycloceros), as exemplified at any rate

by specimens from Peshawer and Afghanistan in the British

Museum, differs from the typical O. vignei of Astor and Ladak

by the much greater prominence of the two front angles of the

horns, which are often raised into nodose beads, between which

the front surface of the horn is depressed and carries bold and

widely separated transverse ridges.

In the Kopet-Dagh Urial this prominence of the front angles

of the horns is still more pronounced, though the beading is

somewhat less conspicuous. Moreover, the front surface of the

horn is unusually broad and flattened, with the transverse

1 * Wild Oxen, Sheep, and Goats,’ p. 173.

1903.] MR. LYDEKKER ON AN ASIATIC WILD SHEEP. 103

wrinkles very low and indistinct. The length of the horn is

33 inches along the inner front angle, with a basal circumference

of 11 inches, a basal width of 3 inches, and a basal depth of

4 inches.

The last two dimensions are considerably greater than in a

skull of the Kelat Urial measured by Mr. Hume, in which the

length along the curve is 35} inches.

Text-fig. 10.

Front view of skull and horns of adult ram of the Kopet-Dagh Umial.

+ nat. size.

The Kopet Dagh Urial decidedly appears to be a distinct form,

connected with the typical Ovis vignei by means of the Punjab

race of that species. On these grounds I regard it as a local race

rather than a species; its name will accordingly be O. vignet arkal

(or perhaps arcal). The suggestion of M. Dauvergne’, that this

sheep is identical with the Kelat Urial, is not borne out by a

comparison of the present specimen with a skull of that form in

the British Museum, in which the angles of the horns are much

rounded off. This leads me to think that the Kelat Urial

(O. vignet blanfordi) is, after all, distinct from the Punjab

animal,

1 See p. 131 of my book on ‘Game of Europe, N.W. Asia, and America.’

104 MR, P. W. BASSETT-SMITH ON [ Feb. 3,

4. On new Parasitic Copepoda from Zanzibar and East Africa,

collected by Mr. Cyril Crossland, B.A., B.Sc. By Statt-

Surgeon P. W. Bassert-Smiru, R.N., F.Z.S.

[Received December 4, 1902. |

(Text-figures 11 & 12.)

Mr. Cyril Crossland, in his recent examination of the marine

fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa, obtained several

specimens of parasitic and semiparasitic Copepods, three of which

he has been kind enough to allow me to examine.

These curiously deformed and often grotesquely-shaped animals

are frequently found attached to the gills, &c., or to the surface of

fish and other marine animals.

A large number from the former which are now described from

a variety of different hosts, and from wide geographical areas,

I enumerated in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1899, p. 438; to this paper

1 have appended a list of addenda, which I have drawn up with

the kind assistance of Mr. E. Bergrotti, of Tammerfers, and

others.

Not only fish but a number of other marine animals are un-

doubtedly infested with these parasites, though at present little

information concerning them has been collected ; the specimens of

Mr. Crossland are therefore particularly interesting.

Gerstacker, in Bronn’s ‘ Klass. und Ordn. des Thier- Reichs,’

1866-79, Crustacea, vol. v. Copepoda, p. 774, mentions five genera

found on Nudibranch Mollusca: Doridicola Lyd., Holidicola Sars,

belonging to the family Ergasilide; Artotrogus Boeck, to the family

Ascomyzontide ; and Splanchnotropus Hance. and Jsmaiha Bergh,

to the family Chrondracanthidz, Also nine genera from various

Vermes, p. 773.

Of the three specimens of Mr. Crossland, two were taken from

the kidneys of species of Pleurobranchids (not determined) and

one from the skin of a Sipunculid (Aspidosiphon).

As they were only single specimens it was impossible to dissect

them, and therefore the descriptions are necessarily mcomplete.

The first two evidently belong to the family Chondracanthide,

but do not fall in with the descriptions of any known genus; they

appear to be most nearly related to the genus Splanchnotropus of

Hancock (Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxiv. pp. 51, 55), two species of

which he describes, S. gracilis and S. brevipes, taken from Nudi-

branchs; the present specimens differ from them, however, in the

complete absence of antennze and articulate limbs, and in having

the external ovaries elongated and the eggs arranged in single

series.

I have therefore provisionally placed them in a new genus,

Chondrocarpus, following closely after Splanchnotropus Hane. and

Diocus Fabr.

CHONDROCARPUS, gen. nov.

. Cephalothorax coriaceous, elongated, with four lateral short

1903. ] NEW PARASITIC COPETODS, 105

lobe-like processes on either side; abdomen one-fourth length of

whole, biarticulate, tapering; no distinct antennz or thoracic

limbs; mouth placed on under surface, with minute maxille ;

external ovaries as elongated filiform sacs containing ova in a

single series.

3. Pigmy.

CHONDROCARPUS RETICULOSUS, sp. n. (Text-fig. 11, A-G.)

Hab. Zanzibar: from large Pleurobranchid.

Length 12 mm., breadth 4 mm.

2. Cephalothorax indistinctly segmented, elongated, tapering,

dorsally convex, laterally produced into 4 rounded truncated

processes; the 4th pair being most widely separated and the

smallest; the whole having a peculiar reticulate appearance from

the network of ramifying tubules; anterior extremity rounded;

no visible antennz; mouth as a papilla placed between the Ist

pair of processes ; upper lip triangular; only one pair of maxille

and mandibles (?) could be made out, each terminating in minute

claws. No thoracic limbs; there is a short genital segment, or

ring, from which spring the long filiform ovaries. Abdomen in-

distinctly biarticulate, tapering, without caudal plates or sete.

3. Pigmy. One was seen attached to the last abdominal

segment but was partially hidden, the bifid articulate caudal

extremity only being visible.

Text-fig. 11.

Chondrocarpus reticulosus 9, gen. & sp.n. A. Dorsal surface. B. Lateral view.

C. First segment and mouth-organs. D. One of the lobes showing reticu-

late appearance. E. Second maxilliped. EF. Abdomen showing fixed ¢.

G. Posterior extremity of g. H. Chondrocarpus sp. 2: dorsal surface

(specimen incomplete).

CionprocarPus sp. (Text-fig. 11, H.)

A specimen of a second species of this genus was taken from a

106 MR. P. W. BASSETT-SMITH ON [ Feb. 3,

Pleurobranchid; it was much broken both at the anterior and

posterior extremities. It differs from C. reticulosws in not having

the peculiar reticulate appearance and in having a pair of lateral

lobes on either side of the genital segment.

The third specimen also appears to be new, and belongs to the

family Dichelesthiide, the animal resembling most nearly the

genus Enterocola of Van Beneden (Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belg.

tom. ix. 2nd ser. p. 151), found by him in the respiratory cavity of

“ Aphidium ficus,” than any other form I have been able to find

recorded,

Mr. Crossland’s specimen appears to be much more degenerate

from its parasitic habits; the articulate limbs are excessively

small, difficult to make out, and the ova are carried in long spiral

thread-like processes in a single series as in the Caligidee, and

not in dilated sacs. Unfortunately there was only this single

female specimen for examination. I would provisionally create

for it a new genus “ Ventriculina,” giving the specific name of

“‘ crosslandi” in recognition of the collector.

VENTRICULINA, gen. nov.

Head small, ‘rounded; neck indistinct; 3 thoracic segments,

the first amalgamated with the head; genital segments lobed,

equal in breadth with the thoracic; no dorsal plates; abdomen

short, biarticulate; external ovaries spiral, ova uniserial; first

antenne 4-jointed, simple, second antenn 3-jointed ; maxillipeds

very small.

Three pairs of minute thoracic limbs, first biramose, second and

third uniramose.

VENTRICULINA CROSSLANDI, sp.n. (Text-fig. 12, p. 107.)

Hab. Zanzibar: from a Sipunculid.

Total length 4mm. Colour white.

Head small, rounded in front, broadest behind, from under

which project the anterior antenne. Thoracic segments three,

the first united with the head, the genital segments trilobed; the

whole forming an oblong body without lamellar plates, showing

five distinct rounded lateral lobes, the last pair being slightly

wider and more acute. Dorsal surface convex, marked by five

distinct grooves showing the position of the union of the segments.

Abdomen biarticulate, narrow, one-sixth the total length, the -

last joint terminating in two small caudal plates provided with a

marginal fringe of short bristles. External ovaries long, spiral,

springing from papille at the angle of the genital segments and

abdomen. Ova large, arranged uniserially as in the Caligide.

Anterior antenne 4-jointed, non-setose, the first joint being

the longest and broadest, rising from the underside of the head

just in front of the mouth; second, third, and fourth joints

progressively decreasing in size.

1903. ] NEW PARASITIC COPEPODS. 107

Posterior antenne 3-jointed, rising just in front of the upper

lip; at the distal end and anterior border of the first and second

joints are two short sete, the third terminating in two bristles,

the anterior being very long.

Mouth and appendages placed rather far back; the labrum is

triangular, projecting backwards ; labium simple, rounded. Iwas

able to make out only 2 pairs of maxillipeds; the first very small,

biarticulate, terminating in two short hairs: the second uncinate,

with large globose basal joint, to which was articulated a sharp

curved claw.

Text-fig. 12.

Ventriculina crosslandi 9, gen. & sp.n. A. Ventral surface, X 10. B. Dorsal

surface. C. Ventral surface much enlarged, showing articulate appendages.

D. Posterior antenn.

Only three pairs of thoracie limbs present: the first rising from

the posterior under surface of the cephalic segment, minute,

biramose, each ramus terminating in a single bristle; second and

third pairs uniramose, made up of two articulations, the distal

terminating in two small bristles.

3 not known.

ADDENDA to Systematic Enumeration of Species of Parasitic

‘ Copepoda found on Fish (Proc, Zool. Soc. 1899, p. 438).

ERGASILIDA,

1. Eucanthus marchesettii Valle, Atti Mus. Civ. Trieste, vil.

p. 245 (1885). On Motella tricirrata.

2. Ergasilus centrarchidarum Wright, Proc. Canad. Inst. (2) i.

p. 243 (1883).

3. Lrgasilus biuncinatus Gadd. Meddelanden af Societas pro

Fauna et Flora Fennica, xxvii. pp. 181-182 (1901). On

Gastrosteus aculeatius.

108 ON NEW PARASITIC COPEFODS. [ Feb. 3,

€.

die

10.

23.

29.

: Teaceroe carcharii glaucus Hesse,

Bomolochus onosi T. Scott, 20th Ann. Rep. Fish. Board of

Scotland, p. 289, pl. xiii. figs. 19-22 (1902). . On Onos

mustelus and Onos cimbrius, Firth of Forth.

Bomolochus zeugopteri T. Scott, loc. cit. p. 290, pl. xiii. figs. 23-25.

On Zeugopterus punctatus.

CALIGIDE.

Caligus pacificus Gissler, Amer. Nat. p. 886 (1883). On

Salmo.

Caligus labracis T. Scott, J.c. p. 291, pl. xiii. figs. 26-29. On

Labrus mixtus and il maculatus.

Anchicaligus nautili Stebbing, Willey’s Zool. Res. pt. v. pp. 667—

670, pl. lxxi.

Dinematura musteli levis Hesse, Rev. Sci. Nat. Montpellier,

(2) i. pp. 6, 11 (1880).

Cecrops acimthice vulgaris Hesse, Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) xv. 3,

p. 26 (1883).

Ue. 105 Isis

musteli levis Hesse, l. c. p. 23.

spinacis acanthic Hesse, by Os 10s NO;

unicolor Hesse, 1. c. p. 20. On Galeus vulgaris.

”?

DICHELESTHIID®.

. Lernanthropus polynemi Rich. Zool. Anz. iv. 1881, p. 505.

On Polynemus.

. Lernanthropus tetradactylus (probably L. trifoliatus B.-8.

1898).

. Lernanthropus micropterygis Rich. Atti Soc. Tose. Sci. Nat.

iv. p. 82 (1884). On Micropteryx dumerili.

. Lernanthropus tylosuri Rich. l. c. p. 83. On Tylosurus im-

perialis.

. Kréyeria (Lonchidium) galii vulgaris Hesse, Ann. Sci. Nat.

(6) xvi. 3, p. 2 (1883).

. Clavella cluthe T. Scott, U. c. p. 292, pl. xu. figs. 26-31. On

Ctenolabrus rupestris.

. Pagodina (Nemesis) charcharie glauci Hesse, l. c. p. 13.

. Ludactylina carcharie glauci Hesse, l. c. p. 11.

. musteli levis Hesse, l. c. p. 8.

X squatina angeli Hesse, l. c. p. 5.

3) similis T. Scott, l.c. p. 295, pl. xii. figs. 1-19.

On Raia radiata.

. Eudactylina acanthii T. Scott, l.c. p. 296, pl. xiii. figs. 1-9.

On Squalus acanthias.

. Bassettia congri Stebbing, Willey’s Zool. Res. pt. v. pp. 671,

672, pl. xx.

PHILICHTHYIDA.

. Philichthys fialole Rich. Zool. Anz. iii. p. 69 (1880). On

Stromateus fialola.

Philichthys doderleini Rich. Zool. Anz. vi. p. 558 (1883). On

Labrus turdus.

1903.] ON THE ORIGINAL HOME OF THE TIGER. 109

LERNzIDS.

30. Lernea abyssicola Brady, Chall. Rep. viii. p.137. On Ciralias

uranoscopus.

31. Lernea minuta T. Scott, 18th Rep. Fish. Board of Scotland,

p- 161, pl. vii. fig. 13 (1900). On Gobius minutus.

32. Lernea lumpi T. Scott, 19th ditto, p. 128, pl. vii. fig. 12

(1901). On Cyclopterus lumpus.

33. Hemobaphes ambiguus T. Scott, 18th ditto, p. 162, pl. vii.

fig. 15. On Callionymus maculatus.

34, Peraderma petersi Rich. Zool. Anz. iv. 1881, p. 387. On

Gobius buccatus.

35. Peraderma bellottii Rich. Zool. Anz. v. 1882, p. 475. On

Scopelus benotti.

CHONDRACANTHID.

36. Chondracanthus bleekeri Rich. Zool. Anz. iv. p. 387 (1881).

On Chilium chlorurus.

37. Chondracanthus ninnit Rich. Zool. Anz. v. p. 504 (1882). On

Gobius.

38. Chondracanthus ornatus T. Scott, 20th Ann, Rep. Fish Board

of Scotland, p. 298, pl. xin. fig. 34. On Callionymus

maculatus.

LERNEOPODIDS.

39. Achtheres sandre Gadd. Med. af Soc. pro Fauna et Flora

Fennica, xxvii. (1901).

40. Lernceopoda extumescens Gadd. l. ce. On Coregonus.

41. Tracheliastes gigas Rich. Zool. Anz. iv. 1881, p. 504.

42. Charopinus dubius T. Scott, 19th Ann. Rep. Fish Board of

Scotland, p. 130, pl. vii. fig. 15. On Raia circularis.

5. On the Original Home of the Tiger.

By Col. ©. E. Stewarz, C.B., C.M.G., C.LE4

[Received December 6, 1902.]

The ordinary idea of English people that the Tiger was origin-

ally an Indian animal, is, I believe, quite a mistake. After

careful enquiry, I have come to the conclusion that the Tiger is a

comparatively late intruder into India.

Firstly, after enquiry, I can discover no Sanscrit word for the

Tiger. If tigers had existed in India in the days when Sanscrit

was a spoken _ language, there would be a name in Sanscrit for it,

while there is only a modern Hindustani name. There is a

Sanscrit word for Lion, “Singha,” which would point to the

fact that lions were certainly more common than tigers in time

long past. At present lions are not found in India, except a

very few, which are strictly preserved in Googerat, one extreme

1 Communicated by Col. Hinn James, F.Z.S.

110 ON THE ORIGINAL HOME OF THE TIGER. [ Feb. 3,

corner of India, though I will allow that lions were probably

commoner than they are now in the olden time, though probably

never very numerous.

I remember, when I first went to India, nearly 50 years ago, a

lion being killed not very far to the southward of Allahabad, but

this was even then a rare occurrence. I have studied the

question of the habitat of lions and tigers in Persia, where I

resided for a good many years. lions are found only in the

very south of Persia, near the Persian Gulf, and Arabia; while

tigers are only seen in the very north of Persia, near the Russian

border, and especially near the Caspian Sea, on the north of

Persia, and they are more numerous within British territory

than within the Persian boundary, and tigers are more common

in Southern Siberia than they are anywhere in Persia.

Tigers are more numerous in cold countries. They are plen-

tiful in Corea, which has a severe winter climate, and still more

plentiful in the Island of Saghalien, belonging to Russia, and

further north than Corea, and which has almost an arctic climate

in winter. The tiger is mentioned by Marco Polo in his travels, but

nowhere as an Indian animal, and I very much doubt whether

tigers were found in India at the time Marco Polo visited it.

In the Sanscrit works treating of the fighting between Rama

and Rawun, the Demon King of Ceylon, though many animals

are mentioned, such as bears, monkeys, and several others, I

have been unable to find any mention of the tiger ; and the tiger

is not found in the Island of Ceylon, though the leopard is; nor

is the tiger found in the larger island of Borneo, which would

seem to point to its only inhabiting the islands of the Indian

Archipelago, which it could reach by swimming. Thus it would

seem that tigers did not exist in India before the time that Ceylon

was separated from India. Tigers did not exist in the island of

Singapore until about 1809, when apparently they swam over

from the mainland. Tigers are such good swimmers that they can

cross a considerable body of water. J do not think any allusion

to tigers in India can be found in the Greek historians. I should

feel much obliged if anyone could find me such a reference.

In the monuments of the Assyrian Kings, and of the Kings of

Persia, there are constant references to lion-hunts by those kings,

but never allusion to a tiger-hunt. Of course there is an existing

Persian word for tiger, but there is nothing to show that it is at

all ancient.

My own idea is that the tiger was originally a purely northern

animal, which has gradually extended southward. I fancy that

no allusion to a tiger in India can be traced to a period anterior

to the early Mahommedan conquerors of India. I should be

much obliged to anyone who will help me to clear up this

question. We English have so completely assumed the idea

that the tiger is an Indian animal, that we have called him the

Royal Bengal Tiger, though I firmly believe he is as much an

intruder from the north into Bengal as we are ourselves.

1903. ] ON THE COPULATION OF THE INDIAN ELEPHANT, iGl

6. On the Mode of Copulation of the Indian Elephant.

By H. Sxave, Conservator of Forests, Maymyo, Burma.*

{Received December 15, 1902. ]

Some few months ago I was, on several occasions, able to witness

tame Elephants in the act of copulation, This sight has been so

seldom witnessed by Europeans, and is so variously described by

Burmans, that these remarks, supported by a series of photographs

deposited with the Society, may be of interest and value.

As tuskers are usually reputed to be shy of copulating before

eye-witnesses, an account of the manner in which these photo-

graphs were procured may be interesting.

I was in camp at the time with one tusker and four female

Elephants, which were being used regularly for transport purposes.

From the time the tusker was reported to be seeking the company

of the females he was never let loose to graze, but was kept tied

up. I had promised the Burmese mahouts liberal rewards if they

would assist me in procuring some “ snap-shots”; and one day last

February one of them came to tell me the tusker was showing

undoubted excitement ; he was reported to have been tugging at

his chain and looking “nastily” at his keeper. There were,

however, absolutely no signs of ‘‘ must” and no exudation of fluid

from the hole in the temple.

The tusker was said to have shown a preference for one of the

females that had calved about 12 months previously. So I had

her tethered*fore and aft in a small glade, and erected my camera

quite in the open, about 10 yards off. Having focussed her and

got everything ready, the tusker was quietly ridden up behind

the female, and as the mahout slipped off, he slowly advanced

towards her, However, this was evidently the wrong female, for

on the approach of the tusker she showed most unmistakable

signs of fear by persistently screaming and straining at her chain.

The tusker was therefore secured, and this female marched off,

whilst one of the others was caught and tied up in her place.

The tusker was then again brought out, and immediately proceeded

to mount the female.

I had many opportunities of witnessing the operation, and the

following is a general description :—'The female, when in season,

remains perfectly still and quiet, merely signifying her sense of

the tusker’s approach by moving her tail slightly to one side and

gently shifting her hind feet a few inches further apart. The

tusker creeps up behind the female and begins to show signs of

sexual excitement. He then raises his head and lightly places

his tusks on the female’s back, one on either side of her backbone,

with his trunk lying along the dorsal ridge and reaching to her

shoulder. In this position he remains a length of time, varying

with his state of sexual excitement. From my observations I am

convinced that when he has unrestricted access to females, and is

1 Communicated by the SECRETARY.

2 ON THE COPULATION OF THE INDIAN ELEPHANT. [ Feb. 3,

not therefore greatly excited, he may remain a very considerable

time in this position: this has probably given rise to the tales

that are told of the great length of time occupied by the act of

copulation, which I have heard put at two hours.

Eventually, however, the time arrives when the tusker proceeds

to action. First one fore foot, and then the other, is lifted off the

ground, and slowly swung from side to side across his front,

exactly as though he were deliberating from which foot to take

off. Then, levering himself up by his tusks, he places both fore

feet on the female’s flanks, at the same time sinking down on his

hind legs to an almost sitting position. It is at this moment that

he shows the most violent sexual excitement. His organ, which

up till now has been bent back in the form of an arc, with its end

near the ground, and a few inches only in front of his hind feet,

is shot forward, and jerked up and down in a most violent manner.

It is flourished in the air, and often bent into the form of an §

like the thong of a whip, during which semen may or may not be

emitted. At one moment the organ appears outside the tusker’s

shoulder, the next it is seen protruding out behind his hind legs.

It is kept in a state of continual agitation, and not for one single

moment is it still. Hventually it is jerked up straight forward

and hits the female organ from below. Penetration is then

immediately effected without further difficulty. The tusker then

raises himself until his hind legs are quite straight, his organ is

pushed home, and his fore feet are slid along the female’s back

until they rest on her shoulders. Arrived at this position, he

begins to work very much after the fashion of a dog, and I

usually counted from six to eight horizontal motions. Connection

being then complete, the tusker lifts his tusks off the female’s

back and raises his head into the air. In this position he remains

for a few seconds, and then slowly withdraws his organ, letting

himself gently down to the ground in the same way that he

mounted, and quietly moves off. It is then that the female

shows her only signs of excitement: she trumpets softly as with

pleasure, thrusts forward her ears and stiffens her tail, her whole

conduct being indicative of pleasure and pride. The tusker is

throughout perfectly silent.

It is noteworthy that at no time does the tusker use his fore legs

to steady himself or to grip the female as does a dog or a stallion ;

the feet are invariably kept close together on the top of the female’s

back, and I can quite believe the statement of the Burmans that

it makes no difference whether his feet are fettered or not.

I was tinable to distinguish any sign by which I could tell when

a female was in season, but three out of the four females in camp

did come into season during the period of 10 days in February

during which they were under observation.

The operation was accurately timed on one occasion, and was

found to last exactly one minute.

From my own observations, I am convinced it is the female

that comes in season, and that until she does so come the tusker

P.Z.8.1903-vol.1. P). XI.

1D) Ge S.di Jet, clei Bale & Danielsson L™ lith .

CERATELLA MINIMA.

1903.] ON COELENTERATA FROM ZANZIBAR. 113

will take no notice of her: also that he is ready whenever she is.

I can offer no opinion as to whether the companionship of the

tusker tends to bring the female into season or not.

I must draw attention to the way in which both the tusker and

female absolutely ignored our presence. As I have already stated,

the camera was set up within 10 yards of the tethered female,

quite out in the open without any attempt at concealment; and

though there were sometimes six or eight spectators walking about

and talking within this short distance, on no occasion did either

the tusker or the female take the slightest notice of us or even look

ow way. Directly the act of copulation was over, the mahout

called out to the tusker, who, at the word of command, came towards

him, knelt down, and allowed himself to be mounted and ridden off,

As I have said, the female was always tethered fore and aft

with a long chain, but this was solely with the object of prevent-

ing her swinging ‘round and so getting out of focus; but in no

single instance did she attempt to do this, nor was the chain once

needed except, of course, in the case of the first female who was

not In season.

7. On the Coelenterata collected by Mr. C. Crossland in

Zanzibar.—I. Ceratella minima, n. sp. By Sypney J.

Hickson, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S8., Beyer Professor of

Zoology in the Owens College, Manchester.

[ Received December 16, 1902. ]

(Plate XIII’)

Our knowledge of the remarkable family of Hydrozoa, the

Ceratelladie, has been ably summarized in the memoir published

by Prof. Spencer in the Transactions of the Royal Society of

Victoria, 1892 (4). The hitherto recorded species are distributed

as follows :—Cer atella fusca: Coogee, Bondi (N.S.W.), Broughton

Island, Flinders Island, Lord Howe Island. C. procumbens « C: ape

of Good Hope, Natal. CO. spinosa: Port Natal. Chitina ericopsis :

New Zealand. Dehitella atrorubens: Delagoa Bay. In brief,

the family has hitherto been known to occur only in Australasian

and §. African waters.

The discovery of a new species of the genus Ceratella in the

tropical waters of the Zanzibar coast is in itself worthy of note,

but especially so in view of the fact that it is associated with

corals, aleyonarians, and other animals characteristic of the

tropical belt of the Kast African coast. I am indebted to

Mr. C. Crossland, of Clare College, Cambridge, who collected the

three specimens “during his recent expedition to Zanzibar, for

permission to examine and describe them.

The African species of the family have not yet been accurately

described, but the accounts of Gray (1) and Carter (2) are

! Wor explanation of the Plate see p. 116.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1903, Vou. I. No. VIII: 8

114 PROF. 8. J. HICKSON ON | Feb. 3,

sufficient to show that the Zanzibar specimens should be described

as belonging to a new species.

They appear to be most closely related to the Australian

species Ceratella fusca, but differ from it in one or two characters

which Spencer and his predecessors regarded as of generic

importance.

The genus was defined by Spencer as follows :—Colony

irregularly branching; more or less expanded in one plane;

growing from a creeping base. Main stem flattened, branches

rounded and beset with bracket-like hydrophores.

In C. minima from Zanzibar the main stem is not flattened

but perfectly cylindrical in form, and the hydrophores are so

extremely reduced or rudimentary that they are little more than

ridges on the proximal lips of the hydropores. The branching,

moreover, appears to be strictly in one plane, and the terminal

branches are much more slender and delicate than in the other

species. Before passing on to the specific characters, the size of

the specimens must be considered.

The measurements are as follows :—

Specimen A. Specimen B. Specimen C.

mm. mm. mm.

Height of the colony ......... 29 22 3D

Maximum expanse of the

branchesian eee creer 65 38 50

Diameter of main stem..... : 1:2 0:75 1

The colonies of Ceratella fusca are from 11 to 5 inches in

height; the largest Specuems of C. procumbens described by Carter

were 11 inches long by 5 inches broad, and of C. spinosa 44 inches

long by 2 broad. The height of Chitina ericopsis is 14 inches,

with a trunk (main stem) 1 inch in diameter. The size of

Dehitella is not given by Gray, but from the figures it may be

judged that it is larger than Ceratella fusca. From these figures

it is clear that the Zanzibar specimens are much smaller than the

average size of the adult colonies of the other species. Are they,

therefore, to be regarded as young colonies or as the representa-

tives of a dwarf species? If they are young colonies, it is quite

possible that the main stem or trunk becomes somewhat compressed

in the plane of branching as the colony grows; but the fact that

all the three specimens obtained are of approximately the same

size, suggests that they have reached or nearly reached their

maximum growth. The dwarfing of the tropical species of a genus

that is principally distributed in temperate waters is not without

parallel in the group of Celenterata. The very rudimentary

character of the hydrophores, however, cannot be explained by

the suggestion of immaturity, and must be regarded as of specific

importance. It is true that no gonophores have been discovered

in the specimens, but it is quite probable that, as in other

Ceelenterates of the tropics, their production is rapid and strictly

seasonal, so that no argument can be deduced from this character,

either for or against the theory of juvenility.

The Colony.—The branching is not very profuse, and strictly

1903. ] COBLENTERATA FROM ZANZIBAR. 115

confined to one plane (Pl. XIII. fig. 1). The main stem and the

larger branches seem to have divided dichotomously with the pre-

dominance of the most favoured branch. The terminal branches

are mery, delicate, branches of 6 mm. in length gradually attenuating

from 0:2 mm. to 0°1 mm. in diameter. Each terminal branch ends in

a facultative growing point, and it appears probable that the growth

is continuous. I have compared my specimens from Z anzibar

with a beautifully preserved specimen of Ceratella fusca, for which

the Manchester Museum is indebted to Prof. Spencer ; and I have

noticed that the Australian species is much coarser in appearance,

especially in the region of the terminal branches. I have seen

nothing in the Zanzibar species corresponding to what Spencer

calls “The growing ends of the smaller branches” in Ceratella

fusca, which are flattened in a plane at right angles to that in

which the general growth takes place and are entirely devoid of

zooids. It is possible that the difference may be accounted for

on the supposition that in Ceratella fusca the growth is seasonal

or periodic.

The branches of C. minima are invariably rounded. I have

seen no evidence of a compression or flattening in any region.

The surface is relatively smooth and free from any spines. The

hydrophores are represented by very narrow ridges on the

proximal border of the hydropores. The principal horny fibres,

running longitudinally with a slightly spiral twist, may be clearly

seen through the superficial ectoderm, and in the spirit-specimens

give a ribbed appearance to the surface (Pl. XIII. fig. 2).

The Zooids are numerous on the terminal branches, less

numerous on the thicker branches, and very scarce on the main

branches, as in Ceratella fusca. On the terminal branches they are

arranged slightly to one side of the two lateral lines at intervals

of about one millimetre opposite or alternate to one another. A.

few zooids occur more irregularly distributed.

On comparing such a terminal branch with one of Ceratella

Jusca, it is at once apparent that in the Australian species the

zooids are more numerous and much more irregularly distributed

on all sides of the branch. Hach fully expanded zooid projects

about 0°'7 mm. from the hydropore, and is about 0°14 mm. in

diameter. It bears a variable number, but usually nine capitate

tentacles, each about 0-1 mm. in length.

No gonophores were found on any of the three specimens I

have examined. The skeleton in the terminal branches consists

of one or two main longitudinal horny rods supporting numerous

looping and irregular bands, which maintain the eylindr ical form

of the branch (PI. S00 fig. 3).

In the larger branches the main longitudinal rods are more

numerous, and, being chiefly superficial in position, give a slightly

spiral, longitudinally striated or ribbed appearance to the surface,

in this respect offering a marked contrast to Cerateila fusca.

A series of sections thr ough a small branch shows that there is

present a thin continuous coat of ectoderm covering the whole

branch, as described and figured by Spencer in Ceratella fusca,

8 *

116 ON CGELENTERATA FROM ZANZIBAR. [ Feb. 3,

The arrangement of the canals and the general histology does not

appear to differ materially from the description given by the same

author ; but as the state of preservation of the Zanzibar specimens

was not perfect, a detailed and critical examination of the sections

was not made. I was fortunate enough to find, however, a few

nematocysts that were exploded but remained in situ. They are

(Pl. XIII. fig. 4) very similar in form to the small nematocysts

of Millepora, and exhibit a vesicle and neck 0:01 mm. in length,

armed with four barbs or spines. The thread was invariably

broken, and I have no means of measuring its extreme length.

The endoderm of the tentacles is solid. .

The diagnosis of the species is as follows :—

‘CERATELLA MINIMA, Sp. nov.

Colony probably erect, branching strictly in one plane, irregularly

and not very profusely. The main stems and all the branches

cylindrical in form. Hydrophores very slightly developed.

Skeleton consisting of dark brown longitudinally disposed horny

fibres, united by loops and bands, forming in the larger branches

a dense and firm but flexible skeletal plexus.

Zooids situated slightly to one side of the plane of branching of

the colony, alternately or in pairs, at distances of about 1 mm. on

the terminal branches. Largest colony 29 mm. in height, with a

maximum expanse of 65 mm.

Locality. Ganzibar, shallow water.

LITERATURE.

1. J. HE. Gray.—Notes on the Ceratellade, a Family of Keratose

Sponges. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 575.

2. H. J. Carrer.—Transformation of an entire Shell into

Chitinous Structure by the Polype Hydractinia, with short

descriptions of the Polypidoms of five other species. Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, 1873, x1. p. 1.

3. W. M. Bate.—Some new and rare Hydroida in the Australian

Museum. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1889, p. 748.

4. W. B. Spencer.—On the Structure of Ceratella fusca. Trans,

Royal Soc. of Victoria, 1892, p. 8.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1. Drawing of the whole colony of Ceratella minima (specimen A) twice the

natural size. The base of attachment is covered by an encrusting polyzoon.

Vig. 2. A portion of a large branch and smaller branchiet taken from the region

marked * in fig. 1, more highly magnified, showing the polyps P partially

extended, bearing aa irregular number of knobbed tentacles, ¢.¢. At .h. are

seen the rudimentary hydrophores. The figures show the general arrangement

of the fibres of the horny skeleton. In the large branch they are closely

crowded together. In the smaller branches the principal fibres are separated

by considerable spaces but maintain a parallel arrangement.

Fig. 8. A still smaller branch more highly magnified, in which there is only one

primary longitudinal fibre.

Vig. 4. One of the nematocysts of the tentacles. The diameter of the cyst is about

0°01 mm.

1903.] ON THE PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL, 117

8. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the

Faeroe Channel.—No. VIII." By G. Herserr Fow er,

BoA Phe De ok: Zea:

[Received December 20, 1902.]

(Text-figures 13-17.)

The present paper contains notes (in some eases due to the

valued help of friends) on Beroé, Arachnactis, Podon, the Ostracoda,

the Copepoda, the Amphipoda, and the Schizopoda, captured by

H.M.S. ‘ Research’ in 1896 and 1897 in the Faeroe Channel.

CTENOPHORA.

Brro# cucumis Fabricius.

This species, characteristic of cold Arctic currents *, was taken in

the following hauls :—

16 @iu., 300 to 170 fathoms, seven specimens.

13 e, 400 to ¢ fathoms, one fragment.

20 d, 500 to 400 fathoms, one specimen.

Most specimens showed the characteristic brick-red or vose tint,

and though much battered and in some cases inverted, were

referable with a fair amount of certainty to this species.

ANTHOZOA.

ARACTIINACTIS ALBIDA M. Sars.

‘Some information as to the developmental succession of the

mesenteries in this form was given in No. III. of this series.

Since its. publication, IT am glad to say that it has been substanti-

ally corroborated by Prof. van Beneden °.

He agrees with my suggestion to separate the Channel and

North Sea Arachnactis from albida of the Faeroe Channel, and

describes it under the name of loydii, under the idea, which is

probable, but at present unproved, that it will be shown eventu-

ally to be the larva of Cereanthus Uoydii. Till this has been

proved, I venture to think it better to retain my provisional name

of bowrnet for this form.

The occurrences of A. albida are shown in the table (p. 118):

it occurred in over 61 per cent. of epiplankton hauls, never in a

mesoplankton haul, and may fairly be taken to be a purely

epiplankton form. It was present in considerable quantity, as

many as 50 specimens having been taken in one haul.

1 The references to previous papers in the Society’s Proceedings are :—No. I., 1896,

p- 991; No. II., 1897, p. 523; No. IIT., 1897, p. 803; No. LV., 1898, p.540; No. V.,

1898, p. 550; No. VI., 1898, p. 567; No. VIL., 1898, p. 1016. I regret that various

circumstances, mostly beyond my control, have caused so great a lapse of time

between this paper and No. VII.

2 Chun: ‘ Die Ctenophoren der Plankton-Expedition,’ p. 26.

3 Van Beneden: ‘ Anthozoaires de la Plankton-Expédition?

118 DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER ON THE [ Feb. 3,

“S 2

& =9 s 3 5 2 8

oe re Bs 3 ea 8

eee & Sie [Sal sie

a3 5 Sea Sa Se | Ss

a = is eI ie} S A) oS

S72 S = | s2 | ee | 82 | Se

om a S AES S| 4 =)

a B © | se | 84] §6 | so

na so Mo 14 ay ‘S) S

lla. 100-+0 a +

118. 0 + +

lle. 30-0 + +

126. 10-0 ne + +

12¢. 0) 2 + + +

12d. 130-40 cea [ Nicge Re +

12 f. 210-0 + ae ¢

13. 2-0 + +

IBGE ) + +

13h. 0

m 13 i. 100-0 + + +

iS 13 &. 2-0 + + ae

S 131. 0

< 14, 0) +

i 15a. 2-0 es

fm 15 b. 0) + +

15d. 0 : +

16d. 0) ie +

16c¢. 4-0 + +

17. 0)

18 a. 3-0 ar + +

19 c. 4-0 + a8 +

19d. 10-0 + oe

20 e. 0 +

20 f. ) + om

20 g. 40-0 ae +

12 a. +350-+150 is on

Qe. 450-320 55 +

= 13d. 400-270 a +

3 13 9. 465-335 + +

e 16 @i. 350-220 he + +

zi 16 aii. 300-170 | + se +

3 18 b 530-400 hiete Ri +

9 19 a. 480-350 | + +

3 20a. 200-100 + +

a 20 db. 300-200 ue +

20 ¢. 400-300 a iy a + +

20 d. 500-400 + Be + + +

e 13 ab. 300-0 ue + +

= 13 e. 400-? + + +

3 lbe. 530-0 ad ie +

A 19 b. 480-0 oe + +

119

PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL.

1903.]

“ro LOIT \|

D102] 90 OJ8tWIYIDLD T | te | fodbab gb hab seers au

TLURT.AC)

“yqydosouu ppodounshYy 7

"SIRO “TT

vorbaasou saunydrgoti sr e : \\iueseesebenat cite came ome aar

‘BAIB[NS WY BAIT

‘pyppnvatbuo) -unshyy, | * ttt ? ag az act Te eee |e

*“yjnpe

‘nynpnnarhuo) -unshy 7,

+++

OTA

S1UL09HU0) DLOWAT, ie ceat oe che ee ae Se a peel

“FYPIIGSALy) ° ens: 3 « « mtn oT i «ee : | Sake heted Tow-ists ‘ome otas .

USND]I DYYLDIF coe Reins =o Baste Pues ity st 25 ed on alee Ree mae im |

‘esr du) “yooqqny

apvUruLopagn Duwu OMNIA T

Tee) OE oeddhte ab ap ae Soe at +++

“yooqqn'y

buoy opruyepe | + it i i+? ay ee Ret er ed oe te SGrararse foe cpaean il) op

*yooog,

igi bebcow traaonyy Dba: ee ees re be ee eee erceep a et pelts ge geye

snqvNuagIy snuv)oINGT Janae Ror arg ae ar Pap ge. RB Bar ape Pane Gee eadc

nee ee ee a 2 a eee eee

eaT Cajon fy “vue | a ee gine a = Be ges |

ees |

120 DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER ON THE [ Feb. 3,

PHYLLOPODA,

Popon INTERMEDIUS Lilljeborg.

My friend the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, F.R.S., was kind enough

to identify and count the specimens of this species. It would no

doubt have occurred in more of the surface hauls had not my

finest tow-net been devoted to the collection of Diatoms for the

Scottish Fishery Board. It is no doubt a purely epiplanktonic

form in the Faeroe Channel; a single specimen only was taken at

20 d (500-400 fathoms) as against about 106 specimens in 7 hauls

at the surface ; the single deep specimen was probably a sinking

corpse.

This species 1s, I believe, known only from the surface’; it

ranges over the Baltic, Norwegian coast up to Vadsé, Denmark,

Boulogne, Concarneau, Trieste.

OSTRACODA.

The representatives of this order belonged exclusively to the

Halocypride, and were mostly taken in the mesoplankton. Only

one species, Conchacia maxima, occurred sufficiently often to allow

of a generalivation as to its horizon.

The identification of a Halocypridis rarely satisfactory without

dissection of the mouth-parts, which means destruction of the

specimen. I have, however, dissected a considerable number, and

feel at all doubtful only in the case of C. porrecta; I have pre-

ferred, however, to leave the specimens under this species rather

than create a new species on the strength of slight differences

in the armature of the mandible.

The table following shows those surface and deep-water hauls,

made by Professor Chun between Finistére and the Canary Islands

with open vertical nets*, which contained the same species as

5S 8

> ‘~

Ss R cy

SE ii aes Res PS Ss

= =| 8 S38 aS = 8

S | Ss S&S 2 Ss

: : SS SS Ss aS =

Haul. | Horizon in fathoms. 2 = 2/3) SS 3 SES

S S : J S

S S cw sy S

JOG 546 to O * L

Il. 819 to 0 3 * aS) %

VE 546 to O % % ate B %

VII. 873 to O fe * >

Surface. iis as % 8

1 J. de Guerne: Bull. Soc. Zool. France, xii. 341 (1887). W. Lilljeborg:

“Cladocera Suecix,’ Upsala, 1900, 4to. F

2 Chun: SB. kén. preuss. Akad. Wissensch. (1889 xxx. Claus: ‘Die Halocy-

priden,’ Wien, 1891, 4to.

1903. ] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL, 121

were captured by the ‘Research’ in the Faeroe Channel; they

are cited in the text by Roman numerals,

Concuacra MAximA Brady & Norman,

As I have previously pointed out’, this species appears to be

purely mesoplanktonic, in the latitude at any rate of the Faeroe

Channel. It occurred in 50 per cent. of the mesoplankton hauls,

and in three hauls which began at or over 300 fathoms and finished

at the surface ; it was not captured once in hauls between 100

fathoms and the surface (cf. table, p. 118). The species was

fairly common.

The record of previous captures was cited in the second paper of

this series }, and also indicated a mesoplanktonic habit in subarctic

regions, but it is not surprising that in yet colder waters it should

appear at the surface. At 84° 32’ N., 76° E., it was captured

with a surface-net by the ‘ Fram’ *,and is recorded as abundant in

most of the samples of Crustacea from this voyage *.

ConcHa@CIA HYALOPHYLLUM Claus.

Twelve specimens in haul 137, 100 fathoms to surface. Five

specimens too small for satisfactory identification, but perhaps

referable to this species, occurred in hauls 20¢ and 20 d.

Claus * records as other occurrences Chun’s haul LV., Ischia at

492 fathoms, Orotava at the surface.

2 ConcHacIA PORRECTA Claus.

Numerous specimens from 20a 6¢d and one from 137%. Claus

(op. cit.) records it from Chun’s hauls IL, I1., PV., VII.

CoNCH@CIA BOREALIS G, O. Sars.

A single specimen in haul 19 a, 480 to 350 fathoms. Recorded

previously from 250 to 300 fathoms at the Lofoten Islands’, and

from Trondhjem Fjord at 150 fathoms®, This appears to be a

purely cold-water form.

PARACONCH@CIA OBLONGA Claus,

Six specimens in haul 20¢, four in 20d. Claus (op. cit. p. 64)

cites this species as from Chun’s hauls III. and IV.; and states

that it also occurs at the surface, but without giving authority or

details. He remarks on the probable identity of this species with

G. W. Miiller’s variabilis’, a suggestion with which Miiller seems

to agree®. This would extend the distribution considerably, as

Miiller? records it, from the ‘Vettor Pisani’ collections of

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1897, p. 523.

2 ¥. Nansen: Norwegian North Polar Expedition. G. O, Sars: Crustacea, p. 11.

3 Td. ibid. p. 137.

4 C. Claus, op. cit. p. 61.

5 G.O. Sars: Forh. Vid.-Selsk. Christiania (1865), vol. 1866, p. 120.

G.S. Brady & A. M. Norman: Trans. Roy. Dublin Soe. (2) v. p. 686.

G. W. Miller: “ Ueber Halocypriden,” Zool. Jalirb. Syst. v. p. 273.

G. W. Miller: ‘ Ostracoden des Golfes von Neapel,’ p. 229.

ara

oe)

122 DR. G, HERBERT FOWLER ON THE [ Feb. 3,

Chierchia, as occurring at various points in the tropics at depths

between 382 and 546 fathoms; it occurs also in the Gulf of

Naples. Brady! records it as having been taken by the ‘ Chal-

lenger’ Expedition off Kandavu, Fiji, and between Marion and

Crozet Islands at unrecorded depths.

HALOCYPRIA GLOBOSA Claus.

Six specimens in haul 137.

This species is known from the surface and at various depths

in the Atlantic’, and is recorded from Gibraltar as taken by the

‘Vettor Pisani’*. Of specimens taken by the ‘Challenger,’ the

record was in one instance lost *; other specimens were captured

at the surface between Api and Cape York’. It seems to be a

form widely distributed both vertically and horizontally.

CONCH@CILLA DAPHNOIDES Claus.

Only three complete specimens, and one empty carapace, refer-

able to this genus were obtained. The specimens on which Claus

founded the genus (with this single species) were all young males :

larger specimens of the genus, including females, were obtained by

Sir John Murray on H.M.S. ‘Triton’ in 1882, from the Cold

Area of the Faeroe Channel, and were described by Canon

Norman and Dr. Brady under the specific name of lacerta, not

without the “suspicion that they may perhaps belong to the adult

form of C. daphnoides”°. My own specimens were too few to

settle the point ; but as the two smaller specimens most resembled

in outline the figure of Claus, and the two largest that of Brady

and Norman, I have left them provisionally under the older specific

name.

Tn addition to Chun’s hauls IIT. and IV., it has been captured

at 200 fathoms off Achill Head (daphnoides), the Faeroe Channel

as above (lacerta), and off Kandavu, Fiji, at an unrecorded depth”

(daphnoides).

CoPEPODA.

Mr. I. C. Thompson was kind enough to report on the

Copepoda in No. IV. of this series of papers*. Since that date,

the arrangement of three then doubtful hauls has required modi-

fication: 12a, which was suspected at the time of capture to have

remained open too long, proves to have no apparent contamination

of undoubted surface forms, and has been moved to the Meso-

plankton; 13e was also suspected, in this case with justice, as

1G. 8S. Brady : “ Myodocopa of the ‘Challenger’ Expedition,” Trans. Zool. Soc.

Xiv. p. 95.

C. Claus, op. cit. p. 79.

G. W. Miller: Zool. Jahrb. Syst. v. p. 270.

G.S. Brady & A. M. Norman: Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc. (2) v. p. 705.

G. 8. Brady: Trans. Zool. Soc. xiv. p. 97.

G.S. Brady & A. M. Norman: Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc. (2) v. p. 697.

G.S. Brady: Trans. Zool. Soc. xiv. p. 95.

Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 540.

onan } w

1903. | PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL, 123

containing several undoubtedly epiplanktonic species (e. g. Arach-

nactis albida), and has been relegated to the “ doubtful” category,

closure of the net not having taken place at the proper time ;

12 was known to be epiplanktonic, although there was some

doubt as to the exact depth at which it had been towed. I have

therefore reprinted in the table (pp. 118, 119) the captures of the

seven forms which were taken at least six times, sufficiently often

to give approximate data for an estimate of their vertical distri-

bution. In discussing this question, I gave a short table on

p. 546 showing the occurrences of these seven species expressed

in percentages of those Epiplankton and Mesoplankton hauls

which contained Copepoda; this can now be amended as follows,

omitting the four doubtful hauls from the calculation :—

Total hauls containing Copepoda.

ER CRETE

SS Ta ae

Epiplankton. Mesoplankton.

Calanus finmarchicus occurred in 83 9/5 and in 91 /p

1 Bucalanus attenuatus ry) 22 4; 5 41 ,,

Bucheta norvegica _ iit. = Us op

Metridia longa 3 22 ,, & 1555

1Pleuromma abdominale ,, bys 55 58 ,,

Acartia clausii ie 33, z 25 4,

Temora longicornis 5 33 4, 25 OF

The amended table is in harmony with the conclusions drawn

from the former, as to the vertical distribution of these forms,

except in the case of Acartia clausii, the question of which was

expressly reserved (op. cit. p. 549).

Since the publication of Mr. Thompson’s report, I found that

Dr. R. Norris Wolfenden was making an exhaustive study of the

fauna of the Faeroe Channel, and naturally placed my collection

at his disposal. He has been kind enough to furnish the following

notes on new and other species, with some of which he has

already dealt briefly elsewhere *?. Exact data of depth &c. were

not always available, as by the time that Dr. Wolfenden received

the specimens all the epiplankton hauls of a station had in many

cases been put together in one bottle, all the mesoplankton hauls

in another, for economy of space.

PLEUROMMA ROBUSTUM Dahl, Zool. Anzeig. v. p. 16 (1893).

“This is the common Plewromma of the Faeroe Channel, and

was found to be present in considerable numbers in Dr. Fowler's

collection, Pl. abdominale occurring much more rarely. In these

northern latitudes it almost entirely replaces the latter species.

It is readily distinguishable by the horseshoe-shaped mass of red

pigment which is present in the anterior and inferior portion of

the head at the hase of the mouth-organs, and in the male by

1 Dr. Wolfenden points out that as, according to his wide experience, Mucalanus

attenuatus is nowhere met with in the Faeroe Channel, unless perhaps quite

exceptionally, these figures probably refer to Hucalanus elongatus. Similarly, for

the species Pleuromma abdominale should probably be substituted Pl. robustum.

2 R. N. Woltenden: Journ. Marine Biol. Assoc. (1902), vi. p. 344.

124 DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER ON THE [ Feb. 3,

the clasping antenna being on the left side, and the pigment-

spot invariably on the right side. The second feet in both

male and female have the characteristic notch and hook on both

limbs. Length 3-4mm. Haul 20a (200 to 100 fms.) and several

others.”

HererocH#ra ZETEsIos ¢, Wolfenden, op. cit. p. 367.

“The head is like H. papilligera Gbt. Though the end joints

of both anterior antennze were broken off, the 19 joints left had

a length of over 4 mm., with the geniculation between the 18th

and 19th segments. The anterior antenne were therefore much

longer than the whole animal, which was 35mm. There was

considerable asymmetry of the furcal segments, that on the left

being much the longest and broadest. The anterior foot-jaw had

one thick hooked bristle on the 5th lobe, but no ‘“ tooth-comb”

bristle, and the 5th feet were peculiar and unlike those of any

other Heterocheta, displaying an upright and stiff process of the

2nd basal joint, armed with fine stiff hairs on the inner aspect

(like a “tooth-comb ”), and the proximal inner margin of the Ist

joint of the exopodite with a protuberance armed with 4 teeth.

The 2nd basal joint of the foot of the opposite side is armed distally

with short stiff bristles. It could be only the male of 7. grimaldiu

or of H. longicornis, neither of which is yet known, or of H. major

(Dahl). The latter and H. grimaldii ave very large (5-10 mm.),

and though H. zetesios resembles H. longicornis in some points, it

is perhaps better for the present to distinguish it as a new species.

Only one example was met with in Dr. Fowler’s collection, in

haul 20q@ (200 to 100 fathoms).”

ANGISTHUS ATLANTICUS Wolfenden, op. cit. p. 364.

“The occurrence of an example of this genus in the Faeroe

Channel is remarkable. This specimen was found in the collection

made by Dr. Fowler as 20a (200 to 100 fathoms). It had a

total length of 1:45 mm., a 6-segmented anterior antenna with

very long and peculiar sensory processes. It has distinct differ-

ences from dg. mucronatus or Ag. aculeatus Gbt., and also from

the species described by Scott from the Gulf of Guinea as

Lgisthus longirostris.”

Lucicutia MAGNA Wolfenden, sp. n. 3.

“‘ A single specimen found in Dr. Fowler’s collection from 19 @

(480 to 350 fathoms), of 3°54 mm. length, was apparently new.

The anterior antenne were larger than the whole body, by the

terminal one and a half joints. The endopodite of the Ist foot

was two-jointed. The right 5th foot has a strong spiny process

on the inner side of the 2nd basal and the exopodite of two seg-

ments ; the endopodite and exopodite of the left 5th foot being

each of three segments. The size alone distinguishes 1t from the

males of any other known species, only LZ. grandis being larger.”

1903.] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. 12

AUGAPTILUS zETESIOS Wolfenden, op. cit. p. 369.

“One specimen only was found, in the bottle marked 19 a.c.

Another specimen occurred in the sample marked 20,”

Evucananus crassus Gbt. 1888, Atti Acc. Line., and 1892, Fauna

u. Flora Neapel, v. p. 19.

“This species was of not infrequent occurrence, especially in

the bottles marked B 1 and 13 & (2 to 0) and 137 (100 to 0).

“The writer also has frequently noted its occurrence in the

Faeroe Channel.”

GAETANUS MAJOR Wolfenden, sp. n.

“Two examples of this genus (Gaetanus) were found in

Dr. Fowler's collection marked 19 @ (480 to 350 fathoms). The

copepod very greatly resembled Gaetanus armiger Ght., but the

anterior antenne were longer, reaching beyond the furca by the

length of the last joint; the spines of the last thoracic segment

were comparatively shorter, the lst abdominal segment and the

anal segment shorter, and the fureal segments only as long as

broad (longer than broad in G@. armiger), and each abdominal

segment had a row of pectinations on the posterior border. The

saws of the swimming-feet possessed more teeth; the abdomen

was not nearly half the length of the cephalothorax, and the

whole length of the animal was 5:3 mm. In all these points it

differed from the typical G. armiger, the size of which reaches

only about 3 mm., and justifies its being made into a separate

species,”

Garpius Gbt. 1895, Bull. Mus. Harvard.

“A good many examples of this genus occurred in the deep-

water collections of Dr. Fowler, e.g. in the bottle marked Meso-

plankton 20 (500 to 100 fathoms).

There is no doubt that in the Faeroe Channel there are two

kinds of Gaidius—one agreeing in every particular with the

Gaidius pungens of Giesbrecht; the other, a larger species, also

differing in the segmentation of the Ist and 2nd feet. Gaidius

pungens Gbt. has the exopodite of the Ist foot with only two

segments and the endopodite of the 2nd foot with only one seg-

ment; whereas the northern species has a 3-jointed exopodite

of the 1st foot and a two-jointed endopodite of the 2nd foot.

There are other minor differences. In size the northern species is

much larger; Gaidius pungens Gbt. being 45 mm., as compared

with about 3mm. The Chiridius tenwspinis of G. O. Sars is the

Same species, all being characterized by the peculiar series of

lamellar appendages of the basipodite of the 4th foot.”

PSEUDAETIDEUS ARMATUS Wolfenden.

“Some examples of this species occurred in Dr. Fowler’s col-

lection. It was drawn and described (in MSS. only) before the

126 DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER ON THE | Feb. 3,

writer became acquainted with the recent work of Prof. G. O. Sars,

who figured and described the species as Chiridius armatus. The

writer has published reasons why this generic name should not

be used (see Rep. of the Brit. Assoc. 1892, ‘‘ A proposed Revision

of the Subfamily Aetidtine”), as it is not a Chiridius.”

EucuIRELLA CARINATA Wolfenden, op. cit. p. 366.

“‘One example of this species, measuring 3°54 mm. in length,

was found in Dr. Fowler’s collection in the bottle marked 20.

‘These new species will be described in full, along with the

drawings, in the writer’s monograph which is in hand.”

AMPHIPODA.

T am indebted to the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing for help in the

determination of some of these forms. Only one species occurred

in sufficient quantity and with sufficient frequency to enable

deductions as to its habitat in the Faeroe Channel being drawn,

namely

PARATHEMISTO OBLIVIA Kroéyer=abyssorum Boeck.

I have already discussed the distribution of this form at some

length’; to the records there given must be added two stations

of the ‘National’ expedition—N. of the Hebrides, and S.W. of

Iceland “—and 12 stations along the route of the ‘Fram’*. Canon

Norman also cites Bonnier as having taken it at 950 metres in

the Bay of Biscay *.

It is apparent from the table (p. 119) that the species is a

true member of the Mesoplankton in this locality, having been

captured in 66 per cent. of the deep hauls; it rises to the surface

at midnight, the only occasion out of 26 Epiplankton hauls being

at that hour (haul 15d).

CyCLOCARIS GUILELMI Chevreux.

Two specimens of a Cyclocaris were obtained in haul 20d,

between 500 and 400 fathoms. Mr. Stebbing informs me that

they agree undoubtedly with the above species, captured in a net

sunk to 600 fathoms near the Lofoten Islands by the ‘ Princesse

Alice’’, the largest of the six specimens being about 12 mm. in

length. My largest specimen, a female, would have measured

about 20 mm. if straight.

Another species of this genus, Cyclocaris tahitensis Stebbing,

was described ® from a single specimen taken by the ‘ Challenger’

off Tahiti, apparently at the surface ’.

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, pp. 583-585.

2 J. Vosseler: Amphipoden der Plankton-Expedition, p. 80.

3 ¥, Nansen: Norwegian North Polar Expedition. Crustacea, by G. O. Sars,

p. 14.

4 A.M. Norman: Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) v. p. 131.

5 KB. Chevreux: Bull. Soc. Zool. France, xxiv. (1899), p. 148.

6 T. R. R. Stebbing: Chall. Rep. Zool., Amphipoda, p. 661, pl. xvii.

4 J. Murray: Chall. Rep., Summary of Results, p. 1077.

1903.] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. 127

Mr. Stebbing points out “that this species has been again

figured in great detail by Professor Sars ', and that Dr. Norman 2

has with almost equal fulness represented his Cyclocaris faroensis.

In Mr. Stebbing’s opinion the differences between the two sets of

figures are purely casual, depending on individual or accidental

‘conditions of the specimens examined, Further, while accepting

provisionally the distinction between the boreal form and the

‘Challenger’ C. tahitensis, he agrees with the view thus expressed

by Dr. Norman, ‘so remarkable is the resemblance, that the

differences seem scarcely varietal; but I hesitate to unite a form

found in the Faroe Channel with one from so distant a locality as

Tahiti.’ ”

Canon Norman does not appear to have known of M. Chevreux’s

name (which apparently has priority); his specimens were captured

by the ‘Triton’ in the Faeroe Channel in 1882, at a depth of

640 fathoms. Professor Sars’s specimens were apparently from

various depths along the course of the ‘ Fram,’ the smallest

specimens at the least depths.

This species (omitting tahitensis as specifically distinct) is

evidently a Polar and deep-water form,

TRYPHANA MALMI Boeck.

A single specimen, from haul 13 7, 100 fathoms to the surface,

was identified by Mr. Stebbing. The previous records of its

occurrence are: Hardangerfjord, 100 fathoms’; from Nansen-

fjord to Hardangerfjord *; Folgeré, Sunde, Foldenfjord, 80 to

100 fathoms °. Sars’ regards 7’. nordenshivldi Boeck and 7’, boechi

Stebbing as being the males of 7’, malmi. Of these the former 4

was described from the Sofia Expedition as off the Faeroe Islands

at 65° N., the latter ® from 18° 8’ N., 30° 5’ W., at the surface.

EvTHEMIsTOo sp. indet.

A number of specimens too much broken for recognition

occurred in the haul 15d at midnight.

EUTHEMISTO BISPINOSA Boeck.

Occurred in 15 (530 to 0 fathoms) and 15d (surface, at mid-

night). The records of this species were exclusively Arctic, till

it was captured by the ‘ National’ expedition in the Sargasso Sea

between 218 fathoms and the surface.’

EvUTHEMISTO COMPRESSA Goés.

A single specimen at 12 ¢ (450 to 320 fathoms). This also was

believed to be exclusively an Arctic form, but has now been

1 F. Nansen: Norwegian North Polar Expedition. G. O. Sars: Crustacea, p. 20,

pls. ii. & ili.

2 A. M. Norman: Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) v. p. 197, pl. vi.

3 Boeck: ‘Skandinaviske og Arktiske Amphipoda,’ 1872, p. 92,

4 C. Bovallius: Vega-Exped. Vetensk. lakttag. iv. p. 573.

® Sars: Crustacea of Norway ; Amphipoda, i. p. 17 (1890).

6 T. R. R. Stebbing: Chall, Rep. Amphipoda, p. 1539.

128 DR. G, HERBERT FOWLER ON THE [ Feb. 3,

recorded from the Antarctic region, as well as from the Gulf-

Stream proper, the Sargasso Sea, and South Equatorial Drift’.

EUTHEMISTO LIBELLULA Mandt.

A single specimen in haul 15d at the surface at midnight. It

is widely distributed over the Arctic Seas, but, unlike the two

foregoing species, was not taken in southern waters by the

‘ National.’

SCINA BOREALIS G. O. Sars.

A single specimen from 13g (465 to 335 fathoms) was acci-

dentally included among the Copepoda sent to Mr. Thompson

and identified by Mr. A. O.Walker. According to Canon Norman ’,

the distribution of this species is mesoplanktonic, mostly northern,

but also in the Bay of Biscay (960 metres). It reaches to about

SOUUINE

SCHIZOPODA.

The Schizopoda captured belong exclusively to the Huphausiacea,

and are referable to only three species. Several forms which

might have been reasonably expected among the captures were

absent. <A list of the British species with their distribution is

given by Canon Norman, in his paper on British Lophogastridee

and Euphausiidee *. :

TTHYSANOESSA LONGICAUDATA Kroyer.

A considerable number of specimens of this species were

captured: it appeared to be the commonest Schizopod of the

Faeroe Channel at the time. The synonymy appears to be

Thysanopoda longicaudata Kroyer=Thysanoessa tenera Sars=

Thysanoessa longicaudata of Hansen, Norman, Ortmann, We.

The species ranges from the West Coast of Norway right across

to Greenland and into the Labrador current; the ‘ National’ ’ ceased

to take it (after almost daily captures up to that moment) from

the date of entering the warm water of the Gulf-Stream (‘ Florida-

strom’). Sars*, who described the species from deep water in

the Varanger Fjord, records it also as from the surface at four

stations between Norway and Jan Mayen on the cruise of the

‘Vormgen’". It appears, therefore, to be essentially a cold-

water species, an Arctic type-form, and was captured by the

Siirenotdes |

It has, however, been recorded twice from British coasts *.

Vosseler: Amphipoden der Plankton-Expedition, p. 86.

A. M. Norman: Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) v. p. 185.

F.. Nansen, op. cié. p. 19.

4 A.M. Norman: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ix. p. 454.

5 A. Ortmann: ‘ Decapoden und Schizopoden der Plankton-Expedition,’ p. 14.

6 G.O. Sars: Forhandlinger Videnskabs-Selskabet (Christiania), 1882, no. 18, p. 58.

7 G.O.Sars: Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition (Crustacea), pt. 1. p. 18.

8 F. Nansen: Norwegian North Polar Expedition. G. O. Sars: Crustacea, p. 14.

9 A. M. Norman: Aun. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ix. p. 463 ; and the papers there cited.

1903. ] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. 129

Once it occurred in enormous quantity in St. Andrew’s Bay in

company with WVyctiphanes norvegica, once at Redear with a

similar swarm of Huthemisto compressa, the latter being also an

Arctic type-form'. In both these cases it is probable that the

creatures had been driven down the North Sea by a strong southerly

current, in the manner which I have already suggested’ for

Parathemisto oblivia; and it has therefore no more right to be

regarded as a “ British” species than an occasional Velella or

Tanthina brought up by the North Atlantic Drift to our shoves.

According to Ortmann (op. cit.), the ‘ National’ hauls gave no

indication of the vertical distribution of this species.

Tt will appear from the table (p. 119) that the ‘Research’ was

more fortunate, and the hauls point to its having a distinct

preference for the mesoplankton in the Faeroe Channel. Like

(at any rate some) other mesoplanktonic species, it rises to the

surface at night. Specimens with adult characters were captured

in 19 per cent. of epiplankton hauls, but in 66 per cent. of meso-

plankton hauls. On the other hand, larval and post-larval stages,

apparently referable to this species, were obtained in 38 per cent.

of epiplankton hauls, but only in one mesoplankton haul, and

that one terminating near the 100 fathoms. The species, there-

fore, appears to be epiplanktonic when young, mesoplanktonic

when adult, so far as these observations go and in the Faeroe

Channel at this time of year. In seeking deeper (colder) water

in this locality, it follows what appears to be the practice of other

Arctic type-forms when they meet the warmer water of the North

Atlantic Drift. That this was not apparent from the results of

the ‘ National’ is probably due to the fact that from the Hebrides

almost up to the moment of coming into the Gulf-Stream the

vessel was in far colder surface-water than that of the Faeroe

Channel in summer.

The larvee mentioned above ranged from an early Calyptopis

stage up to the adult condition. It was not, of course, possible to

derive them all with certainty from Thysanoessa longicaudata ; but

the majority may be safely referred to this species, not only

because the adults captured were far in excess of any other

Kuphausid, but also because the larvee could be traced gradually

through successive stages back to the Calyptopis. The meta-

morphoses of this species follow the lines indicated by Sars * for

Nyetiphanes, Huphausia, and Thysanopoda.

As Paul Mayer* has shown, the spination of the telson of

Malacostracan larvee yields a character important both for phylo-

geny and for diagnosis. It has not as yet, I think, been pointed

out that the condition of the telson’ in Huphaustid: affords a

further argument for the view maintained by Boas’ and others,

1 ©, Chun: ‘ Beziehungen zwischen dem arktischen und antarktischen Plankton,’

Stuttgart, 1897, 8vo, p. 30.

2 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 583.

3G. O. Sars: Chall. Rep. Zool. xiii. (Schizopoda).

4 P. Mayer: Jenaische Zeitschrift, xi. (1877), p. 246 et seqq.

® J. E. V. Boas: Morphologisches Jahrbuch, viii. p. 485.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1903, Vou. I. No. TX. 9

130 DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER ON THE [ Feb. 3,

that this family takes its origin very near to the root of the

Decapodan stem, and that it has far closer affinities with the

latter than with the Myside. In Wyctiphanes’ and Huphausia *,

and possibly in other genera also, the youngest Calyptopis-larvee

show seven spines on each side of the telson; unlike all other

Schizopoda, so far as is known, except perhaps Lophogaster, they

are thus in absolute accord with the ‘“ urspriingliche Borstenzahl

7+7” which Mayer attributes to the primitive Macruran and

Brachyuran. In Huphausia, Nyctiphanes, Thysanopoda, and

Nematoscelis according to Sars (op. cit.), and in Thysanoessa,

the number is increased at later stages by a median terminal

spine, which, like the others, is jointed to the telson. Accepting

Mayer’s enumeration of the spines from the middle line outwards,

and styling the median azygos spine of the EKuphausiide as 0,—

spines 7 are found in the adult Thysanoessa about one-third of

the length of the telson from the root; spines 6 at about two-

thirds of its length from the root; spines 5 are lost; spines 4

persist as the large lateral jointed spines near the end of the adult

telson *; and spines 3, 2, 1, 0 disappear altogether in the course

of development. On page 131, I have illustrated four stages in

this reduction omitted by Sars, of which fig. 15 does not quite

bear out his description: these show the disappearance of the

median spine 0, and the commencement of a new wnjointed

growth of the telson backwards, to form the lanceolate tip of the

adult. The character of the telson and the presence of this

median spine will apparently form a good criterion for the

separation of Kuphausidan larvee (at stages later than the Meta-

nauplius) from other Schizopodan and from Decapodan larvee.

The earliest Calyptopis-larvee captured by the ‘ Research’

resembled closely those figured by Sars (op. cit.) for other genera,

except for the facts that the carapace was much more globular

anteriorly and was devoid of spines or processes.

NYcTIPHANES NORVEGICA M. Sars.

This form was captured on only six occasions. Although a

North Atlantic type, it is not an essentially Arctic type like

Thysanoessa longicaudata : it is of constant occurrence in certain

localities on our own coasts, and has been recorded from as far

south as Portugal. The various records of its occurrence are cited

by Canon Norman *, but unfortunately the size of the individuals

and the depth from which they were derived are only rarely noted.

I am informed by Sir John Murray that, in his experience, large

adult specimens are taken only in deep water.

1 G. O. Sars: Chall. Rep. Zool., xiii. Schizopoda, pl. xxvii. fig. 6.

2 C, Claus: Untersuch. Crustaceen-Systems, pl. i. fig. 2, Wien, 1876, 4to.

3 With regard to these, Boas (op. cit. p. 623, note 5) has suggested that they may

be homologous with the long caudal appendages of Nebalia and many Phyllopods.

This possibility is rendered considerably more remote by their being merely two

persistent spines out of a series which is not represented in the forms cited by him.

4 A.M. Norman: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ix. pp. 459-460 (1892).

1903. ] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL, Le

Text-fig. 13. Text-fig. 14.

Text-fig 15. Text-fig. 16. Text-fig. 17.

Telsons of larvae attributed to Thysanoessa longicaudata, showing reduction of the

primitive seven pairs of spines and formation of the median unjointed spine

of the telson.

Fig. 13. Early Calyptopis, 15 mm. long.

14. Furcilia, 4°5 mm. lone.

15. Cyrtopia, 5 mm. long.

16. Late Cyrtopia, 5 mm. long.

17. 4mm. long.

132 ON THE PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. [ Feb. 3,

The same distribution was noted by Vallentin and Cunning-

ham ':—‘“ The adult, so far as our information allows of a

decision, lives on the bottom, and never swims far from the

ground [90- —95 fathoms in this ‘instancel, while the young, up to

half or three-quarters the size of the adult, occur abundantly at

the very surface and at all intermediate depths. As mentioned

above, Mr. Murray found swarms of individuals at the surface in

the Farée Channel, but none of these were full-grown, and very

few more than half the adult size.”

Thave no doubt that this generalization will prove true for

greater depths: I took adult specimens, over 35 mm. in length,

only between 350-220 fathoms, 400-300 fathoms, 500-400

fathoms: the remaining specimens varied from 9 to 17 mm. in

leneth. In other words, Vyctiphanes norvegica is apparently

mesoplanktonic when adult

A few larve, larger for their stage of development than those

attributed to Thysanoessa, were taken at the surface, and may

perhaps belong to Vyctiphanes: they have not been included in

the tables.

THYSANOPODA MICROPHTHALMA Ortmann. (? = Thysanopoda

microphthalma G. O. Sars.) .

Three specimens, recognizable as young forms by the character

of the second maxilla and gills, and by the spination of the telson,

of about eight, twelve, and fourteen mm. in length, appear to be

referable to the same species as specimens recorded in quantity

by the ‘ National’ in 60° 3’ N., 27° 0' W., at a probable depth of

between 218 and 328 fathoms. These were referred by Ortmann”

to Thysanopoda microphthalma of Sars *, a species founded on two

specimens from the surface at 26° 21' N., 33° 37’ W., and 7° N.,

23° W. respectively. The identity of the ‘National’ specimens

with those described by Sars seems to me rather doubtful: firstly,

because it is not very likely that a rare form such as this should

occur as adult both at the surface near the Equator and also at

218-328 fathoms in the Greenland Sea, or at 500-400 fathoms

in the yet colder water of the Faeroe Ohammel ; secondly, because

Ortmann himself indicates some points of difference between his

specimens and those of Sars. My own specimens agree with

Ortmann’s figure, and differ from Sars’s description, in “the shape

of the antennal scale, and in the absence of a spine from the

second joint of the first antenna. The telson was not hispid,

probably owing to immaturity ; the eye was somewhat flatter than

in Ortmann’s figure, and showed slight signs of a constriction

such as is characteristic of Thysanoessa. The matter cannot be

settled in default of further specimens, owing to the fact that

Sars gave only a woodcut of the entire animal, and no figures of

the detailed anatomy.

1 R. Vallentin & J. T. Cunningham: Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxviii. pp. 325-6.

2 A. Ortmann: ‘ Decapoden und Schizopoden der Plankton-Expedition,’ p. 9.

3 G. O. Sars: Chall. Rep. Zool., xiii. Schizopoda, p. 106.

1903. ] ON THE ELK IN NORWAY. 133

Of the three ‘ Research’ specimens of this species, two came

from the Mesoplankton, one from a haul of 480 to O fathoms:

no examples were captured at the surface, unless some of the

larvee attributed to Thysanoessa belonged to this species; this is

unlikely, because in that case the small size of the eyes would

probably have betrayed them.

9, On the Present Condition and Habits of the Elk in

Norway. By H. J. Exwss, F.R.S.

[ Received January 19, 1903. ]

(Text-figures 18-26.)

So little seems to be known by naturalists concerning the actual

condition of this remarkable animal, that I think some of the

observations I have made during six Septembers, which I have

spent entirely in the fascinating sport of Elk-hunting, may be

worth recording in the Proceedings of this Society.

My experience has been gained entirely in the provinces of

North and South Trondhjem, where the Elk is more numerous

than perhaps in any other part of Europe, and where it seems to

attain a greater size and vigour, if one may judge by the develop-

ment of the horns (see text-fig. 18, p. 134) than anywhere else in

Scandinavia. ‘

I have also derived much valuable information from Capt. Gerard

Ferrand, who was, I think, the first Englishman to hunt regularly

in the same districts, and whose experience continued almost

without a break for 20 years from 1865, This has been invaluable

in confirming, and to some extent modifying, my own observations

and what I have been able to learn from the natives of these

provinces.

Forty years ago the Elk was a much scarcer animal in Central

and Northern Norway than it is now, or rather was ten years ago,

since which time it has probably decreased in numbers. At that

time it was hunted for its meat alone by the proprietors of the

regions where it occurred, and in the large tracts of forest

belonging to the Government it was not allowed to be shot until

1880. Up till that time very few foreigners knew what magni-

ficent sport Elk-hunting was, and as the natives preferred the

meat of cows to that of bulls, which, after the rutting-season

begins, is extremely rank and hard, the bulls increased in numbers

and were able to grow to a size and age which they rarely

attain now.

The legal season for killing Elk was formerly much longer

than it is now, and in North Trondhjem lasted for three mone:

Then it was cut down to 6 weeks, from the lst September till the

15th October, and now has been still further reduced to a month

or 3 weeks in some provinces, whilst in Sweden only 15 days are

allowed during which the animals can legally be killed.

(azIs juu #) ‘BIABUIPUBOG UWOAF Uoas aarty J “qsosiey ayy Jou Yonoyy

‘QsopiM oy ‘ueds UT SeyOUL PE +N PY Jnoqe ‘KeMio yy ‘way puory, WosZ YL Fup AT[NF Jo susopyy

[Feb. 3,

MR. H. J. ELWES ON

‘BI SU-9x0],

134

1903. THE ELK IN NORWAY. 135

Text-fig. 19.

Horns of fully adult Elk killed in Bjorndal, 65° N., Sept. 41895; 18 points; a fair

average size for this district, but much larger than usually seen in the south.

(4 nat. size.)

Text-fig. 20.

Horns of a full-grown but not adult Elk, killed Sept. 1896 in Upper Namdalen, 65° N.

Supposed by natives to be 4 or 5 years old. Probably this type would develop

into such antlers as shown in text-fig. 18 if conditions were favourable.

(1, nat. size.)

Text-fig. 21.

Horns of young Elk, supposed to be 3 years old. These would probably develop

into such a head as that shown in text-fig. 19. (;'; nat. size.)

136 MR. H. J. ELWES ON i ebra;

This rapid increase of an animal which, on account of its great

size and conspicuous tracks, cannot escape unnoticed in an

inhabited country, must be entirely attributed to the wise game-

laws made by the Norwegian Government, and in most parts

honestly observed by the most law-abiding and _ well-governed

people I have ever met with. In former times the Elk, in Scandi-

navia, as In North America, was hunted down in winter on ski

(the Norwegian form of snowshoe), and slaughtered for its meat

by every peasant farmer, till it had almost been exterminated.

When, however, a law was made that it could be hunted only in

the month of September, which period was for a time somewhat

extended in North Trondhjem, its numbers soon increased, and

about 20 years ago attained such proportions that English and

German sportsmen began to visit Norway to hunt Elk. The

landowners in some districts then discovered that, instead of

hunting themselves or paying Swedish hunters, who, from long

experience, were more expert, to kill thew Elk for them, the

right of killing Elk, which is limited to one animal on each farm,

had a letting value; and when many such rights are united so

that a large tract of country can be reserved to the lessee, this —

value was worth a little trouble to maintain. The consequence

has been that, though poaching and killing Elk out of season is

not entirely unknown, yet it cannot be carried on extensively ; and

I have little doubt that the Elk will continue to thrive wherever

the country is suitable.

The statistics which I append show the numbers of bull and cow

Elk which are known to have been legally killed in the various

‘“« Amts” or provinces of Norway in 1894, and the average for the

previous five years, and may be taken as very nearly exact, though,

according to some, the returns for the southern provinces are not

so accurate as for the northern ones, and this record takes no

account of those illegally killed. It will be seen that only four

provinces of Norway (excluding Finmark), namely, Stavanger,

North and South Bergenhus, and Romsdal, all of which are on

the south-west coast and exposed to the warm and wet influence of

the Gulf-Stream, are without Elk; and it may be added that in

those four provinces wild Reindeer are most numerous.

North Trondhjem is before all the rest in numbers; and in this

province I believe the size of the horns is or was also much larger

on the average than in any of the southern districts (text-fig. 18,

p. 134).

It is said that the Elk is gradually extending its range north-

wards, and has appeared in the southern parts of the province of

Nordland only in the last few years; and there seems to be no

reason why it should not go still further, as in North America the

Moose (which is so nearly allied to the Elk, that I do not think

it ean be looked on as more than’‘a variety of that animal) is

found in regions where the climate and food is certainly not more

favourable to its habits than they seem to be in some parts of

Nordland and Finmarken.

The greater part of North Trondhjem and a large proportion of

1903.] THE ELK IN NORWAY. 137

South Trondhjem are mountainous, barren, and thinly populated

except on the coast and in some inland valleys and fiords, and

are covered with forests of birch, spruce, and Scotch fir up to an

elevation of about 2000 feet, wherever the ground is not too rocky

or swampy for these trees to grow. Above that elevation there

are fjelds or bare mountainous uplands, the lower slopes and

sheltered dells in which are more or less clothed with birch, willow,

mountain-ash, and alder, mixed with stunted firs. There are

many large lakes and large areas of peat-bog; but these bogs are

rarely so deep and soft as to be impassable, and even after long

periods of rain a man can cross them by picking his way.

The country is divided into so-called farms, most of which con-

sist of small patches of oats and potatoes, with from 10 to 30 acres

of meadow-land which is mown for hay, and the produce of which

is eked out by small ricks which are put up wherever a sledge-

load of grass can be got together in the forest. A large area of

forest and mountain is attached to each farm, and there are usually

one or two sxeters' on the mountain, to which the cows are driven

for about three months in summer. Though most of these farms

belong to the occupiers there are some large private properties,

belonging to timber companies and public institutions, and much

of the higher fjeld and barren mountain remains in the hands of

the Government.

In the wilder and less populated districts the Elk are hardly

disturbed during eleven months of the year except by the occasional

attacks of bears and wolves. Though the bear has become rarer

of late years, the wolf, on the contrary, has appeared in districts

where it was until recently almost unknown; but at present

they have confined their attacks rather to the semi-wild rein-

deer, which are kept in some numbers by the Lapps all along

the Swedish frontier, from Roros northward, and to the sheep, of

which every farmer has from 10 to 30. It seems to be doubtful

whether bears can kill full-grown bull Elk’, but during my last

hunting-season I found the remains of no less than three Elk calves

which had been killed by them.

The favourite food of the Elk in summer consists almost entirely

of the twigs and leaves of birch, willow, and mountain-ash, and

in winter of the branches and bark of the same shrubs. Wherever

there is a grove of mountain-ash, Elk will live almost entirely on

it so long as they can get it, and in districts where Elk are abun-

dant the tree is constantly eaten down, so that it seems likely to

become much scarcer than at present.

Scotch-fir twigs are also largely consumed during the winter,

but do not seem to be eaten so long as mountain-ash can be

easily procured. Though I have never actually seen Elk eating

grass, | am assured by the native hunters and by Capt. Ferrand

that they do so in summer to some extent, and also bite off the

flower-heads of Hpilobiwm and other plants. Water-lily roots,

1 “Szeter” is the Norsk term for a shieling.

2 Capt. Ferrand has known a bull Elk beat off the attack of two bears in company.

138 MR. H. J. ELWES ON [ Feb. 3,

which are said to be the favourite summer food of the Moose in

America, are also eaten, though the plant is rare in the districts

where I have hunted.

The Elk seems to spend the greater part of the day in feeding,

though it lies down for some hours to chew the cud. Some

hunters say that it has a regular time for lying down, and

will not hunt between 11 and 2 o’clock, because of the great

difficulty of approaching the animal when it is resting. I have,

however, seen them lying at all hours between 9 a.m. and 3 P.M.,

and have found them up and feeding at midday and later, so that

there is evidently no rule beyond the appetite of the individual

animal.

From its great size and the nature of its food, the Elk requires

a much larger extent of feeding-ground than any animal I am

acquainted with, except the elephant; and I should suppose that

at least three square miles of suitable forest would not support

more than one Elk continuously, judging from the number I have

found in places where they were at home and undisturbed.

It is an animal of extremely solitary habits, and in summer

more than three will hardly ever be found together, and more

often only two. <A family-party usually consists of a cow, a calf,

and a yearling; very often the cow and the calf are alone, and

two bulls are frequently found together before the rutting-season

begins. In winter, however, they are said to be somewhat more

gregarious, but I have never heard of more than nine actually

being seen in company in the autumn.

In some Swedish forests, which are strictly preserved for shooting,

it is said, however, that the Elk associates in larger herds, and has

become so numerous that much damage is done to the forest by

their biting off the shoots and tops of the young Scotch pines; but

in such localities they do not attain the size and vigour that they

do where they have a wider range and a greater choice of food, as

in the two provinces where I have observed them.

The Elk is commonly supposed to be essentially an inhabitant

of forests, and though this is to some extent the case, and in winter

it no doubt almost invariably keeps to the shelter of the forest,

yet I have lately become convinced that it is found on the higher

fjelds to a much greater extent than is generally known. As

high as the birch is found, Elk may certainly be seen in summer ;

and the old solitary bulls in districts where open fjelds exist

rarely descend into the pine-forest until the rutting-season begins.

From 1500 to 2500 feet is a very common range in summer, and

on the high mountains of Upper Tydal I have seen tracks much

higher than this, far out in the open fjeld on the Swedish frontier.

And in North Trondhjem, where the timber-line is not so high, the

open hill-tops in some places are covered with Elk tracks and dung,

as though the animals had remained there during the whole of

the hot weather. Capt. Ferrand assures me that he has killed a

bull on the mountain above Lake Feemen at an elevation of at least

3700 feet, on regular reindeer-ground, where arctic willows were

1903.] THE ELK IN NORWAY. 139

the only shrubby plants. When found in such situations, they

may be stalked in exactly the same way as red deer, but when

disturbed usually make for the shelter of the forest ; and even on

the fjeld they nearly always lie in or close to a small grove of

dwart birch, and are in consequence not so easy to find with the

telescope as red deer.

The Elk is supposed to be monogamous, and I have never seen

more than one cow in company with a bull during the rutting-

season; but Iam assured by a Lapp, whose knowledge of their

habits is very great, that in districts where cows are more

numerous than bulls, the older bulls will change their mates two

or three times during the season. This seems to be confirmed by

the fact, which I have often noticed, that at the end of September,

when the rutting-season is approaching its height, cows are often

found without bulls, and the tracks of solitary bulls are found,

travelling presumably in search of fresh cows.

Col. Walker, of Tykillen, Co. Wexford, who has had great experi-

ence in Elk- hunting, relates the following event in a letter to me :—

“Thomas and I saw a magnificent bull with a splendid head in

company with a cow and calf ; they were quite in the open on the

edge of a small lake about half a mile from us.

“T noticed that whenever the bull went to the cow she ran at

him, and butted him very hard in the ribs; he then each time ran

from her, and browsed on the trees. Thomas then told me that

it would be useless to stalk this bull as he would be gone in a few

minutes. His story was that the bull only remains with the cow

for three days, and then she beats him off, and he has to go and find

another. Thomas had hardly done telling me this when the bull

made his last appeal to the cow. She gave him a rough reception,

and he at once started off at a fast trot. She remained grazing,

and we could see the bull going away very fast for nearly two miles

over a long stretch of open mountain, which took him across our

boundary. We never saw this bull again.”

Another proof of their polygamous habit is that on such ground

as that on which I hunted last year, where during eight years only

one cow has been killed for every five or six pale ‘and where in

consequence the cows were far more numerous, I found no more

barren cows than in districts hunted by Norwegians only, where

more cows than bulls had been killed.

A point upon which I have never been able to get any certain

information in Norway is whether the sexes attract each other

by calling at night, as the American Moose do. The art of calling

is unknown to Scandinavian hunters so far as I can learn, though

it is said to be practised in North Russia and Kurland. The

weather in Norway is usually so wet and stormy at the end of

September that there is no inducement to lie out in the forest ;

and though I have spent many nights in remotely situated huts

and seters, and have listened at dark and daylight, I have never

heard such a call asis made by the Moose. The cows do, however,

call to their calves, and I have heard bulls uttering a low grunting

140 MR. H. J. ELWES ON [ Feb. 3,

noise when alone, and apparently looking for cows. On this

point, however, | quote Capt. Ferrand’s experience, which is that

he has on several occasions attracted bulls whose whereabouts

he knew, especially on a still frosty evening, by imitating the

erunting of the bull, which can be heard when they are looking

for cows at a distance of from 500 to 1000 yards, or possibly

more. Moreover, he has heard the cows make a somewhat

similar noise, and the calves make a bleating noise when they

have lost their dam.

Col. Walker also writes to me on the subject of the cow calling

for the bull, as observed by him at Storvand, on the property of

Mr. Collett near Mo, in North Trondhjem, in 1890 :—

‘“One day my hunter and I came on the spor of a bull Elk and

cow ; after some time we looked over a small hill and saw, in the

valley below it, the bull and cow about 150 yards from us. Seeing

that he was paying her great attention I waited to see what would

- happen; after one or two attempts he jumped on her, they having

their backs tome: I aimed at him, but waited until he had finished

his performance ; as he came off her I fired, and shot him stone

dead. He rolled off on to the ground. She did not appear to

have noticed the shot or that he was dead, but began to graze

close to him, and once or twice went over and smelt him, then

grazed again. I then walked up to the bull; she did not seem to

mind me, only stared at me and stood close to the bull. When I

was within twenty yards of her she got alarmed and went off,

very slowly at first, constantly looking round for him to follow

her. Shortly afterwards, while we were cutting up the bull, we

heard a very loud harsh roaring noise, just like the noise made by

a badly wounded bear when pinned in a corner. Both my hunter

and I thought it was a bear. I then went to the top of a small

hill, and on looking over saw the cow in the middle of a large open

bog. She was roaring, I could see her quite plainly through my

glasses ; she then got wind of me and bolted off.

“Qn another occasion I had killed a bull which was in company

with a cow and two calves; these bolted, the cow one way, calves

the other. About 7.30 p.m., when I was in my hut, I heard a cow

calling just like a domestic animal in this country. I asked

Thomas whether we were near a farm; he then told me it was

the Elk cow calling for her calves.”

Though the scent and hearing of the Elk are unusually acute,

their sight seems to be by no means so quick as that of deer: if it

were, the difticulty of shooting them, which is already very great,

would be much increased. The usual method adopted in Norway is

to use a trained dog in a leash, which can scent the Elk at a distance

of a mile or more in the forest; but owing to the difficulty of

approaching without noise in the thick forest, and the cunning

which the Elk almost invariably display in lying down so as to

get the wind of anyone following their tracks, only those who have

great patience, caution, perseverance, and an intimate knowledge

of the habits of the Elk and the ground, are successful in

1903. ] THE ELK IN NORWAY. 141

getting more than a glimpse of a frightened Elk disappearing

among the trees. But if you can suc ceed in seeing the Elk before

he has heard or smelt you, you may take liberties with his eye-

sight which would not be possible in deerstalking. I once

approached a cow Elk, which was lying with her calf on an open

hillside, within 10 yards by keeping her body between me and

her head, and might have got nearer if the calf had not seen me.

On another occasion I rowed in a boat, just as it was getting

daylight, within 150 yards of a bull Elk, which had been lying on

the shore of a lake, and had not yet got up from his lair, and

shot him from the boat before he had t: iken alarm.

When bulls are rutting they sometimes run towards a man whom

they have heard but not seen, thinking that it is another Elk, and

in consequence stories are told of their attacking human beings,

But these stories will rarely bear investigation, and though there

are undoubted instances of wounded Elk attacking human beings,

I never but once saw one turn upon me, and then only because

he could not get away.

Besides the system of hunting them with a dog in a leash, they

are also hunted to some extent with loose dogs which bring them

to bay ; and though thissystem requires a man of great endurance

in order to follow fast enough to keep the hounds within hearing,

sometimes for many hours, it is perhaps more exciting and de: adly

than still hunting. When Elk are so disturbed by dogs and

have not seen, heard, or smelt man, they will sometimes come to

bay very soon, but more often run many miles, and always try

to throw the hounds and hunter out by crossing large rivers or

lakes. The Elk is an extremely strong and good swimmer, and

quite at home in the water, and though he usually crosses a large

river where it is shallow, he can, when pressed, pass a roaring

torrent, where no boat could live. In the very wet autumn of

1893 I lost several of the bulls I hunted, in consequence of their

crossing rivers which we could neither ford nor swim; when

severely wounded an Elk usually takes to water.

They may sometimes be driven successfully in places where the

ground is very steep or confined, but as a rule Elk do not follow

particular paths so much as most large animals, and can go up and

down very steep ravines and rocky places which would be thought

impossible for so large and heavy an animal. They usually feed

up wind and run down wind, but there is no rule about this, and

after a long hunt they sometimes come back nearly to the same

ground they started from.

On the whole, I consider Elk among the most difficult animals

to hunt that I have ever had experience of, and, even where they

are quite numerous, | have more than once spent ten days without

getting a fair chance at an animal worth shooting.

~ The bulls are said by some to shed their horns as early as

Christmas and not later than January, as Mr. Meade-Waldo tells

me they have done in our Gardens. Capt. Ferrand, however,

has been informed by woodcutters who were working all winter

[ Feb. 3,

MR. H. J. ELWES ON

142

(‘azis ‘qeu 4) “pojetouedap YONUL pey ase WOIF SUIOY SITY ynq

‘sprvMioye Svat dULOS JOIIJSIP 94} UL “AIO SIY} paliawo savy oF posoddns sva Worm Inq B pel[ty [—'elavuipuvog

Ul UWees T9Ae BABY YT ULOY ysostel oy, “JaSuTWI0g “FY Ag Aq pardnodo “44e][09 “zy Fo esnoy oy} Ul Mou pue ‘oy ye dn peyord us0y pegs Jo surov.y,

‘GG SG-9X9,

THE ELK IN NORWAY. 143

1903.]

“Unasn yy Torawrg ur eravnyywy MOF ALG OS.1v] B Jo susr0 zy

'€3 “SY-9xa7,

144 MR. H. J. ELWES ON | Feb. 3,

in the forest, that March is a more usual time, and this seems

more probable having regard to the time at which the horns of

other deer are shed. The new ones begin to grow in April

or May, and are fully developed about the middle of August. In

September the velvet is rubbed off against a young fir-tree,

which is usually destroyed in the process, and from the middle to

the end of September the rutting-season commences. At this

season the bulls have a very strong, rank, musky smell, and

scrape shallow round holes in the ground like stags’ wallows, which

retain the scent of their urine for some days. Occasionally the

bulls fight desperately, and I have seen places where the ground

was tor up over many yards and sprinkled with hair and blood,

but few hunters have had the good fortune to witness such an

encounter.

The development of the horns of the Elk in the Namsos district

of Norway is apparently greater than in South Norway and

Sweden, or in the districts which it still inhabits in Kast Prussia

and Kurland, though I cannot speak with the same certainty as

to Russia.

On my return from Siberia, four years ago, I saw semifossil horns

of the Elk from the district of Perm, which were larger than

any I have seen in Hurope; but on visiting the best collections I

could hear of in St. Petersburg, I saw none which appeared to me

better than the best Norwegian heads, or so good as the one

figured (text-fig. 23, p. 143), which is that of a Lithuanian Elk

in the Branicki Museum at Warsaw.

The bull calf has no horns the first year. The second year he

has a small spike on each side, sometimes, but rarely, two spikes,

and I have seen one on one side and two on the other. As he

grows older it is supposed that the number of points increase

annually, one on each side; but I think this is not at all invariably

the case, and that the size and strength of the individual has much

more influence than the age, and probably, as in the case of other

deer which shed their horns annually, food and climate have a

good deal to do with it. As a rule the horns inerease in size and

number of points up to 10 or 12 years old and possibly more, and

in old animals have a tendency to diminish in size and in the

length and strength of the points. From 18 to 22 points are

perhaps the average of adult males in Northern Norway, and 10

to 14 points in Southern Norway.

The widest span which I have ever seen is 54 inches (text-

fig. 18, p. 134), and the greatest number of points 16 on one side,

as on the shed horn of which I show a tracing (text-fig. 22, p. 142).

The breadth of the palm in this instance and the number of points

are quite exceptional, and I very much doubt whether there are

any such Elk now alive in Norway, as Herr Bruun of Trondhjem,

who has the opportunity of seeing all the finest specimens which

are procured, says that he has seen nothing equal to them.

Moose heads of as great or greater size are, however, often

killed, and though the largest which I have ever seen is 65 inches

1903. ] THE ELK IN NORWAY. 145

across, | have heard on fairly good authority of one over 6 feet in

span, (This was written before anything was known of the

gigantic heads found in Alaska.)

With regard to the comparative size and weight of the Elk and

Moose, I cannot speak positively, as it has never been possible to

weigh an entire animal in the places where I have killed them.

Mr. Abel Ch: apman, however, gives me the following weights of

a bull, of fair but not unusual size, killed by him on Sept. 1 15th :-—

Kilogrammes. Kilogrammes.

Head with skin of neck ...... 4() = 40

Shoullderssk cheat Secs 42 each = 84

Haunches with feet ............ 5A eS

Sidlesk nce eee eee ene A (ee)

IWiealke ermal eevee soosnacoocasonadec 60 = 60

Skeimy, Sanya saat easement ans 3 = 30

Motalleeee 402

This would make the weight of the living animal at, least

1000 pounds or over, as the intestines are enormous.

Capt. Fervand’s best bull, a 10-year old, weighed 1240 English

pounds without the intestines.

The pace of Elk, when undisturbed, is a slow walk, and their

movements are very deliberate, but they can trot for many

miles over boggy and rough eround at a pace of 6 or 8 miles an

hour, and oceasionally when much frightened break into a

lumbering canter.

The female Elk has her first calf at three years old in the month

of May, which makes the period of gestation about 7 months.

Usually she has only one, but not unfrequently two calves, which

erow very rapidly, and by the end of September are as big as a

red-deer hind. They suck thei dams until late in the winter,

and keep company with them until another calf is dropped, and

sometimes longer. They have occasionally been tamed in Sweden

and taught to go in harness, but owing to the difficulty of feeding

them they are not easy to keep in confinement. I have seen,

however, in the Zoological Gardens at Rotterdam a cow Moose

which is said to have been about 20 years in confinement, and

T hope that we shall be equally successful with the one which was

captured by Mr. Nickalls and presented by him to our Gardens.

Statistics of the number of Elk killed in Norway in the season

of 1894. (Translated from the ‘Tidsskrift Norsk. Jeger og

Fisker Forenings,’ Heft 3, 1895.)

Name of Amt. No. of Bulls. No. of Cows. Total.

Smaalenene............... 8 3 Tl

INEGTESINUE scabcoseuesscocsce 67 60 937/

Hedemarken ............ 74 a2, 146

Konishiansry. «cast saseemee 9() 87 177

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1903, Vou. I. No. X. 10

146 MR. H. J. ELWES ON | Feb. 3,

Name of Amt. No. of Bulls. No. of Cows. Total.

Buskerud@eseses-ceeee 69 73 142

Jarlsberg og Larvik ... 9) 8 17

iBrabsbergesn erent. D4 48 102

INedemes! (o.-erccrisccee oes 3 7 10

Lister og Mandal ...... 1 — 1

Sondre Trondhjems ... 50 dO 100

Nordre Trondhjems ... 212 194 406

Nordland Reece 9 4 13

SSIEANENGVEREIO nqooogodonssane = a =

Sondre Bergenhus ...... == — —

Nordre Bergenhus ...... — — —

Romsdal eereeeries co: — — a=

IMM AKEM sonososcogoooce — — —

646 606 1252

Average for the 5 years, 1889-93. 610 512°6 1122-6

To give a better idea of the numbers of Elk found in what was

perhaps, at that time, the best forest in Norway, | give the

following statement copied from my diary in 1895. The number

actually seen may possibly represent from 3 to 3 of the number

actually on the ground at the time :—

Cows &

Bulls. yearlings. Calves.

Sept. 2. Haende ...... aS 1 Re Barren cow shot for meat.

3. Storen ...... ie 1 1

4. Strommen... oat 1

5. Strommen... 1 11 ai 1 bull killed: 18 points.

6. Blank day.

BMG ca tenons 1 1 1

Oeis Mo reescascee: sa 1 oe

10. Oplo ......... ae 1 1

11. Synnees ...... Bao 1 ie

TAS ie Were seopsaceae) eld aL 1

INS sen A ey oscene esence 11 1 bull killed: 16 points.

15. Blank day.

1G: Mo ssicse: 1 1 1

17. Storengen ... 66 11 a

18. Storengen ... 1 1 1

O° JE), sbsedanas a3 1 1

QO M0 aie eases aoe 11 1

21. To Storvand, blank day.

22. Vennevik ... 1 11 1 1 bull killed: 6 points.

23. Synnes...... 11 111 11

24. Brotten...... 11 fg ae 1 bull killed: 14 points.

25. Synnes ...... 1 1 1 1 bull killed: 13 points.

26. Quisten ...... 1 ee te 1 bull killed: 11 points.

Dae Oplowess-rae ae 1 1

29. Mo : 1 1 1 1 bull killed: 18 points.

Total ...... 17 25 14

This number of Elk was found on about 12 farms out of 24

over which I had the right of hunting. These farms might

average 10,000 acres more or less in extent.

On the same ground as this Col. Walker kept the following

record of the Elk which he saw himself during the four seasons

1887-1890, between Sept. Ist and Oct. 10th. It tends to show

1903. ] THE ELK IN NORWAY. 147

how rapidly Elk increase where they are protected and the cows

not killed :—

| |

Foe | Olde Monn lyre een gee

Year. Balle Balle Cows. Calves.

| 1887.} 3 —_ 9 10 | Two of these cows had two calves each.

1888.| 7 2 8 7 | One of these cows had two calves.

1889.| 6 6 17 | 14 | Six of these cows had two calves each.

1890.| 5 10 18 20 | Nine of these cows had two calves each.

Most of these observations were written at the request of

our late President, Sir W. Flower, six years ago, but were

withheld from publication until this year, when the question

of a new species of Elk existing in Siberia was raised by Mr.

Lydekker and the Hon. W. Rothschild. I then added the following

appendix.

Text-fig. 24.

Horns of a very old Elk showing degeneration. (About 51; nat. size.)

APPENDIX.—ON THE VARIATION OF THE ELK.

Dr. Lénnberg’s paper on the variation of the Elk appears to

me to confirm the opinion I expressed at a recent meeting of the

Society (P. Z. 8. 1902, vol. ii. p. 144), that the Siberian Elk

described by Mr. Lydekker (P. Z. 8. 1902, vol. i. p. 207) as Alces

bedfordie was nothing more than an inconstant variety of the

European Elk. The Hon. Walter Rothschild has since expressed

a contrary opinion, for which, however, I am not aware that he

has any further evidence than the fact that other horns similar

10*

148 ' MR. H J. ELWES ON [ Feb. 3,

to those of the so-called A. bedfordie have been received by him

from Siberia. I stated that the only horns of the Elk which I

succeeded in obtaining in the Altai Mountains in 1898, which

are now in the St. Petersburg Museum, were palmated in pre-

cisely the same manner as those of the Norwegian Elk, and others

which I have seen in Russian collections had all well-developed

palmation. Dr. Linnberg’s figures go to show that the develop-

ment of the antlers in those parts of Sweden from which they

come is nothing like so fine as in the districts of North and South

Text-fig. 25.

Tracing of a cast horn found at Solem in Bangdal by Capt. Ferrand.

(About =; nat. size.)

Trondhjem, where most of my hunting has been done. When I

first began Elk-hunting in Tydal, a mountain valley in South

Trondhjems-amt running up to the Swedish frontier, I should have

considered the horns figured by Lénnberg in fig. 3 as a fair repre-

sentation of an adult Elk in that district; but I have seen them with

as many as eleven points on each horn, and believe that horns with

even more points have been obtained. Further north, in North

1903. ] THE ELK IN NORWAY, 149

Trondhjems-amt, where the Elk a few years ago was extremely

numerous, much larger heads occurred, owing, I believe, to the much

greater quantity of mountain-ash, which seems to be the favourite

winter food of the Elk, and which has been to a great extent

destroyed by the vast number of animals constantly devouring it.

Out of the whole number of bulls I have killed, about twenty,

only four or five had horns of the type shown in Liénnberg’s

Text-fig. 26.

One-horned Elk in Ipswich Museum.

figures 1, 4, 6, and 9; and all of these, with one exception,

appeared to be quite young animals.

Among the hunters who accompanied me in different years

were a Swede, a Norwegian, and a Lapp, all of whom knew the

Elk of those districts most intimately, and were considered the

most experienced hunters of their districts. None of them ever

even suggested the possibility of two races of Elk existing ; and I

150 ON THE ELK IN NORWAY. [ Feb. 3,

attribute non-palmation of the horns entirely to imperfect

development of the animal, caused by insufficient food in their

earlier years, or degeneration caused by old age, wounds, or other-

wise. We did not reckon an Elk to be adult until he had at

least seven points on each horn, and the oldest and largest bull

that I ever killed, which had been well known in the district, and

continually hunted for at least ten years, had, when I killed him,

well-palmated horns of about one-half the size of what they ought

to have been in an adult animal of his size, showing that in the

Elk, as in the red deer, the horns degenerate in size and number

of points in old age, which may be fifteen or twenty years or less.

Two such instances of degeneration are figured. Text-fig. 24,

p- 147, is the head of an old Elk killed by Thomas Bate, Hsq., in

Lurudal Namdalen on Sept. 25, 1890. The horns measure 43 inches

in expanse, with ten points on one side and eleven on the other ;

the points are, however, not arranged in a uniform series on the

edge of the palm, and the development of the brow-antlers is very

abnormal.

The shed horns of what was probably the same animal were

picked up on the same ground in the year previous by Col. Sullivan,

and are of the same type with the same number of points.

An Elk displaying still more remarkable abnormal degeneration

was killed by Capt. Ferrand, and is shown in text-fig. 26, p. 149.

This animal was supposed to be 25 years old or more, and

the incidents of his death have been most graphically described in

the ‘ Badminton Magazine’ for March 1901 by Capt. Ferrand. The

horns are now in the Ipswich Museum.

The largest horns I have seen from Norway, belonging to an

animal which I unsuccessfully hunted for many days, but which

was afterwards killed by a farmer, and sold to me by Mr. Bruun

of 'Trondhjem, were 54 inches in width, with nine points on each

side (see text-fig. 18, p. 134); but there is a pair of shed horns in

Sir Henry Pottinger’s house at Mo, of one of which I send a tracing

(see text-fig. 22, p. 142), showing sixteen points on each side. It

is well known in Norway that the Elk of the southern districts,

which are much more fully timbered, and where there is nothing

like the same extent of open fell and good feed as in North

and South Trondhjem, and where both sexes are much more

constantly hunted and the calves frequently deprived of their

mother’s milk in September, do not, in modern times at least,

produce anything like such fine heads as those of the wilder

districts of the north, the conditions being probably very similar to

those deseribed by Dr. Lonnberg as in the southern provinces

of Sweden’. Taking his nine figures, I should be inclined to say

that all except 2 and 3 might, if they had come from Siberia,

have been considered as belonging to Alces bedfordiw ; and form,

to my mind, ample proof of that being (if the horns belong to

1 Mr. Percy Godman informs me that a well-known Elk-hunter in South Norway

considers that on his property Elk have diminished by two-thirds in the last ten

years, and attributes this decrease to their having eaten and destroyed all the “ leaf-

trees,” z.e. willow, mountain-ash, and aspen.

i if

ay iH

‘

dea/Aays) a enOSe weil J, Jed. IN),

950°

10.

Pickard €ambridge del et lith. West, Newman imp,

SPIDERS OF THE FAMILIES PISAURIDA| AND SENOCULIDA®,

Piso, 1903-0 1a aye

Newman ump.

est,

i Pickard..Cambridge del. ec lith.

OF THE FAMILY PISAURIDAS.

SPIDERS

1903. | MR. F. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. 151

adult animals) nothing more than a local variety produced by com-

paratively unfavourable conditions. In considering the probability

of the existence of local races of Elk, it must be remembered

that no northern mammal, except perhaps the reindeer, has such

wandering habits; and though a race might become temporarily

isolated in an area which was entirely surrounded by a large

extent of country providing no suitable food, yet there is no

doubt, in my mind, that when their favourite food had become

partially exhausted, they would migrate many hundreds of miles,

and thus prevent the establishment of local races.

A very interesting paper on the former existence of the Elk in

the Thames Valley in England, with a plate showing the great

similarity of its horns to those now existing, is published by

Mr. E. T. Newton, F.R.S., in the Quarterly Journal of the

Geological Society, vol. lix. (1903), and I am much indebted to

that gentleman for sending it to me.

February 17, 1903.

Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S8., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

Mr. R. EK. Holding exhibited and made remarks upon an adult

skull of a Collie Dog, indicating a displacement of the incisors

caused by the closing of the left lower canine upon the third

incisor of upper jaw, and which apparently retarded the develop-

ment of the second incisor of that side. The skull also showed a

supernumerary canine which could in no way be mistaken for a

retained milk-canine.

Mr. Holding also exhibited portions of three Rabbits’ skulls

having ‘“ over-shot” incisor teeth. In one specimen the abnor-

mality had caused a deviation from the median line of the anterior

portion of the skull; and in another the incisors, after leaving the

premaxilla, had formed a complete circle and grown into the palate,

causing starvation and death of the animal.

The following papers were read :—

1. On some new Species of Spiders belonging to the

Families Pisauride and Senoculide ; with Characters of

a new Genus. By Freperick PicKARD-CAMBRIDGE,

B.A., F.Z:S.

[ Received January 10, 1903. ]

(Plates XIV. & XV.")

While working out the Spiders of the two families Pisauride

and Senoculide of Central America for the ‘ Biologia,’ oppor-

tunity was kindly offered by Mr. R. I. Pocock for an examination

of the material in the British Museum Collection, with the result

1 For explanation of the Plates, see p. 168.

152 MR. F. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. | Feb. 17,

that a new genus and eight new species were found, several of

them occurring amongst those collected by myself on the Lower

Amazons in 1895-6.

The Spiders belonging to the Pisawride are interesting from

the fact that they run freely and with great rapidity over the

surface of the water, even in astrong current. One of the genera,

Dolomedes, and another, Thalassius, have both been credited with

capturing and devouring small fish of various kinds; and of the

latter genus Mr. A. N. Stenning, himself formerly a gamekeeper,

whose observations are likely to be trustworthy, declares that he

has found members actually devouring the small fry of a variety

of trout which occurs in South Africa, some of the culprits bemg

now in the Museum Collection. Other notes on the habits of

these interesting Spiders will be found under the genus 7'rechalea.

Species described or figured below.

Thaumasia velow KW. Simon, @, p. 154, Pl. XIV. fig: 1.

a annulipes, sp. nov., 2, p. 154, Pl. XIV. fig. 2.

Dossenus marginatus E. Simon, @ 5 [Oe 155, Pl. XIV. figs. 3-5.

Paradossenus nigricans, sp. nov., &, p. 155, Jel, SD figs. 6-9),

Thanatidius spinipes, sp. nov., Q, p- 156, PL. XIV. figs. 1O=12.

Senoculus parallelus KE. Simon, 2, p. 166, Pl. XIV. fig. 13

es albidus, sp. nov., 2, p. LOSS PEP Xan; fies 142

Trechalea longitar sis C. L. Koch, GO Qo jo MOO, IA, Nave figs. 13

‘ keyserlingt, sp. nov., ° , p. 163, PL XV ericslee 2:

5 urinator K. Simon, ¢ Q, p. 161, Pl. XV. figs. 3-5 a.

we ellacombei, sp. nov., 2, p. 161, Pl. XV. fig. 6.

macconnells Poc., 3, p. 162, Pl. XV. figs. 7, 8.

connexa O. P.-Cambr., 3, p. 162, Pl. XV. figs. 9, 10.

- extensa O. P.-Cambr., 3, p. 162, Pl. XV. figs. 11, 12.

amazonicd, Sp. NOV., 3 ©. im 163, PEP XaVeniest 18- 20.

Hes nyt us palustris KW. Simon, 3 @, p. 165, Pl. XV. figs, 22-25.

» habilis O. P.- Cami... Es [Oo WOE, LI, LOWY, tee, Al

Fam. PISAURID..

Synopsis of Genera dealt with below.

A. Tibia i. with four (2-2-2-2) or five (2-2-2-2-9)

paired spines beneath, the last pair very small and

apical. Protarsi 1. with three or four pairs beneath.

A!, Tibia i. with four pairs of spines beneath. Protarsi

i-iv. with a single small central apical spine beneath.

Sternum produced into a long narrow conical point

between coxe Iv.

1. Tarsi shorter, not flexible. Protarsi i. with three

(2-2-2) paired spines beneath.

aa. Lower margin of fang-groove with 3 teeth.

a. Tibial and protarsal spies comparatively short,

only two or three times as long as the diameter

of the segment.

* Anterior row of eyes wider than that formed

by the posterior centrals. Central posterior

eyes nearer to each other than to the

laterals.

a), Teeth on lower margin of fang-groove not

equidistant, the 3rd more remote............__ Thawmasia Perty.

1903. ] MR. F. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. 153

b!. Teeth on lower margin of fang-groove

GTAP eco Asdare oammes nonendeaabeonoe Tinus ¥. P.-Cambr.

** Anterior row of eyes not wider than that

formed by the posterior centrals. Cen-

tral posterior eyes much further apart

than each is from the lateral ............. Hana O. P.-Camby.

b. Tibial and protarsal spines comparativel

very long, the longest being quite two

thirds the length of the whole segment... Dossenus Ki. Simon.

bb. Lower margin of fang-groove with 4 teeth,

HEN SILAAEILID cagcosmsncdmearito eon onSe0s600§06009

ii. Tarsi long and flexible. Protarsi i. with four

(2-2-2-2) paired spines beneath.

a*, Legs subequal in pairs, 4—2 and 1—3. Man-

dibles conspicuously gibbous above, glabrous,

more distinctly carinate on the outer side

(males). Lower margin of fang-groove with

b*. Legs unequal, 4, 2, 1, 3. Mandibles not

conspicuously gibbous above, hairy, less

carinate (males). Lower margin of fang-

groove with 3, 4, or 5 teeth ..................... Trechalea Thorell.

B!. Tibia i. with five pairs of spines beneath. Pro-

tarsi i-iv. with two apical spines beneath.

Sternum very broad between cox iv., not

1 VOTH TADS TEP FD] | LO)D ITs dao opsmod apnmanEbe donc odeceReSooaEsToe ? Thanatidius 1. Simon.

B. Tibia i. with 9-10 pairs of spines beneath, the last

pair not apical. Protarsi i. with 8 or 9 pairs of

spines beneath .......0..0.eccccceccccscseucectsreesreeseese Syntrechalea ¥. P.-Cambr.

Parvadossenus, gen, nov.

Hesydrus Simon.

If the above genera be separated by the perhaps more easily

observed character furnished by the eye-formula, then the table

would run as follows :-—

A. Anterior row of eyes not or only a little wider than the posterior

central row. CTR ith

a. Anterior vow of eyes not wider than the posterior central row... 5 ;

0 Dossenus.

b. Anterior row of eyes a little, but distinctly, wider than the

posterior central row ...... Paradossenus. Tinus. Thaumasia. Hesydrus.

Trechalea. Syntrechalea.

B. Anterior row of eyes much wider than the posterior central row,

as wide as the posterior lateral row ................:0eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees Thanatidius.

Nore.—(1) The number of protarsal spines in some species of Trechalea ave

difficult to locate, and the character is thus rendered less valuable.

(2) One cannot be quite certain that Thanatidius has been correctly identified.

(3) Tinus is closely allied to Drances Simon, but the latter has, according to this

author, no apical pair of spines beneath tibia i. and ii., while they are present in the

former. The name Drauces (not Drances) was used by Champion for Coleoptera

in 1889.

(4) In the Biologia Centr.-Amer., Arach. Aran. ii. p. 312, I have referred the

species Hesydrus jullient Simon to Enna O. P.-Cambr. on the ground that they

have the characters, the tarsi flexible and central posterior eyes 2 diameters apart, in

common. This genus therefore comprises Simon’s Hesydrus Sect. 2a, while

Hesydrus, as here diagnosed, comprises his Hesydius Sect. 1 a.

Genus TuAumAsiA Perty.

Del. Anim. Art. Bras. p. 192 (1833). Type, 7’. senilis Perty.

Species recorded.

I ME RSeTUIS: POY y OC MEL amr. ce ou cicces cn sere. ee Nae ta Brazil.

2. 7’. marginella (C. L. Koch) ..... . (Sub Dolomedes.)

154 MR. F, PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. [ Feb. 17,

By MS SGC MEUG (18, SIMON) oseosccgsees (Sub Saltwinus.)

4. ?7. scapularis (C. L. Koch)...... (Sub Dolomedes.)

5. ? 7. binotata (C. i. Koch)......... (Sub Dolomedes.)

6. Thawmasia velow Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xli. p. 18

fie iol) Rac. san ope Mon aaa nH aRrA ane RAM ohanadhuod as Brazil.

THAUMASIA VELOX Simon. (Plate XIV. fig. 1.)

Loe. cit. Type ¢, in coll. EK. Simon. Total length 8 mm.

Thaumasia velox F. P.-Cambr. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Arach, Aran.

u. p. 309, t. 30. figs. 5, 5 a-c (¢).

The type of this species (¢) was taken on the Amazons, and,

short of first-hand evidence, I do not doubt that the male and

female, taken by myself amongst the foliage on the margin of a

small “‘ furo” in the Parana Buyassu, near Breves, Lower Amazons,

must be referred to this species.

The male identified as belonging to this species from Guate-

mala may possibly be not identical, but it is impossible to be

certain with but one example from each locality.

The female has not been before described, but a figure of the

vulva is given on the Plate. For figures of the male see Biol.

Centr.-Amer. loc. cit. above.

Hab. LowErR AmAzons: Santarem; Breves, Parana Buyassu

(fF. P.-C., 1895-96); Rio Tocantins, 8. Paulo de Olivenga (de

Mathan); Guatemala (Sarg).

7. THAUMASIA ANNULIPES, sp. nov., 9. (Plate XIV. fig. 2.

Type 2, in coll. Brit. Mus. Total length 5°5 mm.

2 .—Colowr. Carapace deep brown, with pale yellow narrow

central band, slightly dilate behind eyes. Abdomen brown,

shoulders and anterior lateral portion deep black. Legs pale

yellow, femora annulated with dusky brown.

Structure. Carapace horizontal above, convex and abruptly

deflected behind. yes: posterior row recurved, subequal, equi-

distant; laterals on a stout black tubercle. Anterior row straight

or slightly procurved, wider than width occupied by posterior cen-

trals. Anterior eyes equidistant, centrals larger. Clypeus more

than three times the height of the diameter of anterior centrals.

Mandibles long and stout. Fang-groove with three denticles on both

margins. Sternwm cordiform, posterior angle attenuate, produced,

its apex extending as far as the pedicle. Cox of pedipalp long,

straight, slightly dilate and rounded at apex. Labiwm half the

length of maxille, broad, squarely truncate at apex. Legs

4, 1, 2, 3; iii. the smallest, extending as far as apex of tibia iv.

Tibia 1. and 11. with 2—2—2 spines beneath ; 1—1 lateral on apical

half ; 1—1 at base and apex above; 2 at apex beneath. Pro-

tarsus 1. and 11. with 2-2-2 spines beneath and | at apex; 1—1

on each side; none above. For vulva, see Pl. XIV. fig. 2.

Several females of this small Spider were taken by myself in the

neighbourhood of Manaos, Lower Amazons, 1895-6.

1903. ] MR. F, PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. 155

Genus Dossenus Simon.

Hist. Nat. Ar. 2, i. p. 314. Type, D. marginatus EK. Simon.

Lower Amazons.

DossENUS MARGINATUS E. Simon. (Plate XIV. figs. 3-5.

ta)

Ann, Soc. Ent. Belg. xlii. 1898, p. 19. Type 9, and androtype

¢ in coll. EK. Simon. Total length, 9, 7-7 mm.

Two adult females of a Spider, which I feel pretty certain must

be referred to this species, were taken by myself at Breves and

Para, and are now in the British Museum Collection. The spines

on the legs are very long in comparison with those of allied

genera.

Hab. Isu. Trinrpap; Braziu: Amazons; Matto Grosso ((rer-

main); Lower Amazons, Para, Breves (Parana Buyassu, /. P.-C.,

1895-96).

PARADOSSENUS, gen. nov.

Type, P. nagricans, sp. n. Lower Amazons.

Lower margin of fang-groove with 4 teeth, the 5rd being

smaller. ‘Tarsi short, straight, not flexible. Protarsi 1. with

3 paired spines beneath; protarsi of all four pairs with a single

canta apical spine beneath. Tibia i. with four paired spines

beneath, the last pair apical. Sternum produced into a conical

point between cox lv. Spines on legs short, two to three times

the diameter of the segment. Posterior row of eyes recurved ;

eyes subequal, centrals one diameter apart, two and a half from

the laterals, which are set on a low tubercle. Anterior row

straight or very slightly procurved, slightly wider than the central

posterior row. Clypeus one and a half times the height of the

diameter of an anterior central eye.

Legs 1, 2, 4, 3—i1. very short, extending as far as two-thirds

of tibia iv.

PARADOSSENUS NIGRICANS, sp. nov. (Plate XIV. figs. 6-9.)

Type ¢, 8 mm.; gynetype 9, 85 mm.—carap. 3°75 mm.

Tn coll. Brit. Mus.

3 2 .—Colouwr. Carapace dull yellow-brown, with two longi-

tudinal dark brown bars on each side of the pale central line, the

whole being almost entirely clothed with yellow-grey scale-like

hairs. Margins of carapace reticulated with fine dusky lines.

The anterior portion of the brown bars presents within their

margin a narrow elongate accent-like pale mark. Abdomen pale

yellow ; ; dorsal avea with a broad longitudinal dark brown (some-

times paler) foliated band, becoming narrowed towards the

spinners, from the centre of whose lateral margin, on both sides,

issues an oblique interrupted lateral bar. The centre of the

foliated band is occupied by a pale lanceolate band, much attenu-

ated towards the spinners, its basal portion again occupied by a

broad lanceolate dark band, scarcely reaching the centre of the

156 MR. F. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. [ Feb. 17,

abdomen. Lateral area mottled with dusky brown; ventral

surface pale yellow, unicolorous. Legs entirely yellow: 1. and i.

very faintly annulated and speckled with dusky brown, ili. and iv.

annulated, in some cases very richly, with black or brown.

Mandibles ved-yellow, with a large brown patch on each in front.

N.B.—These colours are very variable and in some cases the

central dark band within the inner pale band on the abdomen

is itself pale.

The vulva consists of two parallel plates, which have a promi-

nent angle on their inner margin. Between these, in front, lies

a deep transverse semicircular depression, and a convex central

piece, with a few shallow longitudinal grooves, is situated between

the plates.

For figures of tibial spur of male palpyus and the vulva, see

Plate XIV. figs. 7, 9.

These spiders are very abundant on the Lower Amazons, racing

over the surface of the water with legs extended and body flat,

and are exceedingly difficult to catch. None of the females had

egg-cocoons with them, but they probably carry them in the same

position as Z'rechalea, for in habits and general appearance these

spiders are very similar to those belonging to the latter genus.

Hab. Lowrr Amazons: Breves, Parana Buyassu (/. P.-C.,

1895-6).

Genus THanatipius EK. Simon.

Hist. Nat. Ar. 2, ii. p. 293. Type, 7. dubiws (Hentz).

N. America.

The following three species are referred to this genus by

Simon :—

1. 7. dubius (Hentz), Bost. J. N. H. v. p. 449 (1847).

(Sub Zhomisus.)

he TUE ueeqooIs (Valentws)), Oe, Gittis oho ocassosacc09 080007 (Sub Zhomisus.)

3. 7’. undulatus (Keys.), Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, p. 486 (1887).

(Sub Zetragonophthalma.)

4, THANATIDIUS SPINIPES, sp. nov. (Plate XIV. figs. 10-12.)

Type @ in coll. Brit. Mus. Total length 6 mm.

Hab. Parana Buyassu, Breves, Lower Amazons.

? .—Colour. Carapace, mandibles, sternum, and legs bright,

unicolorous orange. Abdomen olive-green, with a central band

of cretaceous-white pigment-cells.

Structure. Carapace nearly circular, ocular region produced,

parallel-sided, slightly raised. Thoracic region gibbous, abruptly

deflected behind. Hyes: posterior row strongly recurved, eyes

subequal, less than one diameter apart, equidistant ; laterals on a

stout conical tubercle. Anterior row strongly procurved; eye-

tubercles subequal, less than one diameter apart, equidistant, much

wider than the width occupied by lateral posteriors. Clypeus,

in centre as high as four diameters of anterior central eyes.

1903. | MR. F, PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. 157

Mandibles long, slender, more than twice as long as height of

clypeus. Mang-groove with three denticules on lower margin,

Maxille long, parallel, dilate at apex; labiuim broad, half the

length of maxille, truncate at apex.

Sternum longer than broad, cordiform, produced posteriorly

between coxie iv. into a broad rounded plate, the cox being their

own diameter apart. Legs 1,4,2,3. Femora with two long

dorsal spines and several others on the sides and apex. Femur i.

with two long spines in front in apical half. Tibia i. and ii. with

2—2-2-2-2 long spines beneath, the longest (the basal) being half

as long as the segment itself, cial lateral spines; 1—1 dorsal.

Protarsus i. and ii, with 2-2—-2—2 long spines beneath (basal pair

longest): 1—1 lateral, 1—] ae Spines on tibia and pro-

tarsus lil, and iv. numerous, but less regular. Patellee 1-4 with

a single long apical spine. Scopula absent. Tarsal claws 3,

superiors with three or four denticules beneath. Spinners 6,

posteriors longest. Pedipalp with large tarsal claw, having 3

very long denticules beneath towards base. Vulva, see Pl. XIV.

fig. 12.

Hab. Asingle 9 from the Parana Buyassu, near Breves, Lower

Amazons.

Genus TrecHaLeA Thorell, 1869 (nom. nov. for Vriclaria).

Type, 7. longitarsis (C. L. Koch), Colombia. Sub 7rielaria

(1848), nom. preeoce. by Wagler for Aves (1832).

The following characters are common to all the species men-

tioned below :—Teeth on upper margin of fang-groove 3, on the

lower, 3, 4, or 5. =Tarsi long and feible! Tibia i. with four

pairs of spines beneath, the last pair small and apical, besides two

lateral spines. Protarsii. with four pairs of spines beneath (often

irregularly situated); protarsi of all four pairs with a small

central apical spine beneath. Anterior row of eyes slightly

recurved, extending laterally slightly beyond the posterior

eentrals. Lateral anteriors smaller than the central anteriors.

Legs variable in length, 4, 2, 1, 3. Clypeus variable in height,

porrect, and the eyes also variable in their relative positions.

As regards the type-species of the genus, two distinct forms

have been identified as longitarsis of Koch—one by Keyserling,

now in coll. Brit. Mus., a female, having 5 teeth; the other by

Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xlii. p. 20, 1898), male and female,

having 3 teeth. Since they cannot both be the true longitarsis,

I describe Keyserling’s identification as a new species, for it is

totally distinct from examples from Colombia, now before me,

whence the type of the genus originally came. It forms, indeed,

the type of a distinct group, so entirely different is the form of

the vulva from that of the typical Trechalea from Colombia.

At present, however, although the identity of 7’. longitarsis

cannot be settled ial absolute certainty until an examination

of the type-specimen (if it still exists in the Imperial Museum at

158 MR. F, PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. [| Feb. 17,

Berlin) has been made, the examples from Colombia are regarded

and here described as 7’. longitarsis C. L. Koch. All of the

species described and recorded below seem to be good and distinct,

though of course much more material from all parts is required

for comparison and the confirmation of characters.

The habits of these spiders are very interesting, for although

they are not amphibious in the true sense of the term, as are

Argyroneta and Desis, they are quite at home on the water, and

speed along over the surface with great ease and rapidity, the

hairy clothing of the legs being waterproof. When racing away

over the water, they are not easy to distinguish from the large

Hemipterons (probably a species of Ranatra) of similar habit,

when the two creatures happen to be together in the same locality.

On being pursued over the water, the spiders will rush up the sides

of the boat and take refuge under the boards, but I have never

observed them dive below the surface as do Pirata, Dolomedes,

and some other Pisauridee. Whether, as has been reported of

certain species of Dolomedes and Thalassius, the spiders actually

prey upon small fish of various kinds, I cannot say from actual

experience, though the long flexible legs and exceedingly sharp

claws are well adapted for the pursuit and capture of such prey

in their native element. J may add that McCook’s records of the

fish-catching capacity of Dolomedes (Amer. Spid. vol. i. p. 236 and

ii. p. 66) has recently received confirmation by Mr. A. N. Stenning

in South Africa. He tells us that 7’alassius, a genus represent-

ing Dolomedes in the Ethiopian Region, has been often observed

by himself in the act of devouring the small fry of a species of

trout, and calls the attention of pisciculturists in those regions to

the fact, and begs them to keep an eye on these spiders.

On a swampy island in the large largo opposite Santarem on

the Amazons, I have taken examples of one beautiful species

squatting flat, like Sparassids, on the trunks of the trees, where

their hoary-white hairs and mottled legs and body afforded them

excellent protective colouring. Nor do they resemble Heteropods

merely when at rest, for when disturbed they dash round to the

opposite side of the tree-trunk with all the rapidity of a Selenops.

The egg-cocoon, as in many Pisaurids, is carried by the female

attached to the central pair of spinners at the tail-end of the

abdomen ; and it is curious to note how, when these females stop

suddenly in headlong flight, the weight of the cocoon swings them

round on the water, and carries them along backwards for some

distance.

The species recorded and described below may be recognized by

the following characters :—

Males.

A. Lower margin of fang-groove with 4 teeth, the third

smaller. Legs unicolorous ................................. wrinator BE. Simon.

1903. | MR. F, PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON NEW

B. Lower margin of fang-groove with 3 subequal teeth.

Legs more or less spotted or annulated.

I Legs longer in proportion, leg iv. being about 8

ene longer than the carapace.

. Third tooth on lower margin of fang-groove more

anne from the others.

. Tibia of pedipalp from one-half to twice longer

than broad; tibial spur distinctly unculate at

apex, not concave on inner side. Embolus of

bulb with a long conspicuous spur at its base.

. Tibia of pedipalp not longer than broad; tibial

spur not unculate at ‘apex, concave on inner

side, the inner margin having a prominent

angle. Kmbolus of bulb without any long spur,

but having two chitinous ridges .. “a

b. Third tooth on lower margin of fang- aroove not

remote, the 3 teeth almost equidistant.

a2. Tibial spur not uneulate at the apex.

Embolus of bulb without any long spur ......

b2, Tibial spur unculate at its apex. Embolus

of bulb with a long spur at its base :

II. Legs shorter in proportion, leg iv. being 5-6 times

longer than the carapace .............0.00c00e0eeeeeeeeeee

SPIDERS. 159

longitarsis C. Li. Koch

(sec. F. P.-C.).

macconnelli Pocock.

connexa O. P.-Cambr.

extensa O. P.-Cambr.

amazonica, sp. 0.

An alternative table for Males.

A. Embolus of bulb with a long conspicuous erect black

spur in its basal cavity.

a. Lower margin of fang-groove with 4 teeth

Lower margin of fang-groove with 3 teeth.

a!. Central posterior eyes one diameter apart ; apical

portion of embolus shorter, more distinctly

flanged on both sides; 3rd tooth more remote ;

tibial spur less broad and flattened..................

. Central posterior eyes less than half a diameter

apart; apical portion of embolus longer, less

conspicuously flanged on the lower margin; 3rd

tooth not remote; tibial spur broader and more

flattened .

B. Embolus of bulb naihonta any erect "iba spur in its

basal cavity.

a*, Tibial spur straight, blunt at apex.

a, Tibial spur forming a conspicuous angle on its

inner margin. ‘looth 3 remote from the others ;

apex of embolus less broadly pacer on its upper

margin .

. Tibial spur without ‘angle on inner margin.

Teeth equidistant; apex of embolus more lose

flanged on its upper margin ............

. Tibial spur strongly curved, pointed at apex

Females.

A. Lower margin of fang-groove with 5 teeth, the 4th

very small, situated on the inner side between the

3rd and 5th. Vulva without any central tongue-like

sclerite, but with two small blunt cusps in the middle

of the anterior margin, and an oblique elongate

lateral lobe on each side, converging behind the

cusps 55 daa bon Ee: eat ROR Cac eB Cae

B. Lower margin] of fang-groove with 3 (or 4) teeth.

Vulva with a well-detined central tongue-like sclerite.

a. Lower margin of fang-groove with 4 teeth, the 3rd

smaller

urinator.

longitarsis.

extensa.

macconnelli.

connexa.

amazonica.

heyserlingi, sp. 0

urinatory BE. Simon.

160 MR. F. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDHRS. _[ Feb. 17,

}. Lower margin of fang-groove with 3 subequal teeth.

a, Size much larger, 25 mm. Leg iv. at least ten

times longer than the carapace. Third tooth on

lower margin of the fang-groove slightly more

remote from the second than the latter is from

the first.

a*. Central tongue-like sclerite much narrower,

dumb-bell-shaped, about pally dilate at each

end . vesseees. €llacombei, sp. n.

. Central | ‘tongue- like sclerite much ‘broader,

almost as broad in the middle as posteriorly,

much broader anteriorly but somewhat vari

Plt) (aiernctsresnarcoacauacc Lona ae eee ee auee RAR UeEec aASps longitarsis C. Li. Koch.

61, Size much smaller, 11 mm. leg iv. not more

than 5-6 times longer than the carapace. Teeth

on lower margin of fang-groove equidistant.

Central cavity of vulva long and narrow, straight

on the imner margins; central tongue elongate,

not dilate anteriorly, but narrowed.................. amazonica, sp. Nn.

1. TrecHALEA Lonerrarsis (C. L. Koch). (Plate XV. figs. 13-17.)

Die Arach. xv. p. 65, t. 522. fig. 1462 (sub 7’riclaria).

? Trechalea longitarsis K. Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xlu.

1898, p. 20.

Type 2, in coll. Mus. Imper. Berlin. Hab. Colombia.

Although the identity of this species cannot be satisfactorily

settled without reference to the type-specimen, if it still exists,

T give a description and figures of the characters of a form with

annulated legs which was taken in Colombia. If the type no

longer exists, and no more exact locality than ‘“ Colombia” can

be ascertained for the type- specimen, then the examples here

described stand as “ ¢opotypes” —examples from the same locality

in which the type was taken—and will serve as a standard of

comparison for the species in the place of the original type.

Had Simon given more definite characters (for the majority of

the species of 7’rechalea possess 3 teeth) which would enable us to

recognize his identification of 7’. longitarsis with any certainty,

and if these (for he makes no mention of the locality) were taken

in Colombia, then his examples would be the recognized “ topo-

types” to which we should have to refer for an identification of

T. longitarsis (C. Li. Koch).

Present identification of 7’. longitarsis (sec. F. P.-Cambr.).

Total length, ¢ 20, 9 25 mm.—®. Leg i. 61; 11.68; 11. 55;

Tio (CH ummm, Wile, i, Wiss wy, Geer, Leow, in, All aman,

eee in coll. Brit. Mus. from Colombia.

3 2 .—Colowr. Carapace rich brown-black, with a pale orange

A-shaped spot behind the eyes, having a central dusky line, and

one on each side; a pale rufous-white, narrow, submarginal

band, and a narrow black velvety marginal band. Abdomen

brown, with a black central foliated band: a more exact description

is impossible from dried and wrinkled examples. Sternum and

ventral area dull yellow-brown. Legs brown, very distinctly

annulated with rufous-white hairs, protarsi less distinctly, tarsi

1903. | MR. F, PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS, 161

not at all. Mandibles black, clothed with hoary-white hairs in

front.

Structure. General characters similar to those of other species of

the genus. Central posterior eyes one diameter apart (less in ¢ );

clypeus six times as high as the diameter of an anterior central

eye (in ¢ four times).

Vulval area broader than long, rounded, rectangular ; central

tongue distally broad, widely dilate basally; variable in different

examples.

Palpus. Tarsus twice as long as broad; tibia two-thirds the

length of the tarsus; one-fourth longer than the patella, Tibial

spur broad basally, curved apically, terminating in a small hook,

having on the inner side a slightly serrated ridge. The embolus

of the bulb has a stout erect spur springing from the cavity below

the apex of the lamina of the bulb, while the embolus itself is

short, strongly curved, and conspicuously flanged on each side.

Hab. Couompra, dried examples (¢ & 2); Venuzuena, dried

examples (¢ & @); also many examples in spirit, in coll. Brit.

Mus.

2. TRECHALEA URINATOR E. Simon. (Plate XV. figs. 3-5 a.)

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xlii. p. 20 (1898).

Type ¢, gynetype Q, in coll. E.Simon. Total length (3, 2)

90-25 mm—(d¢). Carap. 11. leg i. 745 i. 82; m1. 62; iv,

85 mm. Tib.i. & iv. 19°5 mm. Prot. iv. 22 mm.

Both sexes with 4 teeth on the lower margin of the fang-

groove. Legs 4, 2, 1, 3. Clypeus 3-3} times in height the

diameter of an anterior central eye.

Carapace, abdomen, and legs entirely without dark bands or

annules, or these are at least very faint; entirely clothed with

dusty olive-brown hairs and pubescence.

Palpus. Tibia 14 times longer than broad ; tibial spur slender,

its apex bent over, forming a single small hook. The inner

apophysis deeply impressed across the middle, forming two blunt

cusps.

Vulva with a short broad central tongue, broadly dilate basally.

Tf I am correct in my identification of Simon’s species, it is a

common Spider throughout Ecuador.

Hab. Ecuapor: Guayaquil, Loja; Rio Durango; Bulun ;

Cachavi; Cavondelet ; Paramba; Salidero (Rosenberg).

3. TRECHALEA ELLACOMBEI, sp. nov. (Plate XV. fig. 6.)

Type @, in coll. Brit. Mus. Total length 25 mm. Carap.

10mm. Leg i. 68; ii. 75; iii. 60; iv. 80mm. Tib. i. Les hive

17-5 mm. Prot. iv. 22°5 mm.

Lower margin of fang-groove with 3 teeth. Legs 4, 2, 1, 3.

Clypeus 4 times the height of the diameter of an anterior central

eye. The whole of the central area of the carapace black, with

margins and striz flavous. Abdomen too much shrivelled to admit

of the coloration being recorded. Legs very deeply streaked and

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1903, Vou. I. No. XI. 11

162 MR. F, PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. [FF eb. 17,

annulated with black, except the tarsi. Vulva witha long central

tongue, dilate basally, and its apex incurved.

This species is nearly allied to 7. urinator, but may be recognized

by the annulated legs, the possession of only 3 teeth on the

mandible, and by the form of the vulva.

Hab, Surinam, Bergen Daal (collected by Mr. C. W. Ellacombe).

4, 'TRECHALEA MACCONNELLI Pocock. (Plate XV. figs. 7, 8.)

Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. (2) viii. 2, p. 67, Sept. 1900.

Type S, in coll. Brit. Mus. Total length 16 mm. Carap.

Primm Wee G4 - wii O mua o:D)> ava vie lt Dente cost yan lumen

Prot. iv. 18 mm.

Lower margin of fang-groove with 3 teeth. Legs 4, 2, 1, 3.

Clypeus twice the height of the diameter of an anterior central

eye. Carapace with a large black patch in the centre, its margins

scalloped by the flavous margin round the carapace and the pale

strie. Abdomen dusky with a flavous pattern and two flavous

spots above the spinners. Palpus: Tibia not, or scarcely, longer

than broad. ‘Tibial spur slender, concave lamelliform, its lower

edge slightly serrate; convex and incurved at the apex; seen from

above it has a A-shaped emargination. The inner apophysis is

cylindrical, low and impressed across the top.

Hab. Brivisn Guana: Mt. Roraima (collected by Messrs.

Quelch & McConnell).

5. 'TRECHALEA CONNEXA (O. P.-Cambr.). (Plate XV. figs. 9, 10.)

Triclaria connexa O. P.-Cambr. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Arach.

Aran. 1. p. 233, t. 30. figs. 1, 1 a-e (3), 1898.

Trechalea connexa F. P.-Cambr. loc. cit. i. p. 313, t. 30. fig. 17

(3), 1902.

Type <o, in coll. Godman & Salvin. Total length 14 mm.

Carap.7 mm. Leg i. 40; un. 45; in. 39;iv.48 mm. Tib. i. 10;

i. 11mm. Prot. iv. 13°5 mm.

Lower margin of fang-groove with 3 teeth. Legs 4, 2, 1, 3.

Clypeus as high as two diameters of an anterior central eye.

Carapace flavous, streaked and mottled with brown. Abdomen

dark brown. Legs decidedly annulate. Palpus: Tibia half longer

than broad ; spur, seen from below, without any hook at its apex.

Embolus of palpus without two ridges as in 7’. macconnelli, shorter

and more broadly flanged on its anterior margin.

Hab. Mexico, Atoyac (H. H. Smith).

6. TRECHALEA ExTENsA (O. P.-Cambr.). (Plate XV. figs. 11, 12.)

Triclaria extensa O. P.-Cambr. loc. cit. 1. pp. 174, 233, t. 22.

figs. 10, l0a—f( 3), 1896.

Trechalea extensa F. P.-Cambr. loc. cit. ii. p. 313, t. 30. figs. 16,

16 a,6 (6), 1902.

Type 3, in coll. Godman & Salvin. Total length 20 mm.

Carap. 10. mm. Wee i. 693 ii. 77: ii. 58; iv. 82 mm. ibs

175 iv. 19 mm, Prot! tv. 20'mm:

1903.] MR. F. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS, 163

Lower margin of fang-groove with 3 teeth. Legs 4, 2, 1, 3.

Clypeus 3 times as high as the diameter of an anterior central

eye. Carapace unicolorous flavous, margined with dusky black.

Abdomen unicolorous brown, with a short central anterior pale

dorsal bar. Legs faintly annulate. Palpus: Tibia twice as long

as broad; spur, seen from above, stout, projecting, curved, with

a stout sharp cusp or hook on the inner side at the apex, very

similar to but much stouter than in 7’. wrinator. Inner apophysis

deeply impressed in the middle. Embolus as in 7". longitarsis,

but less broadly flanged.

Hab. GuaveMaua (Sarg).

7. TRECHALEA AMAZONICA, sp. nov. (Plate XV. figs. 18-20.)

Type 3, gynetype 2, in coll. Brit. Mus. Total length ¢ 10;

(2? 15mm.) Carap.6mm. tegi. 31; 1. 32; mi. 29; iv. 37°5

mm. Tib.i. & iv. 7-8 mm. Prot. 1. & v. 10 mm.

Lower margin of fang-groove with 3 teeth. Clypeus in height

equal to 13 diameters of an anterior central eye. Legs 4, 2, 1, 3.

Sarapace dull straw-yellow; margins and strize shghtly suffused

with dusky brown, produced by fine dark hairs; mottled with

patches of white hairs, angular on margins; clypeus fringed and

clothed with hoary-white hairs. Mandibles, pedipalps, and a spot

on ocular area behind the eyes clothed with hoary-white hairs.

Abdomen olive-green mottled with brown and _hoary-white.

Ventral area clothed with silver-white hairs. Sternum and legs

dull yellow beneath, the latter brighter above ; femora indistinctly

annulated with dusky brown above ; base of patella black. Tibi

and protarsi with two broad dark annulations. Pedipalps also

annulated with brown.

Vulva with a narrow oblong central cavity, its lateral margins

straight and parallel, with an elongate central tongue, not dilated

at either end, not incurved at apex, without any black shining

bosses on each side.

The male and female here described were taken from the same

trunk of a tree on aswampy island in the largo opposite Santarem.

They were crouching on the bark like Sparassids, and when dis-

turbed moved with great rapidity.

Hab. Lowrr Amazons: Santarem; Breves, Parana Buyassu;

Para (f. P.-C. 1895-6).

8. TRECHALEA KEYSERLINGI, sp. nov. (Plate XV. figs. 1, 2.

Type 2, in coll. Keys. Brit. Mus. Total length 20 mm.

Carapace 9°75 mm. Leg i. 44; il. 46; ni. 36; iv. 49 mm.

ibe! bis ie, bed mm.) sProteavol3 mm.

Lower margin of fang-groove with 5 teeth. Clypeus five times

as high as the diameter of an anterior central eye. Legs 4, 2,

1, 3. Carapace with two broad central bands, widely separate

behind the eyes, connivent behind; the clear space behind the

eyes marked with lateral and central fine streaks. Abdomen with

a broad deep-brown foliate band above, constricted just behind

ile

164 MR. F, PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. [Feb. 17,

the middle and again slightly above the spinners, broadly margined

with pure white pubescence. Femora of legs deeply blotched and

streaked above with black; tibiz distinctly, protarsi indistinctly

annulated. Vulva without any central tongue, but with two

small cusps in the middle and two separate posteriorly converging

Jateral sclerites, quite distinct in form from that of any other

species here recorded (see Plate XV. fig. 2).

This specimen was identified by Keyserling as 7’. longitarsis

CliaiKtochea Seekps lane

Hab. Braztu, Rio Grande do Sul (Keys. Coll.).

Genus Hesyprus Simon, 1898 (June 30).

Simon, Hist. Nat. Ar. 2, u. p. 315. Type, H. palustris Simon.

Ecuador.

The species belonging to this genus are very closely allied to

Trechalea, but form a small group chiefly distinguishable by the

glabrous, gibbous mandibles, with a well-marked carina on the

outer side, in the male sex. The legs in both sexes are subequal

in pairs 4-2, 1-3; being also much shorter in proportion than in

Trechalea. Both margins of the fang-groove with 3 teeth. Eyes

as in 7'rechalea, central posteriors slightly over one diameter

apart; clypeus low and porrected. Tibia and protarsus i. with

2—2—2-2 spines beneath; protarsi 1-4 with a small central apical

spine beneath.

In Biol. Centr.-Amer., Arach. Aran. ii. p. 305, I have referred

the species given as the type of Hesydrus (sec. 2a, H. jullient)

to Hnna O. P.-Cambr., and the name Hesydrus i is applicable to the

species under sec. la with H. palustris as the type. It appears

that Simon has somehow confused the characters of these two

groups. In Hnna (including H. jullieni) undoubtedly the clypeus

is more vertical; the central posterior eyes are two diameters

apart, or more, and the anterior row is not wider than the

posterior central row ; while the tarsi are straight and not flexible.

Bubypume vez palustris (for if not identical, the form before me

is certainly congeneric with this species) the clypeus 1s porrect,

the central poster lor eyes one diameter apart, the anterior row

wider than the posterior central, and the tarsi flexible; the eyes

of the posterior row are certainly not equidistant, a character

given for distinguishing Hesydrus from Trechalea. Fortunately,

however, the citation of a definite type species enables one to

rectify the confusion.

The two species known to me may be recognized by the

following characters :—

a. Tibial spur of palpus, seen from above its apex, not bifid,

slightly emarginate and prominent at its angles, but

not incurving in the form of two teeth ............ . habilis O. P.-Cambr.

b. Tibial spur of “palpus, seen from above its apex, deeply

bifid, its angles forming two sharp teeth curving in-

wards and downwards agucneanqudisengHe speadaooo Geb aanbbe conan. | VAMIAINTET UN KorveaKayel,

1903.] MR, F, PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. 165

1. Hesyprus PAtusrris Simon, (Plate XV. figs. 22-25.)

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xlii. 1898, p. 21(¢, 2)'.

Type d, gynetype 9, in coll. E. Simon, Total length ¢ 11

(2 16 mm.).—Carap. 6 mm. Leg i. 25; ii. 30; iii, 24:5;

iv. 30 mm. Tib.i.6; iv.7 mm. Prot. iv. 10°5 mm.

Lower margin of fang-groove with 3 teeth. Legs 4-2, 1-3.

Clypeus porrect, as high only as the diameter of an anterior

central eye. Carapace dull flavous with dusky hairs. Palpus:

Tibial spur short, concave lamelliform, deeply bifid at its apex,

forming two small, sharp, incurving teeth. Inner apophysis elon-

gate, not impressed across the middle, produced at its anterior

apical angle to form a small cusp. Vulva with a broad central

cavity, more than two-thirds the transverse width, concave on its

lateral margins, having a long narrow central tongue, not dilate

at either end, with a shiny black boss on each side, on the floor

of the cavity ; very variable in form.

Hab. Kevavor: Paramba (osenberg). Loja, Zamora '.— VENE-

ZUELA: Merida.

It is not certain that my identification of this species is correct

but it is highly probable.

2. Hesyprus HaBILis (O. P.-Cambr.). (Plate XV. fig. 21.)

Triclaria habilis O. P.-Cambr. loc. cit. i. pp. 173, 233, t. 22.

figs. 9, af (3), 1896.

Trechalea habilis F. P.-Cambr, loc. cit. ii. p. 313, t. 30. fig. 15

(3), 1902.

Type 3 incoll.Godman and Salvin. Totallength 10mm. Carap.

5mm. Tib, 1. 5°5 mm. (other legs broken off or mutilated).

Lower margin of fang-groove with 3 teeth. Legs 2, 4, 1, 3

(sec. O. P.-C.). Clypeus as high as 14 diameter of an anterior

central eye. Legs dull yellow-brown, slightly annulate. The

colours of the carapace and abdomen appear to have faded.

Mandibles glabrous shiny and very gibbous dorsally. Palpus :

Tibia one-third longer than broad. Tibial spur, seen from above

its apex, not bifid, its angles not forming sharp incurving teeth.

Hab. GUATEMALA: Costa Rica (Sarg, Rogers).

3. HESYDRUS ESTABANENSIS KE. Simon.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. 1898, p. 20(¢, 9).

Type ¢, gynetype 2? ,incoll. H. Simon. Total length’ ¢ 9,7mm.

One would suspect, from the descriptions, that this species is

congeneric with H. palustris, the males having the mandibles

convex and carinate on their outer apical margin.

Hab. VENEZUELA: San Esteban.

4, H&rsyDRUS BUCCULENTUS EK. Simon.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xlii. 1898, p. 20 (4).

Type 3, incoll. E. Simon. Total length 10 mm.

The remarks made under the last species apply also to this.

Hab. Brazit: Rio (Gounelle).

166 MR. F, PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. [Feb. 17,

Fam. SENOCULIDS,

Genus Senocuuus Taczanowski.

1872. Senoculus Taéz. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. ix. p. 106.—Type,

S. maronicus. ;

1873. Labdacus O. P.-Cambr. Proc: Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 118.—

Type, LZ. monastordes.

1880. Platyctenus Keys. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxix. p. 338,

note. Nom. nov. for Senocwlus (nom. inappro. sec. Keys.).

1880. Stenoctenus Keys. Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xxix. p. 340.—

Type, S. gracilis.

1883. Weothereutes Holmb. Bol. Acad. Nac. Ciene. Cordoba, v.

p- 35.—Type, V. darwint Holmb.

In a former paper, ‘‘ Cteniform Spiders from the Lower Amazons

&e.,” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix. p. 90, Jan. 1897, I have tabu-

lated the characters of the known species of this genus so far as

I could draw reliable characters from the existing descriptions.

The table is here re-modelled and includes additional species

from Central America, published in the ‘ Biologia Centvrali-

Americana,’ and a new species occurring in the British Museum

Collection, of which a diagnosis is given below. I have not seen

S. parallelus Simon, but it is certain that my example from the

Lower Amazons belongs to that species, since M. Simon has kindly

compared a figure of the vulva with that of his own type.

The following is a list of the species already published :-—

1872. S. maronicus Tacz., 2, St. Laurent de Maroni. Hor. Soe.

_ Ent. Ross. rx. p. 106, t. in. fig. 4.

1873. S. monastoides (O. P.-Cambr.), 9, Brazil, Rio Grande.

P. Z.8. Lond. p. 118.

1879. S. rubromaculatus Keys., 9, Peru. Verh. z.-b. Ges.

Wien, p. 339, pl. iv. fig. 30. ey

1880. S. plumosus (K. Sim.), 9, Brazil, Para. Bull. Soc. Zool.

Fr. p. 154.

1880. S. purpureus (EK. Sim.), 9, Panama. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr.

5 UD)

1880. S. parallelus (E.Sim.), 9, Brazil, Teffé. Bull. Soc. Zool.

Fr. p. 156.

1880. S. rujficapillus (HE. Sim.), ¢, Brazil, Para. Bull. Soe.

Zool. Fr. p. 154.

1880. WS. tricolor (Ki. Sim.), ¢ 2, Brazil, Teffé. Bull. Soc. Zool.

Fr. p. 153.

1880. S. gracilis (Keys.), 9, Peru, Aimable Maria. Verh. z.-b.

Ges. Wien, p. 341, t. iv. fig. 29.

1883. S. darwint (Holmb.), 9, Formosa, Chaco, Arg. Rep.

Bol. Acad. Nac. Ciene. Cordoba, v. p. 35.

1896. S. prolatus (O. P.-Cambr.), ¢ 92, Mexico, Atoyac. Biol.

Centr.-Amer., Arach. Aran. i. p. 218, t. 28. figs. 3, 3a—/( @ ).

1897. S. pallidus (F. P.-Cambr.), ¢, Brazil, Rio Janeiro. Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix. p. 92, pl. iv. fig. 5 (sub

Stenoctenus).

1903. ] MR. F. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. 167

1902. S. canaliculatus F. P.-Cambr., ¢ 9, Panama, Bugaba.

Biol. Centr.-Amer., Arach. Aran

figs. 3(¢), 4, 4a (9).

ii, p. 350, 6. 33.

The characters by which the species may be distinguished, so

far as I can gather them from the descriptions, are as follows :—

Males.

A. Carapace and abdomen clothed with plumose hairs.

B. Carapace and abdomen clothed with simple hairs.

I. Tibia i. and ii. with 9—10, protarsi with 8—9 long

spines beneath on each side .

II. Tibiai. and ii. with 4—4 long spines Deneath, pro-

tarsi with 5—6.

a. Anterior portion of ocular area almost vertical .

6. Anterior portion of ocular area porrect, hori-

zontal.

1. Apex of lamina round the inner anterior por-

tion of the bulb of the palpus much broader

and more deeply and broadly bifurculate ...

2. Apex of lamina round the inner anterior

portion of the bulb of the palpus much

narrower and less deeply bifurculate (simply

Ditid and canaliculate) 22. <2. ........00.o0cc ees one

Females.

A. Carapace and abdomen clothed with plumose hairs.

Ir Cane deeply striate, central stria oval-elon-

gate; tarsi i. and ii. with 4—4, protarsi i. and ii.

with 3—3 long spines beneath..

2. Carapace scarcely striate, central stria short, sub-

punctiform ; tibia i. and ii. with 5—5, protarsi

i. and ii. with 4—4 long spines beneath..

BG. Carapace and abdomen clothed with simple hairs.

a. Legs very long; tibia i. and ii. with long spines

beneath, 10 on inner side, 9 on outer side.

a, The lateral lobes of the vulva bearing a rounded

boss on the outer margin just behind the

middle (see Keyserling’s figure) ..

. The lateral lobes of the vulva without any

rounded boss ........

6. Legs shorter, tibia i. and ii. with ‘only 4—4 or

5—5 long spines beneath.

aa. Tibia i. and ii. with 5—5 long spines beneath.

a. Posterior eyes very large, centrals less than a

diameter apart, scarcely 1} diameters from

the laterals ; anterior Eee of ocular area

almost vertical aeaias

. Posterior eyes moderate in size, , centrals over

a diameter apart, at least two diameters

from the laterals. Anterior portion of

ocular area porrect ...

oe au we i, and ii, with 4—4 long spines beneath.

. Protarsi i. and ii. with 3—3 long spines

beneath, besides lateral and apical spines...

68, Protarsi 1. and ti. with 5—é long spines

heneath, besides lateral and apical spines.

a’. External sclerites of vulva eyenly rounded

on their outer margin, sinuously concave

on their inne. margin, their apices

(anterior portion) sharp, with a minute

cusp on their outer margin.

b4, External sclerites of vulva emarginate on

their outer sides, evenly convex on their

ner margins, "their apices forming a

broad hook, not very sharp at the point,

without any minute CUSD.........000-00cee es

tricolor Simon.

pallidus I. P.-Cambr.

ruficapillus Simon.

prolatus O. P.-Cambr.

canaliculatus FP. P.-Cambr.

plunosus Simon.

iricolor Simon.

gracilis Keyserling.

parallelus Simon.

ruficapillus Simon.

monastoides O. P.-Cambr.

albidus ¥. P.-Cambr.

prolatus O. P.-Cambr.

canaliculatus F. P.-Cambyr.

168 MR. F, PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. [Feb. 17,

SENOCULUS ALBIDUS, sp. nov. (Plate XIV. fig. 14.)

Type 9,in coll. Brit. Mus. Total length 14 mm.

In general appearance this species is similar to others of the

genus, the legs being clothed with a lateral fringe of curving

simple silky white hairs. The abdomen is also clothed at the

apex on each side with long pure-white hairs. The vulva consists

of two large oblong convex sclerites convergent forwards, and

somewhat concave at this point, see Plate XIV. fig. 14, where

also the vulva of S. parallelus Simon is figured (fig. 13).

Hab. Brazil; Rio Janeiro.

Nore.—Of S. purpureus (KE. Simon) and S. darwint (Holmberg)

1 cannot give any reliable characters. S. maronicus Tacz., the

type of the genus, is, according to the author, immature, and no

mention is made of the number of spines on the legs.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PratE XIV.

Vig. 1. Thaumasia velox, 9, vulva, p. 154.

xD annulipes, 2, ee | p. 154.

| Dossenus marginatus, 9, p. 155.

” oF 2 p) vulva.

2 2 » €yes.

Paradossenus ni igréicans, 2, p. 155.

fs 35 ©, vulva.

” ” 2, eyes.

e 6, tibial spur of palpus.

Thanatidius spinipes, &, eyes, p. 156.

9p a ditto, in front.

Bs 9, vulva.

| Senoculus parallelus, 2, vulva, p. 166.

a albidus, 2, vulva, p. 168.

fa Sd lt

PER ooesaaer aos

PratEe XV.

Fig.1. Trechalea keyserlingi, 9, p. 168.

2. A 5 vulva.

3 urinator, 6, tibial spur of palpus, p. 161.

A. i Hs 2, vulva.

5. Bs 6 3, embolus of palpus.

BOR x 6, 5 from below.

6 ie ellacombei, ©, vulva, p. 161.

7 5 macconnelli, 6, tibial spur of palpus, p. 162.

8. ie oe 6, embolus of palpus.

9. 55 connexa, 6, tibial spur of palpus, p. 162.

10. ms 5 3d, embolus of palpus.

il. 36 extensa, 6, tibial spur of palpus, p. 162.

12. 3 6, embolus of palpus.

13. a) longitarsis, 6, embolus of palpus, p. 160.

14, 55 a 6, ditto, apex enlarged.

15. es % 6, tibial spur of palpus.

16. an 6, ditto, example from Venezuela.

WW) aA By ©, vulva, example from Colombia.

18. ne amazonica, 6, tibia of palpus and spur, p. 163.

9} op a 3, embelne of palpus.

20. ©, vulva.

21. . Hesydrus habilis, 6, tibia of palpus and spur, p. 165.

op palustris, 8, tibia of palpus and spur, p. 165.

AY 55 6, embolus of palpus.

a e 6, right mandible, from outer side.

25. oD ee 2, vulva.

7 ‘ . a

Pos ar ina

fi 1@

pies

h 7 s 4 7

| fi ul

5. Gal Bale & Danielsson L® bth.

: 8. j

bsiodleea cen ots), PeNAbL OC si4n, MOP WARS ALLOW,

nn O89 do. PUG UNS .

EGS SOS vol IPN SOV

Ciemdelk Bale & Danielsson [,°4 hth.

IZAENARILIONG Aa WOME S, EOL

1903. ] ON THE MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 169

2. On the Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa,

from Collections made by Cyril Crossland in the Years

1901 and 1902.—Polycheta. Part I. By COvynix

CrossLanp, B.A., B.Sc.1

[Received January 15, 1903.]

(Plates XVI. & XVII.)

Introduction.

The collections referred to were made under the following

circumstances :—Sir Charles Eliot, K.C.M.G., C.B., late Fellow

of All Souls College, Oxford, at present H.M. Consul-General at

Zanzibar and Commissioner for British East Africa, took me out

with him as his private assistant in his researches on Nudibranch

Mollusca. I made collections not only of this, but of the other

marine groups; accounts of which, by various specialists, will

appear in these ‘ Proceedings’ from time to time. The largest

collections are those of the Nudibranchiate Mollusca and Polychete

Annelids, of which groups about 150 species in each are to be

described. Sir Charles Eliot has already published one part of the

results of his examination of the Nudibranchs (P. Z. 8. 1902, vol. ii.

p- 62); other papers by various authors will shortly be ready.

For the benefit of other possible workers in this region, I may

mention that the greater part of my collections was made in two

localities, viz. Chuaka Bay, on the east coast of Zanzibar, and

Wasin Harbour, near the Anglo-German boundary on the main-

land. The former locality is extremely rich in shore forms, and

dredging in 3 fathoms of water at the north side of the mouth of

the bay was often very productive. Wasin Harbour averages a

depth of 10 fathoms, and here I collected almost entirely by

dredging. The bottom is extensively covered by a species of

elesto, the branches of which are overgrown by an encrusting red

sponge. Among this a great variety of the smaller Polycheta

and Nudibranchiata are found.

My mention of these two localities is of the more importance to

future workers because large stretches of the coast are extremely

barren. Unfortunately this applies to the two principal towns of

Kast Africa, and especially to Mombasa. A few miles from

Zanzibar, e.g. round the islands and sandbanks which surround

the harbour, and on one portion of the shore about a mile to the

south of the town, at low spring-tide only, ave rich collecting-

grounds, and near this latter area dredging is profitable, especially

at a depth of 5 fathoms. The greatest portion of the Zanzibar

channel is, however, extremely barren.

More detailed descriptions of the reefs of East Africa, with

maps, will be found in my two papers: “On the Coral Reefs of

Zanzibar,” and “ Pemba and British East Africa,” in the Proc.

Camb. Phil. Soc. vols. xi. & xii. (1902).

1 Communicated by Pref. W. C. McInrosn, F.Z.S.

2 For explanation of the Plates, see p. 176.

}

170 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE Feb. 47,

The gratitude of all zoologists is thus due to Sir Charles Eliot,

whose generosity and scientific zeal have enabled these collections,

the first of considerable size from this region, to be made. I

wish also to express my best thanks to Mr. Stanley Gardiner, who

helped me by his advice and in every other possible way, both

during my residence in Hast Africa and in the working out of the

collections on my return to England.

CHAHTOPTERIDS,

Genus PHYLLOCH ©TOPTERUS.

The position of the genus Phyllochetopterus among the lower

Cheetopteridx is shown by the following table of the genera :—

A. Notopodia of the second body-rezion not foliaceous

(z. e. two body-regions only) ................. RANZANIA.

B. With foliaceous notopodia posteriorly.

1. Body divided into two regions ..................... LELEPSAVUS.

2. Body divided into three regions.

; One pair of tentacles ........................... .. SPIOCHETOPTERUS.

AUG JORNERS Cue WIUEVOTES |... cs,cponon ondcoo ganado sue boo PHYLLOCH ETOPTERUS.

The most characteristic feature of the Chetopteride is the

adaptation of certain parapodia for the production of a respiratory

current, which modification, completed in the genus Chetopterus,

makes the latter one of the most remarkable forms of animal life.

This pecuhlarity is not developed in Ranzania, whose only

Chetopterid features are its general build of body, which is

divided into an anterior flattened muscular and glandular portion

bearing long notopodial setz only, and a rounder weaker posterior

portion with delicate notopodia and neuropodia of uncinigeral

tori; in addition it is tubicolous in its mode of life, and procures

food by the ciliated grooves of its tentacles and dorsal surface.

To these features are added notopodial gills in Telepsavus, in

which case they are developed on every segment of the hind-body.

In the remaining two genera this modification is restricted to

more or fewer of the middle segments, to two only in Spiocheto-

pterus and several species of Phyllochetopterus, but up to 25 in

other species of the latter.

Tn all the eight species of Phyllochetopterus yet known the

body is vermiform, the notopodial gills comparatively small and

simple, bifid, and containing capillary sete. All the sete are

characteristically Cheetopterid, in the first region long with leaf-

like ends, and arranged in a row as in Chetopterus, though the

notopodia of P. aciculigerus alone approach in their long pointed

shape those of the former genus. In the fourth notopodium of

the first body-region one or more sete are enlarged and of a dark

brown colour, but are not flattened as in Chetopterus. The uncini

are of one kind only throughout the body, but their form is more

specialized than in Cheetopierus, and is that which occurs in, for

example, the Sabellidee. The parapodia are alike in all the species,

differing only in the proportions of the parts, excepting the hind-

body notopodia of P. aciculigerus (6).

1903.] MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 171

The prostomium is, in this family, usually more or less reduced.

In Chetopterus itself it is completely merged with the oral

funnel, and the same condition is described for some Phyllocheeto-

pterids (e. g. P. claparedi McIntosh). In all the members of this

genus it is normally scarcely distinguishable externally, both pairs

of tentacles being carried by the peristomium. In certain specimens

of P. elioti, however, as described below, it is quite prominent,

and so was discoverable in all the four species I have examined.

The first body-region is an almost solid mass of muscular and

glandular tissue in all species, but posteriorly musculature is

confined to the ventral surface, except at the level of the parapodia,

where muscle-bands surround the body. Between these the body-

wall is excessively thin dorsally and laterally, and always black

from the colour of the gut-walls.

Up to the present six species have been described, viz. :—

P. socialis Claparéde. Mediterranean and Atlantic (1) (4).

P. major Claparéde. Mediterranean (1).

P. gracilis Langerhans. Canary Islands (2).

P. claparedi McIntosh. Japan (3).

P. aciculigerus Crossland. The Maldive Islands (6),

P. gardineri Crossland. The Maldive Islands (6).

To these I now add :—

P. elioti. Zanzibar.

P. pictus. British East Africa.

Claparéde’s P. fallax was founded on such characters as the

numbers of segments composing the three body-regions, the

ringing of the tube, &c.; these have been shown by Roule (4) to

be variable in members of this genus.

The principal distinctions of systematic importance are :—

(1) Presence or absence of eye-spots, and of the development

of the prostomium.

(2) The number of the strong setz in the notopodium of the

fourth setigerous segment.

(3) The proportionate sizes of the parts of the parapodia of

the regions B and C.

(4) Ringing and other such details of the tubes are variable,

but (1) in some species they are straight and occur

singly, and (2)in others they are of a U-shape and occur

in numbers twisted together.

These characters are distributed as follows :-—

(1) Eye-spots present in P. socialis, P. major, P. elioti, P.

gardineri, P. pictus; absent in P. claparedi, P. aciculigerus,

P. gracilis.

(2) A single strong seta in 4th notopodium in P. socialis',

P. major, P. claparedi, P. pictus. More than one seta

strengthened. PP. gracilis with three, P. gardineri three,

P. elioti two, and P. acieuligerus eight.

1 In P. socialis two sete may exceptionally occur, but the extra one is always

smaller than the one it accompanies.

172 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [Feb. 17,

(3) The parapodia of the region C consist of double neuro-

podial tori and a clavate papilliform notopodium containing

a single seta in all the species except P. aciculigerus and

P. claparedi.

(4)* Tubes straight, occurring singly in P. claparedi, P. elioti,

P. major. Twisted together, in numbers, P. socialis and

P. pictus.

PHYLLOCHATOPTERUS ELIOTI*, sp.n. (Plate XVI. figs. 1-3 & 8;

Plate XVIT. figs. 10-13.)

Of this species numerous specimens occur in Chuaka Bay,

Zanzibar. The straight, stiff, opaque black tube, 6 to 9 inches

long, 1s buried in the sand at low tide, one or two inches only

projecting. Its presence is usually rendered conspicuous by the

growth of a tuft of bright green enteromorpha on the projecting

portion.

The colour of the living animal is milk-white anteriorly, and

black posteriorly. There is no pigmentation, and the brilliant

blue and yellow colours described by Claparéde and Lo Bianco in

the Naples species are not found in either of the two species I

have seen alive. The black colour of the gut gives the usual

green solution in alcohol.

The peristomium is very mobile, the whole shape of the head

being thus very different in different specimens. When expanded,

its shape is as in Pl. XVI. fig. 1. In a few cases only, where the

head is much contracted and bent back, does the prostomium and

its eye-spots come into view as in fig. 2.

The first pair of tentacles are very slender and long, attaining

a length of 9 mm.

The fore-body measures, in a large specimen, 6 mm. in length

by 2°5 mm. in breadth, and consists of about 14 setigerous

segments. (There were 13 in three specimens, 14 in three more,

and 15, 16, and 17 each in three more. The average is thus 14

in nine specimens.) The notopodia are very short and stumpy,

but the setz and their arrangement, as in the other species of the

genus, recall Chetopterus. The fourth foot has two strong sete

on each side, rarely three on one side or the other, though in one

specimen there were three on one side and four on the other.

The ordinary sete are all straight.

The region B (fig. 3) consists of from 20 to 25 segments, the

parapodia of which are very like those of P. gardineri, except that

the notopodial flap is slightly smaller, and there is a long space

between it and the ventral portion of the neuropodium, and the

parts of this latter are of more nearly equal size. The neuropodium

of the first segment of the gill-region is not divided. There are in

each notopodium five long setze whose flexible heads project. The

uncini (fig. 8, c) are triangular with very fine teeth, just visible

under a 4-inch objective.

The hind-body has more than 25 segments, but none of my

1 The tubes of Gardiner’s two species were unfortunately not obtained.

2 Thus named in honour of Sir Charles Eliot, K.C.M.G., C.B., H.M. Consul-

General at Zanzibar, and Commissioner for British Hast Africa.

1903.] MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. 173

specimens are quite complete. The notopodia are the usual

clavate papille containing a single seta. The neuropodia are as

in the gill-bearing region, but much smaller.

The two species P. eliott and P. gardineri are closely related,

differing only in the reduction of the peristomial collar in the

latter and the proportions of the mid-body parapodia and setee.

The only work on the internal anatomy of a member of this

genus is the section of the fore-body of P. claparedi given by

McIntosh, although examination of the anatomy of the species

of Phyllochetopierus would be extremely interesting, both for

comparison among themselves and with the other genera of the

family’, especially Chetopterus. Having neither time nor full

opportunity for this work, to which my inclinations are most

strongly drawn, I can only give here a few deductions from the

examination of a series of sections of a specimen of this genus,

which appear to differ in many minor details from the above-

mentioned section of P. claparedn.

Body-wall.—The region A is, as shown by the sections figured

(BD Xa ies. & 12), an almost solid mass of glandular

and muscular issues in marked contrast to the delicacy of the

regions Band C. The whole of the ventral epithelium is strongly

glandular beyond the limits of the well-marked ventral shield, and

these glands extend anteriorly to the dorsal surface and even on to

the prostomium. The cuticle is of extreme delicacy, if really

present. The musculature consists of weak circular and very

strong longitudinal muscles, but the division of the latter into

two dorsal and two ventral bundles cannot be made out. In the

regions B and C the only muscle occurring dorsally is a very

delicate circular layer (Pl. XVII. fig. 13). Diagonal fibres can be

traced in the region A between the nerve-cords and the notopodia,

which become more definite muscles in the region B (fig. 13),

The nervous system is in contact with the skin. The two

ventral cords le at a distance from one another in the region A,

but approach one another posteriorly (cf. figs. 12 & 13), their

arrangement corresponding thus to that in Chwtopterus. Trans-

verse commissures, portions of one of which are shown in Pl. XVII.

fig. 12, connect the two cords.

The brain (Pl. XVII. fig. 10), which in Cheetopterus is a narrow

band dorsal to the mouth, not differentiated from the circum-

cesophageal commissures, is here more distinct, in correspondence

with the presence of the prostomium in this genus and its absence

in the case of Chetopterus. Itis a perfectly simple swelling of the

circum-cesophageal commissures. The continuity of the nervous

system with the epidermis is shown by a comparison of the

sections of the prostomium given in figs. 10 & 11. The former

shows the circumeesophageal connectives, that on the left as it

crosses from the ventral to the dorsal side, that on the right, near

the eye-spot (e) passing into the prostomium. The replacement

of the ordinary glandular epithelium of this area by the densely

1 For anatomy of Telepsavus, see pl. xiii. and its explanation in Claparéde’s

‘ Annélides Sédentaires,’

174 MR. CYRIL CROSSLAND ON THE [ Feb. 17,

staining nerve-nuclei of the brain (which are similar to those

seen on the outer side of the ventral nerve-cords &ec.) is shown

distinctly, this replacement being complete in fig. 10, where the

epidermis is composed entirely of nerve-cells.

The eye-spots are a pair of groups of cells, each containing

numerous minute granules of black-brown pigment. These are in

continuity with the nerve-cells of the brain, but are anterior and

dorsal to its fibrous part.

The celom is small and broken up into several distinct portions.

The largest of these are a pair of spaces lying laterally and

ventrally to the gut (fig. 12), bounded dorsally by the powerful

muscles of the seta-sac. Dorsally and medianly, commencing as a

space in the prostomium, is a third part which posteriorly becomes

a mere canal surrounding the dorsal blood-vessel. In the region B

the eelom is more normal, though reduced in size. It remains

divided into right and left halves by the dorsal and ventral

mesenteries of the gut.

The vascular system consists of dorsal and ventral vessels, both

running in the gut-mesenteries. The former breaks up at the

base of the prostomium into three branches (fig. 10), and large

connecting-vessels are found in the anterior segments. Posteriorly

the dorsal vessel forms a large sinus covering the dorsal wall of

the gut (fig. 13).

Alimentary canal.—The mouth is richly ciliated, and the outer

ends of its columnar epithelial cells contain a few minute specks

of the black-green pigment so characteristic of the family. These

are absent from the narrow triangular gut of the region A, but

reappear in great quantities in the larger thick-walled alimentary

canal of the regions B and C (fig. 13).

The gut-lining here consists of long crowded cells, the swollen

distal ends of which are crowded with minute specks of the

pigment, indicated by dark dots in the figures.

The transverse sections of the notopodial gills, shown in fig. 13,

are interesting. The space which they contain is ccelomic, and at

its centre is a bundle of five or six setee wrapped closely together

by fleshy tissue. The transverse section of this resembles that of

a telegraph-cable, the wires being represented by the sete. At

each end of the oval section is seen a sharply-cut groove, the

sides of which are of granular, rather deeply-staining protoplasm,

without nuclei, supporting externally very long cilia. Laterally

is a more deeply-stained area of the epithelium, perhaps of nervous

function.

PHYLLOCHAHTOPTERUS PICTUS, sp. n. (Plate XVI. fig. 5.)

The tubes of this species are brown and translucent, quite free

from sand or mud. They were found clustered together in con-

siderable numbers on the under side of a large stone at low-water

level on Pungutiayu islet, Wasin. Each tube has two openings,

each limb of the U being about 4°5 cm. long. The bending is

irregular, and they are twisted and fused together, so that 1t 1s

usually almost impossible to separate out any one tube.

1903. MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR, 175

The contained worms are the smallest of the species described

here, or in (6), being slightly smaller every way than in P. elioti.

The specific name refers to the abundance of brown colour

found on their tentacles and fore-body, Pigmentation, except of

the gut, is rare in the Cheetopteride. Of the other species, it is

described in only two, viz. P. claparedi (8) and P. socialis (a): ari

both these it is comparatively slightly developed.

The ground-colour of the anterior region, tentacles, and para-

podia of P. pictus is, in life, creamy white. The greater part of

the posterior regions is, as usual, black, by reason of the pigmen-

tation of the gut.

On either side of the groove which runs along the upper surface

of the larger tentacles are regularly arranged squarish blotches

of brown, as shown in Pl. XVI. fig. 5. Brown dots are scattered

also over the pro- and peristomium and the anterior segments of

the fore-body. There are two dark bands with indefinite edges

along the ventral bases of the notopodia, and a broad crescent

across the ventral surface of the end of the region A.

The mouth is not at all funnel-shaped, but rather slit-like, the

two small peristomial lappets coming together from either side.

The prostomium is large, flattened from side to side, and projects

above the dorsal surface of the fore-body. The very slender second

setigerous pair of tentacles lie close on either side of it, being thus

very inconspicuous. Two elongated, but distinct, eye-spots, of a

dark brown colour, occur one on each side of the prostomium.

The regions A and B consist of the following numbers of

segments in different individuals :—

* % *

Doren OM UG.) Sls SMe eaieye CaS

Bese uh 9 9) 7 9) 3 8 —

* These specimens were below the average size.

The fourth notopodium has but one large seta of the shape

shown in Pl. XVI. fig. 9,a. The bending of this seta is remarkable

as occurring only in this species. Its three teeth, when seen from

one point of view, give an explanation of Langerhans’s figure of

the corresponding seta in P. gracilis, which is not otherwise

intelligible.

The other setz are all straight, and present no peculiarities

except those of the last notopodium, which are bent, and the head

is finely toothed (fig. 9, c). .

The parapodia of the region B (figs. 5 & 6) are small, the

neuropodial ridges especially so. In correspondence with this the

uncini are very minute and delicate (03 mm. long), and their

teeth barely visible under a 1-inch objective (fig. 9, d). The

neuropodia do not extend far up the side of the body, and the

space between them and the notopodial gills is not filled up by

the triangular membranous gill-flap as in the other species (fig. 6).

The notopodia contain two or three thin sete which do not project.

In the region C the notopodia are reduced to little clavate

papille, containing one seta, as in all the other species except

176 ON THE MARINE FAUNA OF ZANZIBAR. | Feb. 17,

P. claparedt and P. aciculigerus (see fig. 6, of P. elioti). The

neuropodia also are small.

List of the Literature.

(1) Ciuaparrpr.—Annélides du Golfe de Naples, 1868.

(2) LancerRHANS.—“ Ueber einige Canarischen Anneliden.” Noy.

Act. der Leop.-Carol. Deutschen Akad. Bd. xliii., 1881.

(3) McInroso.— Challenger’ Reports, vol. xii., 1885, p. 374.

(4) Route.‘ Campagne du Caudan.” Ann. d. l'Université de

Lyon, 1896.

(5) Lo Branco.—Ann. Tub. nel Golfo di Napoli, 1893.

(6) Crossnanp.—J. Stanley Gardiner’s ‘Fauna and Geography

of the Maldive Archipelago.’ In the press.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prate XVI.

Fig. 1. Normal condition of the head of Phyllochetopterus elioti (p. 172), as seen

from dorsal side. X 10.

Side view of a specimen whose prostomium and eye-spots are visible. > 10.

. Side view of three segments of the region B. > 10.

Ventral view of the same. ’

P. pictus (p. 174). Dorsal view of anterior part of body. x 10.

. Side view of three segments of the region B. X 10.

A notopodium of the region C in either species. 100.

. Sete of P. elioti (p. 172).

(a) Thickened seta of fourth parapodium. x 83.

(6) Normal seta from third foot. x 90.

9. Setee of P. pictus (p. 172).

(a) Thickened seta from the fourth foot. > 100.

(b) Head of a normal seta from the same bunch. 200.

finely toothed. x 100.

(d) One of the uncini. > 1000.

Puate XVII.

Fig. 10. Section of Phyllochetopterus elioti (p.172) through the brain, bases of

short tentacles, &c.

11. Section a little anterior to fig. 10, through mouth, first feet, &c.

12. Section at level of fifth foot.

13. Section near beginning of region B. All sections x 42.

DAD HH oo wo

The meaning of the lettering on the figures of the Plates is as follows :—

b.v.=blood-vessel. n.=nerve,

cire.m.=circular muscle. n.c.=nerve-cells.

ce.=ceelum. n.cd.=nerve-cord.

d.bv.=dorsal blood-vessel. n.f.=nerve-fibres.

d.cil.=dorsal ciliated groove. neph.=nephridium.

d.coe.=dorsal division of ccelom. neur.=neuropodium or ventral division

d.neur.=dorsal division of the neuro- of the foot.

podia. noto.=notopodium or dorsal division

e.=eye. of the foot.

g-=gut. peri.=peristomium.

gill.=gill- flap between noto- and ppd.=parapodium or foot.

neuropodia. pro.=prostomium.

gl.=glandular areas or epithelia s.=seta.

&e. ¢, & ¢,=first and second pairs of ten-

Zm.=longitudinal muscle-layer. tacles.

m.=ruscle. v.bv.=Vventral blood-vessel.

mo.=mouth. v.neur.=ventral division of the neuro-

wm. of ppd.= muscles of parapodium. podia.

PA S419 085) vol lela leE Qvale

K.Broom del.

MP Parker lith. Parker & West imp.

AXIS, ADLAS: i PROAT WAS Or

GOMPHOGNATHUS & TRIRACHODON.

1903.] ON THE VERTERR® OF THERIODONTS. Lie

3. On the Axis, Atlas, and-Proatlas in the Higher

Theriodonts. By R. Broom, M.D., B.Se., C.M.Z.8.

[Received January 20, 1903. }

(Plate XVIIL.')

Hitherto, though something has been known of the structure

of the axisin at least two of the Dicynodonts and in Cynognathus,

we have been practically ignorant of the structure of the atlas in

any of the Theriodonts or Anomodonts. In fact, Prof. Seeley (1)

in describing the axis of Cynognathus, seems to be in doubt

whether he is really dealing with an axis, or with an axis and

atlas combined. On page 100 of his paper he says, ‘The first

vertebra appears to be anchylosed to the second”; while a little

further on he states that “this vertebra is remarkable for its

form being exactly like the odontoid process of the vertebra in

many animals, and suggesting the idea that the atlas is lost” ;

and in a note he adds: ‘ This appears to be confirmed by the sub-

sequently to be described condition in Z'ropidostoma dunni.” In

counting the vertebra, however, he counts the axis as the Ist

cervical, and states that “there are 6 cervicals.” Gadow (2), in

his recently published work on Reptiles, possibly misled by Seeley,

definitely states that “the atlas is fused with the axis.” Con-

sidermg how mammal-like the higher Theriodonts are, and that

the axis bears a very marked resemblance to the mammalian axis,

having a large spime and a well-developed odontoid process, it

seems remarkable that the idea should have arisen that the atlas

was anchylosed to the axis, more especially as there is no part

of the axis in Cynognathus that bears any resemblance to any

kniown atlas.

When in Grahamstown recently, I had an opportunity, through

the kindness of Dr. Schonland, of examining the Theriodonts in

the Albany Museum, and especially the very fine specimens of

Gomphognathus and Trirachodon, which have been described by

Seeley (3), and which have been so marvellously developed under

his direction. In both the type specimens of Gomphognathus

kannemeyert and Trirachodon kannemeyeri the anterior cervical

vertebra are most beautifully shown, but Seeley in his description

ot the specimens makes no reference to this most important

region, beyond stating (p. 53) that “ the occipital plate [in 7’rira-

chodon]| is not completely exposed owing to some of the vertebre

being in contact.” Twoof his figures of the skull of 7'rivachodon

show the atlas and part of the axis; but as no distinction is shown

between matrix and bone, it is difficult to make anything of the

drawing.

The beautiful specimen which forms the type of Gomphognathus

1 For explanation of the Plate, see p, 180.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1903, Vou. I, No. XII. 12

178 DR. R. BROOM ON THE [| Feb. 17,

consists of two complete mandibles in articulation with the

posterior half of the skull. The lower jaw lies almost at right

angles to the axis of the skull, and the upper cervical vertebrae

have been to some extent protected by passing down between the

two rami. The skull consists of the practically complete occiput

with both temporal arches in almost perfect condition, and with

most of the parietal and sphenoidal regions well shown. Though

the sutures unfortunately are not distinct, the occiput is so well

preserved, practically without distortion, that I think it worthy

of being figured.

The vertebrze so far as preserved consist of the proatlas, atlas,

axis, and the 3rd and 4th cervical vertebre.

The atlas (a¢.) consists of a well-developed arch and a distinct

hypapophysis (A.at.). The arch is partly broken in the middle, but

must have borne considerable resemblance to that of the mammals.

It differs in having had a distinct posterior zygapophysis (z.at.)

for articulation with the small anterior zygapophysis of the axis

z.ax.). The zygapophysis of the left side is well preserved, but

that of the right has been broken off. On the right side the

outer part of the arch is continued backwards as a well-developed

bony process or rib (7.a¢.). It is probable that the process is

really a rib, but I have been unable to find a suture between it

and the arch. On the under surface, what appears to be part of

the rib of the left side is seen lying by the side of the body of the

axis (7.at.). The well-developed hypapophysis is also well seen.

It appears to have had only a ligamentous connection with the

arch of the atlas.

In front of the arch of the atlas, and lying in the hollows formed

above and outside of the occipital condyles, are the two portions

of the proatlas. Each consists of a short bony arch with a

well-developed process passmg upward and outward from its

outer end. e

The axis is well developed, and bears considerable resemblance to

that of Cynognathus. The spine forms a very large flattened crest.

In the specimen it is somewhat damaged, but there is probably

not a great deal missing. In front, the spine passes forwards

over the arch of the atlas, and possibly forms an articulation

withit as in the Monotremes. Between the anterior part of the

spine and the odontoid process is the small anterior zygapophysis

(z.ax.). The odontoid process (0.p.) is well developed, and on the

right side it is seen articulating with the arch of the atlas. On

the under surface the body of the axis is seen, asalso a part of the

odontoid process in articulation with the hypophysis of the atlas.

On the upper surface, near the posterior end of the centrum, on

the right side is a portion of the rib of the axis.

The 3rd and 4th cervicals present no features worthy of any

special remark. Remains of ribs are seen in connection with

each.

In the type specimen of Zrirachodon kannemeyert there are

preserved and well shown the two portions of the proatlas, the

1903. ] VERTEBRE OF THERIODONTS, 179

arch and hypapophysis of the atlas, and the odontoid process and

part of the body of the axis. Though the structure of the

vertebra is essentially similar to that in Gomphognathus there are

many points of difference.

The proatlas (p.a.), though occupying the same relative position.

as in Gomphognathus, is less specialized. It is present as a pair of

curved, moderately thin, bony plates lying in front of, and probably

somewhat overlapping, the arch of the atlas, There is no bony

process developed as in Gomphognathus.

The atlas (a¢.) consists of a well-developed arch and a distinct

hypapophysis. ‘The arch is not so complete as in Gomphognathus,

and must have differed considerably in regard to the arrangement

of the anterior articular surfaces. In Gomphognathus the occi-

pital condyles (0.c.) are small and moderately close together,

whereas in Z'rirachodon the condyles (0.c.) are very large and as

wide as the atlas. The arch, perhaps on this account, does not

close in inferiorly to meet the hypapophysis, with which it can

only have been attached by hgament. The ‘zygapophy sis (z.at.)

for the axis is very small. “The hypapophysis (/.at.) is very

sunilar to that in Gomphognathus.

Of the axis only the odontoid process, imperfectly displayed,

and a part of the body remain.

The structure of the upper cervical vertebre is so imperfectly

known in the majority of fossil reptiles, that there is some diili-

culty in satisfactorily dealing with the aftinities of the structures.

It is difficult to avoid being struck by the close resemblance of

the axis, atlas, and proatlas in the Theriodont to those structures

in the Crocodiles, more especially as there is no close aflinity

between the groups. The explanation is probably to be found in

the fact that both the Crocodiles and the Theriodonts, though far

removed from each other, have retained with but slight modifi-

cation the type of structures met with in their common ancestor.

In Sphenodon, though the proatlas is small, the type is practically

the same; and I have recently discovered that Procolophon has a

well-developed proatlas. Procolophon has usually hitherto been

associated with the Dicynodonts, Theriodonts, and Pareiasaurians,

but as it has a persistent notochord, abdominal ribs, a plate-like

pubis and ischium, and 2, 3, 4, 5, and 4 phalanges in the digits, it

is manifestly much more closely related to Palwohatteria than it is

to the Theriodonts and Dicynodonts. In most of its structures it is

probably as primitive as the common ancestor of the Crocodiles

and Theriodonts, so that there is good reason for believing that

the common ancestor had a well-developed proatlas and probably

an atlas and axis very similar to those found in later forms,

but almost certainly with the odontoid process as a distinct

element, as seen in Jcehthyosaurus. No proatlas has yet been

detected in Pareiasaurus, but I have found one in Lystrosaurus

(= Ptychognathus Owen). It will probably yet be found in most

of the primitive reptilian types,

12*

180 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON THE (ctor

Works referred to.

(1) H. G. Srerey: “On the Skeleton in new Cynodontia from

the Karroo Rocks.” Phil. Trans. vol. 186 B. p. 59 (1896).

(2) H.Gapow: ‘ Amphibia and Reptiles.’ London, 1901.

(3) H.G.Sreney: “On the Gomphodontia,” Phil. Trans. vol. 186 B.

p. 1 (1896).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Fig. 1. Occiput and upper cervical vertebra of Gomphognathus kannemeyeri. Nat.

size.

Fig. 2. Under view of atlas and axis of Gomphognathus. Nat. size.

Fig. 3. Posterior view of atlas &c. of Drivachodon kannemeyeri. Nat. size.

Fig. 4. Under Baill ess 55 a Be Nat. size.

Fig. 5. Side Penne 3 # Ss Nat. size.

at., atlas; ax., axis; e.0., exoccipital; h.at., hypapophysis of atlas; 0.c., occipital

condyle; o.p., odontoid process; p.a., proatlas; 7°, r4, bs; 7.a¢., atlas rib; r.aa.,

axis rib; sq., squamosal ; z.a¢., zygapophysis of atlas; z.aa., zygapophysis of axis;

8c, 4c, 3rd and 4th cervical vertebra.

4. A Revision of the Fishes of the Genus Triacanthus.

By C. Tarn Reean, B.A

[Received January 20, 1903.]

Although six species of 7riacanthus were described and figured

by Bleeker in the ‘ Atlas Ichthyologique,’ Giinther, in his Catalogue,

recognized only three (viz.: Zr. strigilifer Cantor, biaculeatus

Bloch, and brevirostris Schlegel), and did not accept either of the

four described by Dr. Bleeker as new, but placed three of them

(viz.: Tr. macrurus, blochi, and oxycephalus) in the synonymy of

Tr. biaculeatus, and the fourth (77. niewhoft) in that of 7%. brevi-

rostris. Since then this arrangement has not been challenged, nor

has any new species of this genus been described.

Subsequent to the reading of my paper on the Plectognathi?, I

examined the specimens of Zriacanthi in the British Museum

Collection, which include Bleeker’s types, and I have come to

the conclusion that all six species described by Bleeker are valid,

although the one he called 7'r. macrurus is certainly identical with

Tr. biaculeatus Bl., a specigs not recognized by him; whilst a

seventh species, which has been generally confused with 7'r. brevi-

rostris Schleg., is now described for the first time as 7’r. indicus.

A complete revision of the synonymy has thus become necessary,

and the need for more complete diagnoses of the various species is

obvious. In the descriptions given below, which are in each case

based on several specimens, the total length is measured to the

base of the first caudal ray, the length of head to the gill-opening,

the length of the caudal peduncle from the base of the last dorsal

to that of the first caudal ray, the length of the snout from its tip

to the vertical from the anterior margin of the eye, that of the

1 Communicated by G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

2 P.Z.S. 1902, ii. p. 284.

1903.] FISHES OF THE GENUS TRIACANTHUS. 181

postorbital part of the head from the vertical from the posterior

margin of the eye to the gill-opening. Young specimens have a

shorter snout, a deeper body, and longer dorsal and ventral spines

than adults, and have been excluded from the diagnoses. In each

case the total length of the largest example here described is given.

TRIACANTHUS Cuvier.

Body compressed, covered with small rough scales; caudal

gees more or less elongate, t apering ; mouth small; teeth in

2 series in each jaw, 10 in each outer series, incisor-like ; Enos of

the inner series obtuse, rounded, 6 in the upper jaw, 2 in the

lower. Branchiostegals 6; pseudobranchize present. Spinous

dorsal with 5 rays, the first a long and strong spine; soft dorsal

with 20-25 rays; anal with 15- 20 rays ; ventral fins each repre-

sented by a strong spine, without soft rays; caudal widely forked.

Vertebree 20.

In all the species the colour is strikingly similar, being bluish

grey above, silvery below. The only tangible differences in colour

are that the membrane of the spinous dorsal fin is in some specimens

immaculate, in others wholly or partly blackish.

Key to the Species.

I. Second ray of spinous dorsal more than half as

long as the first, membrane of spinous dorsal

immaculate ; length of yest of anal half that of

soft dorsal ; D. V, 20-22; A. 16-16 ....... . 1. Dr. strigilifer Cantor.

II. Second ray "of spinous dorsal less than half as

long as the first.

A. Snout concave; pelvis between ventral spines

tapering to a distinct point posteriorly.

a. Membrane of spinous dorsal immaculate;

length of caudal peduncle 43-5}; times in

total length ; length of base of anal 1{-14

times in that of soft dorsal; D. V, 22-2

A. 16-17 .. : 2. Ti. blochi Bleeker.

6b. Membrane between first two rays ‘of spinous

dorsal blackish; length of caudal peduncle

4-5 times in total ‘Tength ; length of base

of anal 12-18 times in that of soft dorsal;

DV 23 —2ai ARGS O\ ee ed sas hdee adhe tsees 3. Tr. biaculeatus Bloch.

c. Membrane of spinous dorsal immaculate ;

length of caudal peduncle 63-7 times in

total length; length of base of anal 13-

1} times in that of soft dorsal; D. v,

21 25; A. 17-19.. 4, Tr. oxycephalus Bleeker.

B. Snout straight ; pelvis between ventral spines

scarcely narrowed posteriorly ; D. V, 24-25;

A. 18-20.

a. Membrane of spinous dorsal blackish; snout

half as long as the head; postorbital part of

head not shorter than eye-diameter ......... 5. Fr. brevirostris Schlegel.

6. Membrane of spinous dorsal blackish; snout

more than half as long as the head; post-

orbital part of head shorter than eye-diameter. 6. Tr. indicus, n. sp.

c. Membrane between first two rays of spinous

dorsal blackish ; snout Jess than half as long

as the head ; postorbital part of head shorter

than eye- -diameter De ee ee de ie mieunofu Bleeker.

182 MR. C. TATE REGAN ON THE [ Feb. 17,

TRIACANTHUS STRIGILIFER.

Triacanthus strigilifer Cantor, Mal. Fish. p. 363, pl. ix. (1847);

Bleeker, Atlas Ichth. v. p. 89, pl. cexxix. fig. 3 (1865); Giinther,

Cat. vill. p. 211 (1870).

Triacanthus longirostris Hollard, Ann. Sci. Nat. (4) 1. 1854,

p. 46, pl. 11. fig. 3.

Depth of body about equal to the length of head, about 3

times in the total length, length of caudal peduncle 43—5 times.

Snout very slightly concave, its length 13-12 times in that of the

head, eye-diameter 3-4 times, interorbital width 4-5 times.

Interorbital space concave, without distinct median ridge. Upper

edge of occipital crest in the same straight line as that of the

snout ; distance to base of first dorsal spine from posterior margin

of eye about 14 times the eye-diameter. D. V, 20-22; A. 15-16;

the first dorsal spine longer than the head, the second considerably

more than half as long as the first, the others much shorter; the

base of the anal fin about half as long as that of the soft dorsal

fin; pelvis between the ventral spines moderately broad, tapering

to a point posteriorly. Membrane of spinous dorsal immaculate.

Total length 185 mm.

Hab. Seas of Arabia and India; East Indian Archipelago.

TRIACANTHUS BLCCHI.

Lriacanthus blochi Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind. ii, 1852,

p- 81; Atlas Ichth. v. p. 89, pl. ecxvil. fig. 1 (1865).

Triacanthus biaculeatus (part.) Giinther, Cat. viii. p. 210

(1870).

Depth of body about 3 times in the total length, length of head

33-3+ times, length of caudal peduncle 43-5} times. Snout

concave, its length 14-2 times in the length of head, eye-diameter

3-3? times, interorbital width 4—5 times. Interorbital space

concave, with median ridge scarcely, if at all, distinct. Upper

edge of occipital crest forming an angle of about 160° with that

of the snout; distance from posterior margin of eye to base of

first corsa! spine about 17 times as long as the eye-diameter.

D. V,-22-23; A. 16-17; the first dorsal spine longer than the

head, the others short; length of base of anal fin 17-14 times in

that of the base of soft dorsal fin. Pelvis between ventral spines

narrow, tapering to a slender poimt. Membrane of spinous

dorsal immaculate.

Total length 150 mm.

Hab, Kast Indian Archipelago; China.

TRIACANTHUS BIACULEATUS.

Balistes biaculeatus Bloch, Ausl. Fische, pl. 148. fig. 2 (1785).

Triacanthus biaculeatus Cuv. Régne An. 11. p. 152 (1817).

Triacanthus angustifrons Hollard, Ann. Sci. Nat. (4) 1. 1854,

p. 40, pl. n. fig. 2.

1903. ] FISHES OF THE GENUS TRIACANTHUS, 183

Triacanthus macrurus Bleeker, Atlas Ichth. v. p. 91, pl. cexxii.

fig. 3 (1865).

Triacanthus biaculeatus (part.) Giinther, Cat. viii. p. 210 (1870).

Depth of body about 24 times in the total length, length of

head about 33 times, length of caudal peduncle 44-5 times.

Snout concave, its length 12-14 times in the length of head, eye-

diameter 33-4 times, interorbital width 4-5 times. Interorbital

space concave, with median ridge scarcely, if at all, distinct.

Upper margin of occipital crest forming an angle of about 170°

with that of the snout; distance from posterior margin of eye to

base of first dorsal spine 12-14 times as long as the eye-diameter.

D. V, 23-24; A. 18-19; the first dorsal spine longer than the

head, the others short ; length of base of anal fin 12-14 times in

that of the base of the soft dorsal fin; pelvis between ventral

spines rather narrow, tapering posteriorly to a slender point.

Membrane between first and second rays of spinous dorsal fin

blackish.

Total length 180 mm.

Hab, Kast Indian Archipelago; Australia; China.

TRIACANTHUS OXYCEPHALUS.

Triacanthus oxycephalus Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. xxiv. 1852,

p. 27, pl. v. fig. 10; Atlas Ichth. v. p. 90, pl. ecxx. fig. 3 (1865).

Triacanthus biaculeatus (part.) Giinther, Cat. viii. p. 210 (1870).

Depth of body 24-23 times in total length, length of head

about 3 times, length of caudal peduncle 64—7 times. Snout

slightly concave, its length about 14 times in the length of head,

eye-diameter 3-4 times, interorbital width 3-3} times. Inter-

orbital space flat. Upper edge of occipital crest convex ; distance

from posterior margin of orbit to base of first dorsal spine about

12 times as long as the eye-diameter. D. V, 24-25; A. 17-19;

first dorsal spine longer than the head, the others short ; length of

base of anal fin 13—1? times in that of the base of the soft dorsal

fin ; pelvis between the ventral spines broad anteriorly, tapering to

a point posteriorly. Membrane of spinous dorsal fin immaculate.

Total length 140 mm.

Hab. Kast Indian Archipelago,

TRIACANTHUS BREVIROSTRIS.

Triacanthus brevirostris Schlegel, Faun. Japon., Poiss. p. 294,

pl. exxix. fig. 2 (1846); Bleeker, Atlas Ichth. p. 94, pl. ccxxxi.

fig. 3 (1865); Giinther, Cat. vii. p. 209, part. (1870).

Triacanthus biaculeatus Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. xxii. 1849, p. 6.

Triacanthus rhodopterus Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. xxiv. 1852,

p. 25, pl. iv. fig. 8.

Triacanthus russellii Bleeker, t. c. p. 25.

Depth of body 24-2? times in the total length, length of head

34-32 times, length of caudal peduncle 47-54 times. Snout

straight, its length about twice in that of the head, eye-diameter

33~5 times, interorbital width about 34 times. Length of post-

184 ON THE FISHES OF THE GENUS TRIACANTHUS. [ Feb. 17,

orbital part of head equal to or greater than eye-diameter. Inter-

orbital space with a more or less distinct median ridge, with a

groove on each side of it. Occipital crest convex, moderately

elevated, becoming nearly horizontal in front of the base of the

first dorsal spine. D. V, 24-25; A. 18-20; first dorsal spine

shorter than the head, the others short; length of base of anal fin

12-12 times in that of soft dorsal fin; pelvis between ventral

spines broad, scarcely narrowed posteriorly. Membrane of spinous

dorsal fin blackish.

Total length 250 mm.

Hab. Kast Indian Archipelago, Seas of China and Japan.

TRIACANTHUS INDICUS, 0. Sp.

Russell, Indian Fishes, p. 14, pl. xxi. (1803).

Balistes biaculeatus Bennett, Fishes of Ceylon, pl. xv. (1830).

Triacanthus biaculeatus Cantor, Mal. Fish. p. 360 (1847); Day,

Fishes of Malabar, p. 260 (1865).

Triacanthus brevirostris Hollard, Ann. Sci. Nat. (4)1. 1854, p. 45,

pl. ii. fig. 1; Giinther, Cat. vii. p. 209, part. (1870); Day, Fishes

of India, p. 685, pl. clxxv. fig. 1°(1878).

Depth of body 23-2 times in the total length, length of head

31-34 times, length of caudal peduncle 47-5 times. Snout

straight, its length about 1? times in that of the head, eye-diameter

3-43 times, interorbital width 3-3? times. Length of post-

orbital part of head distinctly less than eye-diameter. Interorbital

space with a more or less distinct median ridge with a groove on

each side of it. Occipital crest elevated, its upper edge nearly in

the same straight line with that of the snout. D. V, 24-25;

A. 18-20; first dorsal spine nearly as long as the head, the others

short ; length of base of anal fin 14-14 times in that of soft dorsal

fin; pelvis between ventral spimes broad, scarcely narrowed

posteriorly. Membrane of spinous dorsal fin blackish.

Total length 220 mm.

fab. Coasts of India from Kurrachee to Penang; Ceylon ;

Andaman Is,

This species differs from 7. brevirostris chiefly in the longer

snout, the shorter postorbital part of head, and the shorter and

more elevated occipital crest. The figures given by Russell and

Bennett are excellent.

TRIACANTHUS NIEUHOFI.

* Nieuhof, Gedenkw. Zee en lantr. p. 272, fig.

Willoughby, Ichthyology, Appendix, p. 5, pl. x. fig. 2 (1686).

? Gronow, Mus. 1. p. 52 (1754-6) & Zoophyl. p. 53 (1763-81).

Triacanthus nieuhofi Bleecker, Verh. Bat. Gen. xxiv. 1852, p. 26,

pl. iv. fig. 9, & Atlas Ichth. v. p. 92, pl. cexvii. fig. 3 (1865).

Triacanthus brachysoma Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind. tv.

1853, p. 128.

1 T have not been able to verify this reference.

1903. ] ON VARIATIONS OF THE SAND-VIPER, 185

? Balistes bipes Gronow, Cat. Fish, p. 37 (1854),

Triacanthus brevirostris (part.) Giinther, Cat. viii. p. 209 (1870).

Depth of body about 2} times in the total length, length of

head 33-33 times, length of caudal peduncle 41~4} times. Snout

straight, about 21 times in the length of head ; eye-diameter about

37 times and equal to interorbital width. Length of postorbital

part of head less than eye-diameter. Interorbital space with

median ridge with a groove on each side of it; occipital crest

strongly elevated, the distance from the base of first dorsal spine

to the upper angle of gill-opening rather more than the distance

from the base of the first dorsal spine to the anterior margin of

eye. D. V, 24-25; A. 18-20; first dorsal spine longer than the

head, the others short ; length of base of anal fin about 12 times

in that of the base of soft dorsal fin; pelvis between the ventral

spines broad, not much narrowed posteriorly ; membrane between

first two rays of spinous dorsal fin blackish.

Total length 126 mm.

Hab, Kast Indian Archipelago.

This species has a shorter and more declivous snout than

Tr. brevirostris, and also occipital crest more elevated, postorbital

part of head shorter and body deeper.

5. On the Geographical Variations of the Sand-Viper, Vipera

ammodytes. By G. A. BoutencEr, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

[Received January 30, 1903.1]

(Text-figures 27 & 28.)

The variations of Vipera ammodytes in connection with the

distribution of the species have not received sufticient attention.

Having succeeded in bringing together and carefully comparing a

series of 55 specimens from various localities, J have convinced

myself that the South-eastern specimens (Greece, Archipelago,

Syria) can be distinguished from the typical form from Austria-

Hungary, Dalmatia, Bosnia, and Montenegro, not by means of

any single absolute character, but by a combination of characters,

as shown by the following definitions :—

Forma typica (text-fig. 27 @)—Naso-rostral shield usually *

reaching the canthus rostralis, and extending considerably higher

up than the upper border of the rostral, which is usually broader

than deep (text-fig. 28 a); rostral “horn” with 3 (rarely 2 or 4)

transverse series of scales between the rostral shield and the

apex. Ventral shields 145 to 163. The dark shade on the lower

lip, if present, broken up by light bars separated by 2 to 4 labial

shields. Lower surface of end of tail usually red?, Grows to

80 centimetres.

Var. meridionalis (text-fig. 27 6)—Naso-rostral shield never

1 5 exceptions out of 30 specimens examined

2 Yellow in one specimen from the Dinaric Alps, Bosnia.

186 ON VARIATIONS OF THE SAND-VIPER. [Feb. 17,

reaching the canthus rostralis, and but rarely extending higher

up than the upper border of the rostral, which is often as deep as

broad or a little deeper than broad (text-fig. 285); rostral “ horn”

with 3 to 5 transverse series of scales between the rostral shield

and the apex. Supraciliary edge usually more prominent than in

the typical form, sometimes slightly angular, foreshadowing the

condition in V. raddit. Ventral shields 133 to 147. A more or

less distinct dark blotch on the lower lip, involving 5 or 6 labial

shields without interruption. Lower surface of end of tail yellow.

Grows to 60 centimetres.

Text-fig. 27.

Side views of heads of a, Vipera ammodytes, f. typica (Feldkirchen,

Carinthia), and 6, var. meridionalis (Athens).

Front view of end of snout, showing the lepidosis.

a. Feldkirchen, Carinthia; 6. Athens; c. Cocosu, Roumania.

T submit these definitions to the consideration of herpetologists

who may have the privilege of examining large series of speci-

mens from any single district. The material at my command is

still deficient in examples from Bulgaria, Turkey, and the Caucasus,

and I may mention that the only two specimens from Roumania

which I have been able to examine differ from both forms as here

characterized, and are on the whole intermediate between them.

The rostral shield is deeper than broad, and the naso-rostral does

not reach the canthus rostralis (text-fig. 28 ¢); one has two series

of scales on the rostral “ horn,” the other has three ; supraciliary

edge not very prominent; ventral shields 155 and 153; no light

bars on the lower lip; lower surface of tail yellow.

1903.] ON THE HABITS OF THE HOOLOCK. 187

6. Notes on the Habits of the Hoolock.

By Geo. Canpirr, M.B.Cantab.?

[Received January 20, 1903.]

The Hoolock (Hylotates hoolock) is one of the most interesting

of the family Simiidee, and is perhaps not so familiar to naturalists

at home as are some other members of the family, as, owing to its

extreme delicacy and the great difficulty experienced in keeping it

alive in confinement, it does not often find its way into European

collections. Even in the Calcutta Zoological Gardens it is difficult

to keep Hoolocks alive for any length of time. They often

succumb to pneumonia, or if they escape actual disease they mope

and die from the effects of confinement, or possibly from depri-

vation of some article of diet which in the wild state they have

been accustomed to. I have ventured therefore to submit to the

Society these short notes, made from the point of view of a field-

naturalist rather than from a scientific aspect.

The Hoolock is clothed all over with a fine soft hair, which,

perfectly black in the male, in the female shows a greyish tint,

especially over the back. This uniform dark colour is only

relieved by narrow horizontal streaks of white hair above the eyes.

The face, palms of the hands, and soles of the feet are devoid of

hair, and here the black skin is smooth and finely wrinkled and as

soft as the finest kid.

The hallux and pollex have a flattened nail, the remaining digits

have the nail laterally compressed and resembling a claw.

There is no tail. Ischial tuberosities and cheek-pouches are

absent.

When the Ape is sitting, the vertebral column presents a single

marked curve with the convexity backwards. On the ground the

Hoolock has a very characteristic gait. He goes along in a sort of

shambling waddle, with legs bowed and knees bent, the soles of his

feet applied flat to the ground with the hallux widely abducted, both

arms being carried upwards and extremely abducted as if to balance

himself. He cannot get up any speed, and invariably swings up

into the first tree he comes to, where his movements are suddenly

changed from extreme awkwardness to extraordinary grace and

agility.

He swings along to the thinnest part of a bough, or to the

slender end of a bamboo, until it bends to his weight, then with a

swing and a sort of a kick-off he flies through the air, seizing

another bough and swinging along it with the unerring accuracy of

a finished trapeze performer. I fancy he does very little walking

in the wild state, for I have never seen a wild Hoolock on the

ground. Moreover, they are only found in the dense jungle where

the ground is everywhere covered by tangled vegetation. It is

puzzling to me why these anthropoids, being so entirely arboreal

1 Communicated by F>G. Parsons, F.Z.8,

188 MR. G. CANDLER ON THE [ Feb. 17,

in habit, should be lacking in such a useful appendage as a tail.

I think, at any rate, that it points to the fact that the apes have

been developed along a line distinct from the monkeys, the earlier

traces of which line are yet to be discovered.

The Hoolocks are extremely shy, and it is most difficult to

watch them, as they are concealed by leaves high up in the tops of

the bamboo-clumps or forest trees. You may hear their cries all

round you as you ride quickly along a jungle-tract, but the

moment you leave the path or look up at them there is a dead

silence and scarcely a leaf stirs, until, tired of waiting, you move on

again.

The cry of the Hoolock is a characteristic sound in the Cachar

jungle. It is a very pleasing note, risimg and falling in intensity,

and reminding one somewhat in its rhythm of a pack of beagles

giving tongue on a scent which is waxing and waning in strength,

as a larger or smaller number of the band join in the chorus.

Tt is heard chiefly in the early morning, then all through the heat

of the day there is silence, but towards evening, as the sun sinks,

you may hearitagain. Hooloo! Hooloo! Hooloo! with the accent

on the Hoo syllable, is supposed to describe the sound, but it is

really quite indescribable in writing.

As in other species of apes, there is a special modification of

the larynx, which acts as a sort of resonating-box, and helps (I

suppose) to make the sound carry, as it does, long distances. There

is also a peculiar arrangement of the upper aperture of the larynx,

with its small and inadequate looking epiglottis, which more

resembles the arrangement in birds than the leaf-like epiglottis in

man.

As, day after day, I have ridden through the jungle, it has seemed

to me that the Hoolocks work their ground systematically in

their search for food, just as the planter plucks one section of

his tea to-day and another section on a distant part of the garden

to-morrow. For I have found them filling the air with their cries

along a particular stretch of jungle-road one day, whilst the next

day not one was to be heard; then, perhaps, a week later they are

back again in the same place. Living as they do in communities,

they are constantly on the move, and from what we know of their

great intelligence, it seems to me highly probable that their move-

ments are guided by very definite plans, and that very probably

they have some sort of government system.

There is a point about the Hoolock that strikes me as very

extraordinary, and that is the fact that he cannot swim. I had been

told this by both natives and Kuropeans, but I confess I was

somewhat sceptical about it until I tried experiments myself. We

put a full-grown Hoolock into a big tankin 10 feet of water. He

struggled helplessly, as a boy would before he learns to swim,

He sank twice, with head thrown back and arms waving franti-

cally, and we were obliged to rescue him almost asphyxiated and

choking in the most human way.

1903. ] HABITS OF THE HOOLOCK. 189

This weakness he shares with man, but I do not know whether

(or not) it has been noted in the other anthropoids.

It is a significant fact that the range of the Hoolock is bounded

by two vast rivers, the Br ahmaputra on the north and the Irawaddi

on the south. It may well be that, with his natural aversion to

water, these rivers have confined him to the comparatively limited

stretch of country he occupies. Travelling high up in the jungle,

he could swing easily across the ordinary streams which would

come in his path without having to take to the water. The

monkeys of India take readily to water, and it is a pretty sight to

see them spring out froma lofty overhanging bough and drop, one

after another, with a splash into the stream, and strike out boldly

for the further bank.

In Cachar, where these notes were written, the tea-planters

often keep Hoolocks for years, allowing them to run. loose about

the compound, and they are certainly the cleanest and most

interesting pets imaginable, offering a very marked contrast in

this respect to the red monkeys, which, chained to a pole, are so

common a feature in Indian compounds.

A Hoolock, to be tamed in this way, must be caught quite young

and not tied or shut up in any way. A native boy is generally tolid

off to watch him for a few days, and to prevent him i om bolting,

but he soon learns to come down from the trees for a a plantain,

and he will in most cases settle down to a solitary life, remaining

about the same compound for years. But chain him or restrain

his liberty in any way, and he inevitably begins to mope and pine,

and invariably dies in a few weeks. It is strange that the calls of

the wild Hoolocks, which he must hear almost daily all round him,

do not tempt him to revert to his natural life as a member of

wandering community. I imagine a Hovlock, who attempted to join

a strange band, would meet with a rough reception, anyway they

never ti ‘y to retur n to the jungle after they become tame.

Several such tame Hoolocks I have had the opportunity of

observing for some months past. Often they will be away up in

the tree-tops for days together, when nothing will tempt them

down, but when one chooses to be sociable he will come and sit

on the arm of your chair at breakfast, and never reach or snatch

things off the table: in fact his manners are unexceptionable, and

he keeps his skin beautifully clean without that exaggerated

parade of flea-hunting which makes the monkey tribe so objection-

able as pets. At sunset you may see him settle down to sleep,

jammed tight in a fork in a squatting position. In this semi-

domesticated state I notice that the Hoolock seldom uses his

voice. I suppose, leading a solitary bachelor life, he finds no

necessity for chattering or calling. With regard to the diet of

the Hoolock, Dr. Blanford, the Indian naturalist, gives a long

list, including fruit, leaves, young shoots, spiders, insects, birds’

eges and young birds. But, it seems to me, the diet of such shy

creatures must be largely a matter of conjecture, for no certain

190 ON THE HABITS OF THE HOOLOCK. (Pebuli,

conclusions can be drawn from the habits of captured specimens,

nor can we recognize as a rule substances in the stomach of shot

specimens, as we can in the crop in the case of birds. My own

observations lead me to believe that fruits and the succulent shoots

of young bamboos and other trees form the bulk of their diet.

They will certainly catch and eat certain spiders; but I have

invariably found them to refuse such insects as moths or butter-

flies, perhaps because many such insects have a bitter taste. Hggs,

too, I found they would not eat. If you give an insect or a small

bird to a Hoolock he will certainly pull it to pieces, and possibly

taste or bite it, but it by no means follows that it is one of the

regular dishes he enjoys in his wild life.

The following list of leaves and shoots which are eaten by the

Hoolock is given by Anderson :—Morugo pterygosperma, Spondias

manifera, Kicus religiosa, Beta vulgaris, Ipomea reptans, Canna

imdica.

I hope later on to supplement these short notes with some

anatomical observations on weight of brain relative to body, and on

the number and depth of the convolutions. But this is a matter

of time, for specimens are not very readily obtained. The Hindoo

coolies, who form the bulk of the population in the tea-districts

of Cachar, will never kill a Hoolock. The Kuki tribes in the

Cachar Hills, on the other hand, kill and eat them, and regard

them as somewhat of a delicacy, I believe. But even a Kuki finds

it difficult to get a shot at these creatures, so shy are they and so

active in their movements.

1903. ] ON CERCOCEBUS ATERRIMUS AND LUTRA CAPENSIS. 191

March 3, 1903.

G. A. Boutencer, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions made

to the Society’s Menagerie in February 1903 :-—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of February were 57 in number. Of these 8 were acquired

by presentation, 48 were received on deposit and 1 on approval.

The total number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 105.

Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :—

1. An example of Cuvier’s Gazelle (Gazella cwvieri), deposited

by the Hon. Walter Rothschild, M.P., F.Z.S., on Feb. 9th. No

example of this rare North-African Gazelle has been exhibited in

the Gardens since 1867.

2. A Tamandua Anteater (Vamandua tetradactyla) from South

America, received on approval on Feb. 12th. This is a very

healthy and lively specimen of an animal which we have not had

living in the Gardens for some years.

3. A young male Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes)

about a year old, deposited by Mr. J. C. Lamprey, of the West

African Regiment, on Feb. 18th. This animal is said to have

been obtained at Kronko in the French Soudan, and was brought

home from Sierra Leone by the depositor. It is in very good

health.

4, A Frilled Lizard (Chlamydosaurus kingi) from Australia is

the second example of this species received at the Gardens, the

first having been presented by Mr. Saville Kent some seven years

ago. The present specimen was presented by Mr. H. W. Fawdon

on February 18th.

The Secretary read the following extracts from a letter addressed

to Mr. P. L. Sclater by Major C. Delmé Radcliffe from Uganda,

and exhibited the skins of a Monkey (Cercocebus aterrimus) and

an Otter (Lutra capensis) obtained by his collector Mr. Doggett,

and sent home by parcel post, at the same time :—

“YT am sending you the skins of two monkeys—one completely

prepared with bones, and the skin of the other, also skulls of both.

The animals were both female. Doggett got them for me a few

days ago, as I had sent him collecting by road here from Entebbe.

This monkey is quite new tome. I shall be glad to hear from you

if it is a new species. It is very interesting, and the skull has some

interesting features, for instance the small canines. The hair is

curiously like a Chimpanzee’s. Doggett tells me he thought from

the noise they made that they were Chimpanzees at first. Is it a

true Cercopithecus? It interests me very much, and I shall be

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1903, Vou. I. No. XIII. 13

192 MR. W. E. DE WINTON ON [ Mar. 3,

glad of your opinion. In the same parcel I enclose a Lake Otter

skin,”

Mr. F. KE. Beddard, F.R.S., exhibited the mounted skin of the

Greater Bird of Paradise (Paradisea apoda) that had lately died

in the Society’ Gardens.

Mr. J. L. Bonhote, F.Z.8., exhibited a photograph of two tame

Hlephants in Ceylon accompanied by a baby one, which latter

showed a considerable amount of hair, especially on the forehead.

One of the old Elephants in the photograph, presumably the

mother, also showed a certain amount of hair,

With reference to a recent paper by Col. C. K. Stewart, dealing

with the real home of the Tiger, Mr. J. L. Bonhote said that he

had asked a friend of his, a Sanskrit scholar at Cambridge, as to

whether there was a word fox the tiger in Sanskrit ; the reply was

in the affirmative, the word being vyaghra (or in the Pali form,

vyaggho). This note was not brought forward against the fact

of the original home of the tiger being in the north, but to support

Mr. Thomas’s contention that it had not spread south so recently

as Col. Stewart was inclined to believe.

Professor F. Jeffrey Bell, F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of a

Holothurian of the genus Actinopyga from shallow water off

Zanzibar, in which there was not only an oral extremity with

tentacles, as in the Cucwmaria planci described some ten years

since by Prof. Ludwig, but also an anal extremity; these additions

(whether the result of gemmation or of fission cannot at present

be said) do not occur in the same radius of the Holothurian.

The following papers were read :—

1. On a new Species of Pigmy Antelope of the Genus

Neotragus from the Cameroons District, W. Africa.

By W. E. pz Winton, F.Z.8.

[Received March 3, 1903. ]

(Plate XIX. & Text-fig. 29.)

In a collection lately received from Mr. G. L. Bates from the

Cameroons are two specimens, male and female, of a new form of

Pigmy Antelope, adding a second species to the genus Neotragus.

I propose to name this very interesting new form in honour of the

collector, who has added so much to our knowledge of the fauna

of the Cameroons country.

XIX Id 119“ E061 S'Z'd

“Or

Hq LVa

SNOVYULOA

Wty ye [sp “*PINyapoos “

1903. ] A NEW PIGMY ANTELOPE, 193

NEOTRAGUS BATESI, Sp. n. (Plate XTX.)

Size nearly half as large again as the Royal Antelope, V. pyg-

nugus. The colour darker and slightly more smoky, the feet not

so rufous, and the whitish markings of the underparts not so

pure.

The front of the face, crown of the head, and neck are dark

smoky-brown, the back and upperside of tail more rufous or bay-

coloured. All the fur annulated with dark brown and bright bay.

The type of this new species, a male, bears the following notes

on the label attached by the collector :—‘ Kfulen, Bulu Country,

Kamarun, 1500 ft. above sea. Caught in trap on edge of garden,

15 Sept. 1902.” Measurements: head and body 540 mm., tail 65,

hind foot (without hoof) 160, ear (inside from notch) 50.

Dimensions of skull of male (text-fig. 29):—Gyreatest length

107 mm.; basal length 95; greatest breadth 51 (below orbits) ;

breadth of brain-case 37:5; orbit to points of premaxille 48;

length of nasals (middle line) 33; length of frontals 33; length

of parietals 30; length of interparietals 13; greatest breadth of

Text-fig. 29.

Skull of Neotragus batesi.

nasals 20; breadth in narrowest part 9; length of horn (broken)

27, the perfect horn could not be less than 35 mm. in length ;

distance between bases of horns 25; distance between tips

(circa) 35; length of orbit 23; height of orbit 22; leneth of

upper tooth-row 32; breadth of palate between pms.' 17, between

ms.’ 20, between ms.’ 21°5,

The dimensions of the skull of the female are practically the

same as those of the male.

The discovery of this new species extends the range of the genus

Neotragus very considerably, for the Royal Antelope (V. pygmeus)

is found only on the Gold Coast from Liberia to Lagos.

13*

194 MR. E. R. SYKES ON | Mar. 3,

An examination of the skull somewhat modifies the definition

of the genus as laid down in ‘The Book of Antelopes’ by Sclater

and Thomas; for in this new species are found extra maxillo-

premaxillary vacuities 9 mm. long and 3 mm. broad, very similar

to those found in the genus Wesotragus of Kast Africa. The

horns again of the members of this genus cannot be said to be

“less than the diameter of the eye” in length; for the horns

of the type of this new species, in their broken state, are longer

than the diameter of the orbital cavity, and would undoubtedly

measure half as much again in their perfect state. These horns

are not ‘perfectly smooth,” but show slight ridges or rings in

their basal portion. The skull is otherwise fairly similar to that

of the Royal Antelope.

There can be no doubt that Bates’ Pigmy Antelope somewhat

bridges over the differences between this genus and the Kast-

African Nesotragus, and practically reduces the distinguishing

characters to those of the horns alone.

The horns of Veotragus are very small, practically smooth, and

laid back on the head in a plane with the forehead; while those

of Vesotragus may be half as long as the head or more, strongly

and closely ridged and directed upwards.

2. On the Land Operculate Mollusca collected during the

“Skeat Hxpedition” to the Malay Peninsula in 1899—

1900. By E. R. Syxgs, F.Z.S.

[Received February 2, 1903. ]

(Plate XX,")

The species of Land-Mollusks collected by the “Skeat Expedi-

tion,” though not very numerous, are of considerable interest on

account of the welcome addition made to a fauna which is as yet

but little known. They include :—

LEPTOPOMA ASPIRANS Benson.

Leptopoma aspirans Benson, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xvii.

p. 229.

Hab. Biserat, Jalor. It has been recorded from Bukit

Pondong and the Kinta Valley, having been originally described

from Tenasserim.

LAGOCHILUS KOBELTI, sp. nov. (Plate XX. figs. 13-15.)

Testa modice wmbilicata, turbinata, solidula, lirulis numerosis

cincta, periostraco brunneo leviter induta; spira conica ;

anfr. 54, conveai ; apertura modice obliqua, subcircularis, pert-

stomate duplici, incrassatulo et subrefleco, juxta insertionem

breviter sed distincte inciso. Alt. 6:8; diam. max. 7:0 millim.

Hab. Biserat, Jalor. i

1 For explanation of the Plate, see p. 199.

P.Z.S .1903 ,vol.I.P1.XX.

J.Green del.et hth. The} <

Mmtern Bros imp.

MOLLUSCA FROM THE MALAY PENINSULA.

1903. ] MOLLUSCA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 195

The species of Zagochilus recorded from the Malay region are

very puzzling and I think Dr. Moellendorff was quite right in

describing as Z. rollei the form that I noted (under the name of

L. townsendi) from Kelantan. The nearest ally of Z. kobelti

appears to be LZ. townsendi Crosse; I have not seen an authentic

specimen of that species, but have compared the form now described

with the description and figures given by Crosse and with a

specimen collected by Herr Grubauer, from whose collections

Dr. Moellendorff has recorded Z. townsendi as the only species

found. The shell I now name is a trifle smaller and more

elevated in proportion to the breadth, and the umbilicus is

narrower. It may be noted that the reference to Crosse’s original

paper in the ‘ Journal de Conchyliologie’ should be to p. 200 and

not p. 208 as given by De Morgan and Dr. Moellendorff in their

papers on the Perak fauna.

T have named the form after Dr. Kobelt as a trifling recognition

of his recent study of the Cyclophoride.

DITROPIS CAVERNS, sp. nov. (Plate XX. figs. 17-19.)

Testa depresso-conoidea, late wmbilicata, olivacea, tenwis, glabra ;

spira mediocriter elevata, apice eroso, sutura impressa ;

anfr. 4 (2), convent, ultimus antice vin descendens, carinatus,

carinis duabus supra peripheriam, unica ad peripheriam, et

plurimis in regione umbilicali ; apertura subovalis, peristomate

incrassatulo. Alt. 2°2; diam. max. 1:7 millim.

Hab. In a eave, Biserat, Jalor.

A single specimen only.

CyCLOPHORUS MALAYANUS (Benson).

Cyclostoma malayanum Benson, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. x.

p- 269.

Hab. Gunong Inas, Perak.

Recently when cataloguing (J. Malac. ix. p. 61) a collection of

shells from Kelantan, I gave the names of Cyclophorus saturnus Pfr.

and borneensis Mete.: both the forms then recorded have occurred

in the present collection, and I have therefore again considered

the identifications. Both, according to my present view, are

erroneous, and the group is a very difficult one. The present

species, which I regard as a form of C. malayanus, was then named

C. saturnus, and the next species was called C. borneensis.

CycLoPHORUS TUBA (Sby.).

Cyclostoma tuba Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1842, p. 83.

Hab. Gunong Inas, Perak.

See remarks under the last species; probably the C. borneensis,

recorded by De Morgan from Perak, also belongs to this species.

PYrEROCYCLOS SUBALATUS, sp. nov. (Plate XX. figs. 1, 2.)

Testa late umbilicata, orbiculato-depressa, lineis increments notata,

196 MR. E. R. SYKES ON | Mar. 3,

brunnea, stregis corners picia, fascia unica nigro-brunnea ad

peripheriam ornata ; anfr. 44, mediocriter crescentes, convext,

sutura bene notata separati; apertura subcircularis, peri-

stomate mdistincte duplicato, ala parva antice angulato.

Alt. 8; diam. max. 16 millim.

Hab. Gunong Inas, at 5000 feet.

I thought at first that this might be a form of P. blandi Bens.,

but 1t appears to be smaller, more elevate and not so widely

umbilicated, and to differ in colour. In the two specimens that I

have seen the lip is duplicated only on its outer margin, and the

wing is small and thin.

RHIOSTOMA JALORENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate XX. figs. 6-8.)

Nearly related to A. houset but larger, slightly more depressed,

and with the whorls not so tightly coiled. The tube is long and

large, reaching the body of the shell, and is bent slightly back-

wards at the junction. The disjoined portion of the last whorl is

much longer than is the case in 2. housei, as will be seen from

the figure, and is more descending. The colour resembles that

of A. houset, and a dark band is usually present at the periphery.

Operculum as usual. Diam. max. 29 millim.

Hab. Limestone Hills and Caves, Biserat, Jalor.

1 have been in some doubt as to whether this is not a local race

of R. housei, but the differences are constant in the specimens

examined and, I think, are of specific value. The porcellaneous

appearance of the operculum, so often seen in this group, appears

to be due to the wearing down of the outer layers.

RHIOSTOMA, sp.

Hab. Kwala Aring, Kelantan.

A single specimen which agrees well with &. jousseawmer

De Morgan, save that the tube is placed a little further back from

the mouth, and is thinner and more cylindrical. It appears safer,

however, to await further material ere describing this form.

OPISTHOPORUS PENANGENSIS Stol.

Opisthoporus penangensis Stoliczka, J. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xl.

pt. 2, p. 265, pl. x. fig. 7.

Hab. Kwala Aring, Kelantan.

A single specimen, which I refer to this species with some doubt.

RHAPHAULUS ASCENDENS, sp. nov. (Plate XX. figs. 11, 12.)

Testa pupoidea, anguste umbilicata, fusco-purpurea, dense cost-

lato-striata, spira bene elevata, apice obtusulo; anfr. 6, plano-

convert, penultimus .gibbosus ; apertura subcircularis, intus

pallide fusca; peristoma pallide corneum, expansum et reflecum,

marginibus callo junctis ; tubulus brevis, incrassatus, w sutura

oblique ascendens. Alt. 18:5; diam. maa. 9°5 millim.

Hab. Patalung.

1903.] MOLLUSCA OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 197

A single specimen “from rotten wood.” Recalling in shape

A. perakensis Smith, the present species is larger and stouter, and

the tube slants obliquely upwards instead of descending ; as com-

pared with 2. lorraini Pfr., which also has an ascending tube, the

form is not so cylindrical, the whorls are flatter, and the size is

much greater.

RHAPHAULUS PERAKENSIS Smith, var. JALORENSIS, n. var.

(Plate XX. figs. 9, 10.)

Shell very similar to 2. perakensis Smith, but a little thinner

and paler in colour, and the tube is bent along the outer lip, being

attached to the lip, and not diverted behind it as in typical

R. perakensis. The tube is broad and short. This form may prove

to be a distinct species, but bearing in mind the great variation

shown by Col. Godwin- Austen (Moll. India, vol. i. p. 202, pl. xlvii.)

to exist in A. blanfordi Benson, and also considering how little we

know of the group, most forms having been described from very few

specimens, I have thought it wiser to give only a varietal name.

Hab. Bukit Bisar, on the borders of Jalor, altitude 2000 feet.

A single specimen.

SCHISTOLOMA ANOSTOMA (Benson).

Cyclostoma anostoma Benson, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. x.

p. 269.

Hab. Belimbing, Ligeh.

SCHISTOLOMA SECTILABRUM (Gould).

Cyclostoma sectilabrum Gould, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. iv.

p. 459, pl. xxiv. fig. 10.

Hab. Ula Selama, Perak.

Pupina Lowr De Morgan.

Pupina lowi De Morgan, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. x. 1885,

p. 414, pl. vii. fig. 3 (lowrt on plate).

Hab. Gunong Inas, Perak.

PUPINA AUREOLA Stoliczka.

Pupina aureola Stoliczka, J. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. xli. pt. 2,

p. 267, pl. x. figs. 11, 12.

Hab. Jalor, a single specimen.

Agrees well with Stoliezka’s figure 12, but his figure 11 looks as

if it might belong to a different species.

ALyc2&us THIEROTI De Morgan.

Alyceus thieroti De Morgan, Bull. Soe. Zool. France, vol. x.

1885, p. 403, pl. vii. fig. 6; Moellendorff, Proc, Zool. Soc. 1891,

p. 342.

Hab. Belimbing, Ligeh, a single specimen.

198 ON MOLLUSCA OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” | Mar. 3,

Atyca{us DIPLOCHILUS Moellendorff.

Alyceus diplochilus Moellendorft, J. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. lv.

pt. 2, 1886, p. 313; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 342, pl. xxx. fig. 8.

Hab. Cave near Biserat, Jalor.

ALYCHUS CONFORMIS Fulton.

Alyceus conformis Fulton, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. 1x. 1902,

p. 68.

Hab. Kwala Aring, Kelantan.

ALYCHUS PERAKENSIS Crosse.

Alyceus perakensis Crosse, J. Conchyl. vol. xxvii. 1879, p. 206,

pl. xii. fig. 7.

Hab. Biserat, Jalor, amongst rocks.

OPISTHOSTOMA ANNANDALEI, sp. nov. (Plate XX. figs. 4, 5.)

Testa conico-pyramidalis, perforata, pallide rufescens, spira bene

elevata, apice obtuso; anfr. 7, conveai, primi leves, reliqui

distante lamellati, ultimus constrictus, retroversus, ascendens,

conspicue solutus ; apertura rotundata, peristomate leviter

incrassato. Alt. 2°2; diam. max. 2°8; diam. min. 1°6 millim.

Hab. Jalor.

A single specimen, found by Mr. Annandale in débris on the

floor of a cave. Related to O. laidlawi Sykes, from Kelantan, but

the present species is larger, and the spire is much more produced,

thus becoming more cylindrical in appearance.

DIPLOMMATINA SKEATI, sp. nov. (Plate XX. fig. 3.)

Testa sinistrorsa, vix rimata, ovato-fusiformis, aurantio-rufa,

solidiuscula ; anfr. 64, conveat, primi leves, reliqui costulis

parvis subremotis regulariter sculpti ; sutwra bene impressa ;

apertura fere circularis, peristomate incrassatulo, bene reflexo,

subalato ; lamella columellaris parva. Alt. 3:1; diam. max.

1:9 millim.

Hab. Gunong Inas, Perak, at about 5000 feet.

Only a single specimen of the shell, the most salient features of

which are the inflated whorls, deeply cut suture, and fine, regular

costulations.

DIPLOMMATINA LAIDLAWI, sp. nov. (Plate XX. fig. 16.)

Testa sinistrorsa, rimata, ovato-fusiformis, corneo-albida, apice

rubello ; anfr. 54, convext, primi leves, reliqui costulis parvis

remotis regulariter sculpti, interstitiis sub lente dense spiraliter

striatis; apertura quadrato-circularis, peristomate duplica,

expanso, margine columellari sinwato, subalato; lamella

columellaris minima, indistincta. Alt. 2; diam. maz.

1 millim.

Hab. Gunong Inas, 3000-4500 feet, Perak.

Found “ on the under surface of dead leaves, young with adults.”

1903.] ON THE CALLOSITIES ON THE LIMBS OF THE EQUID. 199

Much smaller than the last species, the costule more distant, and

densely marked with minute spirals. I can find no trace of these

latter in D. skeati, but the single specimen was not taken alive.

GEORISSA MONTEROSATIANA Godwin-Austen & Nevill.

Georissa monterosatiana Godwin-Austen & Nevill, P. Zool. Soc.

1879; p2729) pl. xs fie) 6:

Hab. Perak.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX.

Figs. 1,2. Pterocyclos subalatus, p. 195.

3. Diplommatina skeati, p. 198.

4,5. Opisthostoma annandalei, p. 198.

6, 7,8. Rhiostoma jalorensis, p. 196.

9,10. Rhaphaulus perakensis, var. jalorensis, p. 197

11,12. Rhaphaulus ascendens, p. 196.

13, 14, 15. Lagochilus kobelti, p. 194.

16. Diplommatina laidlawi, p. 198.

17, 18,19. Ditropis caverne, p. 195.

3. The Significance of the Callosities on the Limbs of the

Equde. By R. LypexKer, F.Z.8.

[Received February 5, 1903. ]

The question as to what structures in other mammals are

represented by the callosities on the inner sides of all the limbs of

the Horse, and those of the hind-limbs of the Kiang, Ass, and

Zebras, 1s one which has attracted the attention of many naturalists,

nearly all of whom appear to be in accord in regarding them as

vestigial structures. The late Sur W. H. Flower, for instance, in

his work ‘ The Horse’ expressed the opinion that these structures

are degenerate glands; pointing out at the same time that the

so-called ergot on the hinder aspect of the horse’s pastern appears

to represent one of the pads, or cushions, which are still functional

in the foot of the 'Tapi.

In his volume on ‘ Mammalia” in the ‘Cambridge Natural

History’', of which the preface is dated February 1902, Mr.

Beddard gives a qualified support to this gland-theory ; stating in

one passage that the equine front callosities probably correspond

to the carpal glands of several other mammals, although on

another page their glandular nature is questioned. In an

apparently later communication? the same gentleman suggests

that the callosities on the fore-limbs of the Hguide may represent

a carpal sense-organ, vestiges of which he believes to survive in

the carpal bristles of the Dassies. The degeneration of such an

organ would, it is urged, very likely result in the formation of

structures resembling those under consideration.

1 Pp. 12, 13, and 240.

2 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1902, i. p. 135.—I am indebted to Mr. Beddard himself for

directing my attention to this passage.

200 MR. R, LYDEKKER ON THE CALLOSITIES [ Mar. 3,

There has, however, long existed an idea that the equine callo-

sities are remnants of a vanished toe. Somewhat analogous to

this idea is a theory, which has been advanced in a paper lately

read before. the Royal Society of Edinburgh by Prof. Ewart’.

That gentleman, it appears, has based his investigations to a

very great extent on the condition obtaining in the fetus; and

has arrived at the conclusion that the callosities in question have

nothing to do with glands, but that they represent certain foot-

pads of polydactyle mammals. According to Prof. Kwart’s view,

the fore-callosity of the Horse is homologous with the supplemental

pad on the fore-foot of the Dog, while the hind callosity (which is

wanting in all existing Hquidw save the true Horse and the so-

called Hguwus przewalskii) corresponds to the hinder plantar pad

of the Banded Anteater (A/yrmecobius fasciatus). Such correlations

will, I venture to think, scarcely be taken seriously by the great

majority of zoologists ; and I shall therefore confine my attention’

to the question whether the identification of these callosities with

foot-pads generally is well founded. In all cases my observations

are confined to the condition obtaining in adult animals. It may

be added that I purposely brought these observations to the

notice of the Society before the publication of Prof. Ewart’s paper,

since I treat the subject from a different standpoint.

In the first place, the callosities on both limbs of the Horse are

situated on the inner surface, whereas, if they represented

vestigial foot-pads, their position should be, primd facie, on the

hinder. aspect, as is the case with the ergot. It might, indeed,

be argued that they have changed their original. position, but

of such a shifting there is no evidence in the adult. A second,

and perhaps more important, objection to the foot-pad theory may

be drawn from the fact that the callosities in the fore-limb are

situated above the so-called knee-joint (carpus), and are therefore

altogether higher up than any of the foot-pads of plantigrade

mammals. Unless, therefore, another shift of position has taken

place, the fore-callosities do not represent foot-pads. This argu-

ment, it may be mentioned, was used by Sir W. H. Flower to

disprove the theory that the callosities are remnants of the lateral

digits.

The hind-callosities, on the contrary, are situated a short distance

below the joint of the hock (tarsus), and are therefore on a part

of the limb, albeit on its inner side, which is included in the foot

of a plantigrade mammal. If, however, the front callosity be

regarded as serially homologous in a general sense with the hind

one—and this is an integral part of Prof. Ewart’s theory,—it will

be evident that in the event of the former not being a foot-pad,

the same will hold good for the latter.

A third, and perhaps stronger, objection may be urged against

the foot-pad theory. On the assumption that the callosities of the

existing Hquide are vestiges of foot-pads, it is clear that these

1 See ‘ Nature,’ vol. lxvii. p. 239 (1908).

1903. | ON THE LIMBS OF THE EQUIDA. 201

structures must have existed in the ancestors of that family ever

since the time when these ancestors were plantigrade. But, so far

as I know, no ungulate was ever wholly plantigrade in both feet; the

nearest approach to this condition obtaining in the Lower Eocene

Coryphodon, in which the hind-limb was wholly plantigrade, while

the front one was partially digitigrade. It has thus to be assumed,

on the foot-pad hypothesis, that the front callosities of the Horse

have been functionless structures from a period antedating the

evolution of the Ungulata. Such a persistence, on exposed parts

of the body, of a wholly functionless structure seems very im-

probable, especially when the modifications are borne in mind

which, on this hypothesis, the horse-line must have undergone

since the time when the callosities were functional str uctures.

Perhaps the case of the ergot may be cited against this argument ;

but it should be remembered that this structure certainly acted

as a functional pad at a much later stage of evolution than could

possibly have been the case with the callosities.

Having now stated what appear strong objections, so far as the

adult is concerned, against correlating the callosities of the Horse

with the foot-pads of polydactyle mammals, it remains to consider

whether they can be identified with any other structures. Those

familiar with the morphology of the Cervide will be aware that a

certain number of representatives of that family—notably the rein-

deer, the White-tailed Deer, the Mule- Deer, and, in a rudimentary

condition, the Elk,—are furnished on the inner side of the hock

with a glandular tuft corresponding very closely in situation with

the hind-callosity of the Horse. In fact, the only difference in the

position of the two structures is that the tarsal tuft of the Deer

in question is placed rather lower on the hock. From the fact of

its oceurrence in Deer so widely separated from one another as

are the species mentioned, it seems evident that the tarsal gland

(which is doubtless a scent-organ) is a very ancient structure,

which was present in all the ancestors of the group, but has been

lost, probably from disease, in the great majority of Old World

forms.

Judging from their position, there would seem to be a certain

probability that the hind-callosities of the Horse and the tarsal

gland of the Deer are homologous structures.

With regard to the homology of the fore-callosity of the Zquide,

it may be mentioned that many Gazelles have tufts of hair

(“‘knee-brushes”) at the knee (carpus), which are probably

glandular in origin. And it is possible (if the suggestion with

regard to the hind-callosities hold good) that these may represent

‘he fore-callosities of the Horse, for there seems no good reason

why the position of a gland should not have somewhat shifted in

two widely separated groups of mammals. Then, again, we have

the carpal bristles of certain mammals, such as the Coatis and

Dassies, already referred to as being regarded by Mr. Beddard as

the remnants of a “scent-organ,’—a structure probably not far

removed in its nature from a gland. The occurrence of these

202 ON THE CALLOSITIES ON THE LIMBS OF THE EQUIDA. | Mar. 3,

bristles in the Dassies (Procavia) is very important. Mr. Beddard

states that these are the only ungulates in which he has found

these bristles. Carpal callosities are, however, described by

Dr. W. Leche’ as occurring in Wart- Hogs (Phacocherus); although

they are stated by their deseriber to be acquired, and not primitive

structures. Whether the latter statement is calculated to modify

Mr. Beddard’s opinion with regard to the nature of the carpal

bristles in the Dassies, I am, of course, unable to say. Of special

importance is the occurrence of bristles in these structures, since,

even if hairs be found to exist on the callosities of foetal Hquide,

this would be no bar to the supposition of their glandular nature.

As regards the structure of the callosities themselves, it may be

noted that in the Horse both pads are of a distinctly warty nature,

and that the hind pair are certainly in a more decadent condition

than the other, being in fact on the verge of disappearing. In

the Zebras, on the other hand (in which the hind one has been

lost), the fore-callosity is larger and much less warty and also

situated higher up. In dried skins it is, in fact, much more like

the pale glandular patch of skin below the ear of a Reedbuck’.

In this connection we have to bear in mind not only Mr. Beddard’s

observations alluded to above, but likewise others by Mr. Bland

Sutton’, in which it is pointed out that in certain Lemurs decadent

glands are actually converted into bunches of spines, which are

practically almost the same as warts; that is to say, they are

hypertrophied growths of somewhat abnormal dermal tissue.

Hence there seems no primd facie reason why the callosities of

the Hquide should not be decadent glandular structures, the

decadence being more marked in the two pairs of callosities of the

Horse than in the single pair of the Asses and Zebras.

There is, however, another point which may have an important

bearing on the subject. From the presence of a depression in

the skulls of Wipparion, Hippidiwm, &e., it is evident that

primitive Horses were furnished with face-glands comparable to

those of Deer; such glands probably having a function somewhat

analogous to that of the scent-glands on the limbs of the latter.

If, then, the existing Hquwide have got rid of their face-glands, as

being (perhaps on account of change of habit) useless, it is con-

ceivable that, for the same reason, they may have also discarded

their limb-glands.

If these suppositions (and they are but suppositions) be well

founded, it follows that a tarsal and a carpal gland must have

existed in the common ancestors of the Horses and Deer ; that is

to say, in the common stock of all modern Ungulates save the

Elephants and perhaps the Dassies. And it may be urged that if

this were the case, traces of such glands ought to be met with in

Tapirs, Rhinoceroses, Pigs, Hippopotamus, &. So far as I am

1 Biol. Centralblatt, vol. xxii. p. 79 (1902).

2 It would be important to examine the histological structure of .the callosity in a

Zebra.

3 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 369.

1903.] ON A FOSSIL OSTRICH FROM THE ISLAND OF SAMOS, 203

aware, the only instances of structures which can be regarded as

at all approaching this nature are the carpal bristles of the

Dassies and the carpal callosities of Wart-Hogs, the latter of which,

as already mentioned, are considered to be of modern origin. No

trace of any structure comparable with the hind-callosity of the

Horse has, so far as I am aware, ever been detected on the tarsus

of any of the above-mentioned Ungulates.

Tf an objection of this nature be regarded as fatal to the gland-

theory (or sense-organ-theory, for I regard the two as practically

identical) of the origin of the equine callosities, it will, I think,

be still more so to the foot-pad hypothesis, since short-limbed and

polydactyle mammals ought to have retained traces of ancestral

foot-pads for a greater period than long-limbed monodactyle forms

like the Hqwde.

In conclusion, I may state that it has been my object, not so

much to attempt to show what the equine callosities represent, as

to demonstrate, from paleontological considerations, the impro-

bability of their being vestigial foot-pads.

P.S.—I am informed that if a callosity be pared down, and a

finger moistened with the resulting exudation held to a horse’s

nose, the animal will follow anywhere. If this be true, it affords

strong testimony in favour of the gland-theory.

4. Note on some Remains of Struthio karatheodoris Maj. of

the Island of Samos. By Rupotr Martin, of Basel

University.’

[Received February 11, 1903}.

(Text-figures 30-34.)

In the Catalogue of the collection of Mr. Barbey at Valleyres

s./Orbe (Switzerland), published in 1894 by Dr. Forsyth Major *,

besides a great number of mammals there is mentioned the femur

of a ratite bird, which, no doubt, belonged to the genus Struthio

(Dr. Major could scarcely find any difference), Dr. Major,

considering the geological age of the deposits in which the bone

had been found (Upper Miocene), and recognising that it belonged

toa form different from the recent Ostrich, created the new species

Struthio karatheodoris.

Some time ago, Dr. Major received the fragment of a pelvis

from the Museum of the Vienna University (found in the same

place as the femur), which probably belonged to the same species,

and which is the subject of the following remarks.

I have to thank Dr. Major for having entrusted me with the

study of this pelvis and for having placed two photographs of the

1 Communicated by Dr. C. I. Forsyrm Maysor, F.ZS.

2 Le Gisement ossifére de Mitylini et Catalogue d@’ossements fossiles recueillis a

Mitylini ete., Lausanne, 1894.

204 MR. RUDOLF MARTIN ON A FOSSIL [Mar. 3,

femur (rostral and caudal aspect) at my disposal, on which the

following description is based.

Evidently this femur (text-figs. 30, 31) belonged to a large

struthious bird, as it differs little from the same bone of a modern

Ostrich, The size of the femur is somewhat larger than that of

the same bone of recent Ostriches at my disposal, but very probably

there would be no difference between a large specimen of Struthio

camelus and the fossil.

Text-fig. 30. Text-fig. 31.

+ nat. size.

Text-fig. 31.— _,, i u a Rostral view. 4 nat. size.

Text-fig. 30.—Right femur of Struthio karatheodoris. Caudal view.

The following table gives the results of a comparison between

the fossil in question and that of a medium-sized modern

ostrich :—

Length of Length ofcaput Smallest Width of

Species. femur. + collum. width. trochlea.

Str. karatheodoris 36°0 10°5 5D 12:4 mm.

Str. camelus ...... 31-2 10:0 52 11:5 mm.

The measurements of the caput + collum have been taken

1903. ] OSTRICH FROM THE ISLAND OF SAMOs. 205

from the apex of the caput to the margin of the trochanter, and

that of the trochlea in the direction of its greatest expansion,

A close study of the bone, however, revealed some features in

which the fossil differs from the recent Ostrich, on the sup-

position that the photograph is not distorted.

In the fossil, the neck supporting the head of the femur is much

stouter than in the recent species and is much less constricted.

This is best seen in the form of the distal border of the collum.

Although measurements may include an error of, say, ;/5, they

give an idea of that feature, because the difference between the

two species exceeds that error. The only measurable line is the

plummet in the apex of the head to the linea aspera, dividing

the rostral surface of the neck from that of the bone itself.

Width of the neck = 1.

Struthio camelus _

3 haratheodoris = :

It seems to me that the groove in which the ligamentum teres

is inserted is shallower in the fossil than in Struthio camelus. It

may be that the photograph gives a wrong impression, and I think

it would be better not to regard this feature as a specific one.

Co|1c00}~1

Text-fig. 32.

Pelvis of Struthio karatheodoris. Ventral view.

a & 6 = true sacral vertebra. i., ii., & iii. = first three postsacral vertebra.

+ nat. size.

206 MR. RUDOLF MARTIN ON A FOSSIL | Mar. 3,

The trochanter and the line aspere of the proximal end of the

femur are not to be distinguished from the same parts in the

recent Ostrich ; even the pneumatic foramen in the caudal surface

is found in the same place.

The middle part of the bone is just as in S. camelus, nd the

distal end differs only in one particular: the fossa intercondy-

loidea is much elongated, so as to form a slight valley in the distal 4

or 2 of the rostral surface of the femur. In the caudal surface,

immediately above the proximal border of the trochlea, there is

also a funnel-shaped pneumatic foramen which enters the bone

obliquely (from the mesial border of the bone, and is directed

towards the middle of the axis of the trochlea). As in the recent

Ostrich, there is a tuberosity between the wide orifice of that

foramen and the mesial edge of the caudal surface.

The pelvis (text-figs. 32-34) differs in some respects rather

considerably from that of the recent Ostrich; but the individual

Text-fig. 33.

Pelvis of Struthio karatheodoris. Worsal view.

variation met with in the recent form, and very probably also in

the fossil, shows that the difference is much less than it seemed to

be at first sight, and very probably the extreme variations of

the two forms closely approach.

1903. ] OSTRICH FROM THE ISLAND OF SAMOS. 207

The pelvis at my disposal is represented only by a fragment

from the last presacral to the third postsacral vertebra (6 vertebrae,

the first and the last incomplete), and in connection with it the

corresponding parts of the iia, i.e. the acetabular and immediately

postacetabular region. The acetabula themselves are not entirely

preserved, but only the caudal border of that on the left is quite

intact, and the antitrochanter is broken away on both sides, so

that on the left side only its outlines can be determined.

Text-fig. 34.

Lateral view of the pelvis of Struthio karatheodoris. + nat. size.

In the principal and most characteristic features, the fossil

does not differ from S. camelus, and there can be no doubt that

the ratite bird of Samos belonged to the same genus,

In the following features the fossil pelvis agrees with or differs

from that of the recent Struthio :—

The pelvis is compressed from both sides in the same manner

as in Struthio camelus (though the compression is a little less

marked), so that the dorsal aspect of it is much as in the

recent form.

li. The sacral vertebre of the fossil are much stouter. The

same irregular sculptures occur, forming rough longitudinal

ridges.

iii, The centra of the two “ true sacral vertebre” are, compared

with the following centra, narrower, but better rounded

than in the recent Ostrich.

iv. The acetabulum has quite the same position as in SS. camelus.

v. The plane between the ventral border of the antitrochanter

and the dorsal edge of the foramen obturatorium is—in

comparison with S. camelus—turned forward, i.e. it slopes

more rapidly towards the acetabulum.

vi. The outlines of the antitrochanter ave just as in S. camelus,

and its size is also the same.

vii. The ilia of the fossil and the recent Ostrich are closely

similar. There is no difference in the dorsal view of the

pelvis exceeding possible individual variation. The vertical

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1903, Vou. I. No. XIV. 14

208 MR. RUDOLF MARTIN ON A FOSSIL [ Mar. 3,

distance between the antitrochanter and the lateral edge

of the area dorsalis is relatively longer in the fossil than

in most of the recent medium-sized Ostriches; but on one

side this distance cannot exactly be determined in the fossil

(because the antitrochanter is broken away and the edge

of the area dorsalis is much rounded), and on the other side

the individual variation in this regard in S. camelus is very

great. The largest individuals of this species differ but

little from the fossil, and very probably the fossil pelvis at

my disposal must be referred to an adult and rather large

animal.

The distance between the dorso-mesial borders of the ilia is

somewhat shorter in the fossil than in most of the pelves of

S. camelus with which I have compared it. But it is in this respect

that individual variation has the greatest amplitude, and in the

largest pelvis of S. camelus at my disposal this distance is equal

to that of the fossil.

S. karatheodoris. S. camelus.

Costal process of the Ist “true sacral

vertebra” to the distal border of the

2nd postsacral vertebra ..............-..+.-- 78cm. 9-2 cm.

Width of the centra of the “true sacral

VOTED IAA Ase ae Lek A sea AL aa ate 2:5 1:8

Width of the centrum of the 2nd postsacral

Aifer Mee] OV ee AN) Mec AMC A eer a RMR a ey 2°8 Died

Greatest width of the dorsal surface of the

WOLVAS S58 Yc arthur ae eatc i enenmen URINE Birr 12 12°2

Plummet in the dorsal border of the anti-

trochanter to the median plane ......... ca. 12 12

Plummet in the dorsal border of the anti-

trochanter to the plane of the dorsal

Suistace iofibhenpelvisiees ae nsaee-eeeeeeeaaee ca.6°5 4

The results show that there are great differences in the pro-

portions of the pelvis of the two species which justify a

separation of the fossil from the recent Ostrich. The individual

variation, however, does not allow us to place the two forms in

different genera, because it greatly reduces the differences above

mentioned.

I have said that the separation of the two Ostriches in different

species was justified. On the other hand, the question arises,

whether or no the differences between the two forms be not the

consequences of a pressure acting during the great tectonic trans-

formations in the region between Asia Minor and Greece. A

study of the other fossils of Samos, however, gives no evidence of

such a force ; there is only a lateral compression to be seen, a result

of the pressure of the weight of the more recent strata.

These considerations add to the importance of the features which

I have selected for special comment, whilst on the other hand other

1903. ] OSTRICH FROM THE ISLAND OF SAMOS, 209

features lose their systematic value. But I have shown that the

latter had really already lost their importance because of their

individual variation.

The species Struthio karatheodoris Maj. is therefore to be kept

separate.

What are the relations between S. karatheodoris and S. asiaticus

from the Siwalik Hills? I can now give further information

on S. asiaticus. A comparison of the fossils with the figures on

the unpublished plate R of Falconer’s ‘ Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis,’

and those accompanying Davies’ ' paper and Lydekker’s” deseription,

did not reveal any differences, except that the drawings in

Falconer’s Atlas are much better than the others. Davies found

that the principal difference between S. asiaticus and S. camelus lies

in the greater stoutness of the cervical vertebre in the former ;

and Lydekker kept the two species separate only on account of

this feature. The answer to the question, whether the greater

stoutness of the sacral vertebrae on one side and that of the cervical

vertebree on the other indicates a special relationship, cannot be

given now. There is no evidence for such relations; and tor

my part, consider this character in the fossil forms (compared with

the modern Ostriches) only as more primitive.

There may be reason to unite the two forms in one species ; but

considering their different geological ages’, I think it will be better

not to do so. But there can be no doubt that Struthio asiaticus

is in direct relation with S. karatheodoris, i.e. that the former is

a descendant of the latter, as Dr. Major‘ supposes the whole

Siwalik fauna to be a later and transformed generation of the upper

Miocene fauna of Pikermi and Samos.

It is noteworthy therefore that S. karatheodoris and S. asiaticus

give us no evidence for a specialisation of the Struthionids in

Southern Eurasia’, and a consequent emigration into Southern

Kurope, Syria, and Africa, but support rather the view that the

order of migration took place in the opposite direction. However,

the genesis of the Struthionid cannot, as Burckhardt © is inclined

to suppose, be associated with the Miillerornithide; for the

geological age of the former is opposed to such an hypothesis.

By the discovery of a Sérauthio in the island of Samos, the ege

on which the species of Struthio chersonensis Brandt™ has been

based is of some interest. Though the circumstances surrounding

its discovery may be somewhat obscure, yet the size and proportions

show that it cannot be the egg of a modern Ostrich; that it really

1 Davies, Geol. Mag. 1880, 2 Lydekker, in Paleontologia Indica, 1884-86.

3 Lydekker, Fossil Vertebrata of India: Records Geol. Survey, India, vol. xx. 1887.

4 Op. cit. Comptes rendus des Séances de l’Acad. d. Sci., Oct. 1888. (An account of

the fauna of Samos.) Atti della Societ’ Toscana di Scienze Naturali, Proc.-verbali,

vol. v. 3 July, 1887, p. 272. (Letter addressed to Prof. Meneghini, in which

Dr. Major shows the difference between the mammalian remains of Samos and tho

of Kos.) be

® Burckhardt, “ Uber Aepyornis,”’ Pal. Abh., Jena, 1893, p. 21.

6 Burckhardt, “Das Problem des antarktischen Schépfungscentrums,” &c., Zool.

Jahrbiicher, 1902, p. 26.

7 Bull. Ac. Imp. Se. St. Pétersbourg, vol. xviii. 1873.

14*

210 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON | Mar. 3,

is an egg of a Struthio has been proved by von Nathusius. Its

geological age cannot certainly be determined because it was found

floating ina river. Brandt supposes that it had been embedded

in the bottom of the river and had been worked out by the water.

The age of the strata forming the bed of that river is supposed to

be that of the strata in which von Nordmann? discovered the

mammalian remains in 8, Russia (environs of Odessa), and therefore

that of the breccia of Pikermi; but it may be much younger,

because Nordmann* does not separate the Tertiary from the

Pleistocene. In the paper above mentioned, he attributes the

bone-beds of 8. Russia to the “‘offenen Diluvium,” and says that it

has the same geological age as the bone-beds of the Val d’Arno.

Therefore we have no evidence of the exact geological time during

which a Struthio lived in South Russia, and the egg 18 in con-

sequence of little importance in regard to this question. Moreover,

it seems to me more than doubtful to assign this egg to the

modern Ostrich, and “very likely to the species occurring at

Samos,” as is done in Nicholson and Lydekker’s ‘Manual of

Paleontology’ (p. 1228).

5. On a new Genus and two new Species of Harthworms of

the Family Mudrilide, with some Notes upon other

African Oligocheta. By Frank EH. Bepparp, M.A.,

ID Ja sSioy JUAN

[Received March 3, 1903. ]

(Text-figures 35-38.)

The first set of specimens referred to in the following descriptions

form a part of the collection in the British Museum; I am greatly

indebted to the kindness of the Director for allowing me the

opportunity of examining them. They belong to two species,

both of which are undescribed. The first is a third species of the

genus Stuhlmannia, which I call

Stuhlmannia michaelseni, n. sp.

I have examined so many individuals of this form of Stuhl-

mannia, and the agreement between them is so close, that I have no

hesitation in regarding it as a distinct species, which I name

after the founder of the genus, Dr. Michaelsen °.

The worms were collected by Mr. 8. L. Hinde in the Mt. Kenya

district. There were thirty mature examples.

The general appearance and proportions of this new species are

quite the same as in S. variabilis. The length reaches 100 mm.

and the diameter 2-2°5 mm. The colour is a yellowish grey; the

clitellum is greyer.

1 Nordmann, in ‘ Jubileum semisaeculare Fischeri de Waldheim,’ Moscou, 1847.

2 Nordmann, Palaontologie Stid-Russlands, 1858.

3 JB. Hamb. wiss. Anst. vii. (1890), p. 24.

1903. ] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 211

The sete are strictly paired and the ventral pair of segment xvii.

appear to be missing. The clitellum occupies segments xiv.—xvil.

The median orifices of the spermatheca and of the spermiducal

glands are very obvious, and frequently lie wpon projecting papille.

The spermathecal pore opens far back upon the xiiith segment.

The male pore opens far back upon the xviith segment, or even

intersegmentally (xvii./xviii.). The penial setze can often be seen

to protrude from it. Among the external characters, however,

there is one which distinguishes the present species from its allies,

and that is the total absence of the penial process of the body-wall.

There was not the least trace of this organ observable in any of

the individuals. It is true that this penis is not always to be

seen in Stuhlmannia variabilis; but I do not think that it would

be likely to be absent from thirty individuals selected at random ;

and this absence is therefore one of the reasons which lead me to

create a new species.

Text-fig. 35.

Dissection of Stuhlmannia michaelseni.

xi, xii, segments eleven and twelve ; L.V., intestino-tegumentary trunks ; o.d., ovidueal

apparatus; Sp., spermathecal sac; Sp.gl., spermidueal glands.

The accompanying drawing (text-fig. 35) illustrates a general

212 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [ Mar. 3,

view of the viscera seen on cutting open the body-wall in the

dorsal median line. No such figure of the anatomy of this genus

has been published up to the present; and it is convenient to

show the relations of the different organs and their comparative

sizes.

There are points in the anatomy of the genus Stuhlmannia

which are illustrated by that drawing, and to which attention does

not appear to have been called. The last pair of hearts lies in the

eleventh segment, as in so many other Eudrilids, for instance in

the genus Polytoreutus ; and the septum which should separate

segments xiii, and xiv. is nearly missing. I am disposed to

associate this latter fact with the presence of the ccelomic sacs

surrounding the gut, which may have been developed at the

expense of the septum, as in Hudrilus', in which genus the

corresponding septum is also much reduced. Another matter to

which I would wish to direct attention, is the existence of intestino-

tegumentary trunks, which have not yet been recorded in this

genus. They are, of course, of wide occurrence among earth-

worms.

A further point of some little interest is visible in the sketch

exhibited herewith. In my ‘Monograph of the Oligocheeta,’ * I

pointed out the existence of at least occasional asymmetry of the

female reproductive organs shown in the presence of only a single

receptaculum ovorum, that of the opposite side of the body being

absent. In other specimens*® I found precisely the same state of

affairs. The species that I examined was, I believe, Stuhlmanmea

variabilis.

In the present species of Stwhlmannia there is exactly the same

asymmetry, the receptaculum being only present upon one side,

and that the right. Or, to be more accurate, the receptaculum 1s

possibly present also on the left side, but is quite rudimentary,

and, I imagine, functionless. The “ Hitrichterblase,” as Michaelsen

has termed it, is present on the left side, and is simply a loop of the

oviduct, the two sections of the tube running in close contact side

by side; just opposite to it is a small spherical projection. A

lumen is present in this, which is the rudimentary funnel, but

the lumen is no wider than that of the oviduct elsewhere, and

there is no question of any free communication with the body-

cavity outside; there was no break to be detected in the muscular

wall of this projection, which perhaps should be regarded as funnel

+ receptaculum.

A series of sections through the rudimentary funnel and the

adjoining parts of the oviduct confirms the appearances displayed

in a preparation mounted in glycerine. The rudimentary funnel

(or funnel + receptaculum) is but a slight protuberance, which is

traversed up to its very end by a blindly ending branch of the

1 Beddard, “On the Gonad Ducts and Nephridia of Hudrilus,’ P. Z.S. 1902,

vol. 11. p. 89.

2 Oxford, 1895, p. 602.

3 “On some Harthworms from British East Africa, &c.,” P. Z.S. 1901, vol. 1.

p- 355.

1903.] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 213

descending limb of the oviducal loop, which constitutes the

“ Hitrichterblase” of Michaelsen. No communication between

this short diverticulum of the oviduct and the general eccelomic

cavity could be detected. Evidently, however, it is the forerunner

of the funnel which opens into the fully developed receptaculum,

or, possibly, of both. It is noteworthy that the oviduct

is divisible into two regions. ‘The section lying nearest to the

spermathecal sac is of a wider calibre than that lying nearer to the

external orifice. Furthermore, the lumen of this wider section

is a straight tube, while the lumen of the narrower section of

the oviduct is sinuous in its course within the muscular sheath.

It is possible that the wide straight section is really to be looked

upon as a greatly drawn-out funnel, drawn out by reason of the

growth of the spermathecal sac.

The walls of the oviduct, as is the case with other Eudrilide,

are very stout and muscular; and attention has already been

called to the fact that part of the oviducal tube runs a sinuous

course, independent, therefore, of its muscular covering. ‘These

facts, coupled with the conditions obtaining in Hudrilus ', where

the oviduct runs for a considerable space actually within the

septum, lead me to consider that the muscular wall of the oviduct

in Stuhlmannia may be a purely adventitious sheath, not belonging

to the oviduct at all, but consisting chiefly of the otherwise

missing septum between segments xiii./xiv. Its continuity with

the receptaculum can at any rate be explained on this view, which

is in any case not at variance with the other facts to which I have

just called attention.

The present species, in correlation, it is to be presumed, with

the entire absence of a penial process, does not possess the median

unpaired bursa propulsoria which characterizes S. variabilis. In

the former point possibly, but not certainly, it agrees with

S. gracilis. Dy. Michaelsen states, only as a possibility, since he

only examined two specimens, the absence of a copulatory process

in S. gracilis; furthermore, a thickening of the integument of

segment xv. appeared to him to be possibly intelligible as a not

fully developed penis. With regard to the presence or absence of

a bursa propulsoria he is silent. Stuhlmannia michaelseni, however,

cannot be confused with S. gracilis by reason of the characters

of the penial sete. They are provided at the end with a row of

sharp denticles on either side as in S. variabilis. In short, I

think that a case has been made out for the creation of a new

species of this genus Stuhlmannia.

Bettonia lagariensis, n. g. & sp.

Of this apparently new genus and species [ have examined but

a single specimen, complete and sexually mature. It measures

90 mm. by 4-5 mm. in breadth. The colour is bluish violet. It

1 Beddard, “On the Gonad Ducts and Nephridia of Eudrilus,’ P. Z.S. 1902,

vol. ii. p. 89.

214 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON [ Mar. 3,

was collected by Mr. Stuart Betton, at Lagari, British Central

Africa,

The prostomium is continued by grooves over about half of the

buccal segment.

The sete are wider apart in the case of the ventral couples than

in the case of the lateral.

The limits of the clitellum are a little obscure; it appears to

embrace segments xiv.—xvii. inclusive.

The chief, indeed practically the only, reason which leads me

to separate this Hudrilid generically, is the condition of the repro-

ductive apertures. The rule in the family is that the apertures

of the sperm-duct and of the spermathece are unpaired and

median in position.

Text-fig. 36.

ste

Ventral surface of Bettonia lagariensis. §, spermathecal pores; g, male pore.

There are, however, a few exceptions, such as Hudrilus itself,

and an apparently close ally of the present genus, viz. H’mznoscolex.

Betionia offers a third arrangement of the reproductive pores.

1903.] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 215

The spermathecal pores are paired, while the male pore is single

and median (text-fig. 36, p. 214).

The two former pores are upon the boundary line of segments

xil./xill.: each is somewhat eye-shaped in contour and corresponds

exactly in position to the outermost of the ventral couple of setz.

The single and median male pore lies on the boundary line of

segments xvil./xvill. It is very large and conspicuous, with

radially folded margins, indicating, perhaps, the possibility of the

extrusion of the bursa propulsoria,

The internal organs, unfortunately, were much softened, and

therefore the female reproductive apparatus was rather difficult to

decipher. The nature and relations of the other organs of the

body were not so difficult to ascertain.

As in many, if not in all, Kudrilide, the last pair of hearts

occurs in segment xi. In front of these were four distinct pairs.

The dorsal vessel is single throughout. I have not been able to

study the alimentary system in detail, but I have ascertained

that the present species is a member of the section Eudrilacea by

virtue of the existence of an unpaired ventral median alimentary

gland in segment x., which showed on a microscopical examination

the usual laminate structure of these glands, not at all to be

confounded, even in a badly preserved specimen like the present,

with the totally different though corresponding organs in the

other subfamily of the Eudrilide. There are also a pair of these

glands in segment xuli., of an oval form, which contain abundant

crystals, such as are met with in other genera.

Text-fig. 37.

Termination of the male efferent apparatus of Bettonia lagariensis.

B.p., Bursa propulsoria; Sp.gi., spermiducal glands.

The only conspicuous parts of the male generative system are

216 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON | Mar. 3,

the sperm-sacs and the terminal apparatus, which opens on to the

exterior in the xviith segment. The sperm-sacs are in segments

x1. and xil., and occupy a considerable space in those segments.

They are simple, solid, sac-shaped structures, not racemose in form.

The spermiducal glands are paired. Hach of them (see text-fig.

37, p. 215) is shortish and rather thick, tapering somewhat towards

the tip. The last third of the gland is bent forward and lies above,

parallel to and in contact with the anterior section of the gland.

This arrangement occurred on both sides of the body. Hach

gland is sharply constricted at its opening into a large median

bursa propulsoria lying below the ventral nerve-cord. This latter

sac, however, presents obvious signs of having been produced by

a fusion of two sacs; for posteriorly it is completely double. It

is into each of these posterior lobes that the spermiducal glands

open.

My description of the female apparatus must unfortunately be

incomplete. The organs, as already stated, are paired. The

spermathece, near to where they open, have very thick muscular

walls; and this region at least is enveloped in a ceelomic sac, as 1s

the base of the spermatheca in the species of Pareudrilus (?), with

which I deal later in the present communication (see below).

How this ccelomic sac is otherwise related to the spermatheca

and to the receptaculum ovorum I am unable to state. The latter

organ presents no noteworthy peculiarities, and the oviduct leads

from it to the exterior, on the fourteenth segment.

On «a Species of PAREUDRILUS.

I believe that a number of individuals belonging to this genus,

which were collected by Mr. Crossland, may represent a new

species. But I am unable to speak with absolute certainty on the

matter, since the material was not in good order for investigation,

and since the specimens of P. papillata examined by Michaelsen *

were likewise much softened by evaporation of the alcohol ; if the

worms upon which I report here are not referable to P. papillata,

then the species is unquestionably new.

But whether the species be new or not, I have something to add

to what is known about the structure of this genus.

The dimensions of my specimens agree apparently with those

given by Michaelsen for his species. The length wassome 100 mm.

and the diameter about 3 mm. The dark purple colour, turning

to yellow below and in the clitellar region, is like that of my

Pareudrilus stagnalis. The setz are closely paired, and I observed

a tendency in the neighbourhood of the genital pores for one seta

of a pair to be lost or not developed. I do not refer to a mere

dropping out ; on examining the cuticle, occasionally no pore was

to be noticed in the place where such a pore (through which the

seta is extruded) should be. The irregularity of this state of affairs

1 “Die Regenwtirmer Ost-Afrikas,” in Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, p. 11.

1903. ] NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 217

does not incline me to describe in detail the cases observed, which

were, moreover, not many. I can eonfirm Michaelsen’s statement

that there are no genital or any specially modified sete in any

region of the body.

In the external sexual characters I find some little differences

from the description of Michaelsen, and it is partly on this account

that I am disposed to regard my specimens as belonging to a new

species. The clitellum is perhaps a little more extensive, xili.—

Xvill. or even xix.; but that is a slight difference. I find that the

pores of the pair ed spermathece are situated definitely on the

border-line of segments xiv./xv. and not upon xiv. They are,

however, in the line of the ventral couple of sete. On the other

hand, I agree with Michaelsen in placing the pores of the spermi-

ducal glands upon segment xvii. just in front of the ventral sete

of that segment. As to the location of the genital papille, Dr.

Michaelsen and I have not found the same conditions in the

specimens studied. In my specimens, the constant rule appears to

be the presence of two pairs of papille of which the most anterior

are on segment xvii., just behind the ventral setee but on a line

with the ene most setze of the couple ; on the following segment,

the xviith, there is a precisely similar pair also behind the ventral

sete, but in this case corresponding to the innermost seta of the

couple.

The papille are fairly conspicuous, and are to be noted upon the

cuticle when stripped off. The area is slightly raised and is

studded with the mouths of large glands. Corresponding to the

papille internally, are glands to which I shall recur in describing

the anatomy. These papille were never absent.

I could discover no nephridial pores; but I imagine that this

species, like Pareudrilus stagnalis and some other Pareudrilacea,

will turn out to possess a ramified system of nephridial end-

tubes in the integument. In any case the nephridia, viewed

internally, appear to be paired structures. As to the alimentary

tract, I find a gizzard far forward, in the sixth or seventh segment,

and I have not been able to find calciferous glands, The last

heart is in xi. The funnels of the sperm-ducts are in x., xi. The

two pairs of sperm-sacs, in xi., xii., are tongue-shaped.

As to the female generative system, my observations do not

altogether agree with “those of Michaelsen ; but it is no disparage-

ment to that excellent and accurate observer to suggest that the

condition of his specimens may possibly have led him into some

slight error. Otherwise I must place my specimens not only in a

new species, but in a new genus. The ovary I have not been able

to find at all. This in an Kudrilid is not of course surprising

for as a rule the ovary disappears early, having transferred its male

to the egg-sac. On the other hand, while it is unlikely that I

could have missed so conspicuous an object as the large ovarian

sac figured by Michaelsen, it is equally unlikely that he was misled

by bulging septa or other structures into stating the presence of

such a sac communicating with the egg-sac. It seems to me

218 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON | Mar. 3,

therefore to be possible that, after all, in spite of undoubted

resemblances, Michaelsen and I have examined different species

and indeed different genera.

The female organs of the species which I have examined show

a number of not uninteresting features. The two most salient

parts of that system, which are visible on a dissection, are the two

spermathece and the egg-sacs. The spermathece are sausage-

shaped, and distinctly divisible into two regions. The proximal

part, ¢. e. that nearest to the external orifice, is strongly muscular,

and indeed is enveloped with stronger muscular bands than is the

bursa propulsoria of the spermiducal gland. Its epithelium is

perfectly continuous with the general epidermis of the body-wall,

and it has every appearance of being formed as an ingrowth from

the exterior. The distal region of the spermatheca has very thin

muscular walls, much thinner than the walls of the glandular part

of the spermiducal gland.

The interior has an epithelium which is raised into folds. I

cannot speak of the histological characters of the cells, as the

material was not sufficiently good. There is a very close resem-

blance, on a superficial view, between this spermatheca and the

spermiducal glands. Indeed, on a cursory inspection, they

might be taken for consecutive pairs of either spermathece or

spermiducal glands. The next most obvious part of the female

reproductive system is a very large mushroom-shaped body closely

adherent to the septum dividing segments xiii./xiv. This body is

stalked, and appeared, on dissection, too large to be identified

with a receptaculum ovorum (or egg-sac). Nevertheless it is the

egg-sac, and by virtue of its large size it appears to be precisely

like the egg-sac of P. papillata described by Michaelsen. On a

closer inspection, a fine tube, apparently leading from the stalk

of the egg-sac to the muscular part of the spermatheca, was

apparent; this seems to correspond to the narrow tube (sq.) figured

by Michaelsen.

A series of longitudinal sections through the body showed more

accurately the relations of these diverse organs to each other. I

find that the spermatheca is entirely independent of the rest of

the female apparatus, and that its cavity does not communicate

with the narrow tube arising from the ege-sac. That narrow tube

exists, as I have already mentioned; but on reaching the base of

the spermatheca, 2. e. the muscular end portion, it dilates into a sac

which entirely surrounds the muscular part of the spermatheca,

but does not, so far as I could ascertain, open into it anywhere.

The conditions, therefore, are those of such a genus as Hyperio-

drilus or Helhiodrilus, where a true spermatheca is invested by a

ceelomic sac. Now, though the difference may appear to be slight,

I am disposed to think that it is important, and that a sperma-

theca which has no communication with the egg-conducting

apparatus is essentially different from a spermatheca which has

such acommunication. It seems to me, for example, to be wrong to

compare the spermathecal sac of Lybiodrilus or Stuhlmannia with

1903. | NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 219

the spermatheca of Heliodrilus. For this reason I cannot agree

to Michaelsen’s placing of my genus dAlvania within the genus

Hyperiodrilus. The former has a true spermatheca, homologous

with that of other non-Eudrilid earthworms, while the latter has

not. ‘This also is the case with the genus or genera with which we

are dealing now. Pareudrilus stagnalis has a spermathecal sae

which communicates with the ccelomic sacs envolving the ovary ;

“ Pareudrilus” papillata has not. It is possible, therefore, that we

should revive Michaelsen’s Unyoria for the latter species. The

stalk of the egg-sac, as might be expected, lodges the funnel of the

oviduct, or, to speak more accurately, the greater part of the funnel.

The exact conditions obtaining are the following. In a series of

sections it may be seen that the narrow tube communicating with

the ccelomic sac surrounding the proximal end of the spermathec:

runs forwards and opens into the cavity of the xilith segment bya

wide orifice ; its walls are therefore continuous with, and no doubt

developed from, the septum bounding segment xiii. posteriorly,

The upper ‘ lip” of the ostium is covered by the cubical cells of

the oviduct, which here opens freely into the cavity of the xiiith

segment. Further on in the series of sections, the mouth of the sac

surrounding the spermatheca is closed, and the tube opens into the

egg-sac through a wide tube which is entirely lined by the cells of

the oviducal funnel ; these are, of course, perfectly continuous with

those cells which he in the xiiith segment. The part of the

oviducal funnel which les in the xivth segment appears to be

divided into two, and to open by as many mouths into the huge

egg-sac, which is so kidney-shaped as to be nearly divided into two

sacs; I cannot pretend to an accurate description of the funnel and

its various foldings. It is clear, however, that the conditions which

obtain are those of the more typical EKarthworms, where the funnel

opens partly freely into the xiith segment and is partly reflected

so as to open within the ege-sac. Now, the simpler forms of

Kudrilidee, such as the genus Hudriloides, are distinguished by the

fact that the ovary is unenclosed in any sac, and that the funnel

of the oviduct opens precisely as has been just described in Pareu-

drilus papillata. On the other hand, in the more complicated

forms, such as Séuhlmannia, the sacs containing the ovaries

envelop also the oviduct-funnel and communicate with the

spermathecal sac. The species which forms the subject of the

present remarks is plainly intermediate between these two

extremes; and for that reason, as I think, deserves generic

separation from Pareudrilus. i

§ On the Spermatophore.

The spermatophores of the Eudrilide have not been much

studied, and, so far as I am aware, are known only in the genera

Stuhlmannia and Polytoreutus, in which I have myself described

them. Many, if not most, of the individuals of the present species

which I examined had a single spermatophore in both the

spermathecze,

220 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON | Mar. 3,

As will be seen from the accompanying drawing (text-fig. 38),

the spermatophore consists of a globular swelling followed by a

long thin tube. The sperm, which appears blackish in glycerine

preparations, is limited to the spherical or nearly spherical recep-

tacle at the distal end of the case. The spermatophore, as will be

Text-fig. 38.

Spermatophore of Pareudrilus sp.

also apparent from the figure referred to, is of an elegant form,

not precisely corresponding to that of the spermatheca in which

it lies. The swollen and globular receptacle of the sperm is not

more than one-third of the length of the “ stalk,” which reaches

down to the very mouth of the spermatheca. At its termination the

walls of the spermatophore project in a ring-like fashion ; a state of

affairs exactly recalling the spermatophores of the Tubificidee, and

of the genus Stuhlmannia among the Eudrilide. No doubt the ~

shape is due to a moulding upon the walls of the spermatheca ;

but the state of preservation of the specimens does not enable me

to give details. The walls of the spermatophore appear to be firm

and thick, and rather brittle in consistency. In teased prepara-

tions the rupture of the stalk was invariably a clean fracture.

The walls are fibrous in appearance, and of the usual pale brown

colour that is generally associated with chitimous membranes. The

extremity of the tube, 7. e. that which is nearest to the mouth of

the spermatheca, is open; the other end is quite blind. The

1903. | NEW SPECIES OF EARTHWORMS. 221

shape of the whole spermatophore is sufficiently elucidated by the

drawing referred to.

§ Note on the Clitellum of Alma stuhlmanni, and on a possibly

new species of the genus Alma.

I believe that a note by myself’ upon the clitellum and

spermatophores of a West-African species of the genus Alma is

the first record of the extent of the clitellum in that genus. Like

other aquatic forms, Alma seems to be characterised by a seasonal

development of the clitellum; and hitherto, with the exception

just mentioned, no one appears to have seen or at least described

this organ in that Geoscolecid. In the species to which I have

just referred, the clitellum was found to extend from segment xlv.

to Ixxxv., a position which is quite unlike that found in any other

Geoscolecid and present only in a few Lumbricids. This is an

additional reason for associating the genus dima more particularly

with Criodrilus, asis done by Michaelsen; for both these genera,

though referable to the family Geoscolecidee, have many points of

kinship to the Lumbricidze. As, however, up to the present time,

but one species of the genus Alma has been described in the fully

mature condition, it is possible that the position and extent of the

clitellum characterising that species are not normal but exceptional

in the genus. Therefore I do not hesitate to describe the con-

ditions occurring in a second species of the genus, which I owe to

the kindness of Mr. Cyril Crossland, who collected specimens on the

shore of Victoria Nyanza, among weeds cast up by the waves. I

have two fully mature examples of a species which I believe to be

identical with Dr. Michaelsen’s Alma stuhlmanni. The dimensions,

however, are rather less; only one of the two examples was quite

intact —the other had lost the hinder end of the body; in the

complete example, measurements showed a length of 120 mm.

The other might have been slightly longer, as it was rather thicker.

In both, the penial appendages were rather longer than those of the

original specimens deseribed by Michaelsen. I found them to be

10 millimetres long; in one example the two were unequal in

size, one penial appendage only measured 6 mm. The structure

of these appendages is usually characteristic of the species. The

worms which T have examined agreed in almost every detail with

the description of A. stuhlmanni as given by Michaelsen °.

I may remark, however, that there were only two sete at the

free end of the penial process, and, indeed, one of these had

dropped out. The two papille upon which these sete are placed

were partly encircled by a horseshoe-shaped region of specially

glandular epidermis, which was conspicuously marked out from

the rest of the integument covering that process. It 1s conceivably

this region which secretes the spermatophore. In addition to this,

1 “On the Clitellum and Spermatophores of an Annelid of the Genus A/ma,” Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1901, vol. i. p. 216.

2 “Die Regenwitrmer Ost-Afrikas,” in Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, 1896, p. 4,

222 PROF. NEWTON ON THE WHITE RHINOCEROS. [Mar. 17,

I fancy that the single papilla at the base of the penial process is

rather nearer to the base than is figured by Michaelsen, and much

nearer than in the West-African form, and, moreover, it appeared

to me to be not symmetrical in its position. The clitellum was

not seen by Michaelsen at all. In my specimens the clitellum

occupied the same segments; but, as in the species described by

myself from Western Africa, that generative region was somewhat

undefined in its beginning and ending. The greatest number of

segments referable to the clitellum in the West-African species

are from xlv.—lxxxv.; but the clitellum was only fully developed

upon segments xlvii—Ixxxii. Its general appearance was precisely

like that of the species which I have just mentioned. In the

present species—and the observations apply to more than one

specimen, and are therefore all the more reliable as an expression

of normal conditions—the clitellum was much shorter, only

extending from segments xl.-Ixxi. This rather leads me to the

inference that the species with which I am concerned here is in

reality different from that which I described from McCarthy Island

on the Gambia, and referred to A. stuhlmannt. The present worm

is undoubtedly A. stwhlmanni; and it seems to be necessary, on

account of the difference in the clitellum, to use another name for

the West-African form. I would propose, therefore, to call the

latter A. budgetti. It is, however, clearly a very close ally of

A. stuhlmanni. It is interesting to note that the species of this

genus go more or less in couples. The East-African A. nilotica

corresponds to my A. millsoni from West Africa, while A. stuhlmanni

seems to be nearest to the form which I propose to name A. budgetti.

At present more information is wanted about A. emint; but it

appears to be formed rather after the plan of A. mllsoni and

A. nilotica. For in those species there are special setze on the penial

processes, while in A. stuhlmanni and S. budgett: there are sete of

the same pattern as those on the body generally.

March 17, 1903.

G. A. Boutencer, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of Prof. Newton, F.RS.,

three photographs of the White Rhinoceros (Rhinoceros simus),

sent to him with the following letter by Mr. C. R. Saunders,

C.M.G., Chief Magistrate and Civil Commissioner in Zululand :—

Kshowe, Zululand,

DEAR Sir, 6th January, 1903.

I received a letter from you in August 1900, following

on an account, written by me in ‘ The Field,’ of an interview I had

with White Rhinoceroses about that time. I did not answer

your letter at the time, hoping I should be able before long to

send you a photograph of the living animal. This, however, I

1903. | PROF. NEWLON ON THE WHITE RHINOCEROS. 223

have not yet been able to procure, although I visited the reserve

in which they lived for this special purpose last winter. Their

traces were abundant, but my time was limited, and they could

not be found. There are, I believe, about ten of these animals

living in that reserve, ond I do “Age despair of yet obtaiming

a photogy: iph of them in life, in which case | shall be pleased

to send you a copy of it.

Karly last December two of the animals (both bulls), one a very

old one and the other not full-grown, strayed out of the reserve

into one of the native locations and were killed. J obtained

three photographs of one of them, the old bull, taken by an

amateur two or three days after it had died. Lam forwarding by

the same mail as this a copy of each of these photographs, which

you ave welcome to, and which, I think, demonstrate the fact that

they were taken from a specimen of the White Rhinoceros, although

the carcass was a good deal distended,

The killing of these two Rhinoceroses was most unfortunate.

They suddenly appeared among some native kraals, and the men

went out and attacked them with spears. The young one was

see outright ; that of which the photograph was taken travelled

a long fierce after being wounded, and was not found until

some days had elapsed. Yours faithfully,

Alfred Newton, Esq. C. R. SAUNDERS

As these photographs were probably the only representations

Recently-killed Rhinoceros simus, adult ¢. Dee. 1902.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1903, Vou. I. No. XV. 15

224 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON A NEW MONKEY. [Mar. 17,

ever taken of this animal in the flesh, it seemed well worth while

reproducing two of them (text-figs. 39, 40).

Text-fig. 40.

Recently-killed Rhinoceros simus, adult g. Dec. 1902.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited the skin of a Chinese Monkey,

which had been obtained from a hunter by Mr. Henry Brelich,

and presented by him to the National Museum. It appeared to

represent a new species, the third known, of the remarkable genus

Rhinopithecus, and was described as follows :-—

RHINOPITHECUS BRELICHI, sp. n. (Plate X XT.)

Size very large, apparently larger than either /. roxellane or

R. bieti; for the skin, though that of a female, is as large as the

male of either of the other species. Fur not abnormally elongated

in any region, the longest being on the flanks, where the hairs

may attain to about 90 mm. in length ; those of the back 50-60 mm.,

and those across the shoulders 70-80. General colour of back

glossy slaty grey, the hairs grey to their roots, with shining tips.

A prominent oval white patch, 5 inches long by 2 broad, present

in the middle line between the shoulders, its hairs white to their

roots. Crown suffused with yellowish, its hairs yellow at base,

whitening terminally, but with broad black tips; hairs of cheeks

PZ). 1908 vol. Pike

J.Smit del.et lth.

Mantern Bros imp.

REINO PITON CUS BRE LICHE,

1903. ] MR, OLDFIELD THOMAS ON A NEW ANTELOPE. 225

yellow with black tips; nape between the yellowish crown and the

white wither-patch pale brownish with black tips to the hairs;

neck both on sides and below blackish grey, the hairs dull whitish

basally, with black ends. Ears white, markedly contrasting with

the head. Front of shoulders and inner aspect of forearms deep

yellow, which shades into whitish along the under aspect of the

latter, and contrasts markedly with the dark slaty of the outer

side of the forearm, this colour darkening to black on the wrists.

(The hands are lost in the specimen, but are presumably black.)

Hind limbs light greyish, more or less suffused with yellow behind

and blackish in front, but the colour contrasts are not sharp and

defined as they are in the other species. Belly uniformly grey

(about grey No. 5 of Ridgway). Tail very long, conspicuously

longer than in the other species, its hairs, which average about

40 mm. in length, curiously curved on each side downwards and

away from the centre line, along which there is an irregular

parting; in colour the tail is black throughout except at the

extreme tip, where there is a small white pencil; on each side of

its base there is a small yellow patch, outside of which there is a

blackish line passing round across the anal region: but owing to

the condition of the skin, the exact situation of these lines and

patches is not quite certain.

Approximate dimensions of the type, measured on the skin,

which has been made up from a flat native pelt :—Head and

body 730 mm., tail 970 (with hairs 1040).

Habitat. Mr. Brelich states that, ‘as far as I could gather, this

monkey inhabits a range of mountains known as the Van Gin

Shan Range, about 108° E., 29° N., in the north of the province

of Kwei-chow, Central China.”

Type. Female. B. M. No. 3.3.14.1. Collected and presented

by Henry Brelich, Esq.

This magnificent Monkey, one of the largest in the world apart

from the anthropoids, is a very remarkable discovery, and one on

which we may congratulate Mr. Brelich, who obtained and sent

it to the Museum on the suggestion of Mr. Herbert Ingram,

himself a frequent contributor to the National collections.

As may be seen from the above description and from the figure

(Pl. XXI.), the differences between this monkey and its only near

allies are so numerous as to render any detailed comparison un-

necessary. Good figures have been given of &. roxellance by

Milne-Edwards'! and De Winton’, and of 2&. bieti by Milne-

Edwards and Pousargues’.

Mr. Oldfield Thomas also exhibited adult and young examples

of a Bush Duiker, which had been sent to the British Museum

by Mr. F. W. Isaac, from Eldoma Ravine, British East Africa,

1 Rech. Mamm., Text, p. 233, Atl. pls. xxxvi. & xxxvii. (1874). P

2 P. Z.S. 1899, p. 572, pl. xxxi.

3 N. Arch. Mus. (8) x. p. 121, pls. 9-12 (1898).

15*

226 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON A NEW ANTELOPE. [Mar. 17,

{t appeared to belong to a new species allied to the Congolese

Cephalophus weynsi Thos., and was described as follows :—

CEPHALOPHUS IGNIFER, Sp. n.

Size medium. Fur close, fine and glossy, hairs of back about

an inch in length. General colour of back bright rufous or bay

(nearest to ochraceous-rufous of Ridgway), darkening forwards on —

the neck and shoulders to dull brownish. Forehead mixed rufous

and black; crown and occiput bright rufous like back, coronal

tuft a deeper and more chestnut or vinaceous rufous. Hairs of

occiput reversed upwards to the crest as usual, those of nape all

directed backwards. Muzzle blackish ; lips and chin white; ears

dark brown behind, with white edges and inner surfaces. Throat

rufous. _ Belly brown mesially, grading into rufous laterally.

Inner side of forearms, inguinal region, and inner side of thighs

white. Outer side of forearms and thighs rufous; feet brown,

darkening almost to black above the hoofs. Tail rufous above,

white below, proximally, with a mixed brown and white terminal

GulGHene

Skull of normal proportions; premaxille just reaching nasals,

frontal convex as usual; posterior palate variable, that of the

male cut out some way in front of the lateral notches, while in

the female the median notch is posterior to the lateral ones.

Horns laid back just in the line of the face, those of an adult

male 98 mm. long, with a basal diameter of 31 mm.; the same

dimensions in an immature female 49 and 20.

The young specimen (skull 105 mm. long, the last milk premolar

only just up) is nearly black all over, the coronal region and the

posterior back alone being rufous.

Dimensions of the type, an adult male, measured in skin :—

Head and body 810 mm., hind foot, with hoof, (c.) 240, ear 81.

Skull—basal length 162, greatest breadth 79°5, muzzle to orbit .

94, nasals 73 x 32; palate length 97; length of upper tooth-row

53, of three upper premolars 23:4.

Hab. Eldoma Ravine, British East Africa, alt. 7200 feet.

Type. Male. B.M. No. 2.11.17.6. Collected and presented by

F. W. Isaac, Esq. Three specimens.

Native name ‘“ Meindet.”

This Duiker is allied to C. weynsi of the Eastern Congo and

C. johnstoni of Toro by its colour and general characters, but

differs from them by the hairs of its nape being all directed back-

wards in the usual way. ©. harveyi of Kilima-njaro, also a

member of this group, has a blackish forehead and no chestnut

corona] tuft.

, The following papers were read :—

1903.] ON JAPANESE LONG-TAILED FOWLS. 227

1. Observations and Experiments on Japanese Long-tailed

Fowls. By J. T. Cunninenam, M.A., F.Z.S

[Received January Ist, 1903.]

(Text-figures 41 & 42.)

The enormous length of the tail-feathers in Japanese ‘“ Long-

tailed Fowls” has been known to zoologists in this country for many

years from the stuffed specimens in the hall of the Natural History

Museum in London. These specimens were figured by the late

G.J. Romanes in his ‘ Darwin and After Darwin,’ Part I., published

in 1892. The figures represent fairly accurately two males of the

breed, but the females are not represented at all, unless by indistinet

figures in the background; and the accessories, instead of being

dvawn from those actually present in the Museum case, are entirely

imaginary, showing the birds in a state of perfect freedom in open

country, a state which they never enjoy in Japan. Romanes’s

figures are among a large number given as “ typical proofs of the

efficacy of artificial selection ” : and it is the object of the present

paper to show that this involves an assumption, with regard to

this particular breed, which is by no means justified by the facts.

The tails of the male specimens in the National Museum are

6 to 9 feet in length, that is to say, the longest feathers are of

that length. I have endeavoured, but without success, to obtain

information concerning the history of these specimens. I believe

they were reared in Japan, and they were probably sent from that

country after death, either as skins or as stuffed specimens,

There are some female specimens also, but in these the tails are

scarcely longer than in the hens of ordinary breeds,

The breed has been known to poultry-fanciers fora considerable

time, and the following is the account of it given in ‘ The Book of

Poultry’ by Lewis Wright, published in 1885 :—

“ About the year 1878 there appeared in Germany, and a year or

two later in England, fowls imported from Japan, whose principal

peculiarity consisted in an immense length of tail and hackle-

feathers. Some of these were exhibited as Yokohamas ; others,

said to be superior in these points, were called Pheenix fowls.

The tails of these specimens averaged about a yard in length, and

the general appearance was not only that of a Game-fowl, but all

the colours were Game colours, Whites, Piles, Duckwings, and

later a few Black-Reds. The long plumage was, however,

unique, and a fair idea of it may be gathered from the illus-

tration.

“Correspondence in the poultry journals brought out the fact

that such birds had been occasionally exhibited as Japanese game

so far back as about 1872. But it further appeared that in the

Japanese Great National Museum at Tokio there were preserved

two specimens. of an allied race in which the tail-feathers measure

228 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON [ Mar. ale

134 feet and 17 feet respectively, and a feather has been actually

sent to France which measures 2 metres 85 centims. in length

(say 94 feet). In 1884 Mr. Gerald Waller, of Twywell, imported a

pen of these birds ; and from his statements we gather that they

are known in Japan as Shinowaratao, Shirifuzi, or Sakawatao

fowls and various other names. He says the very long-tailed

ones are kept in high, narrow cages, always sitting on a perch

covered with straw-rope, with no room to turn or get down, but

with a food- and water-tin at each end of the perch. Three times

daily they are lifted down for a few minutes’ exercise, their tails

being carefully rolled up in paper cases to keep them from injury.

The Japanese state that a tail has been measured 23 feet in length,

and that the birds only moult the tail once in three years. This

last statement is highly interesting. It is obvious that if a tail

23 feet long were grown in one year, it must be at the rate

of nearly three-quarters of an inch per day; and though

Madame Bodinus states that she could see the tails grow daily,

it is difficult to realise this; but experience will soon decide the

oint. The birds which have reached Europe have never yet

exceeded 5 or 6 feet in length of feather, which is not beyond the

possibility of a single season, though it appears of an enormous

length. The saddle-hackles of Mr. Waller’s birds are 16 inches

in length; but it is manifest that such enormous feathers as

reported from Japan could never be preserved under the ordinary

conditions of an English poultry-yard. The feathers are not only

long but extremely narrow and flexible, trailing low after the

birds.”

Mr. Wright does not mention the comb, but the illustration

which he gives represents the male bird with what is called a pea-

comb of small size and with small wattles, whereas the specimens in

the National Museum have single vertical serrated combs and large

wattles. The pea-comb is a rounded mass, with small rounded

tubercles projecting from it.

Mr. Frank Rice, of Acton, Suffolk, who breeds Yokohamas,

gives in his circular the same illustration which appears in

Mr. Wright’s book, and which therefore is certainly not a new

figure from a living specimen. But in his description he states

that the head should be neat and small, with evenly-set pea-comb.

Tt would thus appear that the long-tailed fowls comprise varieties

which differ in comb as well as in colour, though they seem to be

all similar in the excessive growth of the tail, and probably are

all grown in Japan under the same artificial treatment.

The principal purpose of this paper is to discuss the causes by

which the elongation or excessive growth of the tail has been

produced. About two years ago, Prof. Lankester, in a letter to

‘Nature,’ referred to the specimens in the Museum of which he is

Director as ‘‘a magnificent sport,” comparing their exceptional

character to what is called genius in human beings. On the

other hand, in the ‘ Dictionary of Birds’ by Newton and Gadow,

article “ Fea ther,” the length of the tail-feathers is attributed to

1903. ] JAPANESE LONG-TAILED FOWLS, 229

continuous growth, and it is stated that the moult is checked or

prevented by some means unknown to Europeans. We have seen

that in Wright’s book the statement is cited that the feathers are

only moulted once in three years, but this might be a congenital

peculiarity, whereas the expression used in the ‘ Dictionary of

Birds’ implies that the moult is prevented by artificial treatment.

Very definite statements on the question are made in a paper

by Mr. Basil Hall Chamberlain (“ Note on a Long-tailed Breed

of Fowls in Tosa,” Trans. Asiatie Soc. Japan, vol. xxvii. 1900),

for my knowledge of which I have to thank Mr. Frank Finn.

My. Chamberlain made enquiries on the subject in the country

from which the breed is obtained, and where presumably it

originated, but nevertheless his statements are based on the

assertions of breeders and not on any investigations of his own.

The following is a summary of his paper :—

The origin of the breed is not known, but it is believed to be at

least a hundred years old. It has been produced simply by

selection of the best specimens; one highly-prized variety, the

Haku, was produced in this way within the last few years.

The proper general name for the Long-tailed fowls is Shino-

wara-td, derived from the village of Shinowara in the province of

Tosa, east of Kochi the capital. Some are still bred in that place,

put most now in Kochi itself, whence the majority are exported

to Kobe and some of the finest to Tokio, but the very finest are

retained by the producers.

The following varieties were described to Mr. Chamberlain :—

Shira-fuji: white head- and body-feathers, tail black as in the

other varieties. He saw one specimen of this two years old, and

measured its tail-feathers, which were 73 feet long. Another

specimen, fourteen months old, had tail-feathers 4 feet long.

Others have black bodies. Another variety is the Haku, white

all over with yellow legs; another, Totenko, has red neck- and

pbody-feathers ; another, Dokiri, has reddish colour mixed with the

white of the body. All these except the Haku have black tail-

feathers.

As great a length as 18 feet has been reached in the tail-

feathers, but even 12 feet isa rarity. From 7 or 8 to 11 feet is

the usual length. The feathers grow about 4 inches a month,

and continue to grow while the bird lives, which may be eight or

nine years. The beautiful body-feathers growing from the

shoulders reach a length of 4 feet. (Vote.—This evidently refers

to the saddle-hackles, which grow not from the shoulders but from

the top of the rump.)

Some of these saddle-hackles may fall off in moulting, but the

tail-feathers never do so. He saw the birds in October 1898

when moulting, and only the ordinary feathers were gone or

going, not the long ones.

He also saw the hen, which was a handsome bird, distantly

reminding one of a hen-pheasant, with fawn-coloured breast and

white quill to the delicately-coloured feathers of the back. She,

230 _ MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON | Mar. 17,

too, has longer tail-feathers than an ordinary hen, sometimes as

long as 8 inches. One, or at most, two hens are allowed to each

breeding-cock. The latter’s tail-feathers are cut to allow of his

walking about freely. He lives a little longer than the others

which must be kept shut up; but all are hardy, bearing both heat

and cold. The ordinary number of long tail-feathers is 15 or 16,

some cocks have as many as 24,

The tail-feathers must not be wound up, as people ignorantly do

away from Kochi, but must always be allowed to hang free; for

which reason the cocks are kept in high, narrow cages, quite dark

except at the top, for light at the bottom would attract them.

When the tail-feathers become too long and touch the ground in

the cage, a bamboo is put a little way back so as to form an arch

and make more distance. The birds sit all day on a flat perch

3 inches wide, and are only taken out once in two or three days

and allowed to walk about for half an hour or so, a man holding

the tail all the while to prevent its getting torn or soiled.

The high, narrow cages may be made of any wood; they are

64 feet high, 3 feet deep, and 6 inches wide. The wonderful

feathers both on tail and body come from quills much stouter than

any possessed by ordinary fowls.

The price in Kochi was 15 dollars for a cock with tail under

10 feet, 25 dollars over that length.

There is absolutely no artificial method of making the feathers

grow. Allis done by selection. Any failure is due to not having

a hen or parents of the proper breed. Also one must know how

to treat the birds.

At Kobe in November 1898 Mr. Chamberlain saw three speci-

mens, one with tail-feathers 133 feet long. He also saw a splendid

white tail 103 feet long, which had been pulled out from a white

bird owing to its falling off its perch and fluttering about. The bird

was five years old, and the feathers were growing again. Thefancier

said that the feathers in young birds grow about 4 inchesa month,

in older birds more, up to 7 inches a month.

Two photographs are given with the paper, but no reference to

them is made in the text. The tails are very long, but there are

no long feathers from the shoulders, only tail- and saddle- or

rump-hackles.

It is evident that Mr. Chamberlin, although his observations are

of considerable value, was not an experienced naturalist, and that

he is simply reporting what he was told. He says nothing about

the combs of the fowls he saw. With regard to his assertions

about selection as the sole means by which the breed has been

produced, it is to be noted that he is evidently referring in the

case of the Haku chiefly or entirely to colour. The Haku isa

white variety, and Mr. Rice, above mentioned, also has a strain

of this colour. Nearly all domesticated birds and animals vary in

colour, and nothing is easier-than to separate a white variety in

fowls, horses, pigeons, dogs, &c. These fowls, like others, vary

in colour; and the question before us now is not the separation of

1903. ] JAPANESE LONG-TAILED FOWLS. 231

colour varieties, but the excessive length of the tail which occwrs

in all the varieties. Mr. Chamberlain states that a specimen

fourteen months old had a tail 4 feet long. At the rate of

4 inches a month, this would mean a period of growth of twelve

months, and therefore the chickens must have begun to acquire

their permanent feathers at two months of age, and the feathers

must have grown without intermission afterwards. This is

perhaps not impossible, but according to my observations, recorded

below, it is very improbable. It may further be pointed out that

the statement “ there is absolutely no artificial method of making

the feathers grow,” is difficult to reconcile with that which follows

it, “also one must know how to treat the birds,” unless proof is

offered that the artificial treatment has no effect on the growth of

the feathers.

The birds in my possession, which have formed the subject of

my own observations and experiments, were descended from a

pair which were imported direct from Japan by Mr. John Sparks,

of London, and purchased by Mrs. J. C. Williams, of Caerhayes

Castle, Cornwall. Before proceeding to my own observations, I

wish to discuss the question whether the moult occurs in the

specimens kept in this country, and also some evidence I have

obtained as to specifie treatment of the feathers. We have seen

in Mr. Wright’s account that the feathers of birds in this country

had not been known to exceed 5 or 6 feet in length. This

does not throw much light on the question of the moulting,

because it may be that, the birds not being kept on perches as in

Japan, the feathers get broken when they have reached a con-

siderable length. I enquired of Mr. Rice what his experience

was, and he replied that his birds usually moulted their tail-

feathers each year, but he had had some cocks omit this operation

in theix second year. He said that his cockerels at eight months

of age had tails from 2 ft. 6 in. to 3 ft. 6 in, in length, and that

he had one cock, three years old, that had a tail 53 feet long.

Mrs. J. C. Williams was also kind enough to answer my

enquiries. She informed me that the original male bird which

she obtained from Mr. Sparks had a tail just 5 feet long. At first

its plumage suffered from the change of climate, but in 1901 its

tail was considerably better than it had been. (The length at

this time was not stated.) She had a young bird whose tail had

measured 42 feet, but he broke it in getting about. The young

birds usually moulted about a year after hatching. This must have

been the first moult of the adult plumage, which begins to appear

in the autumn after hatching. In reply to a request for further

particulars about the moult, Mrs. Williams stated the birds do

certainly cast their long tail-feathers. The bird that had some

feathers 43 feet long was then (March 1902) nearly three years

old, and she thought it was at the second moult that a feather of

that length was measured.

There is evidence here that, when left to themselves, the long

tail-feathers are moulted in the ordinary way, at any rate for two

232 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON [ Mar. 17,

successive seasons after the first year in which the birds are

hatched.

It will be seen that the absence of the moult, or the occurrence

of continuous growth, if true for the birds in Japan, is not true

for those reared in this country; and thus we have reason to

doubt that uninterrupted or continuous growth of the tail-feathers

is a fixed congenital peculiarity in the breed.

Mr. John Sparks in May 1901 supplied me with the following

information concerning the method of treatment applied to the

birds in Japan :—‘‘ In order to ensure very great length of tail,

the cocks ought to be kept on a perch as much as possible after

they are six months old; and the tail-feathers should be pulled

gently every morning, grasping the centre bone-like part firmly

with the finger and thumb and pressing steadily downwards

towards the tip, each feather being done several times. This

softens the quill and causes it to lengthen. The birds do not

moult the tail-feathers, but if one or more come out others

immediately grow in their places.

“The Japs themselves, those who take great pride in their birds,

always roll the long feathers up like a lady rolls up her hair, and

tie them, whenever the birds are let off their perches to walk

about, which is about twice a day for an hour at a time.

““T have often seen them thus treated in Japan, and those

which Mrs. Williams and the Hon. W. Rothschild had from me

were so treated on the voyage by the man in charge of them, and

T sent them down to St. Austell in their regular perch-cages.”

There is here a detail in the treatment of the feathers which,

so far as I can discover, has never been mentioned in any

published account of the matter ; and my own experiments, which

I now proceed to describe, so far as they have yet gone, tend to

show that this mechanical treatment of the feathers is the whole

secret of the mystery.

My own EXPERIMENTS.

In May 1901, I received from Mr. John Sparks twelve eggs,

laid by the fowls of this breed in the possession of Mrs. J. C.

Williams. I afterwards ascertained that some of these were the

produce of the pair originally imported from Japan, others were

from the offspring of this pair, but all the eggs were of perfectly

pure breed with no cross or admixture whatever. The eggs were

incubated by an English hen of mixed breed, and on June 13th

ten healthy chicks were hatched. Of the other two eggs, one

contained a dead chick, the other was addled or not fertile. This

shows that the eggs were remarkably fertile and of great vitality.

The chicks were small, the eggs being not much more than half

the size of ordinary table-eggs. Their colour was fawn, with a

broad dark brown stripe down the middle of the back, a narrower

stripe on each side of this, and a thin stripe of the same colour

running from the outer corner of the eye. They were very

1903. ] JAPANESE LONG-TAILED FOWLS. 233

pretty, very active, and very healthy, and throve well on ordinary

food, consisting of oatmeal, chopped meat and vegetables, and

mixed grain of various kinds. One of the chicks was accidentally

killed when I turned the hen out of the nest, having got beneath

its mother’s feet as she was scratching the earth. I examined

this specimen, and found that the primaries and secondaries of

the wings were present as short black quills with a little down at

the tip, but that there was no trace of tail-feathers or tail-coverts,

nothing but down over the rest of the body. The comb was

visible at the back of the beak as a slight yellow ridge with six

teeth. The toes were four in number; the skin on the legs

was yellow.

June 23rd. Age 10 days.—Another chick had been lost up to

this date, having escaped and probably fallen a victim to a cat.

The feathers of the wings now reached nearly to the end of the

body, and were chequered i in colour, being marked transversely

with dark colour and grey alter nately, ‘The tail-feathers, i. ¢.

rectrices, had begun to sprout in some of the chicks, elsewhere

there was still only down. The combs appeared no larger.

July 6th. Age 23 days.—The chicks were now half-fledged:

another had been lost by escaping, so that only seven survived.

Feathers were growing on the shoulders and sides of the breast,

but the head, back, and front of the breast were still downy, with

the original markings. Tail-coverts also appearmg. Feathers,

except tails, all barred with dark and grey, so that the general

appearance was speckled and very inconspicuous against the soil.

The tail-feathers were dark, nearly black, but not steel blue-black

like those of the adult. It was interesting to see the chicks scatter

in all directions, and then crouch down whenever the hen uttered

her special warning cry, as she did often when she heard a jackdaw

croak. In four of the chicks the tails were more developed than

in the rest; in these also the combs were beginning to grow

higher and to get red. These four proved to be cocks, so that the

sexual difference begins to show itself at this early age.

July 28th. Age 1 month 15 days.—The four cocks showed

their sexual characters a ttle more distinctly, the wattles and

ear-lobes being indicated by a tinge of red. Tn the three hens

the combs had not begun to enlarge and showed no red.

One of the cocks was darker than all the other chicks, and had

a slender tail, not very long and bent downwards. The hens were

light-colour ed, with white breasts, their tails being as long as those

of some of the cocks. Two of the cocks had dark breasts.

Aug. 4th. Age 1 month 3 weeks.—Chicks now fully fledged.

In the four cocks reddish tints were appearing in the feathers of

the back and wings, while in the hens only neutral tints were

present. The combs i in the cocks were a little more dey eloped, in

the hens not developed. The tail-coverts in the cocks were growing,

but not longer than the rectrices, and the sickle- feathers not

conspicuous.

The red feathers mentioned above are the beginning of the

234 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON [Mar. 17,

adult plumage. There is at least one complete change of feathers,

from the chicken plumage to the adult, both in cocks and hens.

Whether the chicken-feathers are changed before this I do not

know, but there were indications that the wing-feathers at least,

in the chicks, had been changed before the assumption of the adult

plumage.

Aug. 12th. Age 2 months.—I examined one of the cocks, and

could distinguish two steel-blue sickle-feathers on each side, not

longer than the rectrices and rather narrow. These were the first

of the adult tail-feathers to appear, succeeding others of dark,

lustreless, brownish black.

Aug. 20th. Age 2 months 1 week.—I counted the tail-feathers

in some of the chicks. In one of the hens I found 14, or 7 pairs,

of rectrices. In one of the cocks, the dark one previously men-

tioned, the saddle-hackles were almost black with a grey stripe

down the centre, instead of reddish. In this bird I found also

seven pairs of rectrices, and only four pairs of sickle-feathers

which were neutral brown. The other three cocks could also now

be individually distinguished, and I give the peculiarities to show

the amount of variation :—

A. The largest: more advanced in plumage than the rest, more

red on the back, breast nearly all black except at the sides;

a kink in the comb.

B. Similar to A, but not quite so far advanced.

C. Similar to A and B, but lighter in tone; back rather

yellowish than red.

D. The dark bird above mentioned.

Aug. 24th. Age 2 months 11 days.—Examined Cock A and

found a number of steel-blue sickle-feathers, or tail-coverts, all

with very long horny sheaths at the base indicating vigorous

growth. In Cock B similar feathers were only just beginning to

sprout.

Aug. 26th.—In Cocks C and D very few new sickle-feathers

showing. In B the rectrices were being replaced.

Sept. 6th. Age 2 months 3 weeks,—In Cock A all the chicken-

rectrices had been moulted, and the new steel-blue ones were

growing out with long horny sheaths at the bases. In all the

cocks the spurs had begun to show as very slight blunt knobs.

None of the cocks had crowed yet.

Sept. 10th.—Examined one of the hens. Saw several tail-

coverts growing with long sheaths but no new rectrices.

In Cock D, the dark one, the two central rectrices were long,

slender, and curved, and had sheaths at the base, also sheaths to

some of the other rectrices. I thought at the time that these

central rectrices had not replaced others in the chicken plumage,

but grown continuously. I afterwards concluded that they had

moulted earlier than in the other cocks.

In Cock A the longest tail-covert measured 19 cm. or about

7? inches.

1903. ] JAPANESE LONG-TAILED FOWLS. 935

Sept. 19th. Age 3 months 1 week.—Condition of plumage :—

Cock A. Breast, thighs, and belly all black. Neck-hackles

very light grey, with thin dark stripe down the centre of

each feather. Back with some steel-blue feathers behind

the hackles, the rest red. Saddle-hackles developing,

yellow, long and thin. Nearly all the rectrices and tail-

coverts growing with long sheaths, colour steel-blue.

Cock B. Nearly the same as A, but not quite so far advanced.

Cock C. Much less advanced, white on sides of breast, speckled

brown feathers mixed with red of back, only the outer-

most rectrices showing sheaths.

Cock D. Very little white on breast, hackles of neck steel-blue,

back black with a little red at tips of feathers. Saddle

whitish. Rectrices 7 pairs, only the central and outer-

most pairs with sheaths, the rest apparently not yet

moulted.

Hens. Breasts almost white, the sides of breast buff; neck-

hackles dark, with whitish stripes down centres of feathers.

Back and tail greyish brown, speckled, 7. e. with white

quills. Two hens with black heads, one with head lighter,

grey and speckled.

T now decided to stroke and pull the tail-feathers in Cock B and

to leave Cock A untouched, to see if any difference would result.

These two, as I have said, were closely similar except that A was the

larger, finer bird and slightly more advanced in development. I

chose, therefore, the one which was congenitally inferior, so that

if any superiority in growth of feather appeared in it, it could

only be due to the artificial treatment. In both there were seven

pairs of rectrices, the central pair slender and curved, the rest

broad and_ str aight. The outermost pan had not yet been

moulted, I fixed up a sort of cage with a round perch at the

bottom, and put Cock B into it w hile I stroked his feathers, but

did not keep him in it.

Oct. 1st.—Found that the hens had shed most of their rectrices

and were producing new feathers, as well as new tail-coverts, but

without change of colour.

Oct. 7th.—The upper tail-covert in Cock A measured 25 em. or

about 10 inches, not including the basal sheath.

At this time I changed my residence, and the fowls were

installed in a place divided into tworuns; into one I put Cocks B,

©, and D, in the other Cock A with the three hens.

On Oct. 12th Cock A crowed for the first time, another proof

that he was a little more precocious than the others.

Oct. 16th. Age 4 months 3 days.—Longest feather, a tail-

covert on left side, in Cock B 27 ecm., about the same as the

longest in Cock A.

Oct. 27th. Age 4 months 2 weeks.—Tried tying the cocks by

one leg on ordinary perches about 3 feet from the ground, and

thus was able to measure the feathers better.

236 MR, J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON [ Mar. 17,

Cock A. Longest feather 13 inches from skin.

Cock B. The same. But there were more long feathers in

Cock A, the outer ones being more nearly the length of the

middle.

As I found I had not time to pay attention to more than two

cocks, and as, moreover, they soon began to fight, I got rid of

Cocks C and D; and what I have to say hereafter refers only to

Cocks A and B, which were undoubtedly the best of the four, and

had the most beautiful colours. I began tying these two cocks

on ordinary perches in the daytime by means of a piece of tape

tied to one leg and round the perch.

Dec. 1st. Age 5 months 18 days.—Longest feather in Cock A

18 inches, in Cock B the same. This shows a growth of 5 inches

in five weeks, or 1 inch per week. Perhaps the feather in Cock A

was really a little longer, as nearly all the feathers in this bird

had lost their tips by friction against the ground. ‘There is thus

no evidence up to this time that pulling the feathers mi Cock B

has increased the rate of growth.

Dec. 8th.—I had been stroking the feathers of Cock B regularly

at morning and evening. Usually I tied the birds on the perches

at night, and generally tied the feathers up in paper when the

birds were free. I used tissue-paper, and rolled the tail up trans-

versely, fastening it with tape. I tried a rough narrow cage with

wooden bars for Cock B, but the bird turned round and escaped

through the opening behind the perch.

T noticed now that one of the long feathers in Cock B seemed

to have stopped growing, the sheath having peeled off and left a

dry stalk. This was one of the outer tail-coverts, but the rest

were still growing vigorously.

Dec. 27th.—As my first attempt at a cage did not succeed, and

LT was unwilling to confine the birds so completely as the Japanese

do, I made a perch of about 9 imches in length supported on two

uprights. This apparatus was movable, not fixed to the ground.

T used this for Cock B, tying him to it by a piece of tape fastened

round one leg. This answered very well, although he once upset

the perch and slightly wounded his head. No permanent injury

resulted from this accident.

On this date, when I was stroking the feathers, one of the

smaller tail-coverts on the right side came out of the socket, with

the epidermic sheath attached to it. This feather was 14 inches

long. This seemed to indicate that the effect of stroking the

feathers was, as suggested by a correspondent of ‘ Nature,’ to pull

the growing feathers out, instead of increasing their growth ; but

my experiments were not finished yet.

Dec. 31st. Age 6 months 18 days.—Measured the feathers as

accurately as possible on a flat wooden measure.

Cock A longest two feathers, the central feathers of the tail,

22 inches. ;

Cock B longest feather scarcely 22 inches, also a central

rectrix.

1903. ] JAPANESE LONG-TAILED FOWLS. 237

It seemed, therefore, that the growth of the feathers in Cock B

was barely keeping pace with that in Cock A, although only in

the former were the feathers pulled or stroked. In Cock A the

longest feathers were the two central rectrices ; in B only one of

the central rectrices was as long, the adult feathers having mostly

started earlier in A than in B.

Up to this time Cock A had been with the three hens, and B

with the other cocks until I had got rid of these.

1902, Jan. 8th.—On this date one of the hens laid the first egg.

It was small and of light brown colour, like those the birds were

hatched from.

The hens have a low serrated comb and scarcely any wattles,

only ved skin about the cheeks.

Jan. 12th. Age 7 months.—In Cock A the 2nd pair of rectrices,

counting from the middle, seemed to be coming to the end of their

growth, the sheaths drying up and the quills forming. This pair

were not so long as the corresponding pair in Cock B which

had been pulled. The five outer pairs of rectrices had ceased

growing in both cocks. These were broad and stiff and only about

6 or 7 inches long, in fact like the rectrices of ordinary fowls.

All the hens were now laying. One of the hens was put with

Cock B, the other two with A.

Feb. 4th. Age 7 months 22 days.—

Cock A, longest feather......... 251 in. = 64 cm.

GockeBe war Reacts 252 in, =65'7 cm.

It is thus evident that the growth in B had been greater than

in A. The feathers in B were pulled once or twice a day when-

ever I was at home, and B was tied on the perch with his feathers

loose at night, while A was usually left free with his tail rolled

up in paper. The sheaths of the central rectrices, which were

the longest feathers in both birds, were in Cock A shorter, and

seemed as though growth were about to cease.

It is to be noted here that so long as the feather is in full

growth, the horny sheath which surrounds the base is milky

white, or bluish white, and soft, while when growth ceases the

sheath dries up and appears black because the feather is seen

through it; then it scales off, and leaves the quill of the feather

bare down to the surface of the skin. The quill at the base of a

full-grown feather is only formed at the end of growth, and most

of it is contained in the skin-socket. Thus I learned to recognise

the approaching cessation of growth and formation of the quill by

the appearance of the horny sheath.

Feb, 10th.—One of the feathers was accidentally pulled out in

Cock A while the tail was tied up in paper. I do not know how

this occurred; I only saw the root of the feather hanging free

while the length of it was held by the paper. When a growing

feather is thus pulled out, the horny sheath comes out of the

dermal socket and remains attached to the base of the feather,

238 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON [Mar. 17,

and the end of the sheath is quite soft and exudes a little blood

and moisture when pressed. This feather was 52°8 cm. or about

1 ft. 9in. long. It was one of the anterior tail-coverts, and was

the only feather ever pulled out of Cock A.

Feb. 11th. Age 8 months nearly.—On this date, when I was

stroking the feathers of Cock B, another came out. It was one

of the anterior lateral coverts of the right side, and its length was

152 inches (38 cm.). The feather had not ceased growing, but

showed signs that it was about to cease, as the rhachis at the base

was stout and thick, and the barbs emerging from the sheath were

free and downy, as they are at the base of a full-grown feather,

and never at its more distal part

Feb. 14th.—Examined the bases of the feathers in both cocks.

In A the central rectrices had nearly or quite ceased growing, and

also nearly all the tail-coverts, only two or three still showing the

basal sheaths. In B two or three of the posterior coverts had

ceased growing on each side, but a number of the others still

showed vigorous growth.

Feb. 15th.—The longest feather in Cock B came out when I

was stroking the feathers, though I was not pulling at all hard.

The feather was the central rectrix of the left side, and was in

growing condition, with bluish pulpy sheath at the base. It came

clear out of the socket and was not broken off at all. The extreme

length was 2 ft. 44 in., but about 1 inch of this was in the socket

before it was pulled out. The total length of the sheath up to

the point where the feather proper emerged was 3} inches (8 cm.).

Feb. 16th.—Ascertained that in Cock B three tail-coverts on the

right side had ceased growing and two on the left. The 2nd

rectrix on right side had ceased to grow, that on the left nearly so.

In Cock A the 2nd pair of rectrices had ceased growing, the

1st or central pair had nearly ceased. Two central coverts, which

were nearly as long as the central rectrices, had nearly ceased, and

there were only two others on each side with growth-sheaths.

There were two rows of coverts in front of the rectrices, anterior

and posterior, with four or five feathers in each row on each side.

When the feathers are specified individually they are counted from

the middle line.

Feb. 17th.—One of the posterior lateral coverts on right side in

Cock B was pulled out today. I was really trying to see if it

would come out when pulled, as it had completely ceased to grow.

T found that it required much more force to pull it out than is

required in the case of a growing feather. The quill was com-

pletely formed. It was evident that the attachment of the feathers

was most feeble when growth was ceasing, not when the feather was

growing vigorously ; while after the quill was completely formed,

the feather was very firmly held in the socket. The feather was

192 inches long.

March 2nd.—In Cock B another feather was unintentionally

pulled out. It was in full growth, and was one of the lateral

anterior coverts on the right side. Total length 163 inches.

1903. ] JAPANESE LONG-TAILED FOWLS. 239

March Ath.—Measuvred feathers, exactly four weeks since last

measurement :—

Cock A, longest feather............ 2 ft. 34 in.

Cock B pe Peer SEE Soterarior 2 43 i

The longest feathers in A were the two central rec trices, and

these had almost entirely ceased growing since last measurement.

They had grown 23 inches in four weeks.

In B, on the other hand, the longest feather was the central

rectrix on the right side, <a was still erowing and was | inch

longer than the rectrices ‘of A. The left rectrix of B, which was

pulled out, would have been somewhat longer.

In Cock A there were now only two feathers with growing

sheaths, both on the right side, all the rest having ceased to grow.

In Cock B, on the other hand, there were sev eral coverts with

growing sheaths, as well as the central rectrix of the right side.

Mar ch 9th.—The two feathers still growing in Cock A were the

central posterior covert on the right side and one next to this on

the same side. They seemed to be about to stop growing. There

were only five long feathers in Cock A, all the rest being shorter

than the corresponding feathers in B.

March 10th.— Another feather came out from Cock B today when

the feathers were stroked ; it was the Ist anterior covert on the left

side, and, although still growing, showed signs of cessation of growth.

It was evident that the feathers, as noted abov e, were easily

ulled out at this stage. Feather measured 1 ft. 97 in. (55°3 cm.).

March \\th.—Still another feather pulled out of Cock B, Ist

anterior covert of right side. It measured 1 ft. 8 in.

March 16th. Age 9 months—The two feathers which were

still growing in Cock A seemed now to have both ceased to grow,

one of them certainly. The only other growing feather in this

bird was the one on the left side which had sprouted i in place of

the one pulled out.

In Cock B four of the old feathers were still growing, namely,

the right central rectrix, and three coverts on the left side, besides

the new feathers sprouting in place of those pulled out.

Many of the golden saddle-hackles in B had growing sheaths.

One came out when they were being stroked the other day, and

measured 7 inches in length. A few of the feathers of the same

kind were growing in A, but most have stopped, and these hackles

altogether were about 2 “inches shorter in A than in B.

Between the saddle-hackles and the long tail-coverts there were

a number of feathers which may be called transition feathers.

They were flexible and projected upwards first and then drooped

in an arch; the outer ends were steel-blue, the bases carried pure

white down, which was exposed and was very ornamental to the

bird.

April 1st.—Measured the feathers, exactly four weeks since last

measurement :—

Longest feathers in A, central rectrices, ee 4} in.

Longest feather in B, right central rectrix, 2 ft. 8 in.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1903, Vou. I. No. XVI. 16

240 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON | Mar. 17,

The rectrices in A had therefore grown | inch in four weeks,

the rectrix in B 32 inches. The former had ceased to grow some

time before this date.

One covert on the right side in A had still a little of the blue

sheath at the base; it had almost finished growing, and was still

shorter than the four longest central feathers.

In B the next longest feather was the central covert of the left

Text-fig. 41.

Japanese Long-tailed Fowl.

Cock A, photographed April 1903.

side, which was 1 ft. 11 in. long, or 9 inches shorter than the central

rectrix. The left central rectrix, which had been pulled out on

Feb. 15th, was growing again rapidly and was now about 4 inches

long.

In Cock B the left central covert was still growing vigorously,

with long sheath. It had a twist in it and hung im a spiral. Of

the other two growing coverts on the left side, the outer had

nearly ceased growing, the other still had a blue sheath.

1903. | JAPANESE LONG-TAILED FOWLS. 241

I found that the feathers which had ceased growing for some

time were very firmly attached. It was impossible to pull them

out by moderate force, and I did not wish to pull them out by

violence. There were 8 long coverts on each side in both cocks.

April 7th.—There were signs that more of the feathers in Cock B

were coming to an end of their growth. The sheath of the right

central rectrix was diminishing, The outer of the two upper

Text-fig. 42.

Japanese Long-tailed Fowl.

Cock B, photographed April 1903,

posterior coverts on the left side had, I believe, ceased to grow,

and the inner, though still growing, was apparently about to cease.

The only feather which appeared to be in full growth was the

central covert on the left side.

April 13th. Age 10 months.—The right central rectrix in

Cock B came out today when I was pulling the feathers. I had

pulled it rather hard and rather frequently in the hope of stimu-

16*

242 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON [ Mar. 17,

lating its growth, with this result. I am sure it would not have

grown much more, as its growth was evidently ceasing.

Total length of the feather 2 ft. 9% in., of which 2 in. was

embedded in the socket.

April 20th.—On this date the light-coloured hen being broody,

I put 9 of her own eggs under her to be incubated.

April 29th.—Longest feather in Cock B now was the central

covert of-the left side, which was 2 ft. 2 in. long and still growing.

The covert next to this was also growing. The feathers which

had been pulled out were all regrowing vigorously, the longest

being the left central rectrix, which was 7 or 8 inches long.

In Cock A there was no further growth, except in the anterior

covert which had been pulled out.

May 12th.—Allof the eggs incubated by the light-coloured hen

were hatched on this date, and all the chicks were vigorous and

healthy. My experience of the breed has been in direct opposition

to the statements in Lewis Wright’s account, with regard to their

vigour and fertility: I have found them exceptionally hardy,

vigorous, and fertile.

There was no new variation observable in the chicks, except in

one which was a rich golden-brown on the head and shoulders,

instead of light buff colour. All were striped as described in the

original chicks of the preceding season.

May 27th. Age 11 months 14 days.—Left central covert in

Cock B 2 ft. 5 in. long, so that it had only grown 3 inches in four

weeks. The covert next to this came out on this date when I

stroked it. It was 2 ft. 24 in. long. It had evidently nearly

ceased to grow, and was beginning to form downy barbs at the

base.

June 2nd.—First signs of moulting noted in the hens; a good

many of the breast- and body-feathers on the ground from day to

day, and one primary wing-feather from the light-coloured hen

found. There was, however, no sign of moulting in the tail-

feathers of either cocks or hens. Cock A had lately been left

at liberty with tail free, and none of the feathers had been

broken or lost.

June 8th.—Hens moulting a good deal, more primaries shed,

and in some cases the new primary was half developed. The

primaries in each hen were shed a single pair at a time.

In the cocks none of the wing-feathers, saddle-hackles, or tail-

feathers had been shed.

The chick of this season’s brood which was browner than the

others in the down, showed the same peculiarity in the immature

plumage, having a yellowish-brown colour instead of the neutral

brown of the others; the marking was the same.

June 24th. Age | year 11 days.—Left central covert in Cock B

2 ft. 8 in. long, so that it had grown only 3 inches in four

weeks.

July 13th.—The left central covert in Cock B was accidentally

pulled out when J was away from home; the paper in which the

1903. | JAPANESE LONG-TAILED FOWLS. 243

feathers were tied up having come undone, the feather got caught

in a door and was pulled out. There was some indication that

the feather was ceasing its growth, as, although the sheath was

long and soft, the bar bs at the base were beginning to be slightly

downy.

The total length of the feather was 2 ft. 10} in., or 2 ft. 92 in.

beyond the socket.

As this completes the history of the feathers of the first season,

I will here give a table showing the history of the feathers which

were pulled out, as it is the fur ther history of these feathers

which constitutes the most important result of my experiment.

Feathers of first adult plumage in Cock B pulled out.

Right side of Tail. Hae oe

Small lateral covert, growing.................. Dec. 27.

Anterior lateral covert, nearly ceased ...... Feb. 11.

Posterior covert, ceased) .s..c.5-s.c-sc-.er esse Feb. 17.

Anterior lateral covert, growing ............ Mar. 2.

Anterior Ist covert, STOWING .................. Mar. 11.

Central "rectrix, STOWE... ...--.¢--c-c-e ssc ee. Apr. 13

Left side of Tail.

Central rectrix, growing......0.0iececss cesses es Feb. 15.

Anterior central covert, growing ............ Mar. 10.

Anterior 2nd covert, nearly ceased ......... May 27.

Posterior central covert, growing ............ July 13.

Of these it is important to note that all but the last two

sprouted again almost immediately, and continued to grow,

though not very fast, till the general moult. The last two did

not appear again until the month of September, that is to say in

the moulting-season. It is evident, therefore, that the recrescence

of a feather is influenced by the season of the year. After the

moult, that is to say in winter and spring, there is a general

tendency to feather-growth, and if a feather is pulled out ‘during

this time a successor at once begins to grow in its place. After

the end of April, at any rate in ‘the second year of the bird’s life,

the activity of feather-growth slackens or ceases, and feathers

pulled out after this time are not replaced till the following

moulting-period.

July 31st. Age 1 year 1 month 18 days.—Found today that

Cock A had begun to moult bis wing-primaries: there were three

or four new feathers growing, and one of them was already half

its full length. Cock B was in the same condition, but had not

shed so many feathers. The wing-secondaries were moulting also.

Aug. 4th.—Found one of the outermost short tail-coverts in

Cock A growing again, the old feather having been moulted.

This was the beginning of the moult in the tail-feathers.

244 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON [Mar. 17,

T believe there were 10 tail-coverts on each side in each cock, but

the two outermost on each side were small and unimportant. It

will be seen from the list given above that only eight of the

coverts in Cock B had been pulled out, so that eight feathers were

left, apart from the rectrices, which had completed their growth,

and could not grow any longer till they were moulted ; while in

Cock A all the feathers except one had completed their growth,

and must necessarily have been moulted before they could have

grown again.

Aug. 11th.—The longest feather in tail of Cock B now was the

central vectrix of the left side, which I measured today and

found to be | ft. 83 in. long.

The old feather was pulled out on Feb. 15, so that 1ts successor

had been growing nearly six months, and had grown at the rate

of little more than 3 inches per month.

Aug. 16th.—One of the dark-headed hens had moulted all the

rectrices as well as some of the tail-coverts, so that the rectrices

were shed almost simultaneously.

Aug. 24th.—Found that Cock A had shed another short tail-

covert, one of the transition-feathers, and also three of the outer

rectrices: the latter were the 6th and 7th on right side and 6th

on left, counting from the centre.

Cock B had shed none of the rectrices or old tail-coverts yet,

but this morning when I was stroking the feathers the Ist anterior

covert on the right side came out. The predecessor of this had

been pulled out on March 11th, and it was in full growth. It was

138 inches in length, and this was the growth of five months.

There was no reason to regard the loss of this feather as connected

in any way with the moult, as growing feathers are not moulted.

The feathers growing in Cock B in place of those which were

pulled out in the spring were as follows :—

Three anterior coverts on right side.

One posterior as .

One anterior covert on left side.

Two central rectrices.

Sept. 1st.—The outermost rectrix on each side in Cock B came

out when I was stroking the tail: they were loose and just about

to moult. This may be regarded as the beginning of the moult

of the tail, although one of the saddle-hackles and of the inter-

mediate feathers had been moulted occasionally for some time.

Sept. 2nd.—The 2nd posterior covert on right side in Cock B,

a full-grown feather, was moulted. It was 1 ft. 77 in, without

the imbedded quill, 1 ft. 83 in. in extreme length.

Sept. 3rd.—6th rectrix on right side shed in Cock B; it was

74 inches long without the quill.

Sept. 4th.—\st (nearest centre) posterior covert in Cock B

moulted; it was 1 ft. 73in. long. Also one of the outer anterior

coverts in Cock A moulted.

Sept. 5th.—In Cock B three rectrices and one covert on left side

1903. ] JAPANESE LONG-LTAILED FOWLS. 245

came out when I stroked the feathers: these were all feathers of

completed growth, which came out in consequence of the moult.

In the light-coloured hen, nearly all the rectrices and some of the

coverts came out when I tried them. The two central rectrices

in the hen were longer than the others, slightly curved downwards

at the tip, and speckled with brown at the borders: length

22°5 em. (9 inches) without quill. The other rectrices were broader

and black, length 19°5 em. (8 inches) without quill: the quill was

1:8 em. in length.

Sept. 6th.—More tail-feathers moulted from Cock B_ this

morning. The 2nd anterior covert on left side pulled out on

May 27th had just begun to appear, so that renewed growth was

deferred till the moulting-season.

Sept. 7th.—Nearly all the rectrices and longer tail-coverts which

had completed their growth had now been moulted in Cock B.

T had pulled many of them out without violence when they were

loose. By looking at the base of the feathers, I could see when

they were loose, because the transparent hollow quill was pushed

out and was visible beyond the socket.

In Cock A only four of the rectrices and none of the longer

coverts have been moulted spontaneously.

The left central rectrix in Cock B, which was still growing,

measured today 2 ft. 04+ in., or had grown not quite 4 inches in

four weeks.

Sept. 18th. Age 1 year 2 months.—Today, when taking up

Cock A to examine him, I accidentally trod upon the growing

feather the predecessor of which had been pulled out on Feb. 10th.

It was one of the anterior coverts on the left side, possibly the

first. The feather broke off at the top of the sheath, the latter

remaining in the socket. It was nearly 18 inches long (44°5 em.),

and would probably continue to grow from the same base.

This cock had still six long feathers not moulted, namely: the

central rectrices, the 2nd pair of rectrices, and two posterior

coverts.

In Cock B the fourth anterior covert on the right side, the

outer of the three growing again, was coming to an end of its

growth, showing downy barbs at the base, and it would be curious

to see if it were moulted.

This fact is worthy of particular notice, for it proves that a

feather which replaces one pulled out before the moulting-season

does not necessarily continue to grow through that season, and

it raises the question whether feathers which are growing when

the moulting-season begins, necessarily grow longer or for a

longer time than those which are moulted in the natural way.

This question is answered to some extent by the subsequent

observations.

At the end of September I ceased to reside at Penzance and

came to London, and having obtained permission through my

friend Mr. F. KE. Beddard, F.R.S., to deposit the fowls at the

Society's Gardens, | took them there on Oct. Ist. They were

246 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON [ Mar. 17,

accommodated in two of the pheasants’ aviaries. I brought them

from Cornwall in hampers in a night train, with the tails tied up

in papers, and none of the feathers were injured. While they

were at the Gardens I kept the tail of B tied up, while that of A,

in which there were no long growing-feathers, was left free. Both

the birds were left at liberty. During the fortnight after their

arrival, all the remaining old feathers in both tails were shed, and

the moult was thus completed, while in B there were left the seven

long feathers which had grown in place of those pulled out earlier

in the year.

This observation disposes, at any rate for these specimens, of the

supposition that the tail-feathers of the breed are not moulted

when left to themselves.

Oct. 11th.—Took away Cock B and the light-coloured hen from

the Gardens and placed them in a private fowl-house. The left

central rectrix measured 2 ft. 53 in., showing a growth of about

5 inches in five weeks. I fixed up a short perch on a stand, and

at first allowed both birds to fly up to it in the afternoon, then

later in the evening tied the cock to the perch and unfastened its

tail till the morning.

Oct. 22nd.—1 intentionally pulled out the fourth of the anterior

coverts on the right side which had stopped growing, in order to

make the new feather grow again. Thus there were left only six

long feathers, all growing.

Oct. 29th.—In the morning found the Cock B hanging from the

perch by the leg which was attached by the piece of tape.

Generally, if he tried to fly off when he was tied, he was able to get

back again, but this time the tape slipped down the vertical sup-

port, and he was unable to do so. In his struggles he had injured

the longest feather, the left central rectrix, at the base, and it

broke off near the top of the sheath. The detached part was

2 ft. 54 in. long. The root of the feather was uninjured, and the

basal part continued to grow.

Nov. 2nd.—Measured the central rectrix of the right side, which

was now the longest feather: it was 1 ft. 11 in. in length.

Nov. 15th.—Examined Cock A at the Zoological Gardens. The

rectrices were nearly full-grown, except the two central pairs

which were shed last, and which were only a few inches in length.

The coverts were only a few inches in length, and were not likely

to reach the ground for some weeks.

Nov. 17th.—This evening when I removed the paper from

Cock B, I found that another of the long feathers had come out.

The bird had been free all day, and must have pulled out the feather

by catching it in some projection when wallowing in the earth, or

must have accidentally pulled it out when preening himself. It

was the second anterior covert of the right side, and was 1 ft. 93 in.

long (53°8 cm.).

There were now only four long growing-feathers besides the

left central rectrix which was not lost but broken off.

Dec. 6th.—I brought away Cock A and the other three hens

1903.) JAPANESE LONG-TAILED FOWLS. 247

from the Gardens. The new feathers in A had grown no faster

than the new feathers in B, in fact they were not quite so long.

The longest feather in B hung about 2 ft. 3 in. from the perch,

and all four of theilong feathers were still growing. In Cock A,

none of the feathers touched the ground yet.

Dec. 9th.— Another of the feathers in Cock B pulled out today,

namely, the central anterior covert on the left side. The loss was

due to accident when the bird was free, not to manipulation.

Since this date I had kept Cock B tied up nearly every day in

a separate house, to prevent any more accidents. The feathers

that were pulled out were all sprouting again, and there were three

long feathers still growing, namely, the right central rectrix, one

of the posterior coverts on the right side, ‘and the third anterior

covert on the same side. The first two were about the same length,

that is about 2 ft. 6 in.

In Cock A, the 3rd pair of rectrices had ceased to grow, and

were a little longer than the outer rectrices. The 2nd _ pair of

rectrices were. still growing, and were not much longer than the

3rd pair. The central pair were growing, and were only about

4inches long. The tail-coverts were growing, but still very short.

In Cock B, the 2nd pair of rectrices were growing, and about

9 inches long; ; the 3rd rectrix on the right side had ceased to

grow, and the basal sheath was peeling “off, the corresponding

feather on the left side was still growing.

Dec. 21st.—The third anterioun covert on right side, which was

pulled out last spring and grew again, appeared to have almost

come to the end of its growth: the basal barbs were downy, and

the sheath at the base had almost all peeled off. I had not pulled

it out.

History of Feathers of Second Growth in Cock B,

to Dec. 28, 1902.

Right side of Tail.

lst Anterior Covert: the preceding feather was accidentally

pulled out while growing on March 11th, when it was 1 ft.

8 in. long. It was accidentally pulled out a second time

while growing on August 24th, when it was 1 ft. 13 in. long.

A successor immediately sprouted in its place.

4th Anterior Covert: stopped growing, and formed a complete

quill a little before October 22nd, on which date it was pur-

posely pulled out, and its successor sprouted in its place: it

was not measured. Originally pulled out December 27th,

1901, when it was 1 ft. 2 in. long.

2nd Anterior Covert: preceding feather pulled out Mareh 2nd

when | ft. 44 in. long: accidentally pulled out again while

growing on November 17th (1 ft. 93 in. long), and its

successor sprouted in its place.

3rd Anterior Covert: predecessor pulled out February 11th, when

248 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON [ Mar. 17,

1 ft. 22 in. long: had almost entirely ceased to grow, but had

not been pulled out: it was a little over 2 feet long.

Posterior Covert pulled out February 17th, 1902, when it was about

2 feet long. Now still growing, and about 2 ft. 6 in. long.

Central Rectrix: predecessor pulled out while growing on

April 13th, when 2 ft. 9in. long: was still in full growth, and

about 2 ft. 6 in. long.

Left side of Tail.

Central Rectrix: predecessor pulled out while growing on

February 15th, when 2 ft. 41 in. long: was accidentally

broken off on October 29th, but continued to grow from the

base, and the basal portion is now about 7 inches long. The

total length of the feather, if it had not been broken, would

have been 3 ft. 04 in.

Ist Anterior Covert: predecessor pulled out growing on

March 10th, when 1 ft. 97 in. long: accidentally pulled out

growing on December 9th, when 2 feet long. Its successor

immediately sprouted again, and was just showing.

There were thus in Cock B only three feathers left of the eight

which had begun to grow before the moulting-season. The two

longest of these were about 2 ft. 6 in. long, while the third was

shorter and had ceased growing.

The other feathers which began to grow after the moult were on

the whole longer than the feathers in Cock A; and the difference

between the tails in the two birds, the one artificially treated and

the other left to nature, was sufficiently striking.

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS.

These observations extended only to the 2nd moult, or the first

shedding of the adult plumage.

They show that when the feathers are not pulled or artificially

treated in any way, care being taken to protect them and prevent

them from being accidentally pulled out, the growth continues

till about the end of March, when it ceases, the quills of the feathers

are formed in the normal way and the feathers are moulted nor-

mally in the following autumn.

On the other hand, when the feathers are pulled out in the

spring, successors immediately sprout in their places, continue to

grow till the following season, when they go on growing without

moulting, except in some cases when growth may come to an end

in the moulting-season.

In the cock whose feathers were stimulated by pulling, growth

did not go on at a more rapid rate, but continued for a longer time

and produced a longer feather. Thus in Cock A, no growth took

place after April Ist, and the maximum length was 2 ft. 43 in.;

while in Cock B, growth continued till July 13th, and the

maximum length was 2 ft. 94 in.

1903. ] JAPANESE LONG-TAILED FOWLS. 249

I think it is tolerably certain that these experiments explain

the method adopted by the Japanese in the production of tail-

feathers of extreme length, and that much that has hitherto been

mysterious and inexplicable in the matter is now explained. The

statement that the feathers do not moult or moult only once in

three years, or that the Japanese have a secret method of pre-

venting the moult, is explained if we assume that the Japanese

fancier strokes the feather as Mr. Sparks stated, and that he either

deliberately pulls a feather out when it shows signs of diminishing

growth, or that the feather is automatically pulled out in the

process when its growth diminishes ; because, as I have shown, the

attachment of the feather is very feeble when the growth is ceasing.

As arule, when a feather is pulled out its successor immediately

sprouts again, and its growth is afterwards continued regardless

of the moulting-season. The results of my experiments in fact

are in complete agreement with the statement of the matter

furnished by Mr. Sparks.

The long-tailed cock in its perfection, therefore, is neither a sport

nor a br eed, but a product of artificial cultivation ; and the excessive

growth of the feathers is the result of stimulation applied to the

individual. The most important part of the stimulation is not

the mere pulling of the feather, but the extraction of it which

causes the growth of its successor.

On the other hand, the method of treatment is applied not to

any breed at random, but to a particular breed which includes

several varieties of colour, and apparently two varieties of comb.

It can scarcely be supposed that the same treatment applied to

another breed would produce results at all comparable, and we

therefore may conclude that in this special breed there is a special

and extraordinary tendency to growth in the tail-feathers and

saddle-hackles. The congenital peculiarity is evidenced in the

case of Cock A in my experiment. The question therefore arises,

whether this congenital peculiarity has been developed entirely by

spontaneous variations and selection, or whether it has been

influenced by the excessive growth artificially induced in every

generation. It is probable enough that in most cases a cock which

showed the most rapid and most prolonged growth was used for

breeding, but it is by no means certain that the cocks so used

were never subjected to the artificial treatment. The probabilities

ave rather the other way, that specimens which had been found

to respond to the treatment were used for breeding. It is a

significant fact that this is the only breed of long-tailed fowls in

existence; and that the method of treatment applied to it is so

elaborate and so absolutely artificial, requiring daily attention for

months and years. If a similar result could have been obtained

by selection alone, it is difficult to understand why poultry fanciers

in some part of the world have not made the discovery.

The results of this inv estigation are-remarkably in agreement

with the theory advocated in my book ‘Sexual Dimorphism in the

Animal Kingdom.’ In that book I pointed out that wherever

250 SIR CHARLES ELIOT ON NUDIBRANCHS [ Mar. 17,

hypertrophy of organs or parts occurred in one sex only, the parts

affected were subjected by the habits of the animal, as known by

observation, to special irritation and stimulation.

Postscript, added April 25th.—On March 9th, as the left central

rectrix in Cock B seemed to be ceasing to grow, I tried to pull it

out, but it broke off at the top of the sheath. The total length

from the surface of the skin was 4 feet. The right central rectrix

in the same bird-on March 16th was 3 ft. 4 in. long and still

growing. At present it shows no sign of cessation of growth,

and has now been growing for more than a year. The appearance

of the two birds at the present date is shown in the two photo-

graphs (text-figs. 41, 42, pp. 240, 241).

2. On some Nudibranchs from Hast Africa and Zanzibar.

Part I. By Sir C. Huot, K.C.M.G., H.M. Commis-

sioner for the Hast Africa Protectorate, F'.Z.S.

[ Received February 20, 1903. |

CERATOPHYLLIDIA AFRICANA, gen. et sp. nov.

One specimen from near Wasin, E. Africa, in 9 fathoms.

The living animal was described by Mr. Crossland, who dredged

it, as of a light greenish-yellow colour on the upper surface, but

with the foot, branchiz, and under side of mantle, white. The

back was very hard and smooth, but its most remarkable character-

istic was the presence of a number of papilla, consisting of round

or pear-shaped bodies set on stalks. The stalks as well as the

base and tip of these globes were white, but the middle part was

black, owing toa dense aggregation of black spots, which, however,

can be seen to be separate under a lens. The globes were quite

soft and the stalks flexible; they shook when the animal was

moved, but were not observed to execute any spontaneous move-

ments. The mantle-edge was wavy.

The alcoholic specimen is of a uniform pale lemon-yellow, the

black bands of the globes being, however, preserved. The breadth

across the middle of the back is 1:9 centim. Unfortunately the

animal is contracted almost into a circle, but apparently the

length, when stretched out, must have been about 2°2 centim.

The consistency of the body is like hard wax, and fragments of

the mantle, which is ample, could easily be detached with the

forceps. The whole dorsal surface is a mass of closely packed

spicules. It bears about a hundred of the stalked globes. They

are of very varying size; many are quite minute, but the largest

is about 3 millim. high including the stalk, and about 2 millim.

across the ball, which is quite soft and can easily be pressed flat.

They are distributed over the whole of the back irregularly, and

not in any pattern, but are perhaps thickest round the mantle-

edge, including the space in front of the rhinophores. Both the

1 For Part I. see P. Z. S. 1902, vol. ii. p. 62.

1903. ] FROM EAST AFRICA AND ZANZIBAR. 951

rhinophore-pockets and the anal papilla project ; the edges are

smooth. In the preserved specimen the rhinophores are grey.

The branchiz ave arranged in a circuit interrupted only by the

head and genital papilla. They vary in size, but though in places

long and short branchi seem to alternate, this cannot be said to

be the general rule.

Over the mouth are two tentacles each about 1:5 millim. long,

and 1 millim. broad at the base. They are not directed sideways

but straight forward, and being set close together so that the

division is not visible, they appear to form a sort of head. They

are united at their bases. The mouth is larger than is usual in

this order, and though it is suctorial is hardly poriform. Though

the animal was dissected only three months after capture, the

internal organs were already much dried and shrivelled, the spirit

having apparently been unable to penetrate the hard integument.

It was clear, however, that the buccal organs are of the type of

Phyllidiopsis rather than Phyllidia. The buccal opening led into

a sausage-shaped tube about 6 millim. long and 2 millim. broad,

with muscular walls transversely striped. This passed into a long,

narrow, coiled tube, which preserved the same calibre until it

dilated into the stomach. ‘Two ample glands (salivary ?) entered

the larger part of the tube on either side, but were not in any

way fused with it. The liver was large and undivided behind.

The central nervous system was enclosed in a thin capsule and

somewhat concentrated, the cerebral and pleural ganglia being

hardly distinguishable and the pedal ganglia lying beneath them.

The eyes were large, black, and distinct. The genital mass was

much hardened, but the two spermatothecs, one white and empty

and the other black and full, were quite distinct. It was impossible

to ascertain whether the glans was armed with hooks and whether

the folds on the dorsal wall of the pericardium (sometimes called

the pericardial gill) were present, but it is highly probable that

the species possesses these family characteristics.

In virtue of its buccal apparatus this animal belongs to Bergh’s

genus Phyllidiopsis, although the tentacles are not attached

through their whole length and are rather larger than is usual in

the Phyllidiade. It is remarkable that the genus Phyllidiopsis

contains one species, Ph. papilligera, which has also black papille

on the back. To me, the presence of these dorsal papille seems a

peculiarity sufficiently marked to merit generic rank. If Hchino-

doris is a genus, why should not Phyllidiadze which have the same

peculiarity enjoy the same distinction? I would propose to call

the genus Ceratophyllidia, and its characters will be :—Back

studded with papille ; buccal apparatus in the known species

similar to that of Phyllidiopsis.

PLEUROPHYLLIDIELLA HORATII, gen. et sp. nov.

One specimen from Wasin, East Africa. Mr. Crossland, who

captured it, gives the following notes on the living animal :—

“Three inches long. Mantle edged with light salmon-colour; it

252 SIR CHARLES ELIOT ON NUDIBRANCHS [ Mar. 17,

ends in two ridges near rhinophores, similarly edged; front edge

of velum similarly edged. Back grey, mottled with a darker

shade, the top of the numerous longitudinal ridges being sprinkled

with clear black spots. Underside white. Gills also white.

Rhinophores longitudinally lamellated, grey in colour, and can be

contracted or retracted, though the pockets do not seem very

definite or complete.”

The somewhat bent alcoholic specimen measures 3 centim. from

head to tail, but would be at least 5 longer if it were straightened

out. The breadth of the back is 1°5 centim., of the foot °6. The

foot is long and narrow, pointed behind and truncate in front,

the corners not projecting.

No caruncle or nuchal papille are visible, but it is somewhat

difficult to reconcile the head-parts of the preserved specimen with

the description quoted above. According to a rough drawing

made from the living animal, it would seem that the mantle-edge

passes between the rhinophores and forms a sort of velum in front

of them; but in the preserved specimen it appears to le behind

them as in an ordinary Plewrophyllidia, and not to pass through

them at all.

The salient character of the genus is that there are no branchize

and no trace of a branchial cleft. Lateral lamelle are, however,

present. They are situated exclusively on the under edge of the

mantle, and not on the sides of the body. They extend from

the head to the tail, and are about 30 in number on each side.

They are irregular in size and shape. Some terminate before

they reach the mantle-edge, and some run from the mantle-edge

only halfway to the body. The genital papilla is 4 millim. and the

vent 1-2 centim. from the anterior end of the body. Cnidophores

are distinctly visible round the edge of the mantle.

The mouth is ventral, and forms a large transverse slit, with

slight indications of a T-shape. The jaws are yellow, narrow, and

united so as to form a shape like a boat. They bear no denticles,

but there are a few irregular coarse indentations of the edge, due

apparently to its being jagged by use. The radula consists of

about 30 rows, the formula for each of which is about 50+1-+ 50.

The central tooth consists of a squarish basal plate with a long

cusp, which bears about 10 denticles on each of its sides, The first

lateral is larger than the others and resembles the central tooth,

except that the denticles are only on the internal side. The

second and third laterals are also denticulate; the rest appear to

be simply hamate.

This form appears to be intermediate between Pleuroleura,

which has neither branchial clefts nor side lamelle, and Pleuro-

phyllidia, which has both. I have indicated its affinities by the

name Pleurophyllidiella.

BAOLIDIA MAJOR, N. sp. }

(Bergh, in Semper’s Reisen im Arch. Philipp., Malac. Untersuch.

vol, iii. pp. 778-780, 1880.)

1903. | FROM EAST AFRICA AND ZANZIBAR. 253

One specimen from Chuaka, E. coast of Zanzibar, under a stone

between tides.

The living animal was about 4 centimetres long. The body and

appendages were of a uniform greyish white, with spots of a dull

opaque white. The whole animal closely resembled a kind of

detachable sea-anemone which is very common at Chuaka, and

appears to be sometimes almost free-swimming.

The alcoholic specimen is 3 centim. long and 1 centim. broad

at the widest part, including the cerata. The foot is moderately

broad, and has fairly long tentacular expansions in front; but

its most remarkable character is the size and distinctness of the

anterior groove, which measures 2 millim. across. The upper lip

is separated into two parts bya deep cleft. The oval tentacles are

large and very thick. The rhinophores are shorter and studded

with minute knobs, which, in the preserved specimen at any rate,

appear not to be set in rings. The cerata are much flattened and

almost leaf-like, and the hepatic diverticula within them are

ramified. They bogin at the anterior end of the large peri-

cardial prominence, and are arranged in about 17 groups on each

side, each containing about 10 cerata. There are very distinct

gaps between the anterior groups, and a broad bare space runs

down the middle of the back, but towards the end of the body the

cerata are huddled together and continue until the extreme tip,

there being no tail. The outermost cerata of all the rows ave

smaller, and the inner considerably larger, but at the base of the

innermost are frequently quite small, some hardly larger than

tubercles. The genital orifice is below the first group of cerata,

and the lateral vent behind the second.

The specimen was only partially dissected. The jaws are very

large, colourless and transparent, with a perfectly smooth edge.

The radula consists of 32 pectinate teeth, very similar to those

of B. mebii (see Bergh, /. c. pl. Ixxix. fig. 16), with striations

under each denticle. They are, however, very much broader, the

widest measuring 2 millim., and the denticles are more irregular

in shape, being probably worn by use. There are about 150 of

them on the broader teeth. The three or four central denticles

are generally, but not always, smaller than the others.

This specimen is clearly referable to Bergh’s genus Beolidia,

and the difference between it and the type is mainly one of size,

B. mebii being only 8 millim. long. The similarity of habitat

makes one think that this may be merely a full-grown individual

of the same species ; and we know so little of the variations which

the radula and arrangement of cevata may present in AXolids at

the different periods of their growth, that I am not prepared to

reject this hypothesis. Still, the single specimen examined by

Bergh appears to have been sexually mature, and this being so

the two animals each present peculiarities amounting to specific

differences :—(1) In B. mebii the tentacles are said to be “ iibge-

plattet fingerformig” ; the cerata begin behind the rhinophores and

are set in rows: in &, major the tentacles are stout and round ;

254 SIR CHARLES ELIOT ON NUDIBRANCHS | Mar. 17,

the cerata begin further back and are set in groups. (2) In

B. mebu the reproductive orifice is under the third row of cerata,

and the vent between the sixth and seventh rows, almost dorsal :

in BL. major the reproductive orifice is under the first group of

cerata, and the lateral vent after the second. (3) In B. major

the basal part of the teeth is proportionally narrower than in

&. mebii, and the denticles are more irregular.

Var. ORNATA.

One specimen captured at Chuaka, May 1902, seemed to be a

typical Beolidia major, except for a somewhat more ornate

coloration. The ground-colour was of a yellowish-white with a

yellowish-brown pattern, consisting of a series of irregularly shaped

lozenges containing white spots, down the middle of the back as

in B. major. The oral tentacles were white with green stripes.

The cerata were white with yellow tips, below which was a bright

blue band.

CERBERILLA AFRICANA, 0. Sp.

(Bergh, Journ. Mus. Godef. Heft ii. 1873, & Heft vi. 1874;

Beitr. zur Kenntniss der Aeolidiaden, Theil 11.; Semper’s Reisen

im Arch. Philipp., Malac. Untersuch. 11. p. 879.)

One specimen from the reef Jembiani, Zanzibar, 3°5 centim. long

and 1:3 broad in life. The back was almost entirely covered with

cerata, so that the body-colour was hardly visible. Most of the

cerata were very dark green with a bright yellow ring, but the

innermost were white with bluish tips, with only a ring of dark

green. The oral tentacles were dark blue, with green bases. The

rhinophores had four bands of colour, which were, starting from

the base, greenish brown, white, blue, white. On the head were

two yellow lines, extending from the oral tentacles to the rhino-

phores, and the margins of the head and foot were also of a bright

light yellow.

The animal was stoutly built. The foot projected considerably

beyond the body on either side. Its anterior angles were expanded

into long tentacular processes. The head had also two lateral

expansions, from which projected at right angles the very large

and conspicuous oral tentacles. In life the rhinophores were

quite simple and fairly long. In the alcoholic specimen they were

contracted and somewhat wrinkled. The numerous and thick-set

cerata were disposed on peduncles. There was a bare triangular

patch behind the rhinophore, and a narrow bare space down the

middle of the back, but the cerata folded over the latter so that

neither it nor the transverse bare areas were visible. There were

about twenty transverse rows of cerata. The first row at the side

of the rhinophores consisted of about 10 cerata, much smaller than

the rest. After the third row was a distinct gap, and a smaller

gap after the fourth. After that the rows were so close together

that they could not be distinguished superficially. The innermost

cerata were larger than the others, and sometimes bifid: small

cerata extended almost to the end of the very short tail.

1903. ] FROM EAST AFRICA AND ZANZIBAR. 255

The jaws were large, with a smooth cutting-edge. The radula

consisted of a single series of 13 transparent yellowish teeth of the

shape usual in the genus, viz., pectiniform, with large irregular

denticles and small accessory denticles. It was sometimes hard

to decide whether the rather small denticles should be considered

main or accessory; but the average number of main denticles on

each tooth was 10, and the largest number (in one case only) 13.

The central nervous system was somewhat concentrated. The

specimen was only partly dissected.

A new species must, I think, be provisionally created for this

animal, though the discovery of intermediate forms may perhaps

render its retention unnecessary. In some ways it is itself a con-

necting-link between C. longicirrha and C. annulata, for the former

is said to have 7, and the latter 5 denticles on each side of its

teeth, whereas C. africana has 4, 5, 6, ov 7 indifferently. It can

hardly be C. annulata, for the difference in colour is too great,

and besides there is much less bare space on the back. Neither

can it be C. longicirrha, because (1) the coloration, though similar,

is still distinct ; (2) C. longictrrha has the back bare up to the 7th

row of cerata, and some of the cerata are very long, which is not

the case here; (3) the rhinophores are not perfoliate.

This last pomt is of some importance for the characterisation

of the genus. In the present animal the rhinophores were

undoubtedly quite simple in life, and in alcohol they are wrinkled,

though it is still possible to see that they are not really perfoliate.

In C. longicirrha, Bergh says the perfoliations are 14 or 15 in

number, and not deep. Of C. annulata he says that the rhino-

phores have 12-14 well-marked perfoliations, and that Garrett has

wrongly represented them as simple. But im Semper’s ‘ Reisen,’

xvii. he states that C. annulata var. affinis has simple rhinophores,

and gives as a generic character: ‘‘ Die Rhinophorien scheinen

nicht perfoliirt zu sein.” I have not access to part 1x. of his

‘ Beitriige zur _Kenntniss der Aeolidiaden,’ which perhaps explains

the matter; but it looks as if the rhinophor es are simple, but have

a tendency to simulate perfoliations when preserved.

PYrERAEOLIDIA SEMPERI.

(Bergh, Beitr. zw Kennt. der Aeolidiaden, iii. p. 22, and in

Semper’s Reisen, Malac. Untersuch. vol. i. p. 18 (1870); under

Flabellina.)

Four specimens, which seem probably referable to this species,

were dredged from 3 fathoms near Chuaka in July 1901. The body

is very long, narrow, and vermiform, the largest individual being

5°5 centim,. long and only 3 millim. broad. The ground-colour of

the body in the living animal is brown, with opaque markings of

very light green on the sides and back. The cerata are also dark

brown, with numerous thin lines of the same green. The top of

the head and the ends of the oral tentacles are opaque yellowish

white. The lower part of the tentacles brown, with three rings of

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1903, Vout. I. No. XVII. Ai

256 SIR CHARLES ELIOT ON NUDIBRANCHS [Mar. 17,

vivid crimson-lake, The body of the rhinophores is brown and

inconspicuous, but the tips are whitish and have a crimson ring.

Although the colour of the animal when analysed is as described,

the general effect in most lights is that it is purple with a silvery

glaze.

The specimens were active in their movements, and in particular

the long oral tentacles were very mobile. The anterior margin of

the foot was produced into two deeply-grooved processes, and its

sides projected in two laminz along the whole length of the body.

The cerata, which were not at all caducous, were set on fan-like

projections of the dorsal margin, from 13 to 20 in number, on

each of which were from 10 to 20 cerata. The largest individual

appeared to have about 640 cerata in all. None of the cerata were

large, but they became more crowded and smaller towards the end

of the body, where they extended to the tip of the tail. In three

of the preserved specimens there was a very distinct raised border

on each side of the back, connecting the fan-like projections, and

almost resembling the mantle-edge of Dorids; but in the fourth

this remarkable character was not visible. The oral tentacles were

very large and long; the rhinophores, which stand between the

first clumps of cerata, were small and lamellated, except the tips,

which were narrow and smooth, In the individual dissected the

radula consisted of a single series of 18 yellowish teeth. The

separate teeth were much as represented in Bergh’s plate (J. c.

pl. i. figs. 5, 6, 7), but somewhat more regular in shape, having

nine denticles very symmetrically arranged on each side of a

central cusp, but not taking the form of indentations of the cusp

itself. The cutting-edge of the jaw bore a row of fine but very

distinct denticles, at the side of which were several rows of less

distinct accessory denticles. No spine or other armature was.

discovered in the reproductive system.

These specimens seem to clearly belong to Bergh’s genus Pteraeo-

lidia. There are some small differences (such as the shape of the

rhinophores and of the teeth and the lateral ridges) between them

and his description and plates of Pteraeolidia (Hlabellina) sempert,

but the ridges were absent in one specimen and the other characters

were slight. It is possible, however, that a comparison of the living

animals might show a specific difference.

ERCOLANIA ZANZIBARICA, 0. Sp.

(For the genus Hrcolania see Trinchese, ‘Un nuovo genere della

fam. degli Holididei,” Ann. del Mus. di Stor. Nat. di Genova, ii.

1872; id. ‘“‘ Aeolidee del Porto di Genova”; Bergh, Beitr. z. Kennt.

der Acolidiaden, v. pp. 9-18, Wien, 1878; Vayssiére, Recherches

sur Moll. Opisthobranches, Marseilles, 1888, pp. 121-128.)

Two specimens captured at Chuaka, East Coast of Zanzibar,

in February 1901. The living animal was rather more than

2 centimetres long, very fragile and delicate, transparent and of a

uniform bright green, the hepatic diverticula in the cerata not

1903. ] FROM EAST AFRICA AND ZANZIBAR, PATI

having been distinguished by any difference or intensity of colour.

It exactly resembled a piece of the racemose seaweed (Caulerpa)

on which it was found,

The length of the alcoholic specimens is 2 centim.; the extreme

breadth of the back with cerata 8 millim., and of the foot 2°3 millim.

The rhinophores are long and distinctly canaliculate. There are

no oral tentacles, but two lobes over the mouth. Behind the

rhinophores are two very distinct black eyes. The cerata are

club-shaped as in Galvina, of varying size, the largest inside. On

each side of the back are four clumps of about nine cerata each,

and there is a thick bunch on the tail, which, however, projects a

considerable distance behind the last cerata. Down the centre of

the back is a broad bare space, in the anterior portion of which

is the very large, elongated (not oval) pericardial prominence. In

front of this and fused with it is the vent, a large and conspicuous

tube. The foot is rounded in front.

I dissected one specimen, but was unable to obtain a clear view

of either the central nervous system or the reproductive organs.

The latter, as usual in this family, were extremely complicated,

both the prostate and albumen-gland appearing to be extensively

ramified. The verge was armed with a small spine. The hepatic

diverticula in the cerata, being colourless, were not easy to dis-

tinguish, but appear not to be much ramified and to resemble the

figure of those in Hreolania siottii in Trinchese, pl. ix. fig. 2.

The mouth-parts, buccal muscles, radula, &e. are of the usual

ascoglossan type. The teeth are not unlike those of Ercolania

viridis (v. Bergh, l. c. pl. xii. figs. 3 & 4), but the dorsal surface

is a simple curve and does not show any depression. The upper

portion of the radula contains 6 teeth, the lower 27, the last

members being arranged ina spiral like that depicted in Trinchese’s

plate of Z. siottii (pl. x a. fig. 1), from which it may be concluded

that the individual is young.

As the specimen presents all the characters of the genus Hrco-

lania, I describe it under that name, but I feel very doubtful if

the genus is valid. The only characters which differentiate it

from Stiliger, viz. that the rhinophores are canaliculate and the

pericardial prominence elongate and not oval, are surely very

slight. Vayssiére (J. c. p. 122) referred to the genus a species

(funerea) with entire rhinophores, which is probably in any case

a Stiliger.

The animal is not likely to be specifically identical with

L. viridis Bergh, for the coloration is not really the same, the size

is much larger, and the shape of the teeth somewhat different.

258 MR. W. P, PYCRAFT ON THE 5h [ Mar. 17,

3. Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.

Part VI. Cuculiformes By W. P. Pycrart, F.Z.8., A.LS.

— [Received March 17, 1903. ]

(Plate XXII.’ & Text-figures 43-48.)

CoNnTENTS.

i. Introductory Remarks, p. 258. vii. The Pelvic Girdle, p. 280.

ii. The Skull of the Adult, p. 258. vill. The Pectoral Limb, p. 283.

iii. The Skull of the Nestling, p. 268. ix. The Pelvic Limb, p. 284.

iv. The Vertebral Column, p. 271. x. Summary, p. 286.

v. The Ribs, p. 274. xi. Key to the Osteology of the

vi. The Sternum and Shoulder-girdle, Cuculiformes, p. 288.

p. 275. xil. Explanation of the Plate, p. 291.

1. InrRopUCTORY REMARKS.

Although numerous contributions to the osteology of the

Cuculiformes have been made during the last quarter of a

century, the present paper claims to be the most comprehensive

survey of the group from this point of view which has yet been

made. Nevertheless, much remains to be done before our know-

ledge is anything like complete on this subject. How much, may

be gathered from the fact that out of 45 generally recognised

genera of the Family Cuculide, only 20 are represented in the

osteological collections of the British Museum, and this appears to

be the largest collection of the group extant. Of the 6 genera of

the Family Musophagide, only 2 are represented in our series.

1, THE SKULL OF THE ADULT.

The skull of the Cuculiformes recalls, on the one hand—through

the Cuculi—the skulls of certain Coraciiformes, e. g. Coracude

and Buccones; and on the other—through the Musophagi—the

skull of the aberrant Galliform Opisthocomus.

Nevertheless the Cuculiform skull may at all times be readily

distinguished, and by the following characters :—

The pterygoid is always free, and articulates with the palatine

—after the fusion of the hemipterygoid—by a more or less

obliquely transverse joint; the lachrymal is always present and

free; the antorbital plate (prefrontal) is large, and generally (if

not always) bears an os uncinatum; the vomer is vestigial or

wanting; the palate is indirectly desmognathous ; basipterygoid

processes are wanting ; and the postorbital processes are small and

inconspicuous, never extending down to the level of the quadrato-

jugal bar,

The skull of the Musophagi may always be readily distinguished

from that of the Cuculi by the fact that the mesial borders of

1 For Part V., see P. Z. S. 1902, vol. i. p. 277.

2 Hor explanation of the Plate, see p. 291.

P.Z.S.1903,vol. I. PL XXII.

H. Gronvold. del. Photogravure by Bale «Danielsson

OSTHEOLOGY OF THE CUCULIFORMES

1903.] - OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCULIFORMES. 259

the palatines are cut away so as to expose the parasphenoidal

rostrum. &

The Occipital Region.

The plane of the occipital foramen slopes obliquely backwards ;

the orifice is either reniform or cordiform. In the obliquity of

this foramen the Cuculiform skull differs conspicuously from many

Coraciiform skulls wherein the foramen looks directly downwards,

its vertical axis lymg parallel with the long axis of the skull.

The supra-foraminal ridge is but ill-defined, but can be indistinctly

traced running downwards, on either side, into the processus ale

occipitalis.

The lambdoidal ridge in the Cuculiis generally well-defined and

bluntly conical in outline. In some genera, e. g. Crotophaga,

Centropus, Guira, Rhopodytes, Rhinococcyx, and Sauwrothera, rts

extremities bifurcate, sending forward an anterior band across

the inferior border of the squamosal to terminate in a pointed

squamosal prominence overhanging the quadrate; and a posterior

branch, which turns downwards and backwards to disappear on

the free edge of the lateral occipital. Where the lambdoidal

ridge is well- -developed, the cranial roof, lying immediately in

front, is more or less flattened, often, indeed, marked by deep

temporal fossee.

In many genera the lambdoidal ridge is much less distinct.

This occurs where the cranial roof is str ongly arched so as to rise

above the ridge with a strong curve, and Rae as fossee are

wanting or confined to the sides of the cranium, e.g. Coua,

Cacomantis, Chrysococeysx.

The supraoccipital region is marked by strong muscular depres-

sions, which in the case of Cowa, for example, take the form of

widely- separated oval scars, each surrounded by a swollen border ;

whilst in others, as in Budynama ys, these depressions are only

divided in the middle line by a narrow ridge, and are bounded

infero-laterally by slightly swollen bull produced by the lateral

occipitals.

The lateral occipital wing is produced downwards on either side

into a small or medium-sized processus ale exoccipitalis inferior

(paroccipital process).

In the Musophagi the lambdoidal ridge is fairly well-defined in

Schizorhis, but only very imperfectly so in T'uracus.

The ridge in Schizorhis is formed by the scooping-out, so to

speak, of the supraoccipital to afford depressions for the insertion

of the cervical muscles. On either side, and inferior to these

depressions, are two rather conspicuous bull lodging the posterior

and horizontal semicircular canals of the ear. The distal ends of

the lambdoidal ridge terminate before reaching the free edge of

the lateral occipital wing. The processus ale exoccipitalis inferior

is only feebly developed.

The lateral or exoccipital wings are not greatly developed in

the Cuculiformes.

260 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE | Mar. ilies

The Cranial Roof.—The cranial roof is never marked by supra-

orbital grooves.

The parietal region, in certain genera of Cuculi, is marked by

deep temporal depressions (temporal “ fossee ”), which may meet in

the middle line soas to form a faint sagittal crest, e.g. Khopodytes,

Piaya, Rhinococcyx, and Rhamphococcyx; ov they may be divided

by a low broad ridge, as in Geococcyx, Taccocoua, Saurothera,

Eudynamys, Guira, Centropus, and Crotophaga. In Coua,

Coccystes, Cuculus, and Cacomantis the temporal fossa is either

barely perceptible or confined entirely to the lateral aspect of the

cranium. Geococcyx, it should be remarked, presents an inter-

mediate stage in this character; the width of the ridge dividing

the right and left fossee being extreme, so much so that they

barely pass beyond the lateral aspect of the skull.

The interorbital region is moderately wide in all the Cuculi,

save in Sawrothera, but even in this genus it is not conspicuously

narrow. In the middle line the region may be marked with a

distinct furrow as in Cowa, or even by a low ridge as in Hudynamys.

The interorbital region is bounded anteriorly by the lachrymals ;

these do not develop outstanding supraorbital processes, and are

not conspicuous from this aspect of the skull. There is no trace

of the fusion of the frontal and nasal bones.

In the Musophagi the temporal fosse are not strongly marked,

and are confined to the lateral aspect of the skull. The parietal

region is more rounded than in the Cuculi; and in Zwracus is

marked by a median furrow, so that the form of the cerebral

hemispheres is distinctly indicated. In other respects this region

of the skull resembles that of the Cuculi.

The Base of the Skult.

The basitemporal plate, in the Cuculi, is flattened and triangular

in shape, and with the apex lying immediately beneath the

Eustachian apertures. Posteriorly it is bounded by a precondylar

fossa, which, though generally barely perceptible, in Hudynamys,

Centropus, and Geococcysx is fairly deep. The lateral angles of the

base are truncated, and, turning sharply downwards, cross the

paroccipital notch to form the lower portion of the rim of the

mouth of the tympaniccavity. In some genera, e. g. Coua, Guira,

these downwardly-directed angles are very prominent and simulate

mammillary processes.

The two sides of this triangular plate have fused with the

ossified connective tissue forming the anterior wall of the recessus

tympanicus anterior. Consequently the HKustachian grooves have

been converted into tubes opening directly above the apex of the

triangle.

The parasphenoidal rostrum bears slight vestiges of basi-

pterygoid processes in Hudynamys only among the Cuculi.

The rostrum is relatively long, and curves slightly upwards.

In the Musophagi the basitemporal plate, like that of the

1903. ] OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCULIFORMES. 261

Cuculi, is triangular ; but it differs from the Cuculine plate in that

it is somewhat swollen, a feature which is especially well-marked

in Schizorhis. The two sides of the triangle are produced hack-

wards over the paroccipital notch to join the lateral occipital wing

of the tympanic cavity: thus they come to project beyond the

base of the triangle, though they are less conspicuous than in

some of the Cuculi. There is a barely perceptible precondylar

fossa.

The Lateral Aspect of the Cranium.

The tympanic cavity is oval or oblong in form and of moderate

size. It is bounded in front by the quadrate, behind by the

lateral occipital tympanic wing, below by the basitemporal plate,

and above by the squamosal prominence and by the head of the

quadrate.

Within the mouth of this cavity lie several smaller apertures.

The largest of these is that of the recessus tympanicus anterior.

Immediately below this is the mouth of the Eustachian tube.

The foramen ovale and foramen rotundum, three foramina of the

sinus petrosus, and the mouth of the posterior tympanic recess

open into the cavity by a common aperture—the fenestral recess—

which is very small, and lies mesiad of the articular surface for

the otic head of the quadrate. The mouth of the posterior

tympanic recess is completely concealed, and can only be made

out by cutting away its outer wall and passing a bristle through

from its cavity into the common aperture of the foramina in

question. In some birds, e. g. Malco, the posterior tympanic recess

communicates with the tympanic cavity by two apertures—one

caudad of the foramina ovale and rotundum, and lying within the

fenestra through which these are approached ; and the other external

to this fenestra, separated therefrom by a bony column, and lying

immediately beneath the articular surface for the otic head of the

quadrate. This external apertwre is wanting in the Cuculitormes.

Immediately above the head of the quadrate, and between the otic

and squamosal heads, will be found the aperture of the superior

tympanic recess, which is reduced in this group to extremely small

dimensions. The foramen of the 7th (facial nerve) opens also into

the tympanic cavity between the otic articular surface for the

quadrate and the rim of the anterior tympanic recess.

The squamosal and otic articular surfaces for the quadrate form

a dumbbell-shaped area immediately in front of the aperture of

the superior tympanic cavity. The actual articular surfaces are

formed by the expanded ends of the dumbbell only. Where the

pneumatic area is very large, as in the Striges and Falconiformes

for example, it breaks through the connecting portion of these two

articular surfaces so that they become quite isolated,

The Squamosal Prominence.—The size of this prominence

depends largely upon the development of the temporal fossa,

When this is deep the prominence is large; but when shallow the

prominence is quite inconspicuous. Its anterior angle is produced

262 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Mar. 17,

forwards into a more or less well-developed spine, the processus

zygomaticus squamost. The base of this angle serves for the

articulation of the squamosal head of the quadrate. This zygo-

matic process is especially well-developed in Cuculus, Crotophaga,

and Geococeyxz. It is small in Guira and Coua, for example,

and in the Musophagi. The processus articularis squamosi is

wanting.

The temporal fossxe are never very deep, but they may extend

inwards to within a short distance of the middle line. The

variations in the extent of these fosse have already been dealt

with (supra, p. 260).

The trigeminal foramen in the Cuculi lies immediately above

the mouth of the anterior tympanic recess, on a level with, and in

front of, the otic articular surface for the quadrate. In 7uracus

this foramen is divided by a median vertical bar of bone.

The orbito-nasal foramen (v') appears to be definite only in

Geococcyx. inother Cuculine and Musophagine the alisphenoidal

wall only partially ossifies, and consequently this and other

foramina around the optic foramen disappear in the dried skull.

The orbits are large, and roofed by moderately broad over-

hanging ledges formed by the frontals, and to a slight extent by

the lachrymals. The orbito-sphenoid does not ossify.

The interorbiial septum in the Cuculi is generally pierced by a

large fenestra, which attains its maximum in Dromococcyx and

Centropus. In © rotophaga, Coua, Piaya, Rhamphococcyx, Rhino-

coccyx, Khopodytes, and Zanclostomus, however, the fenestra is

greatly reduced.

In the Musophagi the fenestra is large in Twracus, small in

Schizorhis. I have not had an opportunity of examining other

genera.

The orbit is bounded in front by the antorbital plate (p. 263).

The lachrymal in the Cuculi is moderately large, with subequal

supraorbital and descending processes. The form of this bone

and its relation to the frontal and nasal bones vary considerably

however. In RLhamphococeyx calorhynchus only, apparently, is it

attached merely to the nasals. The orbital process looks entirely

forwards, instead of upwards: that is to say, it forms a shield

for the front of the eye instead of an overhanging ledge therefor ;

the descending process is slender. The frontals rest on the inner

angles of the orbital process of the lachrymal on either side, and

appear, in the adult skull, to be cut off from the nasals and pre-

maxillary process by a sharply-defined groove, which runs across

the skull from the hinder edge of the orbital process up the

lachrymal on the one side to that of the other, and simulates a

nasal hinge. Ahinococcyx curvirostris apparently closely resembles

Rhamphococeyx, but the lachrymal being completely fused with

the nasals and the frontal behind it, the precise relations of the

various regions cannot be made out.

In other Cuckoos, though exhibiting a distinct tendency to

form an anterior shield rather than a pent-house ledge, the

1903.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCULIFORMES. 263

lachrymal extends backwards for some distance over the frontals.

In Hudynamys the frontals are deeply notched to receive the

orbital process of the lachrymal, which is more or less diamond-

shaped. In other genera the orbital process of the lachrymal

may be semilunar or rod-shaped. Where the antorbital process

is very large, the descending process of the lachrymal is always

more or less markedly degenerate. In Cuculus it has disappeared

altogether, whilst the orbital process has fused with the frontal

and nasal bones. In Zanelostomus javanicus it is reduced to a

mere vestige. The descending process is unusually large in

Crotophaga, one of the genera, it will be remembered, with a small

antorbital process.

Geococcyx has the largest lachrymal of all the Cuckoos. It is

nearly columnar in form, flattened antero-posteriorly, and deeply

grooved immediately above the quadrato-jugal bar.

The lachrymal in the Musophagi in its general shape closely

resembles that of the Cuculi: the orbital process is, however,

inclined more upwards. The descending process, judging from

what obtains in Schizorhis and Musophaga, is fairly strongly

developed. In Schizorhis the free end of the descending process

is twisted in itself, rests upon the quadrato-jugal bar, and articu-

lates by its postero-internal angle with the enormous ossiculum

lachrymo-palatinum.

The lachrymo-nasal fossa varies considerably in size. Among

the Cuculi, it may be described as large in Hudynamys, Centropus,

Guira, and Crotophaga. In Coua, Rhamphocoecyx, and Geo-

coccyx, for example, it is extremely reduced by the encroachment

of the lachrymal.

The Ethmoidal Region.—The mesethmoid, both in the Cuculi

and the Musophagi, terminates abruptly immediately in front of

the antorbital plate. The horizontal plate formed by the expan-

sion of its dorsal border is but feebly developed.

The antorbital plate (prefrontal), which, with the lachrymal,

bounds the orbit in front, is, in some Cuculi, e. g. Cacomantis,

Centropus, Coua, Coccystes, Cuculus, Hudynamys, Geococcyx,

Piaya, Taccocoua, and Sauwrothera, conspicuously large, quadr: ite

in form, and has its dorsal border pierced by two focaiine end

inner for the passage of the olfactory nerve, and an outer for the

orbito-nasal (v').

In other forms, e. g. Guira, Crotophaga, the antorbital plate,

though large, has fie exter nal lateral and inferior borders

deeply, excised. In such cases the orbito-nasal foramen described

above is represented by a notch. Attached to the inferior border

of this plate is a vestigial ossiculwm palatinum, which, however, is

generally wanting in dried skulls.

In the Musophagi the antorbital plate is greatly reduced,

forming but a triangular process projecting from the mesethmoid,

From its inferior border depends a well-developed ossieulum

lachrymo-palatinum. In Schizorhis this bone is relatively

enormous, projecting downwards to articulate by a strap-shaped

264 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Mar. 17,

limb with the outer border of the palatine. Its further relations

with the lachrymal will be discussed presently.

The nasal septum is completely ossified, and the external nares

are In consequence imperforate. The ectethmoidal region presents

several points for comment. By the ossification of the alinasal

wall, the form of the external nares is greatly changed in many of

the Cuculi. In consequence of this ossification, the space between

the premaxillary and descending processes of the nasal becomes

obliterated. Thus in Geococcyx the nostrils take the form of

an oval aperture lying just cephalad of the middle of the beak.

In Rhamphococcyx this aperture is still further reduced, and

consists only of an elongated slit lying at the base of the beak

above the tomium. In /hinococcyx the aperture is nearly circular

at the base of the beak, and bounded by a deep groove in front.

The alinasal ossification 1s, however, imperfect, inasmuch as a

small round hole is left in the angle between the premaxillary

and descending processes of the nasals. In TVaccocowa this

superior foramen and the aperture of the nostril have blended.

In Cowa the floor of the anterior region of the nasal fossa is

raised up into a sharp longitudinal ridge.

In the Musophagi the form of the external nostril differs con-

spicuously from that of the Cuculi. It is situated slightly distad,

or proximad, of a line passing through the middle of the beak, and

is reniform mm shape. In Zwracus it hes distad, in Schizorhis

proximad of the middle line. In both genera, just within the

mouth of the aperture, lies a well-developed concha vestibulum.

This is especially large in Schizorhis. Furthermore, the genus is

peculiar in that immediately distad of the concha the nasal septum

is pierced by a minute foramen.

The Cranial Cavity.—The metencephalic fossa is somewhat

shallower in the Musophagi than in the Cuculi. The internal

auditory meatus in the Cuculi is sharply defined, strongly con-

trasting in this respect with the Musophagi, in which it is but

ill-defined. The vagus foramen, which lies caudad and ventrad of

the meatus, is small. The orbito-nasal foramen (v') pierces the

outer superior rim of the fossa near the outer angle of the dorswm

sell.

The cerebellar fossa is relatively smaller in the Cuculi than in

the Musophagi, and in both it is relatively smaller than in many

other groups, ¢. g. Falconiformes. In the Cuculi the floccular

fossa is very shallow, and lodges a deep slit-like vertical

depression. In the Musophagi this fossa is reniform, deeper, and

lodges a deep and wide depression which gives the reniform

character to the whole.

The mesencephalic fossa is fairly sharply defined in both groups.

Among the Cuculi, this is especially noticeable in Geococcyx. Its

floor, in both groups now under consideration, is pierced by the

trigeminal foramen. The difference in position of this foramen is

worth noticing. In the Falconiformes it lies, together with the

orbito-nasal (v'), in a pit carved out of the superior border of

1903. ] OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCULIFORMES. 265

the metencephalic fossa, midway between the sella turcica and the

floccular fossa, and is overhung by a sharp ledge formed by the

inferior border of the metencephalic fossa.

The pituitary fossa is large, deep, and tubular. The hinder

border of the fossa—the dorswm selle—forms a tumid lip.

Anteriorly the fossa is bounded by the pre-pituitary ridge, which

forms a broad triangular optic platform. This platform 1s carried

far forward into the interorbital septum, rising gently in its

course, and then turning abruptly backwards to terminate at the

pre-optic vidge, which may be traced into the tentorial ridge.

The form of the optic platform contrasts strongly with that in

some other types, ¢. g. Accipitres. The tentorial ridge in the

region of the pre-optic platform is but feebly developed. On the

parietal wall, however, it becomes tolerably distinct, especially in

Geococeyx and the Musophagi. In these, on its way to the median

falx it meets, near the crest of the epiotic, the sharply-defined

internal border of the mesencephalic fossa, and forms therewith

a prominent angular boss of bone, especially well marked in

Geococeye. The bony falx is not very strongly developed.

The oculo-motor (iii.) and abducens (vi.) nerves leave by a

common aperture, forming a deep groove across the posterior

angles of the optic platform.

The cerebral fosse lie quite in front of the cerebellar fossa, and

ave more flattened dorso-ventrally in the Cuculi than in the

Musophagi.

The olfactory fosse axe relatively feebly developed.

The Premacilla.

The external, as distinguished from the palatal, portion of the

upper jaw is made up mainly by the premaxilla. This region of

the jaw, in the Cuculiand Musophagi, varies considerably in form.

Normally, it may be described as about as long as the cranium.

In Crotophaga it is slightly longer than this, im Geococeyx and

Saurothera very much so. Typically, it may be described as

hemicrescentic in outline, depressed from above downwards, and

tapering from the base forwards. In Geococcyx and Saurothera

it is long and pointed; in Crotophaga surmounted by a sharp,

high keel; in the Musophagi more or less inflated.

The premaxillary portion of the jaw is slightly decurved at the

tip, and the palatal surface is level with the culmen. The nasal

processes of the premaxilla fuse completely with the nasals.

A nasal hinge oceurs in Z’uracus among the Musophagi, but is

wanting in the Cucull.

The Mawxillo-jugal Arch.

The maxilla is indistinguishably fused with the premaxilla.

The maxillo-palatine processes are expanded horizontally, and

meeting the ventral border of the nasal septum in the middle line,

form an indirectly desmognathous palate.

266 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [ Mar. 17,

Among the Cuculi, the least specialised palate is probably to be

found in Cowa and Hudynamys. In Coua the maxillo-palatine pro-

cesses are widely separated and spongy in character; the consequent

palatal vacuity is filled by the nasal septum, which is also spongy

in character, and, fusing with the maxillo-palatine on either side,

forms an indirectly desmognathous palate. Hudynamys closely

resembles Cowa in this respect, but the bony tissue is less spongy,

and the fusion between the palatine processes and nasal septum is

more complete. Cuculus, Guira, and Centropus resemble Hudy-

namys. Further specialisation of the palate is seen in the still

further obliteration of the boundaries between the maxillo-palatines

and the nasal septum, and the tendency to shorten and broaden

the palatines. Forms like Gleococeyw and Rhinococcyx show how

these modifications have come about, whilst in Rhamphococcyx we

may see the maximum development of these peculiarities.

In the Musophagi the maxillo-palatines never appear to com-

pletely coalesce in the middle line, nor does the nasal septum

descend to the level of the ventral surface. The palate is never-

theless desmognathous, since this septum fuses with the dorsal

surfaces of the maxillo-palatines.

No separate elements can be distinguished in the quadrato-jugal

bar.

In the Cueuli the quadrato-jugal bar is almost or quite con-

tinuous with the tomium of the maxilla: in the Musophagi, on

the contrary, 1t rises considerably above the level at its distal end.

This difference is due to the fact that in the Cuculi the floor of

the maxillo-palatine process lies low, being only just raised above

the palatines at its postero-external angle, whilst in the Muso-

(=)

phagi this region is raised high above the palatines.

The Vomer, Palatines, and Pterygoids.

The vomer is absent in the Cuculi, vestigial in the Muso-

phagi. In the latter group it is spicular in form and fused with

the palatines, which it joins by means of a pair of very short

limbs. Anteriorly it touches the nasal septum.

The palatines, in the Cuculi, vary in shape. In the less

specialised forms, such as Hudynamys, Cowa, Gwira, they are

moderately long, and exposed slightly outwards. Anteriorly, from

the level of the forward face of the antorbital plate to the point of

fusion with the maxillo-palatines, the shaft of each is rod-like;

cephalad of this point the bone spreads out into a moderately

broad blade, the postero-external angles of which are rounded off,

whilst the mesial border is produced ventrad to form a more or

less pronounced keel. In OCwculws there is but little difference

in the width between the anterior and posterior moieties, and the

shaft is nearly straight.

In the heavy-billed forms like Rhamphococcyx and Rhinococcyx

the palatines are relatively shorter, and have the maxillo-palatine

extremity laminate instead of rod-like. The skull of Seythrops, I

regret to say, is not contained in the National Collection.

1903. ] OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCULIFORMES. 267

In all the Cuculi, the palatines meet one another in the middle

line immediately beneath the parasphenoidal rostrum, which they

asp laterally through their fusion with the hemipterygoids.

In the Musophagi the palatines are relatively longer than in

the Cuculi, from which they also differ in that they taper, instead

of broaden, rapidly as they approach the pterygoids. Furthermore,

they do not meet below the parasphenoidal rostrum, but, on the

contrary, are separated one from another by the whole width of this

rostrum (Pl. XXII. fig. 2). The dorsal surface of the pterygoid

end sends up a long and deep, incurved keel, the antero-internal

angles of which fuse with the vestigial vomer.

The pterygoids, in the Cuculi, are moderately long and straight,

and in some, e. g. Crotophaga, Rhinococeyx, Gwira, Taccocoua,

have the dorsal border raised up into a high, sharp crest, the

palatine end of which embraces the parasphenoidal rostrum, whilst

in Eudynamys, Coua, Geococeyx, and Piaya, tor example, this

crest is absent. The palato-pterygoid articulation is in the form

of an obliquely transverse hinge-joint, permitting only a lateral

motion. Basipterygoid facets are absent.

The hemipterygoid element of the pterygoid is conspicuous only

in Taccocoua and Geococcyx. Herein it forms a continuation of

the dorsal crest of the shaft of the pterygoid, and rests on the

palatine at a slight angle. Secondary fusion between the hemi-

pterygoid and the main shaft of the pterygoid would reproduce

exactly the conditions of the palato-pterygoid articulation which

obtain in the Bucconide and Momotide.

In the Musophagi the pterygoids are relatively short, somewhat

twisted, rods, bearing vestiges of basipterygoid facets. They

articulate with the palatines as in the Cuculi.

The Mandibles.

The mandible in the Cuculi has a short, blunt angular process,

and a moderately long internal angular process.

In Eudynamys, Cuculus, and Guira the vami are pierced by a

long lateral vacuity, which is partly closed by a long and slender

coronoid. In Coua the coronoid terminates midway across this

vacuity; whilst in Zaccocowa and Centropus this vacuity is quite

open, the coronoid forming its ventral border. In Piaya, Rhino-

coccyx, and Rhamphococcyx the vamal vacuity is absent. In

Geocoecyx it is partly closed anteriorly by the hinder end of the

splenial.

The mandible of Cuculus possesses one conspicuous feature in

the presence of a triangular flange of bone formed by the deflection

of the superior border of the ramus at the point corresponding,

in the living bird, to the gape, in the skeleton to the region

immediately behind the lachrymo-nasal fossa. The flange,

especially conspicuous in Cuculus canorus, is also fairly distinct m

Cacomantis, and is traceable in Piaya and Rhamphococeyx. The

internal angular process is well marked in all the Cuckoos, but is

especially so in Coua and Centropus.

268 MR, W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [ Mar. 17,

In the Musophagi the angular is sharply truncated posteriorly,

and the internal angular process is short and blunt.

In Schizorhis the ramal vacuity is closed posteriorly, in Twuracus

it is closed completely, by the coronoid.

The Hyoid.

Unfortunately the hyoid bones have been preserved only in one

or two of the skeletons of this group in the Museum Collection.

Years ago, when these skeletons were made, according to the

prevailing custom, the hyoid bones were not regarded as of value.

In Seythrops the basihyal is slender and rod-shaped ; the Ist

‘basibranchial triangular, with concave sides, the 2nd of medium

length, styliform and tapering. The ceratobranchial and epi-

branchial are subequal in length and offer no points for special

comment.

In the Musophagi the basihyal bones are reduced to mere

vestiges. The lst and 2nd basibranchials are short and fused.

The ceratobranchials are only slightly longer than the epi-

branchials.

ii. THe SKULL OF THE NESTLING.

The National Collection of nestling skulls of this group is

extremely limited, containing only one skull of Cuculus canorus

and one of Greococcyx californianus. A series of skulls of nestlings

and of immature individuals of various species of Cuckoos, as

well as of Plantain-eaters, would be a useful addition to the

Collection. At present the latter contains no skeletons of nestling

Plantain-eaters and few skeletons of adults.

a. Cartilage-bones.

The basioccipital is somewhat linguiform in shape, and widens

gradually from behind forwards. It is bounded on either side by

the lateral occipitals, in front by the basitemporal plate. Its

posterior border forms the greater portion of the occipital condyle.

The exoceipital, or lateral occipital, viewed externally, takes the

form of a broad horizontal plate bounding the basioccipital on

either side, and extending backwards and outwards, expands into

a fan-shaped plate, the superior half of which is wedged in

between the supraoccipital, parietal, and squamosal, whilst the

ventral, or downwardly directed, moiety forms the posterior

boundary of the tympanic cavity. The lateral segment of the

foramen magnum is formed by the horizontal plate of the lateral

occipital, which also, by the way, forms the extreme outer angle

of the occipital condyle. The fact that the exoccipital comes into

contact with the parietal is noteworthy: a similar relationship

obtains also in Dromeus among the Paleognathe, and will

doubtless be found among several other Neognathine forms. The

exoccipital is only just visible, from the cranial cavity being

overlaid by the opisthotic.

1903. ] OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCULIFORMES. 269

The supraoccipital is extremely short antero-posteriorly, and

is deeply cleft in the middle of its superior border. Its external

lateral border fuses with the lateral occipital; within the cranial

cavity it is bounded by the epi- and opisthotic. The small size

of the supraoccipital recalls the skull of the Owls, but this of

course is but a coincidence. The character will doubtless be

found to obtain in the Kingfishers, Bucconide, and Capitonide,

which have many characters in common with the Cuckoos,

The provtie does not appear externally, Within the cranium

it occupies considerable space, forming the floor of the mesen-

cephalic fossa, as well as a considerable portion of the lateral walls

of the basin-like metencephalic fossa. It entirely excludes the

squamosal from the cranial cavity.

The epiotie is only partially ossified, and in such a way that its

boundaries cannot be made out.

The opisthotic has fused completely with the prootic.

The basisphenoid is not visible externally, being underlaid by

the basitemporal plate. Concerning its internal boundaries,

nothing satisfactory can be gathered from the two skulls in the

National Collection, the younger being damaged, whilst in the

more adult skull it has fused with the neighbouring bones.

The alisphenoid, in the younger of the two skulls, is not yet

completely ossified. As a result, between the external ventral

angle and the squamosal there is a wide gap, which extends

inwards below the inferior alisphenoid border, dividing its outer

moiety from the basisphenoid. This gap, when viewed from

without, is seen to be filled up by the prodtic. Its supero-

external angle is produced outwards to form the postorbital

process.

The orbito-sphenoid is not yet ossified in these skulls.

The presphenoid has fused with the basisphenoid.

The mesethmoid, in the two skulls now under consideration,

is yet incompletely ossified, forming but a linguiform plate; the

interorbital septum formed by the backward extension of the mes-

ethmoid having been represented only by cartilage. ‘The anterior

border of the linguiform plate is sharply truncated so as not to

extend beyond the level of the free end of the parasphenoidal

rostrum below and the anterior extremities of the frontals

above, ‘This truncation occurs at the cranio-facial fissure, which

has cut the mesethmoid into two parts: the one forming the

linguiform plate just described, which ultimately forms the

interorbital septum; the other, the septwm nasi, which in these

skulls is yet cartilaginous.

The cranio-facial fissure appears to be peculiar to the neo-

gnathine (Carinate) skull; but traces thereof are appa rently to be

met with in the Paleognathe (Ratitz), inasmuch as, in the skulls

of nestlings of Dromeus and Rhea in the Museum Collection, the

ossification of the mesethmoid commences, as in the Neognathe,

by the formation of a more or less linguiform plate, and this has

its superior border deeply excised, at a point exactly corresponding

270 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [Mar. 17,

to the vertical face of the posterior division of the neognathine

mesethmoid, that is, exactly in front of the antorbital plate of the

adult. To make the fissure complete, the incision would have to be

continued downwards so as to completely bisect the plate, whilst

the rostrum would have to terminate at the free edge of the

posterior segment of the plate. In the adult skulls the incipient

fissure remains, placing the right and left olfactory chambers, in

the dried skull, in communication. The formation of a complete

eranio-facial fissure is correlated with, and perhaps consequent on,

the reduction in the length of the parasphenoidal rostrum, which

in all the Paleognathe is of great length. In a skull of a half-

grown Casuarius salvadorii it is, however, relatively much shorter

than in an adult C. australis, and much overhung by the mes-

ethmoid. Whether this peculiarity obtains also in the adult of

this species I am unable to say.

The olfactory cavities do not extend backwards in the Cuculi

or Musophagi, so as to lie on either side of the mesethmoid, as in

the Tubinares for example; the antorbital plate arising in the plane

of the cranio-facial fissure.

The guadrate does not differ materially from that of the adult.

The articulare is still distinct.

b. The Membrane-bones.

The parietal is oblong in shape, its anterior and posterior

borders sinuously curved, its mesial border straight, and its

external lateral border being slightly convex. It is bounded in

front by the parietal, behind by the supraoccipital, and laterally

by the squamosal.

The frontal has its hinder border simuously curved, and

throughout the greater part of its length applied to the parietal.

Its postero-external is closely applied to, and ultimately fuses

with, the supero-anterior angle of the squamosal and the post-

orbital process of the alisphenoid. In the supraorbital region it

turns downwards and inwards to form a broad overlapping plate

articulating with the alisphenoid. From the mid-orbital region

onward it becomes band-shaped, ultimately being produced into

an outwardly directed and blunt angle underlying the nasal.

The squamosal is roughly quadrate in form, and has the superior

anterior angle produced into a linguiform process which overlaps

the parietal and alisphenoid. Its antero-ventral angle is produced

into a small squamosal prominence, the under surface of which

affords the articular surface for the squamosal head of the quadrate.

The postero-ventral angle is obliquely truncated, and forms the

anterior segment of the rim of the tympanic cavity. The supero-

posterior angle is produced into a shght point which is wedged

in between the parietal and lateral occipital. The hinder border

of the squamosal serves to cover in the recessws tympanicus

superior, which is formed by the absorption of the diploé of the

lateral occipital.

1903. ] OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCULIFORMES. 271

Internally the squamosal appears to be visible only in Cuculus

canorus and Centropus, where it appears as a small triangular

plate wedged in between the prootic, parietal, and alisphenoid.

The nasal, judging from the scanty material at my disposal,

differs slightly in form in different genera, inasmuch as in Cuculus

and Centropus it is not sufficiently large caudad to cover the

horizontal plate of the mesethmoid. In Centropus the hinder

border is produced into a sharp angle, and is rounded in Cueulus

and Geococeyx. ‘The nostril is holorhinal.

The lachrymal offers no special features for comment.

The premavilla is fully ossified only in the skull of Geococeyx.

Its nasal processes are long and slender, and the median suture

dividing them extends fax beyond the level of the anterior border

of the nasal fossa, The maxillary and palatine processes lie close

together and parallel with one another.

The mawilla in Geococcyx is elongated and triangular in form,

and sends backwards from its postero-external angle a long

slender bar to join the jugal and quadrato-jugal. The body of

the maxilla is slightly spongy and has the postero-internal angle

produced backwards and inwards into a maxillo-palatine process.

The body of the maxilla lodges a barely perceptible antrum.

The quadrato-jugal is long and slender in Geococcyx; the re-

lations between the jugal and maxilla cannot be made out, the

skull having become disarticulated.

The vomer is absent.

The palatine does not differ appreciably from that of the adult.

The pterygoid is rod-shaped, and produced forwards into a sharp

triangular spine (Pl. XXII. fig. 10), which articulates with a cor-

responding facet in the mesial border of the palatine. Later this

triangular process becomes segmented off from the main shaft

to form the hemipterygoid, which ultimately fuses with the

palatine. At the present stage this segmentation is faintly indi-

cated by a shallow furrow on the outer surface of the shaft. In

the adult, where the fusion with the hemipterygoid is complete,

the palato-pterygoid articulation is formed by the approximation

of glenoid surfaces sloping obliquely backwards.

The dentary and splenial do not differ from those of the adult.

The coronoid, angulare, and supra-angulare ave all as yet

distinct.

iv. THE VERTEBRAL CoLuMN.

The vertebral column of the Cuculiformes is not marked by the

same constancy of character which is so conspicuous in the skull,

In many respects it recalls that of the Coraciiformes, but even

among the Cuculi relatively wide differences obtain.

All the presynsacral vertebre are heteroccelous, and all the

thoracic vertebra are free.

The cervicals of the smaller Cuculi recall those of Leptosoma.

The odontoid ligament of the atlas is ossified, The axis vertebra

is very short antero-posteriorly, and has the neural arches produced

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1903, Vou. I, No. X VIII. 18

272 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE oi Mlere alee,

outwards and upwards into a pair of pointed hyperapophyses.

The neural arches of the vertebre, from the third to the fifth

inclusive, are very broad, and with or without spines. From the

third to the sixth or seventh vertebie large metapophyses occur,

those of the fourth, fifth, and sixth being especially large, pro-

jecting like buttresses from the base of the anterior zygapophyses.

The metapophyses of the third vertebra send back each a slender

bar of bone to join the hyperapophysis. A similar bar of bone

occurs also from the fourth to the seventh vertebre, but instead

of joining the hyperapophysis, fuses with the antero- later: al angle

of the shield-shaped expansion formed by the neural arch. The

succeeding cervicals do not afford any particularly well-marked

characters in so far as this region is concerned.

The anterior cervicals of Scythrops and Cuculus (1 to 7) differ

from those of the Cuckoos just described in that they are

relatively slightly longer antero-posteriorly, that the bony bar

from the metapophysis to the hyperapophysis occurs only in the

3rd vertebra, and in that the shield-lke expansion of the neural

arches is very feebly developed. Short neural spines occur in the

2nd, 3rd, and 4th vertebre.

The 2nd, 3rd, and 4th vertebre bear hypapophyses; from the

5th to the 10th these are replaced by catapophyses, which from

the 11th vertebra backwards to the last cervico-thoracie are

replaced again by hypapophyses. The cervico-thoracie vertebree

are peculiar in that they bear more or less well-developed catapo-

physes in addition to the median hypapophysis. The catapophyses

never coalesce to form a carotid canal.

The cervico-thoracic vertebre may be two or three in number.

The number of the true cervicals varies, being either 11 or 12.

The thoracic vertebrz are free. The Ist or Ist to 3rd, as in

Hudynamys and Coua for example, bear hypapophyses. Pneu-

matic foramina pierce the centra of the vertebra beneath the

transverse processes.

The neural spines of these vertebrae gradually increase in height

from before backwards, and are more or less quadrate in form.

Coua, however, appears to form an exception to this rule, the spine

of the Ist thoracic being almost obsolete, and thus agreeing with

the cervico-thoracic vertebre ; whilst the spines of the 2nd, 3rd,

and 4th vertebre are, relatively, as high as in other Cuckoos.

The last two cervico-thoracic (2nd and 3rd) have apparently

only recently become separated from the thoracic series, inasmuch

as the vertebral segments of their respective ribs have undergone

no reduction in length. The ribs of the third pair still retain

their uncinate processes.

Only one thoracic vertebra, in the Cuculi, enters into the

synsacrum.

The synsacrum includes from 10 to 13 vertebre. The smaller

number appears to have been due to the reduction, possibly by

excalation, of the lumbar or lumbo-sacral vertebrze, or of caudal

vertebree, as in Geococcyx.

1903. ] OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCULIFORMES. 273

The most complete synsacrum is that of Coua, and is made up

as follows :—1 thoracic, 3 lumbar, 3 lumbo-sacral, 2 sacral, and

4 caudal, making 13 in all.

Rhopodytes seems to possess the most reduced synsacrum : the

number of thoracic, lumbar, and sacral is the same as in Couwa, but

the lumbo-sacrals are reduced to 1 and the caudal to 2: making

therefore a total of 9 vertebra as against 13 in Coua.

Crotophaga and Geocoecyx each have 11 vertebrae in this region.

In the former, the reduction is from the lumbo-sacrals, which are

only represented by a single vertebra; in the latter there are

2 lumbo-sacrals, but only 3 caudals.

In other genera, the number of vertebrie appears constantly to be

12, composed as follows :—1 thoracic, 4 lumbar, 1 lumbo-sacral,

2 sacral, and 4 caudal.

In no case can distinct sacral vertebre be made out. The

synsacrum of Rhamphococeyx 1s vemarkable in that the single lumbo-

sacral vertebra bears a pair of exceptionally strong ventri-lateral

processes. Vestiges of these appear in Seythrops, Coua, and

Taccocoua.

In Centropus the third and fourth pairs of ventri-lateral processes

are apparently undergoing coalescence. In some skeletons this

fusion is complete; in others traces, more or less marked, of the

original buttresses still remain.

The last two caudal vertebra: combine to form a well-marked

planum anale.

There are 6 or 7 post-synsacrals—free caudal vertebra. Of these

the 4th and 6th bear pointed intercentra, which, however, are

completely fused with thew respective centra.

The total number of vertebre reaches its highest in Coua

with 37.

The vertebral column of the Musophagi is scarcely distinguish-

able from that of the Cuculi.

The cervical vertebree closely recall those of Cuculus. They may

be distinguished therefrom, however, apart from their greater size,

in that the 3rd and 4th both send backwards a bar from the meta-

to the hyperapophysis, and in that the 7th and 8th send back a

similar bar from the same region to the middle of the neural arch.

There are only two cervico-thoracies. The vertebra corresponding

to the third cervico-thoracic of certain Cuckoos, e.g. Scythrops,

becomes in the Musophagi thoracic, being joined to the sternum by

a sternal rib. The thoracic vertebre differ from those of the

Cuckoos, in that the transverse processes send backwards from their

postero-external angles a long bony spike to overlap the transverse

process of the vertebra next behind it. These connecting-rods

are either wanting or very feebly developed in the Cuckoos, e. g.

Seythrops.

The cervical vertebr are 12 in number, the cervico-thoracic 2,

thoracic 6, the last being fused with the synsacrum.

The synsacrum contains 13 vertebre, and is made up as

follows: thoracic 1, lumbar 3, Iumbo-sacral 3, sacral 2, caudal 4,

274 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE | Mar. 17,

The 1st lumbo-sacral shows vestiges of ventri-lateral processes.

Only the 2nd sacral bears ribs.

There are 8 free caudals, but the 7th is nearly fused with the

pygostyle. The total number of vertebre is 41.

I must here point out that the determination of the sacral

vertebre in the skeletons herein described is a purely arbitrary one ;

they cannot possibly be determined with certainty without ex-

amination of the sacral nerve-plexus, and this I] am unable, at the

present moment, tomake. Thus, it may be that the plexus will show

that in some cases what is here described as the last lambo-sacral

in reality is the first sacral. If this should be the case then, of

course, the vertebra herein described as the 2nd sacral would be

the Ist caudal.

v. THe Riss.

The cervical ribs, in the Cuculi, form a series of very broad pleur-

apophyseal lamellee enclosing the usual vertebrarterial canal. These

plates extend backwards rather: beyond the middle of the centrum.

Seen from the ventral surface, the rib is free for about half its

length. Certain of the vertebre in the middle of the cervical

chain have this lamella pierced by a large fenestra. In Guwira,

Coua, Centropus, the 5th, 6th, and 7th are so distinguished; in

Crotophaga the 6th, 7th, and 8th; in Scythrops the 7th and 8th;

in Taccocoua, the 4th, 5th, and 6th. Cuculus, Chrysococcyx, and

probably other smaller forms, differ from the forms just described

in that the anterior cervical ribs are comparatively long and

slender, not lamellate; whilst from the 7th vertebra backwards

the ribs are reduced to vestiges.

The cervico-thoracie ribs number two or three pairs. The third

pair always bear uncinates.

There are five pairs of thoracic ribs, though not more than four

are attached to the sternum. The fifth pair are overlapped by

the preacetabular ilium, and may be reduced to the merest vestiges,

e.g. Rhamphococcyx and Coua, or they may be complete, as in Sey-

throps and Cuculus. They vary somewhat in form. For instance,

in Coua, Centropus, and Guira the proximal end of the rib is

extremely broad, and the shaft after leaving the vertebra almost

at right angles, curves abruptly downwards. In other Cuckoos

the broadening of the shaft is not conspicuous, and the shaft

slopes gently downwards and backwards, so that the thorax 1s

conspicuously broader at the articulation with the sternal ribs

than above.

The uncinates are broad and strong, and show a tendency to

develop a sharply defined postero-inferior angle at the junction

with the shaft of the rib; this is especially noticeable in Coua.

The sternal segments of the 5th pair of thoracic ribs never reach

the sternum. They may persist as vestiges, even the thoracic

segment of the rib reaching the verge of disappearance, as in

Coua and Rhamphococcyx, or they may be of considerable size,

1903. | OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCULIFORMES. 275

and extend more than halfway down the sternal segment of the

Ath rib as in Seythrops.

The sternal ribs of Coua reynaudi ave relatively longer than in

other Cuckoos, and this fact appears to be correlated with

degenerate powers of flight. As a result of the lengthened rib-

segments and a change in the angle formed by the corpus sterni

and the vertebral column, to be discussed presently, the form of

the thoracic cavity differs conspicuously from that of other Cuckoos

and recalls features characteristic of ‘“ Ratite.” These peculiar

features ave wanting in Cowa cerulea.

The cervical ribs of the Musophagi closely resemble those of

the Cuculi, taking the form of broad pleurapophyseal lamelle.

From the 5th to the 8th these lamelle are fenestrated as in the

Cuckoos, so that the lamella appears to be joined to the centrum

by a slender bar of bone, the bar extending to the level of the base

of the postzygapophysis. There are six pairs of thoracic ribs, five

of which articulate with the sternum. The 6th pair are long,

but have lost connection with their sternal segments, which

remain as small spicules anchylosed with the sternal segment of

the 5th pair. In the Cuckoos, it will be remembered, there

are only 5 pairs of thoracic ribs, the 5th pair of which, like the

6th in the Musophagi, fails to reach the sternum.

vi. THE STERNUM AND SHOULDER-GIRDLE.

The sternum of the Cuculiformes recalls that of the Coraci

rather than that of any other group.

The sternum of the Cuculi may be readily distinguished from

that of the Musophagi in that it is relatively conspicuously shorter,

being indeed in many cases as broad as long. Moreover it

appears to be undergoing yet further reduction.

The form of the posterior margin of the corpus sterni and the

relative development of the spina eaterna present considerable

variations.

With regard to the posterior margin of the sternum, this appears

to be entire in Cacomantis only. Two extremely thin oval areas

indicate, however, the presence originally of a pair of posterior

lateral processes, the space between which and the median border

of the metasternum has been filled up. ;

In Scythrops, Cuculus, Coccystes, Guira, Centropus, and Croto-

phaga the posterior border is interrupted by a single pair of

notches, the outside of the notch being bounded by the posterior

lateral process.

All the other genera appear to have a doubly notched sternum,

but the character of the notches varies considerably. In Piaya,

for example, the posterior lateral process arises directly behind the

articulation of the 4th rib, and extends outwards and backwards

to terminate in a spatulate extremity some distance cephalad of a

line passing across the free border of the metasternum, Between

this process and the metasternum is a straight processus intermedius,

276 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [ Mar. ris

which, like the external process, fails to reach the level of the meta-

sternal border. In Rhinococcyx, Rhamphococeyx, and Taccocoua

the posterior lateral process arises, as in Piaya, immediately behind

the articulation for the 4th rib, but it forms a wider angle with

the long axis of the sternum, and carries with it the intermediate

process, so that it looks like a branch thereof. In Cowa and Geo-

coccyx the posterior lateral process leaves the sternal plate further

back than in the forms just described. In other respects these

two sterna are quite distinct.

In Coua cerulea the posterior lateral process is very broad, and

extends backwards to the level of the posterior border of the meta-

sternum, whilst theintermediate processisshortand normaily placed.

Coua reynaudi, with an obviously degenerate sternum, differs from

C. cerulea in that the posterior lateral process is slender, and the

intermediate process shows a tendency to fuse with the base of

the posterior lateral. In Geococcyx the posterior lateral process

is long and slender, but fails to reach the level of the free border

of the metasternum ; whilst the intermediate process lies nearer the

posterior lateral than the metasternum. Further, the sternum is

peculiar in the great depth of the fissure on either side of the

metasternum, giving this a long and narrow shape.

A conspicuous pointed spina externa is found in Guira, Cuculus,

Geococcyx, and Scythrops. It is vestigial in Centropus. A small

spina interna occurs in Taccocoua.

In Rhamphococcyx the spina externa and interna are both

present, and fused to form a moderately large spina communis. In

Piaya, Rhinococcyx, and Coua there is a vestigial spina communis.

In Cacomantis the two spines remain distinct, but are extremely

reduced. A

Both sping externa and interna are wanting in Crotophaga.

The carina sternt is relatively largest in Cuculus (text-fig. 43,

p. 277), Cacomantis, and Scythrops. Its free ventral border is

strongly arched, and its anterior border is deeply concave. The

antero-ventral angle of the keel affords a firm articulation for the

fureula. In Coua, Rhamphococcyx, Crotophaga, and Piaya, the

anterior border of the keel is very deeply emarginate, causing the

free border of the kee! to project forward in the form of a long

style. With the dorsal surface of the style the clavicle articulates

by means of a long hypocleideum. Apparently the length of the

hypocleideum is directly correlated with the retreat of the carina

caudad. In the Galli this is well seen, the climax being attained

in Opisthocomus.

The depth of the carina is extremely reduced in Coua reynaude

(text-fig. 44, p. 277), so much so indeed that the power of flight

in this species must be extremely limited. In other Cuckoos the

depth of the carina is nearly or quite equal to half the breadth of

the corpus sterni; in the species in question the greatest depth

of the keel is barely one-fourth the breadth of the sternal plate.

Correlated with the reduction in the keel and the consequent loss

of flight, is a marked change in the position of the sternum, which

1903. | OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCULIFORMES. 277

appears to have been thrust forward by a considerable increase in

the length of the posterior sternal ribs. As a consequence, the

shaft of the coracoid and the long axis of the sternum form nearly

a right angle with the vertebral column, and the shaft of the

scapula lies parallel with the vertebral axis, instead of forming an

oblique angle therewith. This forward movement of the sternum,

furthermore, has brought the acrocoracoid upwards to the level

of the neural crests of the vertebree, whilst the distance between

the acetabulum and the free edge of the metasternum has been

enormously increased. Jn fact, the thorax of this bird approaches

very closely, in the relative position of the sternum, that of the

“* Ratitee.”

Text-fig. 43. Text-fig. 44.

Text-fig. 43.—Left side view of sternum and shoulder-girdle of Cuculus canorus, to

show the great size of the carina sterni and the form of the posterior border

of the sternum.

Text-fig. 44.—Left side view of sternum and shoulder-girdle of Coua reynaudi, to

show the degenerate carina sterni, which is actually more reduced than the

figure indicates. Note also the long hypocleideum and the doubly notched

corpus sterni.

Shortening of the sternum is most marked in Piaya, Zanclo-

stomus, and Taccocoua.

The sternum of the Musophagi is relatively longer and more

Coraciiform than that of the Cuculi, butisatthesametime thoroughly

Cuculine in character. In both Zwracus and Schizorhis, the only

genera represented in the National Collection, the hinder border

of the sternum is doubly notched, and the notches are of consider-

able extent, the outermost being the deepest. The posterior

lateral process is slender, and directed straight backwards. The

intermediate process lies midway between the posterior lateral

process and the metasternum. The outermost notch is about

twice the depth of the inner.

The corpus sterni of Turacus is relatively much shorter antero-

278 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [ Mar. 17,

posteriorly than in Schizorhis. The sternal notches of Z'wracus,

it is to be noted, though preserving the same relative proportions

between themselves, are yet relatively shallower than in Schizo-

rhis with regard to their relation to the corpus sterni.

There is a well-developed spina externa, but no trace of a spina

interna. In Schizorhis the spina is flabellate and projects from a

rounded base. In Zuracus it is quadrate in form. In 7’. buffoni

it projects nearly as far forwards as the antero-ventral angle of

the carina, and is distinguishable from the anterior border of the

carina only through the medium of a notch. Were this notch

filled up, the spina would disappear and the anterior border of

the keel would present a vertical face projecting Hae beyond the

coracoid grooves, as in certain Coraciiform birds, e. g. Cyanops.

The .coracoid grooves overlap one another. The dorsal lip 1 1s

extensive. <A median notch oceupies the place of the spina

interna, and this is bounded on either side by a conspicuous

oblong glenoid surface, which articulates with a special facet on

the coracoid. In the Cuckoos the dorsal lip does not overhang

the ventral, the coracoid grooves do not overlap nor in some

cases even reach the middle line, and the oblong articular facet

on the dorsal lip for articulation of the coracoid is only slightly

developed. In the Musophagi the dorsal surface of the base a

the spina externa affords articulation for the right coracoid ;

the Cuckoos this is never the case.

In the Musophagi the articular surfaces for the ribs are fairly

widely spaced, less so in Z'uracus ; in the Cuckoos these surfaces

are crowded together.

The coracoid in the Cuculi is relatively long and slender, being

nearly or quite as long as the sternum. From the ventral aspect,

one of the most conspicuous features is the large procoracoid.

This forms a large oblong shelf projecting inwards and downwards

from the shaft, at about the level of a line drawn across the shaft

from behind the glenoid cavity. The acrocoracoid is large, and

not twisted on the shaft so as to conceal the foramen interosseum.

The processus lateralis is well developed and the foramen swpra-

coracoideum is absent.

The processus lateralis basalis may be either broad and quad-

rate, with its antero-external angle produced forwards into a

spine, as in Cuculus, Rhopodytes, Hudynamys, Taccocoua, Rham-

phococcyx, Scythrops, and Guira ; or narrow and directed outwards

and backwards, as in Centropus, Cowa, and Dromococcyx. In

Taccocoua, and to a less marked extent in Centropus, the impres-

sion for the sterno-coracoideus muscle, on the dorsal aspect of

the coracoid, is bounded in front by a sharp vertically directed

spine.

The scapula is long and narrow, and differs somewhat in shape

in the different genera; but the variations are unimportant, and

not sufficiently large to justify description here. The acromion is

short and stout, save in Cowa reynaudi, wherein it is reduced in

width to form a somewhat cylindrical process.

1903.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCULIFORMES. 279

The furcula has long, round, slender limbs, gently arched.

There is a moderately long and styliform hypocleideum in Geo-

coccyx, Coua, Rhamphococey yx, and Piaya, for example. In Croto-

phaga it is spatul: ite. In Centropus, Cuculus, Hudynamys, and

Cacomantis it appears to be of a degenerate spatulate type;

whilst in Seythrops the hypocleideum appears to be wanting.

The nature of the combination of the elements forming the

inner wall of the foramen triossewm—the acromion of the scapula,

the procoracoid, and the free end of the clavicle—may prove,

when exhaustively worked out, to have some slight value from a

systematic standpoint. I propose, however, here to offer only a

few remarks, selecting a few genera as examples.

In Cuculus, Scythrops, Cowa, the whole free end of the furcula,

passes up cephalad of the acromion of the scapula and separates the

latter from the procoracoid. In Guwira, Geococcyx, Rhamphococcyx,

Rhinococeya, Rhopodytes, the acromion turns forwards so as ne: rly

to join the procoracoid, and forms an opposing surface to the free

end of the clavicle, which accordingly turns forwards to terminate

ina point wedged in between the acromion and procoracoid. Cro-

tophaga vesembles Guira in this respect, but the free end of the

clavicle is much broader and the articulation with the procoracoid

more developed. In Centropws the acromion and acrocoracoid

meet and embrace, as in a wedge, the styliform free end of the

slender furcula. The procoracoid, which is large, does not come

in contact with the scapula.

No two of the genera, however, exactly agree, but the differences

between them are too slight to be described in words.

The coracoid of the Musophagi, though closely resembling that

of the Cuculi, is yet readily distinguishable therefrom by the fact

that the procoracoid turns downwards and outwards to fuse with

the acrocoracoid, thus encircling the foramen triosseum with a

continuous bar of bone. The procoracoid is large and passes

insensibly backwards into the coracoid shaft, and there is a

supracoracoid foramen. The processus lateralis is well developed,

and directed outwards and upwards into a point. In the region

where the pro- and aecrocoracoid fuse there is an elongated facet

for the articulation of the fureula. The procoracoid, however,

appears to take the greater part of the share in furnishing this

surface. On the dorsal or internal aspect of the coracoid there is

developed a special articular surface for the dorsal lip of the

coracoid groove of the sternum.

The furcula has relatively shorter, broader, and more laterally

compressed limbs than in the Cuculi. A hypocleideum is wanting.

The dorsal extremity bears a special projecting facet for articu-

lation with the procoracoid.

The scapula resembles that of the Cuculi, but is relatively

slightly broader and has a large acromial process.

The pro- and acrocoracoid meet and fuse one with the other, thus

excluding the furcula from participation in the formation of the

foramen triosseum.

280 MR. W. P. PYORAFT ON THE [Mar. 17,

vil. THE Petyic GIRDLE.

The pelvic girdle of the Cuculiformes, though recallmg in

certain features that of the Coraciiformes, is yet quite distinct

therefrom. Within the group it presents a comparatively wide

range of form.

Among the Cuculi, the least specialised pelves ave those of the

smaller forms, such as Cacomantis (text-fig. 45) and Chrysococcyx.

In Cacomantis the preacetabular region of the ilia is sepa-

vated by a low swollen ridge formed by the centra of the lumbar

vertebre. The dorsal border is nearly straight; the ventral,

external, border is deeply emarginate ; the anterior border trun-

cated and rounded, curving outwards to form a hook-shaped

antero-ventral angle. The postacetabular region of the ilium has

Dorsal aspect of the pelvis of Cacomantis merulinus, X 5, showing the widely

separated preacetabular ilia, and the broad dorsal plane of the postacetabular

region.

a broad dorsal plane which abuts against the long and slender

transverse processes of the vertebre. These last, by the way, are

separated by a row of intertransverse sacral foramina, one on

either side of the column. The dorsal plane of the postacetabular

ilium is not produced outwards so as to overhang the ilio-ischiadic

fissure, and its postero-external border is markedly depressed,

not forming an upturned crest as in forms to be presently

described. That portion of the ischium which, by its upturned

growth, converts the obturator fissure into a foramen is very

narrow ; below and behind the foramen the ischium is produced

1903. | OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCULIFORMES. 281

backwards into an obliquely sloping bar. The pubis is long,

slender, and much bowed and closely bound to the posterior half

of the ventral border of the ischium, beyond which it extends for

some considerable distance. The obturator foramen is bounded

posteriorly by a broad bar of bone descending from the ischium

and fusing with the pubis. The pectineal process is reduced to a

vestigial condition.

In the form of the pelvis, Cucwus, Coccystes, Scythrops, differ

but little, save in size, from Cacomantis merulinus. In Scythrops,

however, the obturator foramen is not cut off posteriorly by the

descent of a bony plate from the ischium. In all save ¢ ‘acomantis

and Cuculus the intertransverse sacral foramina are more or less

completely filled up.

In Rhopodytes and Hudynamys the mesial border of the extreme

anterior end of the preacetabular ilium rises to the level of the

neural ridge as in Geococcyx (text-fig. 46, p. 282). In Taccocowa this

elevated region extends somewhat further backwards and forms

a quadrate plate, the free border of which is lightly applied to the

neural crest. In Crotophaga, Rhamphococcyx, Coua, and Piaya

actual fusion takes place between this plate and the synsacrum. In

Centropus and Dromocoecyx the relationship between the fused

region of the ilium and the synsacrum has become still further

modified, so that the extremity of the ilium has acquired a T-shaped

form, the dorsal limb of the cross-piece bridging a widely open

canalis ilio-lumbalis. A similar canal is of course formed in the

other cases where the ilia meet the neural crest of the synsacrum,

but it is inconspicuous. )

Further modifications in the form of the pelvis are the

enormous lateral expansion of the dorsal plane and the short-

ening of the pubis. In forms like Crotophaga, Coua, or Rham-

phococcyx, the early stages of the first-mentioned modification

may be studied. Passing through forms like Centropus and

Taccocoua, we reach a climax in Geococcyx (text-fig. 46, p. 282).

Herein the width across the dorsal plane equals the length of the

synsacrum. This outward extension of the postacetabular ium

has resulted in the formation of a huge ledge passing far beyond

the level of the antitrochanter, and finally, at its free edge,

turning abruptly downwards and then suddenly upwards, back-

wards, and inwards, like a pair of wings, so that the surface of the

dorsal plane acquires a peculiar saddle-shaped appearance. Seen

from the side (text-fig. 47, p. 282) or from below (text-fig. 48,

p. 282), this overhanging ledge forms an enormous penthouse

above and slightly behind the ilio-ischiadic foramen. A similar

modification obtains elsewhere only among certain Rails. It

appears to be correlated with a terrestrial mode of life, these forms

flying but little.

The shortening of the pubis is most marked in Geococeys,

Piaya, Centropus, and Rhinococeyx, and to a less extent in Coua

and Crotophaga.

A large pectineal process occurs in Geococcyx, Cowa, Centropus,

282 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [ Mar. 17,

Rhamphococeyx, Rhinococcyx, and Piaya; it is small in Rhopodytes

and Zaccocowa, and vestigial or wanting in other genera.

The fovea lwmbalis is very small, and the fovea ischiadica and

pudendalis are confluent. There is a well-marked iliac recess.

Text-fig. 46. Text-fig. 48.

Text-fig. 46.—Dorsal aspect of the pelvis of Geococcyx mexicanus, showing the

narrow preacetabular ilia, extremely broad postacetabular dorsal plane, and

large pectineal process.

Text-fig. 47.—Side view of same, to show the broad ledge-like plate of the post-

acetabular ilium, the short pubis, and large pectineal process.

Text-fig. 48.— Ventral aspect of same, showing the great overhanging ledge of the

dorsal plane. All figures of natural size.

The pelvis of the Musophagi resembles that of the more

specialised Cuculi. Though relatively wide, its breadth is due

rather to the great length of the synsacral transverse processes

than to the dorsal plane of the postacetabular ilium. The pre-

acetabular region of the ilium differs conspicuously from that of

the Cuculi, inasmuch as in this group the dorsal aspect is so much

cut away as to le far below the level of the synsacral crest, save

where it rises at the extreme antero-dorsal angle. In the Muso-

1903. ] OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCULIFORMES. 283

phagi, the preilium rises upwards and sweeps inwards in the form

of a broad vertical blade with a gently rounded dorsal border,

which ultimately meets and fuses with the synsacral crest, termi-

nating in a truncated anterior border cephalad of the synsacral

fusion. The canalis ilio-lumbalis is wide and spacious, The

dorsal plane of the postacetabular ilium is moderately wide, and

tapers posteriorly into a blunt, slightly upturned point. Its free

outer border is somewhat thickened in Z'uwracus to form a broad

lip with sharply defined upper and lower edges; the inferior of

these edges, immediately behind the ilio- ischiadic for: amen, 1S pro-

duced into a blunt spine. In Sehizorhis the free border of the

dorsal plane is sharply defined, so that the blunt point caudad of

the ilio-ischiadic foramen is apparent on the dorsal aspect of the

pelvis, instead of below this level. The ilio-ischiadic foramen is

relatively much smaller in Z’wracus than in Schizorhis. The ischium

expands caudad into an extremely broad plate, especially so in

Turacus. The free hinder border of this plate is slightly convex.

In Turacus the obturator foramen is cut off from the fissure of

that name by a descending plate of bone from the ischium. This

is not the case in Sehizor his, the foramen and the fissure being

confluent. The pubis is very long, attached for some distance

poster iorly to the ventral border or the ischium. The pectineal

process is large in both the genera in question.

The fovea lumbalis is larger than in the Cuculi, and the fovea

ischiadica is distinct from ‘the fovea pudendalis, the latter being

cut up into separate compartments by the synsacral ventri-later: al

processes. The iliac recess is fairly spacious.

vill. THE Pecrorat Limp,

The character of the wing is very uniform throughout the

group. The humerus only is pneumatic. Most nearly resem-

bling that of the Trogons in its general character, the limb of

the Cuculiformes may be distinguished by the greater size of the

pectoral crest of the humerus, which forms a linguiform or even

triangular plate, and by the prominent collum trochlee, the

strongly bowed curve of metacarpal TIT. ., and the absence of a

backwar dly projecting spur on the upper 3 of metacarpal IT.

In the humerus the coraco-humeral groove (sulcus transversum)

is wanting. The crista superior is cently arched, rising from the

base of the tuberculum externus ee ter minating about the upper

3 of the shaft. In some cases, e. g. Crotophaga, “the pectoral crest

may be more or less eed ‘instead of rounded. There is a

very small ectepicondylar “tubercle. The pneumatic foramen is

small; the incisura capitis sharply defined. The humerus of the

Musophagi may be distinguished from that of the Cuculi by the

fact that in the former the proximal border of the crista superior

is long, low, and concave, the distal border short and strongly

arched,

In the Cuculi there is considerable variation in the relative

284 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [ Mar. 17,

lengths of the segments of the wing. Thus, in Scythrops, the

brachium and antebrachium are of equal length, whilst the

manus is only a very little less in length than either of these

segments. The brachium is longer than the antebrachium, and

the latter is in turn longer than the hand in Cowa, Rhamphococcyx,

Rhinococcyx, Hudynamys, Guira, and Crotophaga. 'The relative

disproportion between the length of the brachium and ante-

brachium is especially marked in Dromococcyx and Piaya. The

brachium is longer than the antebrachium, but the latter and the

manus are equal in length in Centropusand Taccocoua. In Cuculus

and Cacomantis the brachium and manus are subequal and

shorter than the antebrachium. In Coccystes the antebrachium

and manus are subequal and longer than the brachium.

The variation in the length of the wing among the Cuculi

becomes still more forcibly illustrated when compared with the

hind limb, the difference apparently varying with the power of

flight.

Tn Cuculus, Coccyzus, and Cacomantis, for example, the wing

is considerably longer than the leg. In Chrysococcyx the two

limbs are subequal. In Geococcyx, Crotophaga, and Couwa the

wing is much shorter. Taking the combined length of the femur

and tibio-tarsus of each species as a standard of measurement, it

will be found that in Crotophaga the wing exceeds this length

only by the distance from the middle of Ph. I. D. II. to the tip

of the wing. In Geococcyx the wing is slightly less than the

length of the standard. Coww has the shortest wing of all, it

being about + shorter than the combined length of femur and

tibio-tarsus.

In the Musophagi the brachium is somewhat longer than the

antebrachium, but the latter is considerably longer than the

manus. The ulna, as in the Cuculi, bears prominent bosses for

the attachment of remiges.

As in the Cuculi, the collwm trochlee is very conspicuous, giving

the distal end of the humerus an obliquely truncated form. The

coraco-humeral groove is wanting. The proximal border of the

crista superior is very long and concave, the distal border short

and convex. The ectepicondylar tubercle is very small.

The Ph. of D. III. in the Cuculi sends outwards from its post-

axial border a prominent spur, this is wanting in the Musophagi.

ix. THe Petyrc Lines.

The pelvic limb in the Cuculiformes has, in common with the

Psittaci and many Coraciiformes, a zygodactyle pes. The hypo-

tarsus is complex, and the tibio-tarsus has an ossified extensor

bridge. In all save Geococcyx the limb is non-pneumatic, and in

this genus only the femur is pneumatic.

The pelvic limb of the Cuculiformes has the 2nd and 3rd

trochlee nearly equal in length, but the latter is conspicuously

larger in size. The third trochlea is placed comparatively high

1903.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCULIFORMES. 285

up the shaft, and has the glenoid articular surface conspicuously

laterally compressed and twisted, so as to cross the long axis of

the shaft transversely. This limb may be readily distinguished

from that of the Psittaci, inasmuch as in the latter the trochles

of D. IT. stands out at right angles to the tarso-metatarsal shaft,

whilst the trochlea for D. IV. has rotated so that its articular

surface is turned to look directly backwards. Thus, the outer

condyle comes to lie next the shaft, and, furthermore, is produced

into a hook-shaped process of considerable size.

Amongst the Coraciiformes, probably the pelvie limb of Zepto-

soma most nearly resembles that of the Cuculiformes, but the

conspicuously higher position on the shaft of the trochlea of D.TV.,

which obtains in this last group, is sufficient to prevent confusion.

The fibular ridge is confined to the upper end of the shaft, and

increases in depth from above downwards.

The length of the fibula may vary considerably even in different

species of the same genus. Usually it is greatly reduced, but in

Centropus toulou, for example, it extends considerably beyond the

middle of the tibial shaft, whilst in C. madagascariensis it falls

considerably short of this.

In Crotophaga, Kudynamys, and Rhopodytes it barely extends

beyond the level of the tibial fibular ridge.

The cnemial crests are, as a rule, feebly developed, indeed only in

Geococcyx do they attain to any respectable size. In this species

the entocnemial crest is more or less quadrate in form; its outer

border is convex, its inferior concave. The ectocnemial crest is

triangular in form, and terminates in a small pointed process

immediately in front of the head of the fibula.

The shaft of the tibia is long, slender, and cylindrical, and bowed

slightly forwards. In Geococcyx the posterior lateral borders of

the internal mesotarsal condyle are produced backwards and

upwards to form a rather prominent spur.

The popliteal fossa of the femur is obsolete.

The pelvic limb of the Musophagi is less specialised in some

respects than that of the Cuculi. This is especially marked in the

character of the tarso-metatarsus. As in the Cuckoos, the hypo-

tarsus is complex, and the tarso-metatarsal shaft grooved in front ;

but the arrangement of the distal trochlez is of a less specialised

character, and this fact is especially marked in Schizorhis, the foot

of which in this respect closely resembles that of Zeptosoma. The

foot of Schizorhis, however, may readily be distinguished from

that of Zeptosoma inasmuch as in the latter the trochlea for D. IV.

bears a very strongly-developed outer lip, which is produced

inwards towards Me.I. In Sehizorhis this trochlea is almost

indistinguishable from that of an ordinary eleutherodactyle foot.

In Turacus, however, the form of the outer trochlea nearly

resembles that of the Cuculi, but is less markedly compressed,

and looks backwards and slightly inwards, instead of being twisted

so as to cross the shaft transversely. Moreover, it is not raised

high up on the shaft as in the Cuckoos.

286 MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [ Mar. 17,

x. SUMMARY.

The isolated position of the Cuculiformes among the Coracio-

morphe is as evident from a study of the osteology of the group

as from other points of view. Their nearest allies, judged from

an osteological standpoint, would appear to be the Coraciide

(Coraciine and Leptosomatine) and Bueconide on the one hand,

and—more remotely—the Opisthocomi on the other. Their

relationship to the Psittaci, which is generally agreed upon,

would, | think, never be suspected from a comparison of the

skeletal framework. This fact is probably to be explained by the

great amount of specialisation which the Parrots have undergone.

Concerning the association of the Cuculiformes with the

Bucconide, a few words of explanation are necessary. Although

this connection has several times been made by the older orni-

thologists, Fiirbringer appears to be the only modern systematist

who, on anatomical grounds, takes a similar view. Gadow (8)

regards the Bueconide as close allies of the Galbulide, placing the

two in the same family—Galbulide. Beddard, on the other hand,

widely separates these two forms, and I think rightly so. He

places the Bucconidee between the Pici and the Rhamphastide,

but remarks that this is a family which “is at present little

known, and whose aftinities are therefore doubtful. It is only

provisionally that I place them in the present position.”

The claims to relationship, of the group now under consideration,

to the Opisthocomi are, on osteological grounds, not at first sight

very strong. <A careful study, however, of the skulls of Cuculi

and Musophagi, and a comparison with Opisthocomus, will show

points of agreement which suggest affinity rather than convergence.

The Musophagi most nearly approach Opisthocomus. The pelvis

and sternum of Opisthocomus are Cuculine.

That the Cuculide and Musophagide are very near allies there

can be no doubt. Indeed, the relationship between these two is

the only relationship about which we can speak with any real

certainty.

According to the British Museum Catalogue of Birds, vol. xix.,

the Cuculide (suborder Cuculi) embraces 47 genera and includes

202 species grouped under 6 subfamilies. This scheme is

the work of Capt. Shelley. Beddard (1) recognises only 3 sub-

families, and these, I think, will be found to meet all demands.

Further, it is quite open to question whether even these should

not be regarded as groups @, 6, ¢, rather than subfamilies.

Osteologically, the Cuckoos vary far more widely in respect of

the pelvis and sternum than in any other character. The great

feature in the skull is the uniform plan of the palate. Trusting

to this alone, one might divide the Cuckoos into two groups—

Cowa in the one, and all the rest of the Cuckoos in the other:

yet the difference in the two palates is trivial. The only other

characters offered the systematist to choose from are the form

of the lachrymal and temporal fossz and the shape of the beak,

1903.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCULIFORMES. 287

but the latter at any rate is the direct outcome of adaptation.

Probably the remarkably specialised condition of the pelvis also

is adaptive.

In the accompanying table it will be found that I have arranged

the Cuckoos on a plan formed of a compromise between that of

Beddard, based on the pterylography and voice-muscles, and one

based on the osteology and voice-muscles. The two will be found

to disagree in many points; and it is on this account that

I have published the results of my comparison, since it will, I

hope, stimulate further research by directing renewed attention

to the anatomy of the discordant forms.

A. Sternum with single pair of notches ; pectineal process of pelvis vestigial.

Muscle-formula AXY+, except Hudynamys which has the formula

ABXY-+.

. : Cuculus.

a. Syrinx tracheo-bronchial.

Muscle-formula AXY+, except eee si

Eudynamys which has ABXY+. | 77, ae as

Old World. Sey th pane ;

b. Syrinx bronchial. i

Muscle-formula ABXY +. { hated aa

New World.

B. Sternum with single pair of notches; pectineal process of pelvis large.

e. Syrinx bronchial. Cent

Muscle-formula ABXY-+. { CREEL

Old World. Dromococeyx.

C. Sternum with two pairs of notches ; pectineal process large.

d. Syrinx bronchial.

Muscle-formula ABXY-+.

ING MW/@AIGE sacoscop snsoco sone ecocconss Cra ENE

@OLARWrorlde ene tec eco cei OOUde

( Rhinococeyx.

e. Syrinx tracheo-bronchial. FR aaa

Muscle-formula ABXY-+, except Baenowae

Z ; ies ypodytes.

Piaya which has AXY+. Wancinstonius:

Old World. Taccocoua.

Piaya. (New World.)

D. Sternum with two pairs of notches ; pectineal process vestigial.

f. Syrinx tracheo-bronchial. Che ,

Muscle-formula AXY-+. irysococeya.

Old World. Cacomantis.

Mr. Beddard has shown, in tabular form, the points wherein

the skulls of the Cuculi and Musophagi differ one from another.

These are not many, and I cannot but think that they are really

of slight importance. The most striking are the differences

in the size of the antorbital plate, the position of the maxillary

end of the quadrato-jugal bar relatively to the tomium, and the

relation of the mesial borders of the proximal ends of the palatines.

The desmognathism of the palate seems to me to be precisely

similar in both forms. If the skull of Z’wracus, for example, be

compared with that of Cowa, it will be found that the chief

difference lies in the more spongy nasal septum of the latter,

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1903, Vou. I. No. XIX. 19

288 . MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE © [Mar. 17,

which descends so as to lie between and force apart the maxillo-

palatine, causing the palate to be indirectly desmognathous. In

Turacus the nasal septum fuses with the dorsal borders of the

maxillo-palatine, and does not descend between them, but in this

case also the palate is indirectly desmognathous. In both Coua

and Juracus, but for the septum, the palate would be schizo-

gnathous. But the maxillo-palatine region in Schizorhis, for

example, is practically identical with that of normal Cucull.

Coua has the least specialised palate among the Cuculi; Z’uracus

among the Musophagi. In the more specialised skull of both

groups indirect desmognathism appears to have taken place by the

descent of the ventral border of the septum nasi between the

maxillo-palatine processes; resulting in the formation of a flat

palatal surface, or one with a slight median groove.

The very striking differences in the form of the pelvic girdle

stand in strong contrast with the uniformity found in the skull.

How considerable these differences in the girdle are may be seen

in the figures on pp. 277, 280, and 282.

Finally, I may remark that a great deal yet remains to be done

before our knowledge of the Osteology of this group is complete.

Of the nestling skeleton of the Musophagi we know nothing, and

only a very little concerning the early stages of the Cuculi.

Only about one-third of the total number of genera of Cuculi

are represented in the Museum Collection of skeletons. These,

however, fortunately, include all the more important forms.

xi, Key TO THE OsrEOLOGY OF THE CUCULIFORMES.

A. SKULL.

Palate desmognathous, and without conspicuous anterior palatal vacuity ; nostrils

holorhinal, imperforate ; basipterygoid processes wanting; vomer vestigial or

wanting; pterygoid free; lachrymal free; antorbital plate large; the postorbital

process never extending down to the quadrato-jugal bar.

A. Mesial border of palatines not meeting in middle line, leaving parasphenoidal

rostrum exposed; with a large os uncinatum .................. MusorPuHaaGi.

B. Mesial border of palatines meeting in middle line below and concealing para-

ONS AGC SRO SADT, “|. ooo sca coosem ons cedooncasonsedoassoosseeoodssese CWCKN

Key to the Genera of Cuculide.

a. Beak long and pointed. :

a’. Lachrymal with massive descending process; nostrils linear near the middle

of the tomium ; temporal fossz confined to lateral aspect of skull.

Geococcyx.

2’. Lachrymal very small ; temporal fossee meeting one another to form a broad

GAYS GREE, Gos ous coblseboc Sone aupdansercsnser bed concobosr cannounae | | MMOMROMACTR

b. Beak with a high median keel; lachrymal large ............ Crotophaga.

c. Beak swollen, with an arched culmen.

ce’. Palatines fused in median line posteriorly .................. ° Seythrops.

d’. Palatines free posteriorly.

a’. Nostrils linear immediately above toinium ; postorbital process of lachry-

TIENEN Eat ReR nhs net uoniice dob poseennidabe sa HeaBAUres Hocecroncaua a: Rhamphococcyx.

b’’, Nostrils oval immediately above base of tomium, and bounded above or

confluent with a conspicuous fenestra; postorbital process of lachrymal

Sina yl a eee cters eae else cine teitssenencmmntereacer ems Rhinococeyx.

1903. | OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCULIFORMES. 289

d. Beak not exceeding the cranium in length, of medium size, and with a more or

less strongly arched culmen.

e’. Descending process of lachrymal vestigial or wanting ; temporal f oss

meeting to form a sagittal crest; nostrils more or less markedly reni form,

being formed like those of Rhinocoecyx by the confluence of the narial

aperture with a superior fenestra.

oe’. Descending process of lachrymal in form of delicate incurved st yle.

a’, Sagittal crest reduced to a mere line.................. Rhopodytes.

BUC a Sagittal Chest) DLOR ioc sesuenaceeaceaesesesstac-1 == Zanclostomus.

d'’. Descending process of lachrymal reduced to a stump.

Piaya.

é’. Descending process of lachrymal wanting; antorbitai plate slightly

Taccocoua.

inflated nok CORO E a OCH CIO NE ATE CRO CER CE ECC EERIE:

f’. Descending process of lachrymal moderately strong, bent outwards and

backwards upon the supraorbital portion; temporal fosse meeting to form

a broad sagittal crest.

f’’. Horizontal process of lachrymal longer than descending ; pterygoid with

dorsal keel; interorbital fenestra large ............... Guira.

g'. Horizontal process of lachrymal not exceeding descending process, and

having free orbital border sharply truncated ; interorbital fenestra small.

Budynamys.

temporal fossa meeting to form a

g’. Descending process of lachrymal slender ;

Centropus.

broad sagittal crest ; interorbital fenestra very large ...

h’. Temporal fossze confined to lateral aspect of skull.

hk’, Lachrymal moderately large and not distinctly divided into supraorbital

and descending processes; antorbital plate spongy ; interorbital fenestra

large ; maxillo-palatines not meeting in middle line, but palate edged by

MASA SOPLUMN eee ee eee cence earoe sere e nese pscacs Coua.

i”, Lachrymal moderately large, with slender descending process ; nostrils

ericular, just above base of tomium Secrets Coccystes.

i’, Lachrymal vestigial; mandible with broad flange at gape.

CU Memporall fossa) PLCSCMU e easawaesscccteraies sea sestr feleccia= Cuculus.

: d’”’, Temporal fosse obsolete .............s0200ccresrssereeeee Cacomantis.

B. VERTEBRZ’.

All the presynsacral vertebra are free and heterocclous ; neural arch of atlas

broad; hypapophyses blade-shaped, not extending beyond 2nd thoracic vertebra.

Axis vertebra not conspicuously shortened antero-posteriorly, and not having

conspicuously upturned hyperapophyses.

A. Lateral borders of thoracic vertebra terminating in a sharp backwardly directed

oe Mvsopuaal.

RIDE Ghsoc cocoon: 096 CBB ASBROSHSERED ONRCES a0OC cad HONEEOOGO CoE

B. Lateral borders of thoracic vertebre not produced into spikes. CUCULI.

CG. PrecroraL GIRDLE AND STERNUM.

Coracoid with a well-developed procoracoid; clefts of the posterior notches of

sternum never extending as far forwards as the level of the articulation of the ribs ;

furcula large.

A. Procoracoid fused with acrocoracoid; furcula with a well-marked facet for

articulation with the fused pro- and acrocoracoids ; anterior border of carina

sterni continued forwards to level of spina externa ............. MUSoPHAGI.

acrocoracoid; furcula without articular facet for

¢ continued forwards as far as

Cucutt,

B. Procoracoid not fused with

acrocoracoid ; anterior border of carina sterna no

free end of spima externa ...........0e cece eee seeeee cee eee ne eee eee eee

1 The presynsacral vertebr of the Cuculiformes are scarcely to be distinguished

from those of the Coraciine and Leptosomine.

AO) MR. W. P. PYCRAFT ON THE [ Mar. 17,

Key to the Genera of Cuculidee.

a. Sternal plate with spina communis.

ae spe border with two pairs of notches.

’. Hypocleideum styliform, free end only overlapped by carina sterni.

Rhamphococcye.

6”. Hypocleideum styliform, overlapped by carina sterni. Hae Ts

ce’. Hypocleideum oval, overlapped by carina sterni ...... ee te

b’. Posterior border with single pair of notches ............... Coccystes.

6. Sternal plate with spina externa only.

ce’. Posterior border of sternal plate with two pairs of notches. :

OD ’, Hypocleideum underlapped by carina sterni ............ Zanclostomus.

’, Hypocleideum with free end only underlapped by carina. Geococeyw.

ie “Posten ior border of sternum with a single pair of notches.

f’”. Hypocleideum obsolete ; procoracoid small, affording articulation for

scapula. ;

a”, itt cula large and strongly arched ..................... Seythrops.

wr ”” Burcula slender and slightly arched. —

at, Posterior lateral process broad ...................... Hudynamys.

64. Posterior lateral process narrow .... 2 Guia.

g’. Hypocleideum obsolete ; procoracoid large, not ‘affording articulation for

scapula... WREST ONC Cntropus:

e. Sternal plate with | spina ‘interna ‘only. srodursvne avadagaooenasdased « /MKAROCONIE

tos

@. Sternal plate without spimeS <-: 2... s-2-2--29-2+ ee. eee een eens ee { poe nae

e. ae nal plate with spina externa and interna distinct.

. Posterior border of sternum with a single pair of notches.

Cuculus.

i’, Posterior border of sternum with two pairs ofnotches. Chrysococcys.

D. Prtyic GIRDLE.

A. Preacetabular ilium with strongly arched border meeting in the median line above

the syusacral spines to form a large canalis ilio-lumbalis... Musopuact.

B. Preacetabular ilia with dorsal border never meeting in median line above syn-

SAGCKALIS DING eericee me ee CO CeCe iste CO CoE Eee ee sold OnU CELTS

Key to the Genera of Cuculide.

a. Presynsacral neural arches broad and without neural spines; ilia widely

separated. : Cacomantis

. With large intertransverse sacral foramina.................. ; Cini ‘

b’. me intertransverse sacral foramina. :

. Length not exceeding 1 WHC? soossoosapadccasonenqasaccsace —CLURIROGRRETER.

Bi Length not less than 2} inches... vee. Seythrops.

b. Presy nsacral neural arches Theenibns a high ‘median ridge ; no intertransverse

, sacr al foramina.

ee process vestigial.

. Antero-dorsal angles of pre-ilium not meeting in mid-dorsal line; pubis.

very long....... mes Eudynamys.

’. Antero-dorsal angles of pre- -ilinm meeting | in middle Geer

line; pubis short ep Ms : a Guir oe Moke

d’. Pectineal process large.

e’’. Ischio-pubic fissure slit- shaped and very narrow.

a’’’, Antero-dorsal angles of pre-ilium produced into Gorn

narrow bars meeting WA, TANEOUS IOUT \s.cncossncoace0 000 d Dronscoeae

b’’”. Antero-dorsal angle of pre-ilia produced inwards to form a quadrate

plate embracing neural spines; postacetabular ilia produced into an

enormous saddle-shaped WHEW soa ccsecnocosssccsecasovsne CGHANADBOI AD

Sf’. Ischio-pubic fissure extremely reduced.

e’’’, Antero-dorsal angle of pr e-ilia produced into a quadrate plate with con-

cave superior border just reaching neural spine ..._ Taccocoua.

d’’’, Antero-dorsal angle of ilia pr oduced into rounded Roe

angles, not reaching the neural spines te :

’ Tschio-pubic fissure very wide, closed ae Rhamphococcyx.

1903.] OSTEOLOGY OF THE CUCULIFORMES. . 29

REFERENCES.

(1) Bepparp, F. E.—Classification of Birds. 1898.

(2) Firsrixcer, M.—Vergleich, Anat. (. Brustschulterapparates.

Theil v.: Vogel. 1902.

(3) Gapow, H.—Bronn’s Thier-Reich. Bd. vi. Vigel. Syst. Theil.

1893.

(4) Parker, W. K.—Trans. Linn. Soe., 2nd ser. Zool. vol. i., 1879.

xii; EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII.

Fig. 1. Ventral aspect of the skull of Coua veynaudi, showing the most primitive

form of the indirectly desmognathus skull of the Cuculide. Herein the

maxillo-palatines do not meet in the middle line, but the palate is bridged

by the swollen nasal septum. Basipterygoid processes are wanting. There

is no vomer.

Fig. 2. Ventral aspect of the skull of Twracus buffoni, showing the indirectly desmo-

gnathous type of palate of the Musophagide. The maxillo-palatines do not

meet in the middle line, but the palate is bridged by the fusion of the ventral

border of the nasal septum with the dorsal aspect of the maxillo-palatines.

The vomer is wanting, but present in a vestigial condition in Schizorhis.

Note the appearance of the parasphenoid between the palatines.

3. Dorsal aspect of the skull of Coua reynaudi, showing the absence of a nasal

hinge, and the general character of the root of the skull.

Fig. 4. Dorsal aspect of the skull of Turacus leucotis, showing the nasal hinge and

the general conformation of the root of the skull.

. Dorsal aspect of the skull of Sawrothera vetula, showing the long upper jaw

and the large temporal fossz.

6. Lateral aspect of the skull of Schizorhis zonura, showing the form of the

narial apertures, the os weeinatum and the general form of the skull.

Fig. 7. Lateral aspect of the skull of Rhinococeya calorhynchus, to show the form

of the narial aperture and the general form of the cranium.

. Lateral aspect of the skull of a nestling Centropus, showing the arrangement

of the bones. Outer view.

. Lateral aspect of the inner view of the same skull, showing the separate

arrangement of the bones.

Fig. 10. The distal end of the pterygoid of the nestling Centropus, to show the

hemipterygoid.

Explanation of Letters.

als.=alisphenoid. n.h.=nasal hinge.

a.p.=antorbital plate. op.=opisthotic.

a.p.v.=anterior palatine vacuity. 0.u.=0s8 uncinatum.

}.oc.=basioccipital. p-=parietal.

b.s.=basisphenoid. p.a.=palatine.

e.=occipital condyle. par. =parasphenoidal rostrum.

ep.o.=epiotic. p.0.p.=postorbital process.

ex.0.=exoccipital. pro.=prootic.

-f.=tloccular fossa. pt.=pterygoid.

v.=tfrontal. g-=quadrate.

h.pt.=hemipterygoid. s.c.=sagittal crest.

.=lachrymal. s.0.=supraoccipital.

me.=imeatus internus. sq.=squamosal.

mes.=mesethmoid. t.f.=temporal fossa.

na.=nasal.

292 MR. H. SCHERREN ON [ Apr. 21,

April 21, 1903.

Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions made

to the Society’s Menagerie in March 1903 :-—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of March were 67 in number. Of these 14 were acquired

by presentation, 43 were received on deposit, and 10 in exchange.

The total number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 89.

The following papers were read :-—

1. Linnzeus and Hunter on Feather-Tracts.

By Henry Scuzrren, F.Z.S.

[Received March 12, 1903. }

(Text-figure 49.)

The credit of using the feather-tracts of birds as a means of

classification belongs undoubtedly to Nitzsch, whose results, edited

after his death, by Burmeister, were published at Halle in 1840

under the title ‘ Pterylographie’. An English edition, translated

by W.S. Dallas and edited by Dr. Sclater, was brought out by

the Ray Society in 1867. Pterylosis, or the distribution of these

feather-tracts, is, according to Prof. Newton, “of prime taxonomic

importance in Ornithology, though more in the investigation of

small than of large groups.” This also seems to have been the

opinion of Nitzsch himself, who, however, was not aware that

anything at all had been done even in noting the existence of

such tracts and of the featherless spaces which he called apteria.

In his Introduction he says :—

T may, therefore, flatter myself with the hope of awakening the interest

of naturalists by the announcement of my new results, and, by the enumera-

tion and detailed description of the feathered regions of the bodies of birds

to which I give the name of feather-tracts (pteryle, Federnfluren), of

proving that these, new and surprising as they may appear to many on the

first glance at my figures, really furnish equally significant and important

characters for the certain and natural discrimination of the families of

birds.

Professor Newton (‘ Dict. Birds,’ Introd. p. 63, note 1) says that

the only men before Nitzsch’s time who seem to have noticed

feather-tracts were the great John Hunter and the accurate

1903.] FEATHER-TRACTS IN BIRDS. 293

Macartney. The observations of the latter were published in 1819

(Rees’s Cyclopedia, article Feathers) :—

Although the common feathers cover the whole body, they do not

grow from every part of the skin; they are thickest upon the shoulders and

loins, along the underpart of the neck and breast, and do not exist upon

the lateral lines of the neck or breast, or about the umbilicus. This

arrangement, and their being directed downwards and backwards, allows

them to cover the body more neatly, and to remain unruffled during the

motions of the bird.

The observations of Hunter appeared first in Owen’s ‘ Catalogue

of the College of Surgeons’ (vol. iii. pt. ii. p. 311), dated 1836 :—

Although the feathers of birds appear to be an entire and uniform

covering, they do not arise equally from every part of the body, but only

from such parts of the skin as are least liable to be attected by the motion

of the contiguous parts, such as the motion of the limbs.

Hunter, however, seems to have done something more, and to

have discriminated the feather-tracts, for, on the page quoted

above, we read :—

To these groups or thickets of feathers I shall give particular names,

taken from their situation.

It is, of course, only a coincidence that Hunter used the terms

“thickets of feathers,” and that Nitzsch, in his Essay, ‘ Pterylo-

graphie Avium, Pars prior, 1833, chose a very similar name,

pteryle, which Prof. Newton has translated “ feather-forests.” It

may perhaps be of service to record the fact.

If the date of Hunter’s observations be taken at about 1785, in

which year he built his Museum, an earlier notice of the feather-

tracts exists by at least twenty years. This occurs in the treatise

by Linnzus, ‘ Fundamenta Ornithologica,’ presented at Upsala by

A. P. Beckmann, May 4, 1765 (Ameenitates Acad. vii.). Premising

that the feathers are arranged in the form of a quincunx, the

author proceeds :—_

Nuda vero cutis est (h. e. pennarum gwincwnce non perforata aut tecta)

utrinque ad colli latera, a capite interscapulium versus, et ab axillis per

latera pectoris ad inguina usque, atque per femora postica, remotis integu-

mentis, videnda.

This is as clear as language can make it. If, however, any

doubt could exist, this would be at once removed by reference to

the plate (see text-fig. 49, p. 294), where, in a schematic bird, the

contour-feathers are arranged in quincunces, and there the bare

space running from the neck to the femur is connected with that on

the opposite side by the naked patch in the interscapular region.

The naked spaces, as figured, would, if looked at from above, form

a quincunx ; and the text recalls a passage in the ‘Garden of

Cyrus,’ where Browne writes of the quincuncial arrangement in

the “feathery plantation about birds.” Although the primary

reference by Browne is to the papille in the feather-tracts, I suggest

(and in this I am glad to have the support of Mr. Southwell)

294 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [Apr. 21,

that the passage alluded to shows that Sir Thomas Browne was fully

aware of the distribution of the feathers in well-defined regions,

and that these differed in position and extent in different birds.

Moreover, I believe the passage in the ‘ Ameenitates’ shows

that Linneus knew of Browne’s work. Besides the reference to

the quincunx already quoted, there is yet another—“ Penne que

Text-fig. 49.

ey wey \

wh Mo

Topographical diagram ae feather-tracts and bare spaces in schematic bird.

(Reduced from ‘ Amcenitates Academice,’ vii. tab. i. fig. A.)

(preter alas et caudam) reliquum corpus servant, In guincuncem

digestee sunt”; and his phrase ‘‘ mirando nunquam satis artificio,

quod in Colymbi presertim corio, alutariorum arte preeparato .

est conspicuum,” 1s strangely reminiscent of the note of the famous

Norfolk naturalist : ‘“‘ Elegantly conspicuous on the inside of the

stripped skins of the dive-fowl.”

On some Mammals collected by Capt. H. N. Dunn,

R.A.M.C., in the Soudan. By O.pFietp THomas,

F.R.S.

[Received March 11, 1903.]

The National Museum owes to Capt. H. N. Dunn a collection

of Mammals, mostly small, made by him in the Egyptian Soudan

in the course of 1902. Among these no less than five prove to

need new names, thus showing how much still remains to be done

1903. ] MAMMALS FROM THE SOUDAN. 295

in studying the mammals of this interesting region; and it is

hoped that other officers will follow Capt. Dunn’s example.

The localities at which collections were made are mostly rather

to the southward of Khartoum, the majority of them being in

Kordofan, a province hitherto almost entirely unrepresented in

our collections.

Besides the earlier writings of Sundevall ‘ and Heuglin * on the

Mammals of this region, reference may be made to a paper by

Mr. de Winton on a collection from Shendy*, to the north of

Khartoum, to the same author’s work* in conjunction with the late

Dr. J. Anderson on the Mammals of Egypt generally, and to a

small paper’ of my own on Mr. Hawker’s collection from the

Fashoda region of the Nile.

1. RovsErrus stRAMINEUS Geoff.

4. $. Khartoum. 15 August, 1902.

2. HIPPOSIDERUS CAFFER Sund.

5. o. El Obeid, Kordofan. 22 October, 1902.

H. caffer had already been recorded from this region by

Temminck °,

3. MEGADERMA FRONS Geoff.

9. Wad Medina, Blue Nile. 21 September, 1902.

4, TAPHOZOUS PERFORATUS Geoff.

1,2,38. 6992. Khartoum. 28 June, 1902.

5. CANIS ANTHUS SOUDANICUS, subsp. n.

60. @. El Obeid. 2 October, 1902. (B.M. No. 3.2.8.8.)

Type.

119. Habessa Wells, W. Kordofan. 7 December, 1902.

The eastern representative of the Senegal C. anthus F. Cuv.

Closely allied to the typical form, but paler and with markedly

smaller teeth.

General characters as in true C. anthus. Colour rather paler,

a clear sandy buff. Hairs of back and of tail broadly tipped with

black. Skull, as may be gathered from the measurements below,

smaller and more delicate.

Dimensions of the type :—

sate and body 650 mm.; tail 230; hind foot (s. u.) 137; ear

Skull: basal length 136; zygomatic breadth 78; length of

1 “Om Professor J. Hedenborgs insamlingar af Diggdjur i Nordostra Africa,”

K. Vet.-Ak. Handl. 1842, p. 189.

2 Reise N.O.-Afrika, ii., 1877.

3 Nov. Zool. viii. p. 397 (1901).

4 Anderson & de Winton, ‘Mamm. Egypt,’ 1902.

5 Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) viil. p. 273 (1901).

6 Fide Anderson, ‘Mamm. Egypt,’ p. 102.

296 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [ Apr. 21,

nasals (diagonally) 49; interorbital breadth 26; breadth across

postorbital processes 37; breadth of brain-case 49°5; palate,

length 72°5; breadth between outer corners of p.* 44.

Teeth: length of p.* 9-6, of p.* (on outer edge) 14:2, of m.* 11,

of m.1 and m.”* combined 16°8; breadth of m.* 14, of m. 10.

(Below), length p., 8°7, of p., 10, of m., 17°3, m., 81.

Hab. and type as given above.

This is the Jackal figured by Cretzschmar’* from Riippell’s

specimen as C. anthus, but is clearly at least subspecifically

different from that animal. Mr. de Winton has recently shown ?

that none of the earlier names of Hemprich and Ehrenberg or

other authors apply to this form, and I therefore venture to bestow

one on it.

6. VULPES VULPES ZGYPTIACA Sonn.

40. 9. Khartoum. 4 September, 1902.

7. VULPES PALLIDA Cretzschm.

8. ¢ (young). Wad Medina, Blue Nile. 18 September, 1902.

8. IcroNyX FRENATA Sund.

118. ¢. Gebel Haraza, W. Kordofan. 6 December, 1902.

The rediscovery of this species is of interest, as there has always

been some doubt whether it was or was not the same as the more

northern J. lybica. It proves to be readily distinguishable by its

smaller size, by certain differences in its body pattern, and,

especially, by the absence of the black ends to the caudal hairs.

9. DipopDILLUs stiGMoNYyx Heugl.

5. 2. Khartoum. 19 August, 1902.

A topotype of the species. As already noted °, the specimen in

the Stuttgart Museum marked Meriones stigmonyx does not agree

with Heuglin’s description of this animal, and is more like that of

his If. dongolanus.

It is to be observed that the present Gerbille and the next one

are so extremely alike, that it is almost impossible to distinguish

them apart except by an examination of the soles and skulls.

There is, however, a darker median area (“‘ Scheitel und Riicken-

mitte satter gefirbt”) in the Dipodillus not present in the

Gerbillws, and this confirms my previous allocation of the name,

which in any case having once been made should be adhered to.

10. GERBILLUS AGAG, sp. n.

96. g. Agageh Wells, W. Kordofan. 17 November, 1902.

(B.M. No. 3.2.8.11.) Type.

A small species of true hairy-footed Gerbillus, with compara-

tively short tail.

1 Atl. Riipp. Reise Mamm. pl. 17 (1826).

2 Anderson & de Winton, Mamm. Egypt, p. 218 (1902).

3 Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) vii. p. 276 (1901).

1903. | MAMMALS FROM THE SOUDAN. 297

Size small, and feet short. General colow above soft sandy

buff, slightly lined on the back with the dark tips to the hairs, but

without any marked darker dorsalarea. Along the back the bases

of the hairs are plumbeous, but laterally, still within the sandy area,

the hairsare broadly ringed with white subterminally, though this

colour does not show on the surface. Under surface pure sharply

defined white as usual. Cheeks, a prominent patch above and

behind each eye, and another behind the ear white. Whole of

fore limb white, hind limb with a sandy line down its outer side,

the inner side and whole of feet snowy white; palms and soles

thickly hairy. Tail short for this group, pale sandy above,

darkening towards the pencilled end; white below.

Skull unfortunately broken in the single specimen. Molars

markedly smaller and lighter than in the common Soudanese

G. pygargus.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 87 mm.; tail 100; hind foot (s. u.) 24; ear 11.

Length of upper molar series 3°7.

Hab. and type as given above.

This little Gerbille is distinguished from its neighbour

G. pygargus by its smaller size and shorter tail. Its close resem-

blance to Dipodillus stigmonyx has already been noted.

11. ARVICANTHIS DUNNI, sp. n.

103. ¢. Kaga Hills, W. Kordofan (about 120 miles W. of El

Obeid). 20 November, 1902.

“ Dug out of reddish sandy cultivation soil, from among the

natives’ crops of dukhan.”—H. 1. D.

A many-striped species of the A. barbarus group; allied to

A, zebra, but smaller, paler, and with the ight and dark stripes less

contrasted.

Size small, the smallest of the group. General pale ground-

colour buff, the lateral darker stripes brown instead of black.

Head coarsely grizzled buffy and brown. Central dorsal stripe

beginning on the crown, very narrow, blackish, but not so deep a

black as in A. zebra; outside this there are on each side five

uninterrupted buffy stripes, separated from each other by broad

brown bands, each of which is divided down the centre into two

by an interrupted band of light, an arrangement essentially as in the

other species. The light spaces are throughout clear buff, and the

dark lines brown, a clear buffy line passing along below the outer-

most dark line and edging the pure white of the belly. In 4. zebra

the outer lines at least are white, only those near the spine being

buffy. Eye-ring buffy. Ears dull ochraceous, without darker

marking. Arms and legs pale buffy, becoming white on the

fingers and toes. ‘Tail well-haired ; dull ochraceous above, with a

narrow and inconspicuous mesial line of black ; whitish below.

Skull conspicuously smaller than in 4. zebra and the other

species of the group, with rather larger bull ; incisors narrower,

but molars rather larger in proportion.

298 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON [Apr. 21,

Dimensions of the type :—.

Head and body 90 mm.; tail 70; hind foot (s. u.) 23; ear 14.

Skull—ereatest length 28 ; basilar length 22 ; zygomatic breadth

13; nasals 10x 3:4; interorbital breadth 4:4; breadth of brain-

case 12; palate, length 12-2; diastema 6°7 ; palatal foramina 5°6 ;

length of upper molar series 4°9.

Type. Old male. B.M. No. 3.2.8.15. One specimen only.

A Fashoda striped rat presented by Mr. R. M. Hawker in

1901 being identified as Arvicanthis zebra, the present species

may be readily distinguished from it by its much smaller size

and more buffy coloration.

Capt. Dunn tells me that this rat was very common in the

cultivated fields of the natives, burrowing in their crops of dukhan.

It is a very handsome and distinct species, and I have much

pleasure in connecting his name with it.

12. AcCoMYS WITHERBYI de Wint.

73. 3. Katul Hills. 30 October.

13, LEGGADA TENELLA, sp. 0.

7. Old 2. Roseres, Blue Nile. 14 September, 1902. (B. M.

IN@s Bee) | Wgyae.

‘Found in burrows in cornfield ; had 7 young in the womb.”—

IND.

A very small species of the Z. minutoides group.

General colour of cheeks and sides a clear sandy or ochraceous

buff, with a distinct darker median dorsal area, commencing as a

narrow well-defined line on the nose, broadening on the crown,

and extending, though less sharply defined, all down the back,

and dying away on the rump. Under surface pure sharply

defined white. No lighter markings round eyes. Ears small,

evenly rounded, grey, their edges faintly whiter; a large and

prominent white patch behind and below their posterior bases.

Fore limbs wholly white; hind limbs with a narrow line of the

body-colour continued down on the hinder side to the heel, other-

wise white. Tail about as long as the body without the head,

brown above, inconspicuously lighter below.

Skull smaller and narrower than in the Cape Z. minutordes,

with square and well-defined supraorbital edges. Palatal foramina

ending level with the anterior fourth of m.’. Posterior palate

elongated, its hinder edge about equidistant from the last molars

and the front of the bulle.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 50 mm.; tail 35; hind foot 11:5; ear 9.

Skull: greatest length 17:2; basilar length 14; zygomatic

breadth 9; nasals, length 6°3 ; interorbital breadth 3; brain-case, -

breadth 7:5; palate, length 9:3; palatal foramina 4-0; diastema

5:0; length of upper molar series 3:0.

Hab. and type as given above.

1903. | MAMMALS FROM THE SOUDAN. 299

This beautiful little species is readily characterised by its strong

sandy colour, the marked dorsal darkening, and elongated palate.

14, JACULUS GORDONI, sp. 2.

85. 9. Gebel Agageh, W. Kordofan. 12 November, 1902.

104. 105. oo. Kaga Hills, W. Kordofan. 20 November,

1902.

106, g¢. Gebel um Durragh, W. Kordofan. 25 November,

1902.

Allied to J. jaculus Linn., but larger and differently coloured,

and with longer ears.

Size rather greater and build stouter than in J. jaculus.

General colour above, as compared to the yellowish “ buff” of

J. jaculus, darker, and nearly approaching to “ vinaceous buff ”

of Ridgway. Laterally, the dark colour seems to pass rather

sooner into the pure white of the under surface. White markings

more extended than in J. jaculus, the cheek, supraorbital, and

postauricular white patches all large. White hip-stripe large,

weakened in colour by a faint buffy or brownish sprinkling. Fore

limbs wholly white. Hinder aspect of thighs like back. Fine hairs

of feet silvery white, the terminal half of the long digital haus

sandy. Tail of the usual pattern, its basal portion isabelline buffy

above; black subterminal band rather over an inch in length;

white tip 3-2 in.; longest hairs at end of tail 16-17 mm. in

length.

Skull shaped quite as in J. jaculus, but larger and heavier

throughout.

Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—

Head and body 120 mm. ; tail 200 ; hind foot (s.u.) 63; ear 25.

Skull: greatest length in middle line 34; basilar length 2775;

zygomatic breadth 24; tympanic breadth 2477; length of nasals

on outer edge 12°5; interorbital breadth 12°8; interparietal

5-7 x87; palate, length 17°3; palatal foramina 47; diastema

9:6 ; length of upper molar series 5:1.

Hab. (of type). Kaga Hills, W. Kordofan. Also oceurring at

Omdurman.

Type. Old male. B.M. No. 3.2.8.16. Oviginal number 104.

This Jerboa, which I have named in memory of the famous

General Gordon, differs decidedly from the ordinary Egyptian

J. jaculus by its larger size and different colour. The Museum

had previously received a specimen of it from Omdurman,

collected by Mr. W. L. 8. Loat, but as that was young and without

skull, it could not be described.

The only other species which need be referred to is Dipus

microtis Reichenow ' from “Samar, in Nord-ostafrica.” That was

founded on a young specimen, but the description of its teeth

shows that it was sufticiently adult not to be the young of the

present form, than which it is very much smaller (‘ Lauflinge

1 Zool. Anz, x. p. 369 (1887).

300 ON MAMMALS FROM THE SOUDAN. [ Apr. 21,

35 mm.”), with shorter ears, and with the remarkable character

(if not due to accident) of having no white at the end of its tail.

15. Lepus aruroricus H. & EK.

6. g. Shendy. 1 September, 1902.

92.93.94.97. 65622. Agageh, Kordofan. November 1902.

39. S. Wad Medina, Blue Nile.

16. Procavia RuFIcErS H. & EH.

77. 6. Kaga Hills, Kordofan. 2 November, 1902.

78.79.80.83.88. Agageh Hills. November.

17. ORYX ALGAZEL DAMMAH Cretzschin.

¢. Kordofan.

Practically a topotype of the subspecies.

When the ‘Book of Antelopes’ was published, owing to the

predilection of the senior author for ‘‘ well-established” names,

the term lewcoryx was used for the species to which Lichtenstein

erroneously transferred that name, while the true leucoryx of the

Persian Gulf was called by Gray’s name beatriz. ‘To put matters

more in accordance with modern ideas on nomenclature, the

Scimitar Oryx should bear the name algazel Oken; but as that

name was founded on Cuvier’s figure of a Senegal specimen, and

it is practically certain that the Eastern Soudanese form is at

least. subspecifically distinct from the Western, a second name is

required, and this we find in the “ Antilope dammah” of Riippell

and Cretzschmar. A. dammah was erroneously identified by

Riippell, and following him by Sclater and myself, with the Beisa,

but by its locality (‘die grossen Steppen von Haraza ”) is clearly

shown to be the Scimitar Oryx. This is fortunate, as the name

dammah, being earlier than beisa, would have had to be used in

the latter’s place had Riippell’s identification been correct, but

now the Beisa is left with its familiar name unaltered.

Briefly put, the nomenclature 1s as follows :—

Scimitar Oryx.

ORYX ALGAZEL Oken.

O. leucoryax of authors generally, not of Pallas.

Western form :—

Cemas algazel Oken, Lehrb. Nat. ii. pt. 1. p. 741 (1816);

ex L’Algazelle, F. Cuv. H. N. Mamm. 1. pl. 376 (1819).

(Senegal. )

Eastern form :—

Antilope dammah Cretzschm. Atl. Riipp. Reise, Mamm.

p- 22 (footnote), 1826. (Haraza, Kordofan.)

White Oryx.

Oryx LEUCORYX Pall.

Antilope lewcoryx Pall. Spice. Zool. xii. p. 17 (1777).

Oryx beatriz Gray, P. Z.8. 1857, p. 157, and of authors

generally.

TE 4eS SOS Voll 1 PN DOKI,

Ca >

ty VA oN 15

. ‘

ae eee =

SI 14 rave a8 Ya Se

oe Br

VOI an,

an setae ehh

Ene

er ea

Bale & Danielsson L™ lith.

POLYCLADS FROM THE STRAITS OF MALACCA

1903.] ON THE POLYCLADS OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 301

18. GAZELLA RUFICOLLIS H. & E.

61. ¢. Gebel Tueis, 90 miles E. of Omdurman. 9 October,

1902.

This fine Gazelle is a most acceptable addition to the National

Collection, in which the species is still badly represented.

19, GAZELLA RUFIFRONS Gray.

3$ 2. Agageh Wells, Kordofan. November 1902.

Capt. Dunn tells me that this Gazelle does not range beyond

about 50 miles to the northward of El Obeid.

3. On a Collection of Turbellaria Polycladida from the Straits

of Malacca. (Skeat Expedition, 1899-1900.) By F.F.

Laipiaw, B.A. Cantab., Assistant Lecturer and Demon-

strator in the Owens College.!

[ Received March 19, 1903. ]

> (Plate XXIII. & Text-figures 50-56.)

The collection described below was made entirely by Mr. Evans

on the shores of a small islet called Pulau Bidan, a few miles north

of Penang. It proves a most interesting one, and includes, so far

as I can discover, only one previously known species, Thysanozoon

auropunctatum Coll.

As in deseribing Mr. Gardiner’s collection from the Maldives

[4], I have to note the scarcity or absence of the Euryleptide,

represented doubtfully only by a much damaged fragment in

Mr. Evans’s series,

The only previous record of species from the shores of the

Malay Peninsula that I have been able to discover was made by

Collingwood, who described and figured the following species from

Singapore :—

Thysanozoon allmani. Hurylepia kelaartii.

Proceros hancockianus. | Elasmodes obtusum.

ss buskit. | Leptoplana aurantiaca.

Sphyngiceps lacteus.

Grouping these specimens with those of the Skeat Collection and

adding Pseudoceros bedfordii from Singapore, kindly given me by

Mr. Lanchester, we get the following list classified according to

Lang’s system [6] :—

Acotylea.

PLANOCERIDA.

* Planocera sp.

1.* WNotoplana evansit, sp. n.

1 Communicated by Dr. S. F. Harmer, F.Z.S.

2 For explanation of the Plate, see p. 318.

302 MR. F. F, LAIDLAW ON THE [ Apr. 21,

Acotylea (con.).

LEPTOPLANIDE.

2.* Semonia penangensis, sp. Nn.

3.* Leptoplana malayana, sp. n.

as obtuswm (Coll.).

CRYPTOCELIDIDA.

5.* Bergendalia anomala.

LATOCESTIDA.

6.* Latocestus argus.

Cotylea.

PSEUDOCERID&.

7. Thysanozoon allman.

Cee a auropunctatum.

9. Pseudoceros hancockianus (Coll.).

10. a6 buskit (Coll.).

Wil. - kelaartvi (Coll.).

1A. i bedfordit, sp. n.

a" ws collingwoodi, sp. n.

14.* Pseudoceros ? rubellus, sp. n.

DrpPostHIDz.

15.* Asthenoceros woodworthi, sp. n.

PROSTHIOSTOMID&.

16.* Prosthiostomum pallidum, sp. v.

if 3 aurantiacum (Coll.).

Species marked with an asterisk were collected by Mr. Evans.

In this communication I have not ventured to give an account

of the anatomy of any of the species, contained in the collection,

which can be regarded as being at all complete. Such an account

would have expanded the paper beyond limits reasonable in a

systematic description. I have attempted only to give such a

diagnosis of each species as shall render its future identification a

matter of tolerable certainty, and to call attention to any of the

more striking features which presented themselves.

Family PLANOCERIDA.

PuaNnoceRA sp. (Plate XXIII. fig. 1.)

A fragment of tissue of which I made microscopic sections

proves to belong to a species of this genus, but being only a

fragment I will not attempt to describe or name it, though it is

obviously new. The section passes through the penis and prostate,

and the spines lining the lumen of the former are of such a remark-

able character that I venture to figure one of them, in the hope

that a perfect example may be obtained ere long. The length of

each spine is roughly ‘08 mm., its breadth at the base ‘02 mm.

NoroPLana, gen. nov.

NovoPLANA EVANSII, sp.n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 2.)

A number of specimens belonging to this species were taken by

1903. ] POLYCLADS OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 303

Mr. Evans on the shores of the island of Pulau Bidan, where it is

evidently one of the commoner species.

The body of this worm is rather elongated, rounded in front

and with a pointed hinder extremity. The arrangement of its

eye-spots is shown in the accompanying figure (text-fig. 50).

Text-fig. 50.

€ . s ee

aiiey CG) oa

. e « ote 5

ere, 2° .

« « e +A

* e “6 oe o @e

€ ee » © @ “s

e « ®

° °

Cyt ©

e « e i

« e

e e

Eye-spots of Notoplana evansii.

Unfortunately I have no notes as to colour, but, judging from the

spirit-specimens, the creature is probably of a yellowish-grey

colour, with a small number of irregularly scattered black spots.

The gut-branches are numerous, and there is no anastomosis.

The dimensions of an average individual are as follows :—

Iya t Ae edbacoucon an ohenonemarn ac ghas do 25 mm.

BCG 2 retrace tite. sectors stelatstteioe cielo gee Laat,

Tentacles from ant. margin............ ens;

Mouth-opening ok ne weno. EP ak},

d. Aperture behind mouth ......... BD) 45

Oe - behind male ............ TED: 555

Genital Apparatus (see text-fig. 51, 304).

The most striking features of the male copulatory apparatus

ave the great length of the antral chamber and the chambered

prostate organ, the latter recalling the prostate of certain

Leptoplanas, e. g. Z. aleinoi. From the male aperture the antral

cavity (text-fig. 51, a.m.) extends forwards as far as the level of the

hinder end of the pharynx. It has very muscular walls and runs

sloping in an upward direction. Lang, in his diagram of the

genital apparatus of Hoploplana (Planocera insignis group [6}),

calls this chamber the penis-sheath (‘‘ Penisscheide), but this term

should, I think, be reserved for the sheath-like folds of the walls

of the antral chamber occurring in Cestoplana and in certain

Cotylean genera.

The lining of the walls of the antral chamber in the present

species consists of a flattened ciliated (?) epithelium ; the muscular

wall consists of a thick layer of interlacing circular fibres.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1893, Vor. I. No. XX. 20

304 MR. F. F, LAIDLAW ON THE [ Apr. 21,

The penis (p.) itself is small and projects into the antral chamber

at the upper anterior end of the latter.

The penis is a fleshy organ, composed of longitudinal and

circular fibres which exhibit numerous nuclei (see Plate XXIII.

fig. 2). It is armed with a chitinous stylet.

The base of the penis is entered by the short ductus ejaculatorius

(d.e.) which leads to the prostate region. It turns shortly after

leaving the penis and runs in a backward direction, so that a

Text-fig. 51.

Male organs of Notoplana evansii.

For explanation of lettering, see p. 318.

transverse section passing through the penis passed also through

the prostate (see Pl. XXIII. fig. 2 and also text-fig. 51). |

The prostate consists of a number, some nine in all, of small

chambers (pr.c.) which lie about the ductus ejaculatorius and

open into it at their distal ends. The ductus, elsewhere with

muscular walls, here is lined only with’a very flattened epithelium,

outside which lies a second layer of similar cells belonging to the

1903. ] POLYCLADS OF THE ‘‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 305

inner walls of the prostate chambers. Between each of these

chambers a fine double septum runs out from this inner wall (Plate

XXIII. fig. 2, s.). The prostate cells stain very feebly, and the

lumen of each chamber is well defined, and contains in most cases

a certain amount of secreted matter. Outside the chambers is a

fairly thick layer of circular muscle-fibres, and, beyond these, an

ill-defined layer of cells which appear to be glandular. Here

and there are faint indications of processes from these outer

glandular cells, piercing the muscle-layer of the prostate organ.

This muscle-layer is also traversed by processes from the septa of the

chambers. There is no longitudinal muscle-coat to the prostate.

Towards the level where the prostate-chambers open into the

ductus ejaculatorius, some of them open into each other, so that

the number of chambers seen in cross-section is reduced to four

or five.

On the proximal, hinder, side of the prostate, the ductus is

continued back into the vesicula seminalis (v.s.), which is long and

contorted. It is lined with a ciliated epithelium, and its walls are

composed of regularly arranged circular muscle-fibres. At its

extreme hinder end it turns sharply forward and ends blindly.

Just before it takes this turn forward, the two vasa deferentia

open into it, one on either side, after piercing through its

muscular wall.

There is a spacious antrum femininum surrounded by the large

shell-glands, the secretions of which it receives. The vagina leaves

the antrum dorsally, and runs forward for the first part of its

course through the shell-glands, the secretion of which it also

receives. It then turns first dorsalwards and then backwards,

acquiring in its course a fine wall of circular muscle-fibres. After

running back for a short distance, it receives the short common

duct from the two uteri. It then continues to run back as far as

the level of the antrum femininum, where it ends blindly.

It is evident that this species is closely allied to von Plehn’s

Plagiotata promiscua [7]; in fact, the terminal parts of the male

apparatus in the two species have almost identically the same

structure,

It differs from von Plehn’s speciesin having the pharynx of the

normal type, not elongated transversely. This character is of

sufticient importance to justify the placing of these species in two

separate genera. In addition Wotoplana is characterised by

differences in the female apparatus, and by the great length of

the antral chamber of the male organ.

The genus Votoplana may be defined, then, as follows :-—

A Planoceroid genus with styliform penis and without a bursa

copulatrix. The male antral chamber is very long; there is a

complicated prostatic organ consisting of several chambers lying

around the ductus ejaculatorius in front of the vesicula seminalis.

The latter is long and twisted. Body rather elongate, without

marginal eyes ; mouth-opening rather behind the middle ; pharynx

normal ; gut-branches numerous, without anastomosis.

20*

306 MR. F. F, LAIDLAW ON THE [ Apr. 21,

Family LepropLaNip&.

LEPTOPLANA MALAYANA, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 3.)

A number of specimens; some, preserved in formol, are of a

uniform greyish-brown,

Length, about......... 30 mm.

Kiyes, abouthnceese a. 8 ,, from the anterior end.

Mouth-opening, about 15 a i

3 aperture, about ...10 ,, from the hinder end.

2 i ws ey Le eetromepnialle:

The arrangement of the eye-spots is that usual in the genus:

there are two small clusters of ‘ tentacle-eyes” about 1°5 mm.

apart, and in front of these are a few scattered spots on either side

of the middle line.

This species is closely allied to Z. pacificola von Plehn [7].

Genital Apparatus (see text-fig. 52).

The vasa deferentia (v.d.) open into the proximal (anterior) end

of the vesicula seminalis (v.s.); the latter, of considerable length

and much twisted, is lined with ciliated epithelium, and has thick

Text-fig. 52.

Genital apparatus of Leptoplana malayana.

a,f., antrum femininum ; acc.ves., accessory vesicle; sh.gl., shell-glands ;

u.t., uterine duct; v.d., vasa deferentia. For other letters see p. 318.

muscular walls made up of circular fibres. At its distal end the

vesicula narrows into the ductus ejaculatorius (d.e.), which is

shorter, but, like the vesicula, much twisted. Its walls are like

those of the vesicula, but it is much narrower and has a less well-

developed muscle-layer. The penis is small, fleshy, and unarmed,

and projects into the large antral chamber, which has thick mus-

cular walls and extends vertically upwards almost to the level of

the dorsal body-wall muscles. (See Plate XXIII. fig. 3.)

The female opening lies close behind the male, and leads into a

moderately large antral chamber (a.f.) with muscular walls. Into

this the vagina opens from above. This latter organ isa long and

tortuous duct of varying diameter; the shell-glands (sh.gl.) open

into it through nearly its whole length. At its hinder end, near

1903. ] POLYCLADS OF THE “‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 307

the point where the uteri open into it, the muscular walls, which

are elsewhere feebly developed along its course, become thicker,

but not very markedly so (cf. LZ. californica von Plehn). The

two uteri (wé.) unite as they enter it from below, and behind them

there is a very small accessory vesicle (ace.ves.) with muscular

walls.

The genus Leptoplana, as at present constituted, contains a

considerable number of species, many of them only referred by

Lang with doubt to the genus. In the majority of the species,

the anatomy of which has been investigated by means of serial

sections, the genital apparatus presents the following characters :—

The penis is directed backwards. The vasa deferentia open

into a muscular vesicula seminalis ; from this the ductus ejacula-

torius runs backwards to open into a prostate organ, which may be

chambered ; leaving this, the duct runs back into the penis,

which may be armed with a chitinous stylet.

The vagina runs back from the antrum femininum, receives the

secretion of the shell-glands, and further back the two uteri open

into it ventrally, usually by a common duct. An accessory vesicle

is generally present. The most familiar species of the genus, Z.

tremellaris, differs from the majority of species in the structure of

its male apparatus sufficiently to permit us to put it on one side

to form of itself a section of the genus further characterised by

the possession of a ventral sucker between the genital openings.

Another species, Z. swbviridis von Plehn [8] (=Z. pardalis mihi

[4]), approaches Discocelis tigrina in the structure of its female

organs, and accordingly we may put this species also in a section

apart.

The remaining species I have attempted to classify below, so far

as is at present possible, according to the structure of the penis

and prostate. I trust that I will not be thought to have laid too

much stress on the structure of these organs in dealing with this or

other genera. It seems to me that, of all the characters that

present themselves for classifying this order of Turbellaria, these

are the most useful, and that they are as reliable as any of the

other characters employed for this purpose, such as structure of

the pharynx, number and arrangement of eye-spots, presence or

absence of tentacles, &e. &e.

I propose, then, to group the species in two sections, A, and B,

so far as our knowledge of their anatomy permits:

A. Penis provided with a stylet.

(a) Prostate complicated by radially arranged ‘“ Drusen-

kaniile.”

1. L. kukenthali v. Plehn. Spitzbergen [7].

(6) Prostate divided into chambers lying parallel to the

ductus ejaculatorius.

L. vitrea Lang. Mediterranean ret

wo bo

. L. aleinoi Schmidt. 6].

308 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON THE (Apr. 21,

4. L. panamensis v. Plehn. Gulf of Panama [7].

5. L. californica v. Plehn. California, Chatham Is. [11]

6. LZ. nationalis v. Plehn. Ascension Is. [8].

The following also belong to section A, but their position in

the section cannot be determined without information as to the

prostate characters.

L. variabilis Giard. |

L. ellipsoides Vervill. New England [13].

L. virilis Verrill.

L. drebachensis Oersted. | Norway [6].

L. fallax (de Quatvefages) [6] should perhaps form a separate

section of the genus on account of the great_length of its stylet.

It occurs on the south side of the English Channel.

B. Penis unarmed.

a. Prostate chambered.

7. L. chierche von Plehn. Callao [7].

(3. Prostate not chambered.

8. L. pallida (de Quatrefages). Mediterranean [6].

9. sp. (unnamed). Maldives [4].

y. No definite prostate.

10. Z. pacificola von Plehn. Valparaiso [7].

ll. LZ. malayana, sp. n. Straits of Malacca.

Belonging to this section but of uncertain position in it is

L. angust Vervill [13] from New England. JL. lacteoalba Vervill

[14] is insufficiently characterised, but said to be like L. pallida.

SEMONIA PENANGENSIS, Sp. 0.

Two specimens from Pulau Bidan. No note available as to

colour. This interesting species agrees fairly closely with the

only other species of the genus at present known, viz., S. macu-

lata von Plehn, from Java [7]. It is, however, readily distinguished

from that species by its external characters, the arrangement of

the eye-spots being obviously very different and showing some

approximation to the condition found in Discocelis tigrina (see

text-fig. 53, p. 309). |

The dimensions of the larger specimen are as follows :—

Total length, about ...... 22 mm.

Bread thwaboutperrssere.cr. INS

Mouth-opening, about ... 9 ,, from the hind end.

Genital aperture ......... 1 ,, behind mouth-opening.

Brainy about mesessceerrreec 4 ,, from the anterior margin.

The marginal eyes extend back for about 8 mm. on either side.

The arrangement of the brain and tentacle-eyes is shown in

text-fig. 53, p. 309.

An important distinction between this species and Semonia

maculata is afforded by the fact that in the latter the testes and

1903. ] POLYCLADS OF THE ‘‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 309

ovaries lie on the dorsal side of the body (see von Plehn [7]),

whilst in the present species the position of the testes is normal.

z.e. on the ventral side.

In one or two respects this species approaches the closely allied

Discocelis tigrina, and is perhaps intermediate between that species

and S. maculata. But the latter species is also certainly closely

allied to Diseocelis, and I am rather surprised to find that von

Plehn has not instituted any comparison between the two genera.

S. penangensis differs from S. maculata, and approaches Discocelis

tigrina, not only in the features already mentioned, viz., the

arrangement of the eye-spots and the position of the testes, but

also in that the uteri unite to enter the vagina by a short common

duct, and in having a very blunt, almost square penis.

Text-fig. 53.

“ Brain-eyes ” of Semonia penangensis.

It differs from Discocelis, and resembles S. maculata, in being

without the characteristic large prostatic cells which occur in the

epithelium of the penis and of the antrum, and without the

remarkable paired structures which run forward from the accessory

vesicle of Discocelis tigrina. Further, like S. maculata, it possesses

a definite vesicula seminalis, which appears to be absent in

Discocelis.

Lastly, S. penangensis is without the curious glandular vesicles

found along the anterior ends of the vasa deferentia in S. maculata;

and the vagina is prolonged, beyond the point where it receives

the openings of the uteri, into a very small accessory vesicle—so

small, in fact, that it almost escaped observation. This may be

due to the fact that the only specimen available for section-cutting

was not quite mature; or more probably, since the uteri were full

of apparently ripe eggs, that this organ is undergoing degeneration.

It is obvious that the distinction “between Discocelis and Semonia

is a very slender one, but still, I think, sufficient to warrant the

retention of the latter as a valid genus. The most important

characters separating the two genera are the absence of a vesicula

seminalis in Discocelis, and the curious horseshoe shi ape of the

accessory vesicle in that genus.

310 MR, F. F. LAIDLAW ON THE [ Apr. 21,

Family CryPTocELIDID&.

BERGENDALIA ANOMALA, gen. et sp. nov. (Plate XXIII. figs. 4,

5, 6, a 8.)

A most remarkable and interesting form, probably allied to

the anomalous genera Cryptocelides and Polypostia, described by

Bergendal [1], and provisionally referred to the same family with

them.

The structure of the female terminal ducts is, so far as I know,

unique, and approached only by the species referred to Z’rigono-

porus and Polyporus (see von Plehn [11)}).

Only a single specimen was obtained. It is rather a large

form, with a total length of about 60 mm. and breadth about

27 mm. The mouth-opening is some 15 mm. from the hind end,

and the genital pores lie halfway between these two points.

The margin of the body is complete, surrounded by a continuous

rather dense row of eye-spots. There are none of these, apparently,

over the brain. Hine

Colour in the spirit-specimen uniformly greyish white (see

Pl. XXIII. fig. 8). The specimen appears to be in an early

stage of sexual maturity, since no trace of ovaries or testes can be

discovered.

The pharynx is large and much folded, the gut-branches are

numerous and anastomose freely.

The cells of the epidermis are elongated, especially on the dorsal

surface. True rhabdites are absent, but in place of them the

epidermal cells are crowded with pseudorhabdites which are of a

coarsely granular texture, faintly stained and columnar in shape.

In my sections (stained with Grenacher’s hematoxylin) certain

gland-cells lying within the muscle-layers of the body-wall,

especially on the ventral side, are deeply stained ; from these cells

run processes which pierce the muscle-layers and basement-

membrane, and make their way to the surface through the

epidermal cells. These deeply-lying gland-cellsand their processes

have rather a spongy appearance, due to their preservation not

being quite perfect.

Genital Organs (text-fig. 54, p. 311).

The penis (p.) is a small fleshy organ composed of nucleated

longitudinal fibres (Pl. XXIII. fig. 4). Its outer side is lined with

cells continuous with those lining the antrum masculinum, but

whereas the latter are ciliated, those covering the penis are non-

ciliated. The base of the penis is pierced by a duct running

nearly vertically upwards. Immediately after leaving the penis

this is joined by two small ducts—the vasa deferentia (v.d.)—

which run forward on either side of the middle line. In one of

them, at the level of the hinder end of the pharynx, there is a

slight dilatation containing spermatozoa.

The vesicula (pr.) lying above the penis is small. Its wall

1903.] POLYCLADS OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 311

consists of a very thin layer of circular muscle-fibres, lined with

a cubical epithelium, the nuclei of the cells of which lie close to

the lumen, and which has rather the appearance of an exhausted

secretory tissue. This organ I call the prostate (Pl. XXITT. fig. 4,

pro.). About halfway between the penis and female aperture lies

an organ which bears some resemblance to the penis already

described. This organ constitutes one of the most interesting

features of this anomalous species. It consists of a small pro-

trusible penis-like organ (p.?), about one-third the size of that

first described, lying ina small antrum. It is pierced by a short

duct, which runs into it from a small non-muscular vesicle which

lies immediately above it (p7.?). This small vesicle is of about

- the same size as the prostate. There is no communication, so far

as I can discover, between the duct connecting these structures

and the vasa deferentia (Pl. XXITT. fig. 5).

Text-fig. 54,

Genital apparatus of Bergendalia anomala.

ace., accessory part of vagina; p. ?, penis-like organ; pr. ?, prostate-like organ ;

s., spiral coils of vagina. For other letters, see p. 318.

I can suggest only two explanations of the presence of this

second penis-like organ and its accessories.

Firstly, that it may be regarded as a prostatic structure which

has lost its connection with the penis and developed an intro-

mittent terminal part of itsown. Such a state of affairs is found

in the Cotylean family Diposthiide ; but in that case both penis

and prostate open into a common antrum, and there is what

appears to be a prostate gland in connection with the penis in

Bergendalia, a fact which makes strongly against this view.

The second possible explanation is that the organs under dis-

cussion are the vestiges of asecond penis. The fact that they bear

a close resemblance to the functional penis tends to support this

view, as does also, I think, a comparison with Cryptocelides of

Bergendal [1].

This is the only other Polyclad described, so far as I know, in

which two penial organs lie behind each other on the middle line ;

but, according to Bergendal, they lie behind the female aperture,

and, further, both open intoa common antrum, whilst in some cases

312 MR. F, F, LAIDLAW ON THE al Apri2it,

there may be four or even six penes present. In another genus

presumably allied to this, viz. Polypostia Bergendal [1], the penes

lie in large numbers around the female aperture.

The female apparatus is no less remarkable than that of the male.

The vagina (va.) runs forward for some little distance from the

aperture, then turns upwards. As it does so, it is twisted into

a remarkable spiral coil, making some five complete turns. . It

then runs backwards, narrows considerably, and soon receives the

openings of the two uteri (wt.) on its ventral side. Beyond this

point it is continued back as a narrow accessory vesicle (acc.ves.)

about as far as the level of the female aperture, when it turns

sharply ventralwards and opens to the exterior by the antrum.

The only other Polyclads with which I am acquainted that

possess a secondary female opening are Zrigonoporus of Lang [6]

and Polyporus of von Plehn [11], but in both these cases the

second opening is quite distinct from the primary one (the true

antrum femininum).

The curious spiral twisting of the vagina in the present species

is, so far as I know, unparalleled in the order.

For the first part of its course, 7. ¢. whilst it is running forwards,

the vagina is lined with elongated columnar ciliated cells, the nuclei

of which lie near their bases. Outside this epithelium is a thin layer

of circular muscle-fibres, and beyond these, in my sections, can be

seen a great number of nuclei massed round the vagina, and

probably belonging to gland-cells. Where the vagina turns

dorsalwards and becomes spirally twisted it has narrowed slightly,

but its epithelium retains the characters already mentioned. The

muscle-sheath does not follow the individual folds of the spiral, but

forms a continuous covering for that part of the duct (Pl. XXIII.

fig. 6, m.s.). The rest of the terminal female ducts are precisely

similar in character to the first part of the vagina, only narrower.

There seem to be no special shell-glands present.

The genus may be defined as an Acotylean genus in which behind

the functional penis a small second penial organ occurs. The

accessory vesicle of the female apparatus opens to the exterior

through the antrum femininum. Body pointed at either end.

Marginal eye-spots present ; mouth subcentral.

Family LArocestipa.

LATOCESTUS ARGUS, Sp. n.

Four specimens were collected by Mr. Evans. One of these is

labelled ‘‘ Chocolate-brown above, slightly lighter below.”

The largest specimen has a total length of about 30 mm. and a

breadth of 5mm. The mouth is 2°5 mm. from the hinder end of

the body.

This species is proportionately longer than the other member of

the genus which I have had an opportunity of examining. Its

most striking feature is the presence of a crowded row of eye-

spots running completely round the margin of the body. The

1903. ] POLYCLADS OF THE ‘‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 313

arrangement of the eyes at the anterior end of the body is shown

in text-fig. 55 A and towards the hinder end in 59 B.

The only other elongate form exhibiting this character with

which I am acquainted is Cestoplana ? maldivensis mihi. This is

almost certainly a Latocestus.

Text-fig. 55.

Eye-spots of Latocestus argus.

I can detect no rhabdites in the epidermis. The parenchyma

is very dense, and nervous tissue abundant on the ventral side

just within the body-wall muscles.

The terminal parts of the reproductive apparatus are almost

exactly similar to those figured by von Plehn [7] for Latocestus

paciticus.

314 MR. F. F, LAIDLAW ON THE [Apr. 21,

As in that species, the testes as well as the ovaries lie on the

dorsal side of the body.

THYSANOZOON AUROPUNCTATUM Coll.

Thysanozoon auropunctatum Lang [6]; von Stummer-Traunfels

[13].

One specimen, unfortunately immature and in a poor state of

preservation, although it has retained its colour fairly well.

PSEUDOCEROS BEDFORDI, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 9.)

This strikingly handsome and large species was obtained by

Messrs. Lanchester and Bedford in Singapore Harbour. The

single specimen, kindly given me by Mr. Lanchester, was unfortun-

ately in fragments and fully one-half of the specimen missing, so

that a satisfactory examination was not possible. I believe, how-

ever, that it was provided with a pair of penes. The colouring is

very beautiful, and quite sutticiently marked to render the identifi-

cation of this species in the future a simple matter, thanks to the

careful drawing for which I am indebted to Miss Dust.

On the label accompanying the specimen is written “Singapore

Harbour, from tide-marks to 10 faths.” I venture to associate

with this species the name of my lamented friend the late

Mr. Bedford.

PSEUDOCEROS COLLINGWOODT, sp. nh.

Closely allied to Ps. cerebralis (Kelaart) and Ps. striatus

(Kelaart), but smaller than either. It has the same regular

convolutions at the margin of the body that are shown in

Collingwood’s figures, and the coloration is similar especially to

Ps. cerebralis.

ene thyalboubets...-- 30 mm.

Bread t hirmness cs.) 25

Mouth-opening,about 3 ,, from the anterior margin.

Sucker about ......... 8 ,, behind the mouth.

The specimen isimmature and the penis is unpaired. Colour—

dorsal surface mottled dark brown and brownish white. The

extreme margin is white, but the white rim is exceedingly thin ;

just inside this is an equally fine black line. Ventral surface pale

brownish white, becoming darker towards the margin, which is

edged with black and white just as on the dorsal surface.

PSEUDOCEROS ? RUBELLUS, Sp. n. (Plate XXITI. fig. 10.)

A number of specimens of this very small species were collected.

One of these was “found under a stone between tide-marks. It

was magenta-red in colour. Nov. 1899.” Though very small,

these specimens appear for the most part to be mature. They

bear a close resemblance to Pseudoceros kelaartii (Coll.) in colour,

but the latter species is much larger and has the eye-spots arranged

quite differently. Thearrangement in the present species is shown

1903. | POLYCLADS OF THE ‘“‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 315

in fig. 10 of Plate XXIII. The tentacles also in Collingwood’s

species are much more prominent. The penis is unpaired. The

body is nearly circular and the sucker median. ‘Total length

about 5 mm., breadth 4mm. The arrangement of the eye-spots

is very different from that normally found in Psewdoceros, but I

cannot find any other characters distinguishing if from that genus.

At least two other species of this genus are represented in the

collection. One of these is a very small individual of the

P. superbus-group (perhaps P. hancockianus); whilst several

specimens belong to a species coloured exactly as Proceros con-

cinnwm Coll., viz., they are blue, with orange margin and median

stripe. They are, however, very much smaller, about 8 mm. to

10 mm. in length, and of a different shape, not pointed at their

hinder end, and have small, folded tentacles, whereas Collingwood’s

species has pointed tentacles. Proceros concinnwm in fact is almost

certainly a Euryleptid, whilst these specimens aie undoubtedly

members of the genus Pseudoceros.

I prefer, however, not to name them at present.

Family Dirostu1p«.

ASTHENOCEROS, gen. nov.

ASTHENOCEROS WOODWORTHI, sp. n. (Plate XXIII. fig. 7.)

Two specimens, without notes as to colour; but, to judge from

these spirit-specimens, the species is of a reddish-brown colour,

darkest on the middle line.

Length, about .... 17 mm.

Bread tints scents Ta 35

Mouth-opening... 7 ,, from the anterior margin.

SUCKER i ivr tteaioce 1:5 ,, behind mouth.

The male and female apertures lie in the usual order between

the ‘ mouth” and sucker.

The pharynx is large and much folded, its opening being sub-

median. This feature will serve at a glance to distinguish this

species from any of the Pseudoceridze. In describing the type of

the family, Woodworth [16] makes no statement as to the pharynx,

but, to judge from the figure given, it 1s median or submedian as

in the present species,

The body is flat and almost circular; the anterior margin is

feebly folded, and there is a small group of eye-spots on either

side of the middle line, but there are no very definite tentacles,

The prostate body hes in front of the penis.

In this respect Asthenoceros differs from the type-genus Dipos-

thus. There are no brain-eyes.

Only one of the two specimens was cut into sections, trans-

versely ; the other specimen appears, from an examination of it

when cleared in oil of cloves, to be quite immature. The speci-

men serially cut presents certain peculiar features, which I am at

316 MR. F. F, LAIDLAW ON THE [ Apr. 21,

a loss to explain satisfactorily. In the first place, the testes and

ovaries are very immature, and apparently only the terminal parts

of the genital ducts are developed. On the other hand, there is,

immediately over the penis, a large mass of mature spermatozoa

lying in a chamber the character of which cannot be determined

from my specimens, since it appears in places to have indications of

a proper lining-epithelium of its own, and again in places seems to

be merely a gap in the parenchymatous tissue. There are very

faint indications of a duct running from this chamber down in

the direction of the penis, but this duct cannot be traced far.

Woodworth [16] suggests in connection with the specimens of

Diposthus described by him, that they were in a late stage of

sexual activity, and that in consequence of this the sexual organs

were in a reduced condition. Possibly in my specimens of

Asthenoceros a similar state of affairs occurs, but, as I have

already stated, testes and ovaries in a very immature state are

present. There is also a possibility that the ripe spermatozoa

may be derived from another individual by hypodermic injection ;

but I do not think this is the case—firstly, because the penis is

not armed with a stylet; and, secondly, because the spermatozoa

lie over the penis, and because, as already stated, there are traces

of a duct running towards the penis from the chamber in which

they lhe.

The terminal parts of the male apparatus histologically resemble

those of Diposthus. The prostate and penis are separated into

two distinct organs, “both of which are doubtless intromittent,”

both opening by a single gonopore. The prostate lies immediately

in front, the penis directly over the aperture. It is rather

feebly supplied with muscle-fibres, and the secretory cells le in

the middle of the organ, but there is no lumen apparent

(cf. Diposthus corallicola).

The penis ismuch more muscular, and on the outer side has a

very definite series of circular and longitudinal fibres. Nuclei in

it too are much more numerous (Pl. XXIII. fig. 7).

In connection with the female organs there are traces of two

pairs of uterine vesicles. The uteri are very small and difficult to

distinguish from the surrounding tissue, and the ducts running

to them are merely solid rods of cells of an embryonic appearance.

The uteri open into the hinder end of the vagina. The antrum

is deep, and widens at its upper end where it receives the secretion

of the shell-glands.

The body epithelium is very densely crowded with small

rhabdites, and on the dorsal side especially with pseudorhabdites.

Scattered through the parenchyma, more particularly in the region

of the sucker, are numbers of small rounded darkly-staining cells

the nature of which is doubtful. The ventral surface of the body

projects immediately behind the pharynx into a prominent median

ridge which carries the gonopores and the sucker ; behind the

sucker the ridge disappears.

I have given as complete an account as possible of the cha-

1903. | POLYCLADS OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 317

racters of the genital organs, but, owing to the condition of the

specimen, it is obviously far from being satisfactory, and in order

to deal fully with this interesting species more material is

necessary.

PROSTHIOSTOMUM PALLIDUM, sp. 0.

One specimen, from the sea-shore, Dec. 1899.

Total length, about ......... 20 mm.

Breadth, about ..............- 4

Anterior margin rounded. Arrangement of eye-spots shown

in text-fig. 56.

Text-fig. 56.

br. e.

Eye-spots of Prosthiostomum pallidum.

e, marginal; b7.e, brain eye-spots.

Closely allied to P. siphunculus of the Mediterranean by the

arrangement of the eye-spots, and agreeing with it apparently in

being, so far as the spirit-specimen shows, of an uninterrupted

dull grey-brown colour, it differs sutticiently in that the two rows

of brain-eyes diverge continuously from one another from before

backwards, whilst in the Mediterranean species these two rows

converge at their middle.

It is also readily distinguishable, I think, from the latter species

by its smaller size. The single specimen obtained by Mr. Evans is,

to judge from the state of the sexual apparatus, fully mature.

P. siphunculus, moreover, has the genital sexual organs relatively

much smaller, to judge from Lang’s figures (see Lang, ‘ Poly-

cladida,’ pl. 5. fig. 3).

P. pallidum is certainly very distinct from any species from

the Indian Ocean that I have had the opportunity of studying,

and also, I believe, from the species found in the Pacific.

I believ e that Leptoplana aurantiaca ot Collingwood is really a

Prosthiostomum. It has the shape and proportions of a member

of that genus, whilst its eye-spots have the characteristic Pros-

thiostomum arrangement. It may, of course, be identical with the

318 ON THE POLYCLADS OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” [ Apr. 21,

species described above, but, judging from Collingwood’s figure,

in the arrangement of the eye-spots it is sufficiently distinct.

Lnterature.

1. Bercenpat, “ Kongl. Fysiogr. Sallskapet,” Lund Handlingar,

Ny Foljd, 1892-93, Bd. 4.

2. CoLyinewoop. ‘Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. ser. 2, Zool. i. 1875,

p. 83, pls. 17-19.

3. GRAFF, von. Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. lv. 1893, p. 189.

4. Larpnaw. Fauna and Flora of the Maldives and Laccadives,

ilo [Dy Pars JOS Kaen YE

5 Mem. & Proc. Lit. & Phil. Soc. Manchester, xlvii. p. 1

(1903).

6. Lane. Naples Monogr. xi., 1884.

7, PLEHN, von. Jena. Zeitschr. xxx. p. 137, t. vili. & xiii.

)

Ergebn. Plankt.-Exp., Heft 1., 1896.

Semon’s Zoologische Forschungsreisen, Bd. v. pp. 329-

304, t. XXlil.

Abh. Senckenb. Gesell. xxiv. 11. pp. 145-146 (1897).

It —— Jena, Zertschr. xxxi. p. 90; t. v. (1898):

Zool. Jahrb. Syst. xii. pp. 448-452 (1899).

13. Srummur-TRAUNFELS, von. Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. lx. p. 688,

t. XXXV.—XXXVII1.

14. Verritt. Trans. Connect. Acad. vill. p. 459, pl. xliv.

a a 1x, pl O23.

16. WoopwortTH. Bull. Mus. Comp. Anat. xxxii. 4, pp. 63-67,

pl. i. (1897).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII.

Fig. 1. Spine from the lumen of the penis of Planocera sp., p. 302.

2. Section passing through the penis and prostate organ of Notoplana evansii,

. 302.

3. Teaneverss section through the penis of Leptoplana malayana, p. 306.

4. ‘Transverse section through the penis and prostate gland (?) of Bergendalia

anomala, p. 310.

5. Section through the rudimentary organ of penis-like structure of the same

species, p. 311.

6. Section through the spiral part of the vagina of the same, p. 312.

7. Section across the antrum masculinum of Asthenoceros woodworthi, p. 315.

These organs are directed obliquely forward, and consequently both appear in

some of the sections. The granular appearance of the prostate in this region

is rather exaggerated in the figure, but it becomes more marked towards its

extremity.

8. Bergendalia anomala, p. 306.

9. Pseudoceros bedfordi, fragment of anterior part of body, p. 314.

10. Pseudoceros ? rubellus, p. 314.

Explanation of Lettering of Plate and Text-figures.

a.m., antrum masculinum. pr.e., chamber of the prostate.

a.m.l., muscular walls of antrum mascu- pro., prostate.

linum. ppr., prostate-like organ.

d.e., ductus ejaculatorius. S., Septum between chamber of

d.pr., prostate duct. prostate.

ep., epidermis. st., stylet of penis.

m.pr., muscular walls of prostate. | t., tentacles.

m.v., muscular sheath of vagina. va., lumen of vagina.

p., penis. | v.d., vasa deterentia.

pp., vestigial penis ? v.8., vesicula seminalis.

pr., prostatic cells.

1903.] ON THE TRANSPOSITION OF MAMMALIAN TESTES, 319

4. On the Phylogenetic Cause of the Transposition of the

Testes in Mammalia: with Remarks on the Evolution

of the Diaphragm and the Metanephric Kidney. By

W. Wooptanp, University College, London.*

{Received March 3, 1903.)

(Text-figure 57.)

The subject of the descent of the testes in Mammalia, notwith-

standing its bionomic interest, has hitherto received but little atten-

tion from. the phylogenetic sti mdpoint; indeed, so far as I know,

its interpretation has not hitherto been attempted. ‘To exhibit

the general nature of the problem and the apparent difficulty

attending its solution, the following paragraph from Mr. Spencer's

‘Principles of Biology’ (vol. i. p. 573) may be quoted :—“ But

now let it be confessed that though all phenomena of organic

evolution must fall within the lines above indicated, there remain

many unsolved problems. Take as an instance the descent of the

testes in the Mammalia. Neither direct nor indirect equilibration

accounts for this. We cannot consider it an adaptive change,

since there seems no way in which the production of sperm-cells,

internally carried on in a bird, is made external by adjustment to

the changed requirements of mammalian life. Nor can we ascribe

it to survival of the fittest; for it is incredible that any mammal

was ever advantaged in the str uggle for life by this changed

position of these organs. Contrariwise, the removal of them

from a place of safety to a place of danger would seem to be

negatived by natural selection. Nor can we regard the trans-

position as a concomitant of re-equilibration; since it can hardly

be due to some change in the general physiological balance.” I

agree with Mr. Spencer that the descent of the testes can neither

have been a change adaptive in nature, nor a result of the

operation of natural selection; on the other hand, I must dis-

agree with the statement that the phenomenon cannot be

regarded “as a concomitant of re-equilibration,” since, as will be

shown, I attribute it to the direct action of the conditions of life

found in the Mammalia,

To ensure due appreciation of the significance of the following

statements, it will be as well to here indicate the nature of the

theory about to be advanced. Of possible causes effecting the

transposition of the testes, there are two categories : («) causes

which as regards their effects on the organism mediately

or immediately impart advantage, so supplying the requisite

material for natural selection ; at (6) causes which in their

effects on organisation bear no appreciable relation to either

advantage or disadvantage. Since those of the former category

are inconceivable in this connection, we are led to conclude

1 Communicated by Prof. E. A. Mincurn, F.Z,S.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1903, Vou. I. No. X XI, 21

320 MR. W. WOODLAND ON THE y [Avr 25

that the transposition is an inevitable concomitant of some other

constant feature of the animal’s existence, thus not having arisen

in relation to ulterior ends. Again, since the testes consist of

ordinary matter possessing inertia and mass, their translation

(involving rupture or distension of the mesorchium) implies

mechanical force. From both of the foregoing considerations,

and from the fact that no other efficient cause is imaginable,

it is probable that the displacement results from the reaction

on the part of the testes to the incident forces, which, it can

be shown, are generated by bodily activity under mammalian

conditions of life. The theory here advocated is to the effect

that the descent of the testes in the Mammalia has been pro-

duced by the action of mechanical strains causing rupture of the

mesorchial attachments, such strains being due to the inertia of

the organs reacting to the impulsiveness involved in the activity

of the animals composing the group.

Mechanical Aspects of Organisation.

Before entering upon a discussion as to the production of the

forces above mentioned and the manner in which they have

acted, it is well briefly to outline the entire argument from the

mechanical standpoint. In the first place, accelerations imparted

to the body as a whole generate strains (or stresses) In connection

with the attachment or other means of support of every com-

ponent viscus, and the degree of such accelerations (and therefore

of the strains and stresses) is obviously dependent upon the

reaction which occurs between the animal’s body and the medium

in or substratum on which it is supported, being directly pro-

portional to the product of the powers of resistance possessed by

the substances constituting the same. Secondly, it must be

pointed out that the accelerations to which we refer, and to

which alone we attribute any importance, are those involved in

the impulses communicated to the body during the actual con-

tinuance of locomotion, and which inevitably result from the

mode of action of the propelling agency, whatever its nature.

The ordinary non-impulsive accelerations involved in the starting

of an animal into motion from a state of rest, or its converse, do

not concern us. In considering, however, the arboreal habits of

e.g. Primates, the case is different, accelerations involved in

motion from rest here being decidedly impulsive in nature. Now,

among the Vertebrata, it is evident that fishes, aquatic amphibia,

and birds severally exist in media which, owing to their mobility,

negative the occurrence of accelerations of high degree, 2. e.

impulsiveness. Hence, as regards these accelerations, we have

to consider only terrestrial animals, which come into contact with

a substratum possessing sufficient power of resistance to afford a

reaction of marked intensity. Of these terrestrial animals the

mammalian group is at once distinguished from terrestrial

Amphibia and Reptilia, both by the high degree of activity which

1903.] TRANSPOSITION OF MAMMALIAN TESTES. 321

its members exhibit, and by the more perfect ad: aptation of the

body (relation of limbs to trunk, &e.) to the locomotion in which

the superior activity is mainly manifested. Consequently, in

mammals, the reactions which occur between the organism and

the substratum vastly exceed in magnitude those occurring in

lower groups, and we have in this distinction a factor which in

considering bodily conformation is worthy of all attention.

Since in mammals the organisation is subject to such considerable

forces, 1b follows that if stability of position be ca in con-

nection with organs possessing appreciable mass, ¢. e. if these

organs are to adjust themselves to those tr: ihepaaine influences

which arise out of impulsiveness, fixative structures must be °

developed in response to the demand. For, as remarked above,

a sudden acceleration imparted to the body is necessarily trans-

mitted to an attached organ through its attachment, which, if the

organ be of considerable mass, is thereby subjected to an intense

strain, possibly ending in disruption. Stability of position of an

organ may be necessitated either on mechanical or physiological

grounds: thus, apart from considerations of function, viscera of

large mass (stomach, liver, intestine) must conform, as regards

situation in the body-cavity, to the principle that, ceteris paribus,

the more anterior the centre of gravity of the body the greater

the facility of progression’; and again, from the functional

standpoint, the kidneys must in active animals be maintained

anteriorly in order to ensure proximity to a vigorous blood-supply.

It will be evident from this, that if the position of an organ be of

no economic moment—if there be no need of localisation ‘either on

account of mass or volume for preservation of bodily equilibrium,

or on account of nature of function for physiological efficiency,—

retentive structures will not tend to be formed, and the organ, if

of sufficient mass, will respond by transposition to any considerable

force incident upon it—a trait which in the course of generations

will be inherited.

I shall now proceed to examine more in detail the production of

the forces hitherto assumed to be capable of effecting the trans-

position of the testes—to enquire whether the intensity and

direction of these forces are such as are congruous with the

hypothesis advocated,

Mammalian Locomotion.

In view of the importance that is here attached to the character

of mammalian locomotion, it is needful to discuss the subject in

detail. Every unsupported mass descends to the earth with a

given acceleration, and the magnitude of the force required to

re-elevate the body to its initial position is directly proportional

1 Well shown by measurements of the position of the centre of gravity in Pisces,

and by the abdominal contours of active cursorial mammals as compared with those

of species more slothful in habit (compare e.g. a greyhound or race-horse with a

St. Bernard or cart-horse, or , more generally, herbivores with carnivores, though

the different capacities of the dige stive organs have here to be eausidsyred),

21+

322 MR. W. WOODLAND ON THE [ Apr. 21,

to the height through which upheaval is effected, and inversely

proportional to the period of time occupied by upheaval. This

statement in its application to terrestrial locomotion provides

the clue for the solution of the present problem. With the

exception of aquatic organisms, which exist in a medium so

similar in density to themselves that the influence of gravity is

not felt, all animals which fly, crawl, leap, or run are subject to

this primary condition of self-support imposed by the earth’s

attraction. In Aves the body is not entirely unsupported, the

resistance of the air to the large expanse of body yielding con-

siderable aid in this respect, and the small amount of self-

sustainment needed can be provided by the minor elevations

imparted by individual strokes of the wing. The reactions

between the wing and the air are of necessity small, owing to the

mobility of the latter substance, and hence, in spite of the great

activity of birds, no great accelerations are imparted to the body

—the locomotion is not impulsive. The conditions affecting

terrestrial locomotion are exceedingly unlike. Here, as before

remarked, the powers of resistance possessed by the substances of

organism and substratum both being of high degree, reaction

between the two is correspondingly great. In Reptilia and

(excepting the saltatory Anura referred to below) terrestrial

Amphibia, however, the forces involved in locomotion are not

conspicuous for their intensity, owing both to the fact that the

period of upheaval is prolonged (no sudden impact occurring

between the limbs and the earth) and the small amount of eleva-

tion effected by the action of the limbs, these two features

resulting from the conformation of the body and the general

inactivity of the animal. In Mammalia, on the other hand, the

period occupied by contact of the limbs with the earth is

extremely brief and the height of elevation considerable; and

hence, though the angulation of the lmbs tends to diminish

concussion, the organisation is subject to the intense strains and

stresses resulting from the enormous forces generated during

locomotion. Consider the gallop of a typical Ungulate or

Carnivore. The elongated trunk possessing two pairs of limbs,

each pair being in an opposite phase of motion compared with

the other, it follows that the two halves of the trunk will alter-

nately be upheaved through a considerable distance on contact

with the earth being made by their respective paurs of limbs, and

depressed in the interval which exists between successive contacts.

That is, the pendulous swing of each pair of extremities is accom-

panied by an elevatory impulse at the centre of the are each

describes, and these impulses effect the upheavals of the respective

halves of the body through the distances which they have fallen

in the time required for each pair of limbs to describe twice the

length of its appropriate path. Considering the mode of action

of either pair of limbs, and beginning at the horizontal stage of

the trunk’s position when the half of the body is being depressed

under the influence of gravity, this continues to descend until the

1903.] TRANSPOSITION OF MAMMALIAN TESTES. 323

limbs make contact with the earth, when, as already descriped,

the entire portion of the trunk is suddenly upheaved with con-

siderable force. If the horizontal velocity could be reckoned as

constant, the only accelerations which the trunk would acquire

would be in a vertical line; but since the horizontal velocity is a

quantity which, owing to the resistance of the air, is continually

decreasing, the upward acceleration suddenly imparted to the

trunk at each contact of the limbs with the earth has to be com-

pounded with a sudden forward acceleration in order to maintain

the pace, and hence the resultant acceleration which the half of

the body acquires at every upheaval is in an wpward and forward

direction. It is most essential to recognise this fact that the body

as a whole has periodically imparted to it large accelerations in

these two directions. As is obvious, the upward and horizontal

velocities due to these accelerations become respectively neutralised

by gravity and atmospheric resistance at the middle and end of

the interval which exists between successive contacts of the limbs

with the earth. From the instant when the maximum elevation

of the half of the trunk is attained, 7.e. when the upward velocity

is completely neutralised, until contact again occurs, the body

continues to acquire a downward acceleration due to gravity.

But on contact taking place, the large downward v elocity due to

this acceleration is suddenly destroyed, and as suddenly exchanged

for an equal upward velocity, in the brief instant of time occupied

by the impact of limbs and earth. Whence it is evident that the

degree of upward acceleration imparted to the half of the body

during the sudden loss and gain of downward and upward velocities

must be considerable. It is noteworthy that whereas each forward

acceleration, due to either pair of limbs, is imparted to the body

as a whole, each upward acceleration is solely imparted to that

portion of the trunk to which the pair of limbs causing the

elevation belongs; and hence the attachments of those organs

situated in the median portion of the trunk are evidently not so

subject to downward strains as in the case of organs placed more

terminally. Thus it is important to notice, with regard to what

follows, that the primitive pre-mammalian portion of the testes is

decidedly posterior (see diagram, p. 334), and that in consequence

the motion of the hind portion of the body is the factor of most

importance in the consideration of the present problem.

From the foregoing, it is sufticiently manifest that at each

elevation of the body in mammals a considerable force is imparted

to the organisation asa whole (and by necessary implication to its

constituent parts) inan upward and forward directior ras to

be proved. If the constituent parts of the body be cousidureah it

will be evident that such a force works differential effects among

them. For these organs, largely differing among themselves in

regard to mass, and the same force being incident on all, it follows

that the individual reactions are e different, and hence there exists

a tendency to segregation of those organs of greater mass fromm

those of less. Moreover, organs differ inter se in their relation

324 MR. W. WOCDLAND ON THE [Apr. 21,

to the rest of the body. If an organ be imbedded or otherwise

firmly aftixed to the main bulk, it will on account of its large area

of attachment and close apposition readily share both the eleva-

tions and depressions incurred in locomotion—the strains and

stresses are distributed in space and time, and hence their inten-

sity is lessened; if, on the other hand, a massive organ be merely

suspended from the main mass of the body, such a condition

subjects the attachment to the influence of severe strains periodi-

cally recurring, the direction of which approaches that of the

resultant acceleration of the trunk during its impulsive elevation.

The great severity of these strains on the attachment of an organ

thus disposed will be more fully realised if it be remembered

that, on the sudden elevation of the body, the organ possesses the

downward velocity due to the previous depression—a momentum

which in being destroyed throws additional strain on the means

of support. As will be seen, the preceding remarks apply in an

eminent degree to the testes.

The Genitalia of Mammalia.

The reproductive organs of the Mammalia are relatively small

bodies of great density and, in the case of the males, compactness,

and they primitively occupy a position similar to that found in

the lower Vertebrata. It is, however, characteristic of the majority

of the Mammalia that in the course of development the testes

forsake their primitive lodgment, and migrate posteriorly and

ventrally to the terminal periphery, where they protrude at the

surface of the body-wall. This protrusion constitutes the scrotum,

in the wide sense of the term, which may vary in character from

that of a pair of small slightly-elevated areas to that of a capacious

oval pedunculated sac. Apparently in man alone the section of

the ccelom contained within the scrotum becomes completely

separated off from the main cavity; in other mammals, com-

munication is retained by means of the inguinal canal, which,

however, is usually narrow, so negativing return of the testes to

the main body-cavity. This feature in the case of active

mammals possessing large testes is very important, since if the

unattached organs were permitted to return to the main cavity,

the forces to which they would be exposed during locomotion

would doubtless be exceedingly detrimental—a malinfluence which

both the narrowing of the inguinal canal and the possible tractive

function of the gubernaculum during development safeguard

against. In fact, contrary to the usual supposition, the internal

and not the external situation of the testes is the source of

danger. It will also be observed that in small animals which do

not possess narrow inguinal canals, there is no such dire necessity

for the restriction of the testes to the scrotal cavity, both on

account of the smaller size of the organs and the usually less

intense forces to which the testes are subjected. Thus, para-

doxical as it may seem, the increased protrusion of the testes

1903.] TRANSPOSITION OF MAMMALIAN TESTES. 325

{

beyond the surface of the body-wall, besides being a necessary

result of more massive organs and the incidence of more powerful

forces, is in itself a further means of preservation. In physical

character, the testes, as already mentioned, are definite bodies of

concentrated form, suspended dorsally in the body-cavity by the

thin mesorchial membrane. Also investigation shows that, with

the exception of the heart, the testes are the densest organs in

the vertebrate body, and hence, as they possess appreciable volume,

their mass is also considerable. Moreover, the testes (and ovaries)

are distinctly separated from the remainder of the body, this

separation (lending additional facility to transposition) arising

out of the fact that the gonads are from their very nature indi-

vidualised, reproduction essentially consisting of the separating

off of a portion of the organism; and hence the body primawily

serves as a mere carrier of these organs, which, unlike the

kidneys e.g., bear’ no relation to the economy of the animal.

From this it follows that the transposition of the testes is of no

concern to the rest of the organism, since the process can cause

no derangement of function in other portions of the body; and

hence the testes, differmg from all other organs in this respect,

do not, under ordinary conditions, require to be retained in their

pr imitive position by the special development of fixative structures.

Thus, as regards their definiteness and concentration of form,

their means of suspension, their superior density, and their

structural and physiological separateness from the rest of the

organism, the testes fully conform to the above-specified con-

ditions favourable to transposition. The transposition of the

testes occurring under conditions which permit the descent of

these organs alone (and the testes alone have descended), and a

cause capable of effecting this transposition solely existing in the

Mammalha (in which group descent has alone occurred), it is

probable that the latter phenomenon is the cause of the former. I

hold that, in the majority of the Mammalia, the testis attachment

has thr oughout the history of the race been constantly subjected

to severe “strains consequent on the character and conditions of

mammalian locomotion, and that on account of the resulting

disruption or distension of the mesorchium, the testis has migrated

in a postero-ventral line (7. e. in an opposite direction to the

forward and upward accelerations imparted), coming to lie at the

terminal periphery of the body-wall and forming the scrotal pro-

trusion. Just as when a man runs, a weight in his coat-pocket

will periodically “drag” and ultimately wear a hole in the lining

by constant distension, so the testis of mammals has responded to

like forces resulting in “ descent.”

I now proceed to consider the genital organs of the Mammalia

as a whole, the general conformation of which amply confirms

the foregoing conclusion, tending to show that the testes have,

in every case, reacted in a degree proportional to the forces

concerned. Indeed, the general correspondence between situation

of the testes and grade of impulsiveness displayed in the various

326 MR. W. WOODLAND ON THE Apr. 21

if )

orders and families of the Mammalia affords such conclusive

evidence as to the causal relation subsisting between the two

that a systematic review of this evidence is well called for. That

the correspondence is not absolute, however—that there exist

instances of the concurrence of scrotal testes with sluggish habits

—is without doubt mainly, if not wholly, to be explained by

phylogenetic considerations. For it must be remembered that

once the descent of the testes is inherited, the trait is a constant

one (unless acquired sluggishness is able in time to produce effect,

which is doubtful), and remains so in successive generations

whatever varied habits may be assumed, unless the bionomic

aspect so changes that natural selection cancels the ‘ plus varia-

tions,” so affording an ascendancy to reversionary factors. That

such has been the case in several instances will be illustrated

below.

In the Monotremes the activity (impulsiveness) is of a very

low degree. Ornithorhynchus is “aquatic in its habits, passing

most of its time in the water or close to the margin of lakes and

streams.” The ‘ body is rather long, compact, and almost every-

where of the same thickness. It rests on short, massive legs

......80 short that the animal in walking or running actually

drags its body along the ground.” Hchidna is “ usually found in

rocky districts, and more especially in the mountains...... and

is mainly of nocturnal habits.” It is described as ‘“ indolent.”

The testes in both instances are ‘abdominal in position through-

out life,” and afford the only example in mammals of a disposition

of these organs anterior to the kidneys. The low status of these

animals is well known.

Inthe Marsupials “ the testes are always contained in a scrotum,

which is suspended by a narrow pedicle to the abdomen in front

of the penis.” If it is permissible to assume that the ancestor of

the marsupials was kangaroo-like, the pre-penial position of the

testes may perhaps be attributed to the peculiar mode of loco-

motion characterising this animal. For the rapid locomotion of a

Kangaroo consists of a series of leaps, and such leaps would involve,

ag in ordinary mammals, a series of antero-dorsal tensions on the

suspensory membranes of the testes; but since the bodily depres-

sions are marked by a more prolonged termination, as compared

with those involved in the ordinary gallop, the testes would in

addition tend to be thrown: forward, and these two factors in

conjunction have possibly led to the peculiar position of the testes

found in marsupials. On no other theory than that of descent

from an ancestor characterised by pre-penial testes can the peculiar

genital conformation of the variously habited marsupials be corre-

lated with special bionomic conditions; and hence, on this ground

alone, it is possible, as implied above, that the ancestor of the

Marsupialia was of the type of the Macropodidee, the characteristic

saltatory progression originating the pre-penial situation of the

scrotum in the manner indicated.

The Edentata represent another ancient group. Their activity

1903.] TRANSPOSITION OF MAMMALIAN ‘TESTES. all

in general is small. The Bradypodide are arboreal inhabit,

and are characterised by ‘“ habitual sluggishness,” being ‘ most

inefticient walkers,” and in climbing, never leaping from bough

to bough (a form of activity involving more impulsiveness than

even the gallop, but probably not more than that involved in

saltation). Their testes are placed close to each other, lying on

the rectum between it and the bladder; 7. e. are retained in the

abdomen. The Myrmecophagide are also not noted for activity,

and their testes are disposed as in the Sloths. The Dasypodide

are similarly inactive, being ‘‘ harmless and inoffensive,” endeavour-

ing to escape by rapid burrowing. However, it is stated that

“they can run with great rapidity.” The testes are abdominal,

lying “above the brim of the pelvis.” The Manide are terrestrial

and burrowing in habit, but some members of the group can

climb trees. They are not very active. The testes lie in the

inguinal canal. The Orycteropodide (Aard-varks or African

Ant-eaters) are terrestrial and fossorial. Their testes are

“inguinal, but they appear to descend, at all events temporarily,

into a scrotum.” Their phylogenetic position is uncertain. In

the order Sirenia the testes, needless to say, are abdominal.

These animals are “slow and inactive in their movements, mild,

inoffensive,” browsing at the bottom of water.

The piscine locomotion of the Cetacea sufficiently accounts for

the abdominal position of their testes, which organs are placed in

the proximity of the kidneys. Even assuming the terrestrial

ancestor of the Cetacea to have been characterised by the exter-

nality of the testes (which is improbable considering their existing

localisation), such would inevitably have assumed an internal

position consequent on the serious risk of injury involved under

Cetacean conditions,

The Rodents are comparatively small animals. In habit they

are mostly terrestrial, but some are arboreal and some natatorial.

“The testes in the rutting- season form projections in the groins,

but (except in the Duplicident ita) do not completely leave the

cavity of the abdomen,” 72.e. the scrotal elevations are not

well-defined. The Duplicidentata comprise the Hares, Rabbits,

and the Picas or Tailless aie all extremely active animals,

the latter being described as “agile” and as living in crevices

among rocks. The Siilicidontats comprise the. remaining

Rodents, the principal families of which are the following :—

The Sciuridee “ vary between the two extremes presented by our

ordinary squirrels, the agile climbers, and the sluggish, clumsy

marmots, which live almost entirely underground.” Assuming the

sti stement to be correct that the condition of the testes is similar in

each of these two divisions (which is doubtful), it is evident that

the latter are specialised forms descended from active ancestors,

The locomotion of the Dipodide resembles that of the marsupial

Macropodidee and insectivoran Macroscelidee, ‘* The whole struc-

ture is adapted for jumping, and we find resemblances in their

structure on the one hand to the kangaroos, and on the other

328 MR. W. WCODLAND ON THE [Apr. 2],

hand to the jumping-shrews among the Insectivora.” These

animals, unlike the Macropodide, move their hind limbs alter-

nately in the process of walking. Unfortunately the writer has

been unable to discover detailed information with regard to the

testes in these groups. Other families are the clumsy, thick-set

Hystricide, the very active Castoride (Beavers), Myoxide (Dor-

mice), and Muride. During the rutting-season the testes of

Rodents migrate more posteriorly than at normal times; but this

merely indicates a slight displacement probably due to the periodic

enlargement of the organ, the cremaster muscle effecting return

by decreasing the capacity of the scrotal emergence. This can be

well seen in the Muride, where the slightest impact will cause a

dislodgment of the testis.

The order Insectivora comprises ‘‘small animals ...... of very

low type...... belonging to the oldest mammalian stocks......

which are generally terrestrial, although rarely of arboreal or aquatic

LDVOMS 5 bo bec the greater number are cursorial.” “ In the sub-

family Centetine, and Chrysochloris, the testes lie immediately

behind the kidneys, but in others more or less within the pelvis;

during the rutting-season they become greatly enlarged, forming

protrusions in the inguinal region.” The various families of this

group afford good illustrations of the correlation of impulsiveness

with degree of testis transposition. As stated above, in the

Centetince or ‘‘ Crawlers ”—the appellation denoting their mode of

locomotion—and Chrysockloris, which is active and fossorial,

the testes lie just posterior to the kidneys, 7. e. are abdominal.

In the companion subfamily, the Oryzorictine, the two genera

are represented by small animals—Macrogale being mouse-like

with a long tail, and Oryzorictes mole-like in form. The testes

are situated near the urethra. In the Hrimacemme or Hedgehogs

the testes are situated on the “‘ underside of the inguinal canal.”

Their ‘‘ movements are sluggish, their steps almost tottering, their

gait clumsy.” On the other hand, in the active Soricide (Shrews)

and saltatorial Macroscelide (Jumping-Shrews), the testes project

at the periphery of the perineum, and in the Solenodontide, the

feet of which are ‘‘formed for running,” the “testes are received

into perineal pouches.”

In the order Chiroptera, the members of which are so highly

specialised for flight, there is “no scrotum, and the testes are

either abdominal or inguinal. ” “ We find in the low organization

of their brain a proof of their inferior status ”—a fact otherwise

implied by the absence of the scrotum, unless a secondary reten-

tion has occurred owing to the danger of partial externality

involved in the conditions of flight and position of the hind limbs.

The order Ungulata is subdivided into the Ungulata vera and

the Subungulata, In the former suborder, needless to say, the

testes of the large majority reside in a well- ‘defined scrotum, cor-

responding to the eminent impulsiveness of the animals. In the

Nasicornia (Rhinoceroses), however, ce testes are inguinal, the

tunica vaginalis communicating freely with the body-cavity. As

1903.] TRANSPOSITION OF MAMMALIAN TESTES. 329

is well known, they are “huge, heavy, clumsy creatures, with

bent legs so short that the belly seems almost to drag on the

ground.” The Subungulata comprise the Hyracoidea and the

Proboscidea. The ancestry of the members of both these sub-

orders is as yet undecided, their status, decidedly low in the scale,

being obscure. The Hyracoidea are animals of about the size of a

rabbit or somewhat larger, and “resemble small marmots.” They

possess a “short, fat body” with “weak and short feet.” “In

most species there is a complete adaptation to a life among the

rocks,” by possession of curious clinging habits resembling those of

the Geckos. They are “agile in their sports, but rather lazy where

food is abundant.” Owen states that ‘‘the testes are abdominal,

below or beyond the kidneys.” The low status of the Proboscidea

is shown by several anatomical traits, such e. g.as the possession of

two ven cave and the structure of the hmbs. These animals

have been well described as “ peaceable colossi.” Their gait 1s

“ pretty slow, though the Colossus can run very fast w ee once

in full career, but this pace never lasts very lung and is always

maintained in a straight lime.” Owing to their huge size

Elephants never gallop. The most active members are the

“rejected males ”— “such extra activity thus beimg neutral so far

as the inheritance of any tendency to testis descent is concerned.

Elephants are vegetable feeders and are “ gregarious, generally

inoffensive and even timid, fond of shade and solitude and the

neighbourhood of water.” The testes are permanently abdominal

—a fact explicable by habits, though phylogeny alone can afford

a complete solution. Here, as possibly also in the case of the

Nasicornia, it may be pointed out that the huge size of these

animals itself implies inactive ancestors, for, according to one of

the conditions of growth enumerated by Spencer, great activity is

antagonistic to Increase by bulk, and the occurrence of the latter

negatives the past existence of the former.

The order Carnivora is subdivided into the Fissipedia and the

Pinnipedia. The members of the former group are all exceedingly

active animals of large size,and, together with the Ungulata, include

the swiftest of terrestrial siimals: Their testes, needless to say,

reside in a well-defined scrotum. The Pinnipedia afford an inter-

esting illustration of the secondary operation of natural selection.

In the Otariide the “‘ hind feet are turned forwards under the body,

and aid in supporting and moving the trunk as in ordinary

mammals...... They spend more time on shore, and range

inland to a greater distance than the true seals.” In the Otariide

the testes are “suspended in a distinct external scrotum”?. On

the other hand, in the Phocide, ‘the hind limbs are directed so

far backwards that they continue the horizontal direction of the

vertebral column ...... They move on land only with difficulty

by fixing themselves with their flippers in front and pulling up

their hinder parts, then drawing their bodies up into a curve and

1 Owen states that the scrotum is not distinct.

330 MR. W. WOODLAND ON THE [Apri2i,

throwing their front parts again forwards. They drag their belly

along the earth, show little suppleness, and soon become tired.”

There is no scrotum, the testes being abdominal and “ imbedded

in areolar tissue.” Thus, as before maintained, the embryonic

transposition of the testes tends to be checked if external conditions

become so changed as to render complete descent of these organs

disadvantageous to the animal, such being obviously the case in

the Phocidz, which have become further modified for an aquatic

existence than the Otariide. It may be objected that ordinary

mammals are subject, though in a less degree, to a like drawback

—that their testes are also exposed to considerable danger, and that

on the hypothesis descent ought to have been negatived by natural

selection, 2.e. by the development of ligaments or supporting

areolar tissue. Incidentally noting that the actual facts prove

that no such danger exists, it may be observed that the testes of

a typical mammal are very efficiently screened, not only laterally

by their position between the broad thighs of the hind limbs, but

also posteriorly by the tail; and they are well preserved from

contact with surrounding objects by the elevation of the body

upon its limbs, the case being otherwise in Phocide, Cetacea, and

lower animals.

The ancestral history and arboreal or other habits of the

Primates constitute sufficient warrant for the conspicuous exter-

nality of their testes. ‘That active arboreal habits involve

impulsiveness of the highest degree, is sufficiently manifest on

contemplating the movements of any of the ordinary monkeys,

more especially in the case of the Gibbons.

Thus in a review of the Mammalia, we encounter a considerable

mass of evidence testifying to the validity of the theory here

advocated, and more might be added. In the Monotremata,

Sirenia, Cetacea, most Edentata, Hyracoidea, Proboscidea, and

Phocidee, conditions prevail, or have prevailed, negativing the

descent of the testes; and these conditions have either consisted

of the absence of that type of terrestrial locomotion which has

been the sole cause of the transposition of these organs, or of

secondary factors which have either negatived the operation of

the primary agency, or effected a reversion of the pre-existing

effect of the same.

Since the transposition of the testes is mainly due to their mass,

and definiteness and concentration of form—their means of

suspension and physiological separateness from the body merely

constituting conditions to the transposition—it follows that the

small and diffuse ovaries of the Mammalia will not respond in

any degree to the forces incident on the body, the magnitude of

the strains on an attachment obviously being proportional to the

mass of the organ attached. But apart from the smallness of

mass possessed by the ovaries, there exists an important reason

for their retention at or near the primitive position i the body-

cavity. This reason is the necessity of the proximity of the ovary

to the oviducal aperture for the conservation of the ova, the ovary

1903. ] TRANSPOSITION OF MAMMALIAN TESTES. 331

and the oviduct usually possessing no anatomical connection.

How important this is may not only be inferred from @ priori

considerations, but also from the discovery of the many structural

devices adapted to this end. Thus there occurs the “ develop-

ment of special folds of the peritoneum, which practically ensure

the passage of the ova into the oviduct when they are extruded

from the ovaries. The oviduct, moreover, has a large and

fimbriated mouth, called in human anatomy the ‘morsus diaboli.’

This almost wraps round the ovary, and thus prevents the ova

from straying in the wrong direction. Moreover, the ovary itself

is often so arranged that it can easily be withdrawn into a pocket

of the peritoneum, from which the obvious exit is by the gaping

mouth of the oviduct. This disposition of the generative parts is

still further modified in a few animals, such as the Rat and the

Kinkajou. In these animals the mouth of the oviduct actually

opens into the interior of a closed chamber which contains the

ovary” (Beddard). Thus there exists ample reason for the

retentive ligaments usually associated with the mammalian ovary

(see Appendix).

The Genitalia and Conditions of Locomotion in Ichthyopsida

and Sauropsida.

If, as we have observed, the conditions of mammalian loco-

motion alone subject the organisation to those concussive influences

which have effected, among other changes, the transposition of

the testes; and if, as we have also seen, only the highest mani-

festations of terrestrial activity are capable of producing complete

testicular descent, then we may be certain that neither in the

relatively inactive terrestrial Reptilia, the active aerial Aves, nor

the aquatic Pisces will a ike phenomenon occur. In Reptilia,

though Ophidia and many Lacertilia are capable of brief spasms

of great activity, the total impulsiveness is very small and of low

degree. This is not only due to general passivity, but also to the

fact that “the body of a reptile is, as it were, slung between its

limbs like the body of an eighteenth century Ghanigt between its

four wheels,” with resulting i imperfection of the ‘relations of the

limbs to the trunk from the point of view of a terrestrial

creature” (Leddard). Apart from the absence of the causal

conditions, the depression of the trunk and consequent liability

of injury to the testes would in itself have negatived descent

(cf. Phocidee above).

In the Anura, the only terrestrial amphibia which concern us,

adoption of terrestrial habits, resulting in a higher degree of

impulsiveness, has as usual for its concomitants structural con-

centration and increased retentivity or transposition. Here the

testes have assumed a “full oval form, compact and undivided :

they are situated, as shown in the Frog, on the ventral side of

the anterior half of the kidneys” (Owen). That the testes

have slightly descended in correspondence with the saltatory

332 MR. W. WOODLAND ON THE [ Apr. 21,

progression, is shown on comparison of two such forms as Triton

and the Frog (see diagram below, p. 334). If, as we admit, anuran

progression involves on a small scale those impulse s to which we

attribute the descent of the mammalian testes’, why have not

these organs migrated more than they have in this instance? In

the first place, it may be contended that the total impulsiveness of

a frog, though quite appreciable, is yet of small value as compared

with that of a mammal of the same dimensions, say the Common

Mouse. Secondly, the physiological and strucbur: al relations

obtaining between the testes and the kidneys afford sufficient

grounds for the special retention of the former, and, moreover,

the firm attachment of the testis to the kidney is shielded from the

abruptness of incident strains by the slight mobility of the latter

organ. Finally, in addition to the above considerations, it is

probable that the descent of the testes would here be prohibited

in consequence of the depression of the hinder portion of the

trunk and resulting proximity to the external surface. However,

that such a cause for retention might be operative, it would

obviously necessitate transposition to an extent that enabled the

organs to experience adverse influences, and it is questionable as

to whether they have travelled so far.

In the typical Aves, as in Mammalia, the expenditure of energy

is very great, but in the former, as also in Pisces, aquatic

Amphibia, &ec., the bionomic conditions negative impulsiveness of

locomotion, and their organisation is not subject to the kinetic

influences which affect terrestrial animals.

One noteworthy subject is the large increase in volume of the

testes during the brief courting-season: thus Owen provides a

figure illustrating the periodic enlargement of these organs in the

Common Sparrow, showing that their size ranges from that of a

pin’s head to that of a fair-sized marble, half an inch in diameter;

and this same periodic increase of volume, though not so marked,

occurs in sundry orders of the Mammalia, e. g. in Rodents and

Insectivores. It is easily comprehensible that if an animal’s

activity, however impulsive, were largely restricted to the inter-

breeding periods, the testes, possessing small mass during that

time, would exhibit less tendency to displacement; but as yet it

is not possible to decide whether this factor has any significance.

Connected with a consideration of the position of the testes in

birds, is the important case involved by the habits of the

Ostriches and their allies. The considerable speed attained by

these birds, comparable indeed with that of the swiftest mammals,

must involve a certain amount of impulsiveness ; and such being

the case, why have not the testes responded by descent ? For the

situation of the testes in Ostriches is normally avian, being “‘ placed

above and a little external to the kidneys,” which latter structures

are “elongated, flattened, glandular masses...... lying deeply

seated, and extending from the posterior edge of the diaphragm

1 “The creat Pull-Frog may clear six feet at a leap, and repeat them so rapidly

as to escape a pursuer, unless chased at a great distance from the water” (Owen).

¥903.] TRANSPOSITION OF MAMMALIAN TESTES. 333

to the anterior extremity of the pelvic cavity ” (Macalister). It

is obvious that non-descent cannot be ascribed to the serious risk

of injury that externality would involve (for, unlike as in the

mamumals, the position of the proportionately thin legs and the

absence of a tail ensure no protection from external influences),

since such an explanation is negatived by the present position of

the testes. However, if the several characteristics of the mam-

malian gallop be called to mind, it is easy to afford an explanation

of this apparently anomalous instance of the non-transposition of

the testes. For, as I shall show, the bipedal progression of the

Ostrich does not involve impulsive upheavals of the body to any-

thing like the same extent as in the gallop of a mammal. The

great upward impulses associated with the upheavals of the mam-

malian body are in large part due to the elongation of the trunk,

for the depression of one half of the body is lareely accelerated by

the impetus imparted to it on the sudden elevation of the other

half. That is, the upheaval of one half of the body rotates the

whole length of the trunk about its centre of gravity, and so

causes the other half to descend with greater acceleration than

it would do under the sole influence of gravity. Hence the

marked intensity of the contacts of the limbs with the earth,

which have not only to destroy the downward velocity due

to gravity, and the additional downward velocity due to this

lever-like action of the trunk as a whole, but have also to

impart an upward velocity equal in amount to the two it has

neutralised. In the Ostrich, on the other hand, there is no elon-

gated trunk possessing two pairs of limbs, and hence there can be

none of that lever-action just described. Moreover, the individual

elevations of the body are small compared with those of mammals,

owing to the alternate action of the limbs (¢f. the Kangaroo, in

which the action of the limbs is not alternate, and in which the

elevations are consequently great). And lastly, the gliding

motion adopted by the Ostrich in running is yet another factor

tending to diminish the intensity of the involved concussions.

Tfence for these three reasons the individual impulsive accelera-

tions imparted to the body of the Ostrich are very small compared

with those which exist in the case of mammals; and therefore it

can easily be understood how it is that, despite the terrestrial

locomotion and the perpendicular limbs, the ‘testes have not

descended in this instance. It is also possible that the posterior

extension of the sternum and ribs in the struthious trunk,

leading to tight packing of the viscera, so serves as a support for

the testes (and other organs), but whether this is the case can

only be determined by referring to the facts.

In conclusion, it will not be out of place to here give a brief

summary of the entire argument concerning the cause of the

descent of the testes, since it will show how strong is the proba-

bility of the theory advanced. We have seen that in mammals

alone there exists a mechanical cause competent to effect trans-

position. If any doubt remains in the mind of the reader as to

334 MR. W. WOODLAND ON THE { Apr. 21;

the competency of this alleged cause, contemplation of the actual

locomotion of a horse or dog, or reference to the works of Marey,

Pettigrew, and others will soon dispel it. Further, I have

shown that the degree of transposition of the testes corresponds

Text-fig. 57.

CLUPEA

SCYLLIUM

TRITON

LACERTACCLUMBA

Diagram illustrating Testis Descent.

This diagram, based on a series of measurements, illustrates the positions

and lengths of the testes relatively to the length of the trunk proper (minus tail) in

Clupea, Scyllium, Triton, Rana, Lacerta (muralis), Columba, the common mouse,

and the cat, all measurements being reduced to one scale. The vertical sides of

the rectangle represent the length of the animal to which the other measurements

are proportional, and the dots the approximate positions of the centres of gravity of

the testes. Such a figure well exhibits the concentration and transposition corre-

sponding to higher grades of impulsiveness. To fully illustrate the relationship a

similar diagram drawn up from several hundred dissections is necessary, together

with the average weight of the testis and intensity of the reactions incurred in

locomotion, appended in the case of each animal.

1903. ] TRANSPOSITION OF MAMMALIAN TESTES. 335

to the intensity of the forces concerned, and have thus supplied

the inductive evidence required to verify the conclusion arrived

at on & priort grounds. It has also been pointed out that

transposition of the testes can, from the nature of the function

of these organs, the mode of emission of their genital products,

and the absence of adverse external influences, neither cause

derangements in the individual economy nor impair the fertility

of the race ; ; and that in consequence of a similar change of

position in the case of other organs inevitably entailing one or

other of these penalties, the testes alone have descended. More-

over, the superior density, the disposition of the attachment, and

the appropriateness both as regards volume and definiteness and

concentration of form for change of position, appertaining to the

testes, lend greater additional facilities to their transposition than

in the case of other organs not so characterised. Hence we can

not only show why the testes have descended, but also why they

alone have thus responded to the incident forces—other or eans,

for one or more of the reasons supplied, requiring to be m: aintained

in position by the special retentive structures developed to that

end. Combining with these facts the additional evidence derived

from a study of mammalian anatomy, showing that impulsive

locomotion is not alone responsible for the descent of the testes,

but that it has also been the prime cause of the evolution of the

diaphragm, the metanephric kidney, and other minor anatomical

features, we see still more clearly “ how strong is the probability

of the theory advanced.”

Other Illustrations of the Relationship between Visceral Con-

formation and Impulsiveness : the Evolution of the Diaphragm

and the Metanephric Kidney.

Although differmg from the reproductive elements of the body

as regards their economic relations to the rest of the organism,

the non-reproductive organs, possessing like material properties,

may be expected to portray similar structural characteristics in

relation to locomotor impulsiveness. A consideration of such will

not only prove of utility as affording indirect confirmation of

the foregoing, but will provide opportunity for tendering similar

explanations in the case of other anatomical features. The con-

stant interrelations of position obtaining between the various

organs in the vertebrate body are in every case easily accounted

for, either on mechanical or physiological grounds, and it is

needless to discuss every organ from these points of view; it will

suffice if we treat of two or three structural phenomena, the

interpretation of which is not quite so self-evident or well

known.

The complete descent of the testes and the presence of a fully-

developed diaphragm both being common characteristics of the

Mammalia, it is possible that the cause to which the former is

attributable may also suffice to explain the evolution of the latter,

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1903, Vor, I. No. XXII. 22

336 MR. W. WOODLAND ON THE [ Apr. 21,

and enquiry confirms the supposition. Though, in the above

account of mammalian locomotion, most stress has been laid upon

the impulsive elevations of the body and resulting strains on the

attachments of organs, yet it must not on that account be inferred

that on descent of either half of the trunk the shock consequent

on contact of the limbs with the earth (equal in intensity to the

elevatory impulse) is negligible. (See above in case of Kangaroo

in which it is taken into account.) Such shocks have the effect

of causing those viscera which are closely adherent to the mass of

the body either to exert a considerable pressure on structures

anterior to them or to be dislodged from theix normal position ;

and if in either case such a result is to be avoided, organs of

support must be developed. In mammals, the lungs together with

the heart occupy the anterior portion of the ccelomic cavity, and

behind these are situated the liver, stomach, and intestines, these

together constituting a considerable mass. These massive organs,

unless prevented, would on each contact of the limbs with the

earth exert great pressure on the fragile compressible lungs

immediately anterior to them. Hence, in order to obviate

ensuing derangements, we find in all mammals, and in many other

terrestrial animals, a stout partition separating the cavity of the

liver and gut from the cavity of the lungs—a structure which can

only have been originated by natural selection. Evidence sup-

porting the conclusion that the diaphragm arose as an adaptation

to the forward pressure of the liver and gastric mass, is not only to

be found in the fact that the diaphragm is convex anteriorly, but

also in that the convexity is, cewteris paribus, proportional to the

impulsiveness of the animal’s activity and to the mass of the

liver and gut. In herbivores the mass of the gut is greater than

in carnivores; on the other hand, ‘‘ carnivorous (fat-eating) animals

generally possess a larger liver than herbivores” (Wredersheim),

so that these respective characters tend to defeat comparison *.

But in the Perissodactyla we find a fairly large liver (considerably

larger than in Artiodactyla), a long herbivoran gut, and a high

degree of impulsiveness, the combination of which on our hypo-

thesis should be correlated with a highly convex diaphragm—an

inference which proves correct. Owen remarks that “in the

perissodactyle Ungulates, in which the movable ribs are numerous

and continued to near the pelvis, the diaphragm is also extensive

and much arched towards the thorax ”—indicating that the con-

vexity of the diaphragm is markedly above the normal. And,

doubtless, other illustrations are adducible. Additional evidence

as to the primary function of the diaphragm is, moreover, afforded

by the case of the Struthiones (and allies) which have adopted

the mammalian mode of locomotion. In these birds there exists

a “ well-marked diaphragm forming a partition which divides the

thoracic cavity into two parts, one posterior and small containing

the lungs, and the other anterior and large containing the heart

1 The small capacity of the herbivoran thoracic cavity as compared with that of

the carnivora must be remembered in this connection.

1903.] TRANSPOSITION OF MAMMALIAN TESTES. 337

and liver. It is a fibrous membrane, concave forwards, with a

muscular attachment at either side to the ribs and intercostal

tissues, which it joins in about the middle of their course......

The pleural cavity is closed above and below by the fibrous dia-

phragm becoming blended with the first and last ribs. The

anterior thoracic cavity, which contains the pericardium-coated

heart in its upper part, entirely independent of the pleural

cavity, is divided into two by a dense fibrous membrane

which springs from two vertebral crura, much as the human

diaphragm, and extends above the line to join the sternum along

the border which articulates with the ribs, leaving the heart entirely

in front of it; its concavity is directed downwards and forwards,

and it is separated from the diaphragm proper by very large air-cells,

The liver is completely separated from the abdominal cavity by a

fibrous membrane, so that when the included viscera are removed,

it is not at all brought into view. The mesentery is very dense

and strong” (Garrod & Darwin). A comparison of the struthious

and mammalian diaphragms affords further confirmation. In the

Ostrich, owing to the anomalous position of the avian lungs (their

close application to the costal skeleton ensuring the intactness of

the air-cell connections), the liver has practically assumed their

role, as regards conformation, in relation to the heart and dia-

phragm. Hence the diaphragm is concave anteriorly, consequent

on the necessity for the retention of the liver. In the mammal,

on the other hand, the lungs are of large volume and freely sus-

pended in the ventral portion of the thorax, enveloping the heart.

If the liver were anterior to the diaphragm it would, as before

remarked, during locomotion periodically exert great pressure on

the lungs ; hence the diaphragm here becomes the forward sup-

port of the liver and other alimentary viscera. The envelopment

of the heart by the liver in the Ostrich possibly affords an illus-

tration of that alternative to the formation of a diaphragm above

referred to.

From these and other considerations, we can more precisely

interpret the anterior convexity of the diaphragm, which is due

to two causes: the forward pressure in the median line of the

large abdominal viscera, and the backward lateral extension of

the capacious lungs. Evidence as to the cooperation of this last

factor is afforded by such cases as that of the Manatee, in which,

on account of its subaqueous habits, unusually developed organs

of respiration are required, it also being essential that their ex-

tension should be dorsal in order to ensure the ventral situation

of the centre of gravity of the body. Here, as Mivart remarks,

the diaphragm is so oblique that the thorax ‘“ extends backwards

above the whole length of the abdominal viscera”; and a similar

conformation is found in Cetacea and perhaps other groups. In

development, the diaphragm is ‘formed from a couple of septa,

dorsal and ventral respectively, which arise independently, and

are for some time quite distinct from each other” (Jarshall) :

from which fact it follows that the part the diaphragm plays in

20%

338 MR. W. WOODLAND ON THE [ Apr. 21,

connection with respiration cannot have constituted its primitive

raison a étre.

Thus, observing the necessity for the development of the dia-

phragm, we find that its variations in disposition and contour

found in the Struthiones and Mammalian orders fully confirm

the conclusion deduced on a@ priori grounds.

Another organ which, though not peculiar to the Mammalia,

is yet a diagnostic feature of terrestrial vertebrates, is the meta-

nephric kidney, and that there is possibly a relationship between

terrestrial modes of lecomotion and the evolution of this organ

T will now endeavour to show.

It is well established that the metanephros is a development

of the definitive mesonephros which has lost its nephrostomata,

acquired a separate duct, and become more or less concentrated

in form. It has been pointed out above that concentration

of structure is an essential concomitant of that increase of

impulsiveness which results from the increased activity of the

animal under conditions which involve marked reactions between

the body and the medium or substratum. That this is so in the

case of the kidney, it is only necessary to compare the elongated

mesonephric bodies of Pisces and aquatic Urodeles with the same

organs of the terrestrial Amphibia and the metanephric bodies

ot Reptilia, and again to compare these latter with their repre-

sentatives in Mammalia, in which both concentration of structure

and impulsiveness of locomotion attain their maxima. With

regard to the loss of nephrostomata, the same relation holds.

In all Pisces, with the exception of certain Elasmobranchii, the

mesonephric bodies retain connection with the ccelom by means

of the nephrostomial tubules. Whether the absence of these

fragile structures in Elasmobranchs (their function with regard

to the celom perhaps being assumed by the abdominal pores) is

to be attributed to the fact that these fishes either are or are not

descended from the most active members of their class (and it

must be remembered that they are surface forms) is not certain,

but it is possible. In the aquatic Urodeles the nephrostomes are

present, but in the terrestrial Anura they have completely lost

their connection with the celom (which latter, as in Elasmo-

branchs, has had to discover another means of exit for its waste

products). The causal relation between disruption of the nephro-

stomata and the adoption of a terrestrial life is here clearly shown

by the ontogeny. In the development of the frog, the meso-

nephros is at first in communication with the coclom: by means of

the nephrostomata, but at the period of metamorphosis this con-

nection is severed, and the kidney, becoming more concentrated,

finally assumes the definite form of the adult : structure. Needless

to say, the metanephros of Reptilia, Aves, and Mammalia is

totally devoid of nephrostomes, that of the last not possessing

them at any stage of development. The division of the meso-

nephros into two portions, one coming into relation with the

testes, and the other—the definitive mesonephros—yretaining its

1903. ] TRANSPOSITION OF MAMMALIAN TESTES. 339

urinary function, is evidently a physiological phenomenon, though

the ultimate structural separation of the two parts must largely

be attributed to the influence of greater activity of the organism.

Also the secondary development of the definitive mesonephros is

indirectly due to increased activity, since the work of the excretion

resulting from the latter is largely increased. In fact, the whole

ontogeny of the kidney—the successive developments of the pro-,

meso-, and metanephros in space and time, the differences obtaining

between the pro- and mesonephric tubules, the disappearance of

the pronephros, &c., &e.—can be directly or indirectly attributed

to the increasing activity of the organism in the course of phylo-

geny, as a little thought will show.

With regard to the position of the kidney—a body of consider-

able mass, and in Amniota similarly disposed to the testes—no

relation between such and the impulsiveness of the animal being

traceable, it is evident that some other factor must be involved,

and enquiry shows that the localisation of the kidney is correlated

with the total activity of the animal. Excretion heing facilitated

by proximity to a vigorous plood-supply, we find that in active

animals the kidney tends to be situated anteriorly, i. e. nearer the

heart ; on the other hand, close connection with the vent to the

exterior is similarly advantageous, and in inactive animals, such

as Reptilia and Urodeles, we find the kidneys situated at the

posterior extremity of the ccelom.

The kidneys of mammals are retained in position by a circwm-

ambient development of areolar tissue, which usually contains

much fat; support is also contributed by the “tonicity” of the

muscles of the abdominal wall and by the terminal ribs.

Tn conclusion, I must acknowledge my indebtedness for details

vespecting the habits and anatomy of the mammalian orders to

the following authors and works: Flower and Lydekker, Owen,

Wiedersheim, Beddard and Gegenbaur, Lydekker’s ‘ Royal

Natural History,’ ‘Mammals’ by Vogt & Specht, Schmeil’s ‘ Text-

book of Zoology,’ and Allen’s & Lloyd’s editions of Jardine’s

‘ Naturalist’s Library.’

L also wish to thank Prof. Minchin, Mr. J. T. Cunningham, and

Mr. H. S. Shelton for kindly reading through the manuscript and

for making several suggestions and criticisms.

APPENDIX.

In respect to the non-descent of the ovary in the Mammalia, it

is as well to emphasise one factor ensuring its retention. Assum-

ing that the females of mammals are approximately as active as

the males, it is evident that if the mammalian ovum had retained

its yolk (7. e. if the mammalian ovary possessed the size and mass

of that of the Sauropsida and Monotremes), the retention of the

ovary within the body-cavity by the development of special liga-

ments, &c., would have been, if not impossible, yet extremely

hazardous. And such being the case, it would obviously benefit

the race if the potency of one of these two factors were decreased.

340 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE [ Apr. 21,

Now, under the conditions of mammalian life—conditions in which

survival of the fittest attains within its limited sphere of operation

a maximum degree of efficiency—it is obvious that diminution of

activity would be fatal, the speed of mammals being one of the

most important conditions to survival in the struggle for existence

(as is shown by the fact that this trait is so highly developed in

these animals) ; hence, a less degree of activity bemg prohibited,

any decrease in the mass of the ovary would be of service to the

organism in which it occurred. Natural selection may legitimately

be supposed to operate here, since, although it has been clearly

demonstrated that the higher the life of the organism the less

range of application does this principle possess, yet it doubtless

applies in the case of any feature which is of paramount importance,

and modifications concerned with the genital structures must

necessarily possess such importance. It is therefore possible, and

even probable, that the loss of yolk suffered by the mammalian

ovary and the alternative adoption of a placental mode of nutrition

both indirectly result from that same cause of impulsive locomotion

to which we have traced several other features of mammalian

structure.

It may also be worth while to add that many minor features of

mammalian anatomy, the significance of which is usually over-

looked, are only explicable on the assumption that they are related

to impulsive locomotion. Instances of these minor structures are :

the accumulation of fat at the base of the heart, the fatty cushion

surrounding the neck of the bladder, the fatty development about

the kidney already noticed, and the various ‘“ suspensory ligaments ”

and other “ fixative organs” referred to above, associated with the

stomach, liver, and other viscera of large mass.

d. On the Geographical Distribution of Spiders of the

Order Mygalomorphe. By R. I. Pococxr, F.Z.S.

[ Received March 17, 1903.]

(Text-figures 58-61.)

Parr [.

InrRODUCTORY REMARKS UPON THE PALHZONTOLOGY AND THE

MEANS OF DISPERSAL OF SPIDERS.

(a) Summary of the Paleontological History of Spiders, and

its bearing on the Phenomena of Distribution.

Owing to the enormous chances against the preservation of

fossil Spiders in sedimentary rocks, the paleontological history

of this Order is very imperfect. One or two types have been

diseovered in Carboniferous strata of Europe and North America

(Arthrolycosa and Protolycosa), and also a fairly large number of

specimens from amber and from gypsum and lacustrine deposits

of Oligocene and Miocene age in those countries. But absolutely

1903.] GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SPIDERS. 341

nothing is known of the forms that inhabited the world during

the enormous lapse of time represented by the Mesozoic strata,

and nothing except inferentially of the types that occupied the

southern countries of the world during Tertiary times.

Spiders of the type that lived in the Carboniferous period

succeeded in holding their own in Europe until the Oligocene, and

are represented at the present time by the genus Liphistius, which

is restricted to the Indo-Malayan area of the Oriental Region.

Apart from the genus Liphistius, all existing Spiders, including

the Mygalomor phe, belong to the group Opisthothele. There is no

evidence that this group existed in the Carboniferous period ; but

since most of the Oligocene and Miocene fossils belong to existing

families, or sometimes indeed to existing genera, It is permissible

to suppose that the Opisthothele originated some time during the

Mesozoie epoch, and may, in fact, be. coeval with the mammalia.

Whether any of these hypothetical Mesozoic forms survive to the

present day, it is quite impossible to say. All that paleontology

allows us to infer is that during the Tertiary period there was

a rich and varied spider -population spread over the Northern

hemisphere, contaiing forms that have undergone but little

metamorphosis since that date. The existence of ‘Mygalomor phe

at that time is attested by the discovery of one form referred to

Mygale in the gypsum-beds at Aix, and of another, Hoatypus,

in the Eocene strata at Garnet Bay in the Isle of Wight. But

since it is impossible to classify these forms with an approach

to certainty in any of the existing families, their only value

from the geographical standpoint is the evidence they supply

that the Mygalomorphe had come into being in Tertiary times, and

were living in the Northern hemisphere.

The imperfections in our knowledge above alluded to permit

only a provisional acceptance of the theories put forward in the

following pages to explain the distributional phenomena of the

Mygalomorphe. But all the available evidence, little enough

though it be, points to the conclusion that the Mygalomorphe

and the rest of the Opisthothele appeared first in the Northern

hemisphere, and spread thence over the southern countries of

the world,

(6) Means of Dispersal of Spiders, and the importance of the

Mygalomorphe from the Geographical standpoint.

It cannot be claimed that Spiders as a whole are a favourable

group to study from a geographical point of view; for, although

exclusiv ely terrestrial when adult, and, like other flightless animals,

dependent upon continuity of land-surfaces for migration, a great

many species are known to have the power, and the instinct to

put it in foree, of dispersing themselves over wide areas by

practising when young the habit of flight, using silk-threads as

aerial floats upon which they may be carried long distances before

the wind. This phenomenon is well known, and has given rise to

342 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE [ Apr. 21,

the belief in the existence of a ‘ gossamer’ spider which is supposed

to be the cause of the fine threads which fall from the air and

carpet the fields with silk at certain times of the year. It is now

known that the ‘gossamer’ spider is a mythical species, and that

species of the most diverse habits belonging to widely different

families are responsible for the floatmg threads. The habit is

practised alike, and, so far as is known, to an equal extent, by

snare-spinning forms belonging to the Argiopidee and Theridiide,

by hunting-spiders like the Lycoside and Attide, or by sedentary

species that lurk in flowers, like the Thomiside.

That this method of locomotion may considerably influence the

distribution of spiders may be inferred from the fact that cobwebs

thrown out in this way, and affording support to little spiders,

have been found at the tops of our highest buildings, and have

become entangled in the rigging of ships 200 miles from land.

There are reasons for thinking, however, that the habit 1s for

the most part restricted to phanerozoic diurnal species, namely,

those that hunt their prey or spin their webs in the open; and

that cryptozoic forms, that live in burrows or under stones or logs

of wood, and that are for the most part nocturnal, do not indulge

in it’.

Clearly, therefore, these eryptozoic groups, in which the restric-

tions to dispersal are presumably the same as in other terrestrial

animals which can neither fly nor swim to any distance, have more

value for the establishment of geographical areas than those species

with powers of dispersal analogous to flight.

Owing to the relatively large size and great weight of the newly

hatched | young of the Mygalomory phee, coupled with the reduction

in the number of spinning- appendages and the greater simplicity

of the silk-glands, it seems probable that aer ial sailing is not

practised to any great extent by the members of this: suborder 2.

Especially true will this be of the Aviculartide, a family which

contains the largest spiders known of this or any other epoch,

with newly-born young rivalling or excelling in size the adults of

many species of the Arachnomorphe.

Consideration of these facts, coupled with the impossibility of

dealing in detail, in one paper, with the distribution of all the

genera of the Aranez, has led to the selection of the Mygalomorphee

as the fittest group to illustrate the geographical distribution of

Spiders in general.

1 Simon states that the Spider-fauna of the Sandwich Islands is composed wholly

of species of the former category, with the exception of some few forms which appear

to owe their presence in that Archipelago to human ageney (‘Fauna Hawaiiensis,’

sranee; 1902).

2 The young of the only known British representative of this group, namely

Atypus, one of the smallest types of Mygalomorphe, have been seen to scatter over

small areas by this method of tray elling (EB. BENE Tr. Ent. Soc. 1885).

In this connection it is instructive to remark that Atypus has a wider distribution

than any other known genus of the suborder, ranging from Ireland and Algeria to

Japan and over the Hastern (? the Western) ‘States of North America, that is to say

ene the Northern hemisphere from the eastern to the western shores of the

tlantic.

1903.] GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SPIDERS. 343

Parr II.

DISTRIBUTION OF THE FAMILIES, SUBFAMILIES, AND GENERA OF

MycGatomorpPu a, and the evidence thus supplied as to their

Original Habitat and the Lines of Migration followed in

Dispersal.

Family DipLurip#.

The Dipluride are the most widely distributed of all groups of

Mygalomorphe, being found practically all over the world to the

south of about the 40th parallel of north latitude. The numerous

groups, however, into which the genera fall present some features

in their geographical range of considerable interest.

1. Subfamily Dreturin2.—The genus Drachythele’ is met with

in the Mediterranean Region, Central Asia, and the Southern

States of North America. Nearly allied to it are Hapalothele from

Madagascar; Brachytheliscus from Natal; dAname, Txamatus,

Chenistonia, and Dekana from Australia and Tasmania; /ufius

from Central and South America; Z’rissothele from Chili; Lycinus

from the Argentine. South America is also the home of Z7rechona,

Diplura, Uruchus, Harmonicon, and Melodeus.

2. Subfamily Macrornerin2.—This subfamily is divisible into

four groups.

(a) The Macrothele :—JMJacrothele occurs in Spain, China,

Burma, Singapore, and Java. Nearly related are Phyxioschema

from ‘Transcaspia, Stenygrocercus trom New Caledonia and

Queensland, and Porrhothele from New Zealand. /schnothele

is represented by species from India, Madagascar, 8. & W. Africa,

and Central and South America; and Hvagrus is known from

S. Africa and Central America, whence it extends into the

Southern States of North America (Idaho).

(b) The Hexathele contain two genera—Hewxathele from New

Zealand, and Scotinecus from Chili.

Eastern Australia.

(dz) The Masteriz, comprising Accola and Masteria, which are

probably identical, occur in Venezuela, the Philippine Islands, and

Upolu. :

The presence of Drachythele in the Mediterranean and Sonoran

areas, and of nearly allied forms in South Africa, Madagascar, and

all over South America, suggests immigration from the north

into these countries of the Southern hemisphere. On the other

hand, the entire absence of related types from the area lying

between and including India and Austro-Malaysia, and the

reappearance in Australia of genera closely allied to Brachythele

1 This genus has also been recorded from S. Africa, Madagascar, 5. America, and

Australia. It is probable, however, that the species referred to it belong to one or

other of the allied genera from these areas.

[ Apr. 21,

MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE

344

ay Iouay ‘sooDdap ‘aLdagsnyy ‘wjayjJ0uon AT

pace pos St SS ES) rE

‘opiimnjdyuy JO eIouNs suUT[EYJOIOV_Y, 94} Jo UOTyNqIAASIG: TworyderSoey oy} oyvaysnTI 04 dey

"BG “SH-4xo],

1903. ] GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SPIDERS. 345

as well as to the South-American and Afro-Mascarene forms, points

equally forcibly to the peopling of Australia from either one or

the other, or perhaps both, of the southern continents just

mentioned,

The remaining genera of Diplurine, namely, 7’rechona, Diplura,

Harmonicon, Melodeus, and Uruchus, all of which are more

specialised types than Brachythele and its allies, probably arose

within their present area of distribution.

A great contrast to the distribution of the Diplurine is presented

by that of the Macrotheline.

The occurrence of Macrothele in Spain, China, Burma and Java;

of Porrhothele, which is scarcely separable from it generically, in

New Zealand ; of Phyxioschema in the Transcaspian area; and of

its near ally, Stenygrocercus, in Queensland and New Caledonia,

suggests a southward migration of these types from the northern

provinces of the Old World into Australia and New Zealand by

way of China and Indo-Malaysia. Similarly /schnothele, a more

specialised type than Jacrothele, perhaps descended from the north

by way of India into Madagascar, South Africa, and crossed

thence into South America, where with Hvagrus, which is also

represented in South Africa, it is the only representative of this

group of Dipluride. The entire absence from the Sonoran Region

of forms related to Maecrothele, Hvagrus, and Ischnothele, is opposed

to the supposition that the two last-mentioned genera had a

northern origin in America.

The Masteriz appear to be degenerate forms of the Macrothele.

They are the smallest of all known Mygalomorphe, and are

essentially eryptozoic or lucifugous, living in caverns or under old

decaying vegetation in the dark, damp forests. Hence we can

only pretend to a partial knowledge of then distribution, and it

would be rash to draw deductions from the fact of their having

been discovered hitherto only in Venezuela, the Philippines, and

Upolu.

The two genera of Atraces, Atrax and Hadronyche, confined to

Australia, appear to be Macrothelinz specialised for a fossorial

life, with which is correlated certain features imparting to them a

superficial similarity to the Ctenizide.

The Hexathele, resembling the Macrothele except in the

retention of an additional pair r of spinning-maimille, undoubtedly

a primitive feature, are confined, so far as is known, to New

Zealand and Chili. There seems no reason to doubt that they

passed from one of these countries to the other by a southern

Jand-connection.

Family PARATROPID®

This family, specialised both in structure and habits, is repre-

sented by three genera, Paratropis, Anisaspis, and Anisaspoides,

confined to the Neotropical Region. Its affinities are doubtful,

but some primitive genus of Dipluride allied to Brachythele must

346 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE [Apr. 21,

probably be looked to for its ancestry. There seems no reason to

doubt that it originated in the area it now occupies.

Families Arypip#, BRACHYBOTHRIIDH, MECICOBOTHRIIDA.

The genera of Atypide, two in number, scarcely pass south of

the Equator. Atypus, occurring in the Mediterranean Region,

and spreading northwards into Central Europe, beyond the 50th

parallel of north latitude, is the most northern type of the Mygalo-

morphe. It is also met with in Japan, Burma and Java, and in

North America, where it ranges to the east of the Mississippi

from Wisconsin (45th parallel of latitude) to Florida. Calommata

is more restricted and more southern in range. It is confined to

the Old World, and has been recorded from Japan, Siam, Burma,

Sumatra, Java, and the Camaroon area of tropical West Africa.

The Brachybothriide contain the genera Acattyma from Japan,

and Brachybothriwm and Atypoides from North America, the latter

from California, the former from British Columbia, North Carolina,

Texas, &e. ;

The Mecicobothriidee comprise two genera—Hexura from the

two north-western States of North America (Washington and

Oregon); and MMecicobothrium from the Argentine.

Atypus seems to be a genus which, like Puchylomerus and others,

extended in Tertiary times sufticiently far to the north to avail

itself of the land-connection that then existed across the area

now covered by the Behring Sea. Its disappearance from the

countries to the north of its present distributional area must be

assigned to the refrigeration of this region of the globe with the

advent of glacial conditions.

The distribution of Calommata in the eastern part of the

Oriental Region and in Tropical West Africa has many parallels

amongst the mammalia, and points to the former extension of the

genus across an intervening forest-clad tract, and its survival in

districts where the conditions remained favourable to its existence.

The explanation given of the distribution of Atypus applies

equally to the Brachybothriide, except that Atypoides has no

representative in the Old World. Srachybothrium extends in

Western America northwards to Queen Charlotte Island, that is

to say to the latitude of the Aleutian Islands and the Alaska

Peninsula. Hence its similarity to, perhaps identity with, the

Japanese Acattyma is no matter for surprise.

The apparently discontinuous distribution of the Mecico-

bothriide is very remarkable; but since the only known example

of Mecicobothriwm measures only 6 mm. in total length, it is

highly probable that the existence of the genus in South America

to the north of the Argentine has been overlooked. Considering

the close structural similarity between Heauwra and Mecicobothrium,

and the admitted relationship between these two genera and the

Brachybothriide and Atypide, both northern groups, it seems

d47

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SPIDERS

1903.]

‘mpudyjoghyovige ‘Mprrdy20q900waTT *pzDUWo DY ssndhpy

‘mpnsypoqonary pure ‘opupogliyonug ‘opidiypy ayy Jo uoyngiaystq peormdersooy oy oywaysny[t 07 deyq

a! Wh =

i e

ee : a —_——>, 2

° — Pe 4

eS HATS >

v7) oe

Yo $e ihers

< th

2 ieee e SS Ae = f8S

"6g “SY-9x9],

348 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE [ Apr. 21,

probable that the Mecicobothriide first appeared in North America

and penetrated thence into South America in the latter half of

the Tertiary epoch.

The three families just discussed form an ascending series in

specialisation, starting with Hexwra, which leads from the

Dipluride, passing through the Brachybothriide, thence to Atypus,

and culminating with Calommata, the most specialised of all.

Assuming, moreover, that dAcattyma and brachybothrium are

identical, it is noticeable that of the six known genera, three are

eculiar to the Western (American) hemisphere, two are common

to both the Eastern and Western, and one only peculiar to the

Eastern, namely Calommata. In other words, the most primitive

genera are exclusively American, one that occupies an intermediate

position (Acattyma) extends only as far as Japan, and the two

genera of the most specialised Atypide extend from east to west

throughout the Hastern hemisphere, and one of them, Atypus, to

the extreme east of the Western hemisphere.

Since we should expect to find the primitive types of a group

persisting in the area of its origin and the specialised forms in

districts remote therefrom, the modifications being brought about

by the varying conditions of existence incident to wandering,

North America may be looked upon as the probable home of this

section of the Mygalomorphe.

If this be the explanation of their distribution, it presents

analogies with that of the Camelidee amongst the mammalia, which

originated in the Sonoran area of America, and thence extended

into South America and into Central Asia by way of Alaska and

Kamchatka.

Family CyRTAUCHENIIDA.

The genera of Cyrtaucheniide are exceedingly numerous, and

rival the Dipluride in extent of distribution ; but, owing to the

complex and puzzling nature of their relationships, it is not easy

to deduce any satisfactory conclusions from their distribution.

They are referable to the following sections, which are arranged

as nearly as possible according to their lines of descent, starting

with the most primitive, z.e. the Nemesiz, which have departed

least from the Diplurid type.

1. Nemesie.—The genus Wemesia itself is abundant in the

Mediterranean Region, and is met with also in China; Anemesia

oceurs in Afghanistan, Vemesiellus in 8. India, and Scalidognathus

in Ceylon. Hermacha, Hermachastes, Lepthereus, Pionothele, and

Spiroctenus inhabit 8. Africa; Genysa, Madagascar; Arbanitis,

Australia, Tasmania, and New Zealand; Cantuaria, New Zealand ;

Rhachias, Carteria, and Hermacha (the last also in 8. Africa) in

South and Central America.

2. Cyrtauchenii, differing from Nemesixe in the procurvature

of the fovea.—Atmetochilus and Damarchus occur in Burma and

Sumatra; Cyrtauchenius and Amblyocarenum in the Mediter-

ranean, the latter also in California ; Pelmatorycter in KH. and 8.

1903.] GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SPIDERS. 349

Africa; Mierobatesia in tropical W. Africa; Stictogaster, Dessia,

and Homostola in 8. Africa; Stenoterommata, Pselligmus, Neo-

cteniza, Eucteniza, and Enrico in South and Central America ;

Aptostichus and Actinowia in California ; and Myrmeciaphila in

Virginia and Carolina.

Bn Aganippe, differing from the preceding in the specialised

arrangement of the eyes.—dAganippe, Blakistonia, Anidiops,

Idiosoma—all confined to Australia.

4, Aporoptychi, differing from the Cyrtauchenii in the

enlargement of the labium and maxillee.—Aporoptychus and Lolo-

stromus occur in tropical West Africa and South America ;

Phrissecia, Pheoclita, Celidotopus, Phenothele, and Rhytidicolus

in 8. America.

Of the above mentioned groups, that of the Nemesiz is the

only one that is represented at the present time in India, Mada-

gascar, and New Zealand—a fact in keeping with its primitive

status, and suggestive of an earlier migration into the Southern

hemispheres. “Singularly enough, the group is unrepresented in

North America. This and the fur ther facts that South Africa is

the richest of the regions in number of genera, and that one of its

genera, Hermacha, occurs also in Brazil, make it almost impossible

to doubt that the group entered South America from South Africa.

Again, since the group is also apparently absent from the whole

of the area lying between India and Australia, we must look to

South Africa, Madagascar, or South America as the source whence

it entered Australia ; and since the Mascarene genus Genysa is

said to be nearly allied to the Australian Arbanitis, Madagascar

and §. Africa were perhaps the feeders to the Australian area.

Since the Cyrtauchenii are specialised allies of the Nemesiz,

and therefore later developed forms, it is interesting to note their

apparent absence from Madagascar, India, Australia, and New

Zealand, which indicates a later southern migration from the

north. The following hypothesis seems to explain the facts of their

distribution. In early Tertiary times the group was continuously

distributed throughout Europe, Asia, and North America. In

Eastern Asia it descended a short distance into Indo-Malaya after

the severance of Australia, and penetrated Africa after the forma

tion of the Mozambique Channel. Similarly from the Sonoran

Region it passed into Central and South America, after the

Pliocene union of the latter with North America. Whether any

of the South-American fauna was derived from Africa or vice

versa, there is no reliable evidence to show.

If the Aganippe entered Australia from South-eastern Asia,

it is strange that no related forms have been discovered in Austro-

Malaysia. They may have come from South America or South

Africa; but I am disposed to think that they have had an origin

independent of the Cyrtauchenii in Australia from the Nemesiz,

from which they differ practically only in the procurvature of the

fovea—a feature which is known to have arisen more than once

390 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE [ Apr. 21,

within the limits of the Mygalomorphe. This conclusion as to

their descent is supported by the fact that the specialised arrange-

ment of the eyes is foreshadowed in Dyareyops, one of the

Nemesize, and by the presence of a single row of ungual pectinations

in the Aganippz and all the Australian Nemesize, two such rows

being characteristic at least of the southern forms of the Cyrt-

auchenil.

The Aporoptychi are specialised Cyrtauchenii. Their distri-

bution suggests that they originated in South America or South

Africa, and crossed from the one continent to the other when the

two were united. This conclusion is strongly supported by the

occurrence of two of the genera in both of the areas in question.

Family Crenizip&.

The genera of the subfamily Ctenizine are almost exclusively

northern. Cteniza, Hpycephalus, and Cyrtocarenwm are restricted

to the Mediterranean; Sterrhochrotus occurs in Turkestan ;

Latouchia 11 China and the Himalayas; Pachylomerus in Spain,

Algeria, Japan, N., Central, and 8. America, and the West Indies ;

Bothriocyrtwm in California; Conothele ranges from Burma to the

Solomon Islands. The only genus which is exclusively southern

is Stasimopus, which is confined to 8. Africa.

The structural features of this group suggest that it is a

specialised offshoot from some northern forms of the Cyrtau-

cheniide. This conclusion is borne out by the more restricted

distribution of the genera, which, in virtue of their later appearance

in the Northern hemisphere, have had less time to distribute

themselves over the southern continents. The only genus which

has entered the Ethiopian Region, namely Stasimopus, appears to

have done so not earlier than the Pliocene, since it is seemingly not

represented in Madagascar. Conothele, too, seems to have

migrated southwards by way of Burma to the Solomon Islands,

after the separation of Australia; Pachylomerus, the only form

which enters the Neotropical Region, appears almost certainly to

be a northern immigrant from the Sonoran region,

The Idiopine section, apparently a specialised offshoot of the

Ctenizine, has, on the contrary, a more southern distribution

than the typical Ctenizine. The genus /diops (Acanthodon) itself

has representatives in Central Asia, Syria, Arabia, India and

Burma, Tropical and South Africa, and 8. America ; Heligmomerus

occurs in India, Ceylon, and Tropical Africa; Gorgyrella in

S. Africa; while the aberrant Pseudidiops is confined to the

forests of South America.

The presence of the genus /diops so far north as Central Asia

and Syria, and in India, Burma, Tropical and Southern Africa,

and Brazil, attesting as it does considerable powers of adaptation

to varied climatic and other physical conditions, justifies the

supposition that the genus never formed part of the Sonoran

fauna of America. Otherwise it would be difficult to account for

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SPIDERS.

1903.]

‘mph ‘purdompT "DUIzwUagd

Wiiia SS NMI,

‘apuhyy pur apizruay oy} Jo uoynqiaystq peorydeasooy oy} oywaysnqr 03 depy

NH WII li ;

‘09 ‘SY-9X0],

1893, Vou. I, No. XXIII.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.

352 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE [ Apr. 21,

its absence at the present time from this region, as well as from

the West Indies and Central America. These considerations

justify the view that South America acquired this element in its

fauna, not from North America but from Africa. But by

whatever route Zdiops reached South America, it is probable that

Pseudidiops, a specialised offshoot of that genus, arose within the

Neotropical Region.

Family HaLonoprocrip#.

The three known genera of this family, a specialised offshoot of

the Ctenizide, namely, Halonoproctus from China, Chorizops and

Cyclocosmia from the Sonoran Region, also constitute a northern

group, which has not migrated into the southern continents.

Family AcTINOPODIDA.

Of the two genera of this family, Hriodon (Missulena) is restricted

to Australia, and Actinopus to the Neotropical Region.

The descent of this family is doubtful, but its structure and

distribution suggest its origin in the Southern hemisphere from

the Cyrtaucheniidee of the group Aporoptychi, which exist in

South America and South Africa. Its present distribution may be

accounted for on the hypothesis of the migration of the ancestral

form either from Africa to Australia and thence to South America,

or the other way about.

Family Micip#.

The Migidee are essentially a southern group. Two or three

genera (Myrtale and Thyropeus) occur in Madagascar; Moggridgea

in Sokotra, Nyasaland, Natal, and Cape Colony ; Heteromigas in

Tasmania; J/igas, nearly related to Moggridgea, in New Zealand ;

and an undescribed genus, close to Heteromigas, in Chili.

The recurvature of the thoracic fovea in this family suggests

its descent from Cyrtaucheniide of the section Nemesie, an

ancient and very widely distributed group, with representatives

in South Africa, Madagascar, South America, Australia, and

New Zealand, the countries to which the Migid are now restricted.

The distribution of the latter attests not only a southern origin,

perhaps in the Afro-Mascarene area, but also migration thence

to Australia and New Zealand, and from Australia to South

America. s

Family BARYCHELIDA.

The genera of this family fall into three sections, which may be

arranged in order of specialisation as follows :—

a. Barycheli: Leptopelma, Mediterranean Region ; A trophothele,

Sokotra; Hubrachythele,Somaliland; Cyphonisia, W. Africa;

Pisenor, hi, Africa; Brachionopus, Cape Colony ; Tigidia,

1903.] GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SPIDERS. 353

Mauritius ; Sasonichus, 8. India; Sipalolasma and Plagio-

bothrus, Ceylon; Hneyocrypta, Singapore to Australia ;

Barychelus, New Caledonia; Jdioctis, Upolu; fdiommata

and TZrittame, Australia; Psalistops, Stothis, Huthycalus,

Epipedesis, Cosmopelma, Trichopelma, ? Acanthogonatus,

Homeoplacis, Idiophthalma, Stropheus, Cyrtogranmommna,

Neotropical Region.

b. Diplothele : Diplothele, India and Ceylon; Sorsythula,

Madagascar.

c. Sasones: Sason, Seychelles, Maldives, Ceylon, India, and

Celebes; ? Rianws, Pinang.

The existence of a primitive type, Leptopelma, in the Medi-

terranean area, and the entire absence of the group from the

Sonoran Region and from China, suggest its origin in the western

part of the Old World. Moreover, the presence of genera in

Sokotra, Mauritius, Madagascar, and all over the Ethiopian

Region attests a southern migration at a very early date,

Similarly, the extension of the group over the Oriental Region,

from India to Australia, suggests a perhaps contemporaneous move-

ment in a south-easterly direction over the area in question, after

the isolation of New Zealand. Again, the absence of genera of this

family from the Sonoran Region, coupled with the relationship

between the Mediterranean genus Leptopelma and many of the

Neotropical types on the one hand, and between the remainder of

the latter and the Tropical African genera on the other, points to

a transatlantic connection between Africa and Europe and South

America. At the same time, the possibility of a migration into

South America from Australia across the area of the Pacific must

be borne in mind,

In the absence of evidence to the contrary, the genus Sason,

specialised both in structure and habits, may be regarded as

having arisen from a primitive type in the area it at present

occupies. That this must have taken place in very early times, before

the severance of the Seychelles from India and Ceylon, w ould be

an unavoidable conclusion, were we sure of the distinctness of the

Seychellesian from the Ceylonese species. But the occurrence

of one of the Ceylonese species in the Maldives proves, I think,

artificial introduction into that Archipelago; and the same expla-

nation may apply to the presence of the genus in the Seychelles,

One other point of interest remains, and that is the unques-

tionably close relationship that obtains between the Indian and

Ceylonese genus Diplothele and the Mascarene Forsythula, the latter

being a more specialised type. This is almost the only undoubted

case of similarity between the faunas of Madagascar and India

that the Mygalomorphe supply.

Family AvICULARIIDS.

The distribution of this family is most instructive.

The heterogeneous group of genera associated together as

3504 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON THE [ Apr. 21,

Aviculariine is represented in the Mediterranean area by the

primitive genus [schnocolus, which ranges from Spain and Algeria

to Syria, and perhaps also occurs in Burma; by Chetopelma and

Cratorrhagus, which ave perhaps identical, found in the eastern

countries of this sea; in India by the genera Phlogiodes, Plesio-

phrictus, and Heterophrictus; and in tropical West Africa by

Scodra, Heteroscodra, Selenogyrus, Heterothele, and Solenothele.

In America the group is represented by a wealth of genera

ranging from the Southern States of the Union (Sonoran),

throughout the West Indies and over the whole of 8. America to

Chili and the Argentine. It is necessary to mention only a few

of the principal genera, such as Aphonopelma from the Sonoran,

Brachypelma, Cyrtopholis, Hapalopus, Acanthoscurria, Lasiodora,

Pamphobeteus, Avicularia, Tapinauchenius, Citharoscelus, Metrio-

pelma, Theraphosia, &e. &e.

The Selenocosmiine range from India and Ceylon over the

Indo- and Austro-Malayan Islands and Australia; the principal

genera being Pecilotheria, confined to India and Ceylon; Chilo-

brachys, occurring in India, Ceylon, and Burma; Lyrognathus in

Assam; Selenocosmia, extending from the Himalayas into

Australia; and Selenotypus and Selenotholus, which are confined

to Australia.

The Thrigmopceine, represented by Thrigmopeus and Haplo-

clastus, are confined to 8. India.

The Ornithoctonine—Cyriopagopus, Melopweus, Ornithoctonus,

Phormingochilus, Citharognathus—extend from Burma to the

Moluccas.

The Eumenophorine, containing the genera Humenophorus from

Sierra Leone, Hysterocrates from the Congo, &c., Phoneyusa and

Pelinobius from the Congo and Masailand, Batesiella from the

Camavroons, Citharischius and Anoploscelus from British East Africa,

Monocentropus from Sokotra and 8. Arabia, and Hneyocrates from

Madagascar, are thus restricted to Madagascar and the northern

portions of the Ethiopian Region, since they do not appear to

pass south of the Congo or the Zambesi.

The Harpactirine, on the contrary, are confined to South and

East Africa, ranging from Masailand to Cape Colony, and crossing

the area of the Eumenophorine north of the Zambesi. The

principal genera are Pterinochilus, Hucratoscelus, Ceratogyrus,

Celogeniwm, Harpactirella, and Harpactira.

Of the above-mentioned subfamilies the least specialised is that

of the Aviculariine, which contains genera like Heterothele and

Mitothele, serving to link in a measure the Aviculariide with the

Macrotheline Dipluride. It is, moreover, the most widely

distributed and most northerly in its range of all the sub-

families, and far the richest and most diversified in its genera.

Certain facts point to the conclusion that the Selenocosmiins

originated in South-eastern Asia. The two most primitive

genera of the subfamily, Phlogiellus and Selenocosmia, occur at the

‘DUD doubhrey T, *DULLOJIOYPULO *DULUSOIOUII AS PORTE BLUE & DULY Cour wn ‘DUD NII

‘mprimjnoapy ayy} JO Woryqrayst] jeorydersoay oy} oyeaysnq{[r OF deyq

355

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SPIDERS.

1903.]

"19 ‘SU-9X0,

356 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE [ Apr. 21,

present time in this area, the former in Java and the Nicobars,

the latter all over the Indo- and Austro-Malayan Islands and

Australia. Selenocosmia, which must be regarded as a direct

descendant of Phlogiellus, must itself be looked upon as the anaestor

of the Malayan Coremiocnemis, the Assamese Lyrognathus, the

Burmese, Indian, and Ceylonese Chilobrachys, and of the two

Australian genera Selenotypus and Selenotholus, all of which, in

the absence of evidence to the contrary, may be held to have

originated within the areas of their present distribution. The

affinities of the aberrant genus, Pacilotheria, which is specialised

both in structure and habits, are more doubtful; but there is no

evidence against the hypothesis that it has been evolved in India

itself.

The presence of Pwcilotheria and Chilobrachys in Ceylon and

India attests their occupation of the latter area before the severance

of Ceylon; and the extension of Selenocosmia into Australia but

not into New Zealand, similarly attests a southern migration into

the former country before its separation from South-eastern

Asia, but after the isolation of New Zealand. It seems probable,

indeed, that this southern immigration into Australia synchronised

with that of the ancestors of the Australian marsupial mammals,

and in this connection it is significant to note that the latter are

believed to have originated in South-eastern Asia* and to have

entered Australia in Eocene times. The great difference, however,

in distribution between the Marsupials and Selenocosmiine may

be explained by the survival of the latter, and the extinction of

the former, in the area of their birth.

The Thrigmopeeine, which are confined, so far as is known, to

India, appear to have been developed from the Aviculariine stock

ata late date, namely after the depression of the connecting land

with Ceylon; and the Ornithoctoninz, which range from Siam

and Burma to the Moluceas, seem similarly to have put in an

appearance after the separation of Australia from the continent

to the north of it.

The Eumenophorine must have entered or been developed in the

Ethiopian Region at an early date, antecedent to the separation of

South Arabia and Sokotra from what is now Somaliland, and

before the formation of the Mozambique Channel divided Mada-

gascar from Hast Africa.

The Harpactivine, on the contrary, which range from Somali-

land to Cape Colony but are unknown in Madagascar, seem to

have originated independently within the Ethiopian Region

subsequent to the Miocene period. The least specialised of the

genera (Harpactirella and Pterinochilus) have not departed far

from the type of structure found in the Aviculariine.

There remains the South-American fauna to be accounted for.

Owing to the general similarity that obtains between the —

genera of this area and those of other parts of the world, the

! Lydekker, ‘ Geogr, Hist, Mammals,’ p, 5 (1896).

1903. ] GEOGRAPHICAL DISPRIBUTION OF SPIDERS. 3507

differences in extremest cases being merely accorded subfamily

rank and in others only generic rank, it is hard to believe that

the ancestors of the existing fauna entered South America from

North America in the early part of the Secondary Period, that is

to say in pre-Jurassic times, and that they have been isolated since

that date until the close of the Miocene. Again, if it be supposed

that they passed southwards from the north after the union of

the two Americas with the close of the Miocene, the conclusion is

inevitable either that the wealth of genera now existing in South

America has been evolved since that date, or that there has been

such a wholesale destruction of genera in the north as to leave

but one genus (Aphonopelma) in the Southern States of N, America

at the present day’.

The occurrence of this genus in the area in question may be

equally well attributed to migration of its ancestors northwards

into the Sonoran Region after the union of North and South

America at the close of the Miocene.

Again, since no members of the Aviculariine occur at the

present time in Australia or Austro-Malaysia, It is needless to

look to this area as the source of the South-American fauna of

this subfamily.

Africa, therefore, and the Mediterranean area alone remain as

the centres whence the incursion could have taken place. In

support of the view that preference in this connection should be

given to Tropical Africa may be urged the following facts. The

Aviculariine of this region are confined to the forest-region of

West Africa, which is roughly conterminous with the basin of the

Congo and includes also the forest-covered district to the north of

the Gulf of Guinea, and are unknown in South Africa. Secondly,

the West-African genus Scodra is apparently the nearest living

ally of the Brazilian genus Avicularia; and Heterothele and

Solenothele, from the same region as Scodra, are equally nearly

related, especially the former, to the Patagonian J/itothele.

Perhaps also some significance must be attached to the cir-

cumstance that the stridulating-organ which attains such a

state of perfection in the Kumenophorine is represented in an

imperfect and unspecialised state in many of the South-American

genera of Aviculariine.

Summary of the preceding pages.

In very early Tertiary times, or, perhaps, still earlier, the primitive

Macrotheline Dipluride arose in Eastern Asia and spread thence

in four directions :—(1) South-eastwards into Australia and New

1 Three other genera, namely Rhechostica, Tapinauchenius, and Avicularia, have

been recorded from the Southern States of North America; the first from Texas, the

second from ‘Texas also and * Indian Territory,’ and the third trom California. ‘The

generic affinities of the first are doubtful; it may indeed be reterable to Aphono-

pelma. The records of the second and third have little value, since the specimens

determined were immature females.

308 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE [ Apr. 21,

Zealand, where the most primitive type of all, Hexathele, still sur-

vives amd whence the ancestor of its near ally, Scotinecus, crossed

to South America, (2) South-westwards into India, Madagascar,

and Tropical Africa (fschnothele and Hvagrus), whence these

genera migrated into South America, passing thence into North

America in later Tertiary times. (3) North-westwards into the

Mediterranean Region (Phyxioschema and Macrothele). (4) North-

eastwards into North America, to give rise to the Mecicobothriide.

On the other hand, the genera of Diplurine, which are more

specialised than the Macrotheline, and therefore of later origin,

were represented in Tertiary times by genera (Brachythele) both

in the Sonoran and Mediterranean Regions. From the latter,

perhaps in the Oligocene era, they descended into Africa and

Madagascar, but do not appear to have entered the Oriental

Region at all. From Africa and Madagascar they probably

entered South America, and perhaps Australia also, though they

may equally well have passed from South America to Australia.

In later Tertiary times also it is probable that there was a

commingling of Sonoran and Neotropical forms due to southward

and northward migration.

The Mecicobothriide, which arose in the Sonoran Region from

a form, like Hexura, allied to Heaathele, themselves gave rise in

early Tertiary times to the Brachybothriide, which still exist

there and have succeeded in reaching Japan (Acattyma), and to

the Atypidee as well, which also crossed into Eastern Asia, and

thence extended westwards as far as Ireland and Algeria, and

southwards into Burma and Java. In South-eastern Asia from a

primitive Atypoid genus origimated Calommata, which probably in

the Pliocene extended right away from the Oriental Region into

West Africa, the existing species being known only from the

latter area and from Indo-Malaysia and Japan.

In later Tertiary times the Sonoran Mecicobothriide moved

southwards into South America, where the existing genus

Mecicobothrium met the genus Scotinecus, the ancestors of which,

according to my hypothesis, reached the same country by the

southern route from New Zealand.

The Cyrtaucheniide of the primitive group Nemesize at an

early date entered India, Africa, and Madagascar from the north,

or equally likely originated in Africa itself and spread thence

into the Mediterranean Region, into Madagascar and India, into

South America and into the Australian Region, as is attested

by the closeness of the similarity between the South-African,

South-American, and Australian species, and the absence of the

group from the eastern parts of the Oriental and from the Sonoran

Regions. Within Australia itself they seem to have given rise

to the group Aganippe.

The explanation given above of the distribution of the

Diplurine Dipluride applies in almost every particular to that of

the Cyrtaucheniidee of the Cyrtauchenii group, except that the

latter were later in the southward movement into Africa, reaching

1903. ] GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SPIDERS. 359

that region after the separation of Madagascar, and except that

they have left isolated genera in Indo-Malaya. The Aporoptychi

arose in Africa from the Cyrtauchenii before the severance of that

country from South America.

The Actinopodide were perhaps evolved from an Aporoptychus-

like form in South America, and crossed thence to Australia.

The Migidee probably originated in the Ethiopian Region before

the isolation of Sokotra and Madagascar. The similarity between

the South-African and Novo-Zelandian, the Tasmanian and Pata-

gonian genera suggests that the migration of the family from its

hypothetical home took an eastward direction.

The Ctenizide, a specialised northern offshoot from the

Cyrtauchenu, crossed during the Tertiary period from Asia to

North America, and occur at the present time in the Senoran and

Mediterranean Regions. It entered South-eastern Asia after the

separation of Australia; and Africa after the formation of the

Mozambique Channel, but before the sinking of the connecting

land with South America. In late Tertiary times the union of

North and South America admitted the Sonoran and Mediter-

ranean genus Pachylomerus ito the Neotropical area, where it

mingled with the Idiopine element that had come from Africa.

The Halonoproctidze must similarly have crossed from America

to Asia, or vice versa, during the Tertiary Period, since the

existing genera persist at the present time in the Sonoran Region

and China.

It is impossible to determine the original home of the Bary-

chelide. Possibly the family originated at an early date in

Africa, and became distributed all over the area they now inhabit

from that centre. Possibly it arose in the northern parts of

the Old World, and at an early date extended southwards into

the Ethiopian, Oriental, and Australian Regions. However that

may be, there seems no reason to think that the group entered

the Neotropical Region from the Sonoran,

The Aviculariide arose in the northern portion of the Old

World, whence emigrants passed into the Oriental and Ethiopian

Regions. From one primitive type in India sprang the Thrig-

mopeeinze ; from another in Indo-Malaysia the Ornithoctonine ;

and from a third the Selenocosmiine, which distributed themselves

from India, Ceylon, and the Philippine Islands into Australia,

perhaps in Eocene times. In the Ethiopian Region, from a

primitive type arose the Eumenophorine, at a sutticiently early

date to reach Sokotra, 8. Arabia, and Madagasear. Later on, after

the severance of Madagascar, arose the Harpactirine. The genera

of these specialised subfamilies probably supplanted to a large

extent both in the Ethiopian and Oriental Regions the Avicu-

lariine, but the latter attained an enormous development in

South America, which they seem to have reached from Africa or

possibly from Europe. With the Pliocene union of North and

South America certain forms spread northwards from South

America into the Sonoran Region.

360 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON THE [ Apr. 21,

Parr III.

GEOGRAPHICAL REGIONS AND THEIR PRINCIPAL GENERA.

Mediterranean Region.

Dipluridee.

Diplurine.—Brachythele: Greece, Cyprus, Central Asia.

Macrotheline.— Wacrothele: Spain, China, LooChoo. Phyxio-

schema: Transcaspia.

Brachybothriidee.— A cattyma: Japan.

Atypide.—Atypus: South and Central Europe, Algeria, Japan.

Calommata: Japan.

Cyrtaucheniidee.—Wemesia: 8. Europe, N. Africa, China. <Ane-

mesia: Afghanistan. Cyrtauchenius : Southern countries

of Mediterranean. <Amblyocarenum: 8S. Europe, N.

Africa.

Ctenizide.—Pachylomerus: Spain, Algeria, Japan. Jdiops :

Syria. Cteniza: France, Italy. dpycephalus: Sicily,

Sardinia. Cyrtocarenum: Eastern countries of Medi-

terranean. Sterrhochrotus : Turkestan. Latouchia :

Loo Choo Islands, China.

Halonoproctidee.— Halonoproctws : China.

Barychelidee.—Leptopelma: 8. Italy, N. Africa.

Aviculariidee.

Aviculariinse.—Tschnocolus: 8. Europe, N. Africa. Crator-

rhagus and Chetopelma: Eastern area of Mediterranean.

Of the above-mentioned genera, 22 in number, those belonging to

the Aviculariide and Barychelide are peculiar ; also Sterrhochrotus,

Cyrtocarenum, Zpycephalus, and Cteniza amongst the Ctenizide ;

Cyrtauchenius, Anemesia, and Nemesia amongst the Cyrtau-

chentide; Phyxioschema amongst the Dipluridz; and perhaps

Acattyma amongst the Brachybothriide. Of the others, Brachy-

thele and Amblyocarenum are also Sonoran ; J/acrothele and

Latouchia also Oriental; Atypus, Orientaland Sonoran; Calommata,

Oriental and Ethiopian; Pachylomerus, Sonoran and Neotropical ;

Idiops, Oriental, Ethiopian, and Neotropical.

Thus of the 22 genera enumerated, more than half, namely 12,

are peculiar. Of the rest, 4 are Sonoran and 5 Oriental, the latter,

with exception of /diops, occurring in the Indo-Chinese area ;

2 Ethiopian and 2 Neotropical. With the Australian Region the

Mediterranean has no genera In common, although Porrhothele

and Stenygrocercus of the former are nearly related to MJacrothele

and Phyxtoschema of the latter. These data make it impossible

to attach the Mediterranean area to either of the others with

which it has genera in common. Hence it must be regarded as a

Region apart. The only genus which extends into the Holarctic

is Atypus.

It may be defined as the Region lying north of the Ethiopian

and Oviental Regions, and south of the great mountain-chains of

urope, north of which the Mygalomorphe, excepting Atypus,

do not pass.

1903. ] GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SPIDERS. 361

Ethiopian Region.

(Africa south of the Sahara, South Arabia (Sokotra), and

Madagascar.)

Dipluride.

Diplurine.—apalothele : Madagascar.

Brachytheliscus: 8. Afvica.

Macrotheline.—Hvagrus: 8. Africa. Ischnothele: Mada-

gascar, 8. & W. Africa.

Atypide.—Calommata: W. Africa,

Cyrtaucheniidee.—H ermacha, Hermachastes, Lepthereus, Pi onothele,

and Spiroctenus: S. Africa. Genysa : Madagascar.

Pelmatorycter: 8. Africa. Microbatesia: W. Africa.

Bessia, Stictogaster, and Homostola: 8. Africa. Aporo-

ptychus and Ancylotrypa : W. Africa.

Ctenizide.—Stasimopus: S. Africa. diops : E., W., & 8. Africa.

Heligmomerus: E. & 8. Africa. Gorgyrella: 8. Africa.

Migidee.— Moggridgea : 8. Africa, Sokotra. Myrtale and Thyro-

peus : Madagascar’.

Barychelicee. Atrophothele: Sokotra. Eubrachythele, Pisenor,and

Pisenorodes: EK. Africa. ‘yphonisia: W. Africa.

Brachionopus: $%. Africa. Lorsythula : Madagascar.

Tiyidia: Mauritius. Sason: Seychelles.

Aviculariide.

Aviculariine.—Scodra, Heteroscodra, and Selenogyrus : We

Africa. Heterothele: W. & E. Africa. Solenothele :

W. Africa.

Eumenophorinse.—Hysterocrates : W. Africa. Loxomphalia :

BE, Africa. Phoneyusa and Pelinobius: W. & K. Africa

(probably identical). Citharischius: Ki. Africa, Batest-

ella: W. Africa. Anoploscelus: KE. Africa, MJono-

centropus: Sokotra, 8. Arabia. Lneyocrates: Mada-

gascar,

Harpactirine.—Pterinochilus: E. & S. Africa, Huecrato-

scelus: E. Africa. Ceratogyrus, Calogeniwm, Harpac-

tirella, and Iurpactira: 8. Africa.

Perhaps the same.

Of the 54 above-mentioned genera, all are peculiar to the Region,

with exception of Mvagrus, Tschnothele, Idiops, and Hermacha,

which also occur in South America; Sason, Ldiops, Ischnothele,

and Calommata in the Oriental Region; possibly also with the

exception of Ancylotrypa and Moggridgea, if the former is identical

with the South-American Bolostromus, and the latter with the

New-Zealand JMigas.

Apart from its distinctive genera, the Region is essentially

characterised by the two subfamilies of Aviculariide, the Kumeno-

phorine and Harpactirine, which are peculiar.

The fauna of Madagascar does not seem to warrant the

ascription of more than subregional importance to this island,

Apart from the occurrence of Zschnothele in India and Mada-

gascar, and the relationship between Diplothele and Forsythula,

362 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE | Apr. 21,

Madagascar shows no similarity to the Oriental Region, with which

Simon united it. (Trouessait, La Géogr. Zoolos. pp. 208-211,

1890.)

The African portion of the Ethiopian Region is divisible into

two well-marked subregions, namely, the West-African or forest

area of the Congo, which extends from the shores of the Gulf of

Guinea to Uganda, and a South and Hast-African area. The

former is essentially characterised by the presence of the Avicu-

lariine, Kumenophorine, and Barychelide; the latter by the

Har pactiri ine, Cyrtaucheniide, and Migide. In East Africa,

north of the Zambesi, the two regions cross.

Oriental Region.

Dipluride.

Macrothelinee.— Macrothele : Burma, Malacca, Java. Ischno-

thele: India.

Atypidx.—Atypus: Burma, Java. Calommata: Burma, Siam,

Java, Sumatra.

Cyrtauchentida

Damarchus: Burma, Malacca. <Atmetochilus: Tenas-

serim.

Ctenizidee.—TJdiops : India, Burma. Heligmomerus: Ceylon, 8.

India. Latouchia: Himalayas. Conothele: Burma to

Solomon Islands.

Barychelidee.—Diplothele : India, Ceylon. Sasonichus: India

(Travancore). Plagiobothrus and Sipalolasma: Ceylon.

Sason: India, Ceylon, Saleyer. Hncyocrypta: Malacca,

Borneo, to Queensland.

Aviculariide.

Aviculariinse.— Phlogiodes and Heterophrictus: India. Plesio-

phrictus: India, Ceylon, ? Burma. Acolischnus ?

Burma.

Thrigmopeeinse.-—Thrigmopeus and Haploclastus : Western

and Southern India.

Selenocosmiinee.—Pecilotheria: India, Ceylon. Chilobrachys :

India, Ceylon, Burma. Selenocosmia : Himalayas,

mama, Java, Sumatra, Borneo, New Guinea. Phlogi-

ellus: Java, Nicobars. Lyrognathus: India (Assam).

Coremiocnemis: Malacca. ~% Orphnecus: Philippine

Islands.

Ornithoctoninze.—Ornithoctonus: Burma. Cyriopagopus :

Burma, Malacea. JMelopeus: Burma, Siam. Citharo-

gnathus : Borneo. Phormingochilus: Borneo, Celebes,

Moluccas.

36 genera. Characteristic of this Region, and entirely confined

1 New name for the species from Tenasserim, described by Thorell as Ischnocolus

brevipes (Thorell, Ann. Mus. Genova, xxxvii. p. 170, 1897; also Pocock, ‘ Fauna of

British India: Arachnida,’ p. 183), which at least differs from the typical species of

Ischnocolus from the Mediterranean in having the tarsus of the palp short in the male,

1903.) GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SPIDERS. 363

to it, are the two subfamilies of Aviculariide, Thrigmopeine and

Ornithoctonine, while the third subfamily, Selenocosmiine, is

common to it and the Australian Region. Moreover, all the genera

of Aviculariine, of Cyrtaucheniide and Barychelide are peculiar,

with the exception of Hncyoerypta, belonging to the last-mentioned,

which extends to Australia. Conothele amongst the Ctenizide is

also peculiar, if the Solomon Islands be included. For the rest,

Macrothele and Atypus occur also in the Mediterranean Region ;

Calommatain Japan and West Africa ; Tschnothele in Madagascar,

Africa, and South America; Zdiops in Africa and South America ;

Heligmomerus in Africa ; Latouchia in China; and Sason in the

Seychelles.

The apparent richness of India, Ceylon, and Burma, as compared

with the eastern portion of the Region, may be merely due to

more extensive collecting in the former countries ; or it may be

attributable to failure to penetrate far into the latter before the

break-up of the area into islands. Four genera only are known

to cross Wallace’s line, namely, Selenocosmia, Phormingochilus,

Encyocrypta, and Sason ; but, apart from these genera, there is no

evidence to show that this channel constitutes the divisional line

between the Oriental and Australian Regions,

Australian Region.

(Australia and its adjacent Islands.)

Dipluridee.

Macrotheline.—Stenygrocercus : N. Caledonia, Queensland.

Porrhothele and Hexathele: New Zealand. Atrax and

Hadronyche: Australia.

Diplurine.—Aname, Ixamatus, Chenistonia, and Dekana :

Australia, Tasmania.

Cyrfaucheniide.— Cantuaria: New Zealand. <Arbanitis: New

Zealand, Australia. Dyarcyops, Aganippe, Llakistonia,

Anidiops, and Idiosoma: Australia.

Migidee.—Heteromigas: Tasmania. Migas: New Zealand.

Actinopodide.—Hriodon : Australia.

Barychelide.—/diommata: Australia. Hneyoerypta: Australia,

New Caledonia. Trittame: Australia. Barychelus:

New Caledonia. Jdioctis: Upolu.

Aviculariidee.

Selenocosmiinse.— Selenocosmia, Solenotholus, and Selenotypus :

Australia.

Of the above-mentioned 27 genera, all are peculiar to the

Region with the exception of Hneyoerypta and Selenocosmia, which

also occur in the Oriental Region, and possibly of J/igas, which

may prove indistinguishable from the South-African JMoggridgea.

The poverty of New Zealand in genera, and the distinctness of

two of the three forms that do occur there, entitle it to subregional

rank, but no more.

364 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON TIE [Apr. 21,

The Austro-Malayan Islands, which were referred by Wallace

to the Australian Region, belong, according to their Arachnid

fauna, to the Oriental Region—Wallace’s line being practically

non-existent.

Sonoran Region.

Dipluride.

Diplurine.—Brachythele : California, Texas, &e.

Macrothelinee.—Hvagrus : Idaho.

Mecicobothriide.—Hewura : Oregon and Washington State.

Brachybothriidee.—Lrachybothrium : From Texas and Virginia to

British Columbia. <Atypoides: California.

Atypidee.—<Atypus: Eastern States, from Wisconsin to Florida.

Cyrtauchentidee.—Amblyocurenwm, Aptostichus, and Actinoxia:

California. M/yrmeciaphila: Carolina, Virginia.

Ctenizidee.—Pachylomerus : Carolina, Alabama, &c., Mexico.

Bothriocyrtum : California, Utah, Texas, Mexico.

Halonoproctidee.—Cyclocosmia : California, Alabama. Chorizops :

Mexico.

Aviculariudee.

Aviculariinee.—4d phonopelma : Texas, Arizona, California.

And perhaps others.

Out of the above-given list of 15 genera no fewer than 10 are

peculiar to the Region, all, that is to say, with the exception of

Atypus, Brachythele, Amblyocarenum, and Pachylomerus, which

are also present in the Mediterranean Region, and Hvagrus,

which is met with in the Neotropical and Ethiopian Regions.

This Region, including the Mexican plateau and the Southern

States of the Union, extends northwards to the northern limits

of the Mygalomorphe, or at least to those of the Scorpiones and

Solifugee *.

Neotropical Region.

(Central America south of the Mexican plateau, West Indies,

Bahamas, and South America.)

The principal genera are :—

Dipluridee.

Diplurine.—Diplura: 8. America. Uruchus: Ecuador.

Trechona, Melodeus, and Harmonicon: Brazil. Fufius:

Central and South America. Trissothele: Chil. Lyci-

nus: Argentine.

Macrotheline.—IJschnothele: Central and South America,

W. Indies. Hvagrus: Central America.

Paratropide.—Paratropis : Ecuador, Amazons. <Anisaspoides :

Amazons. Anisaspis: W. Indies.

Mecicobothriidee.— MWecicobothrium: Argentine.

1 Compare also in this connection the distribution on the coast of Limulus poly-

phemus, trom Cape Cod to the Gulf of Mexico.

1903.] GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SPIDERS. 365

Cyrtaucheniidee.—Stenoterommata: Brazil, Chili. Pselligmus:

Brazil. Hutychides: Central America, Antilles. Aporo-

ptychus and Bolostromus: 8. America. Rhytidicolus :

Venezuela. Phrissecia: Ecuador. Pheochta and

Celidotopus : Venezuela. Hermacha: Brazil, Chili.

Carteria: Chili. Rhachias: Brazil. Neocteniza: Central

and South America. ucteniza and Hnrico: Central

America.

Actinopodide.—<Actinopus: Central America to the Argentine.

Ctenizidee.—Pachylomerus: Centraland South America, W. Indies.

Idiops and Pseudidiops : 8. America.

Migidee.—(Undescribed genus): Chili.

Barychelidee.—Psalistops: Venezuela. Stothis: Venezuela, W.

Indies. Huthycelus and Hpipedesis: Venezuela, Cosmo-—

pelma: Brazil. Trichopelma: St. Domingo, Brazil.

Idiophthalma: Brazil. Cyrtogrammomma: Demerara.

Homeoplacis: Brazil.

Aviculariide.

Aviculariine.—Mitothele : Patagonia. Thalerommata and

Tmesiphantes: Brazil. Dryptopelma: Ecuador. Ma-

gula: Braal. Adranochelia and Cheetorrhombus :

Venezuela. Stichoplastus: Venezuela, Trinidad. Hapa-

lopus: Central and South America. Jetriopelmea :

Central America to Argentine. Cyrlopholis: W. Indies,

Bahamas, Central America. Citharacanthus and brachy-

pelma: Central America. Homaomma: Southern Brazil.

Paraphysa and Phryxotrichus: Chili. Citharoscelus :

Chili, Argentine, Brazil. Zasiodora: 8. Brazil. Pampho-

beteus: Ecuador, Colombia. Phormictopus: WHayti.

Acanthoscurria: W. Indies to Argentine. Sericopelma :

Panama, Cayenne. phebopus: ‘Amazons. Avieularia:

Brazil, W. Indies, Central America. Tapinauchenius :

Central and South America. Psalmopeus: 8S. America.

This list of 69 genera, although incomplete, shows the Neo-

tropical Region to be far the richest of all in point of numbers,

Moreover, all are peculiar to the Region except Pachylomerus,

which occurs also in the Sonoran and Mediterranean Regions ;

Idiops, which is also met with in Africa, India, and the Mediter-

ranean Region; and Hermacha, Aporopt yohus, possibly Bolostromus,

Hvagrus, and Ischnothele, which have been recorded from Africa,

the last-named also ean Madagascar and India. So too ane

family Paratropidee is confined to the Region ; the Mecicobothriidee

exist elsewhere only in the Sonoran Region ; ; and the Actinopodidze

only in Australia,

366 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON THE fApr. 21,

Part lV.

DisTRIBUTION OF SOME OF THE FAMILIES OF ARACHNOMORPHE

THAT WERE REPRESENTED IN THE OLIGOCENE PERIOD.

The only fossil Spiders, with one or two exceptions, of which

the generic determination may be trusted, are those that have

been found in the amber-beds of Oligocene age. Those that have

been referred to genera not now known to exist have no special

importance from a geographical standpoint; but of those that

have been assigned to existing genera, the following may be taken

as a fairly complete list :—Segestria and Dysdera (Dysderide) ;

Eresus (Eireside) ; Amaurobius (Dictynide); Aranea, Zilla, Tetra-

gnatha, and Nephila (Argiopide) ; Archea (Archeidee) ; Tegenaria

and Agelena (Agelenide); Drassus (Drasside); Clubtona, Any-

phena, and Sparassus (Clubionide) ; Thomisus and Philodromus

(Thomisidee).

Although since the Oligocene these Spiders have had the same

time for dispersal, they nevertheless differ greatly in their distri-

bution. Dysdera, for example, is apparently indigenous only in the

Mediterranean and central portions of Europe and Asia’; Hresws is

found in South and Central Europe, Central Asia, China, and Africa

to the north and south of the Sahara; Amaurobius all over the

world with the exception of India, tropical Africa, and Madagascar ;

Aranea and Tetragnatha are cosmopolitan; Wephila is mainly

restricted to the tropics and the Southern hemisphere, though in

Eastern Asia it extends as far north as Japan, and in North

America enters the Southern States of the Union; Archea is

known only from Madagascar; Tegenaria is indigenous apparently

only in Europe and North America; <Agelena in Hurope,

South Africa, India, and Burma; Anyphena in North, Central,

and South America (Andes), Japan, India (in the mountains),

and Central Europe.

The Hersiliidee were represented in the Oligocene of Hurope.

The four existing genera are distributed as follows :—AHersiha

ranges from the southern area of the Mediterranean as far as

Malaysia in the Oriental Region, and over Africa and Madagascar.

Tts very near ally Murricia is confined to India; Herszliola is

known only from the Mediterranean Region and 8. Africa. Zama,

next to Hersiliola the most primitive of all the genera, occurs in

the Mediterranean, Oriental, Australian, and Neotropical Regions.

The distribution of the group offers no difficulties to the hypo-

thesis of a southern migration from EKurope. The absence of the

genus Zama from North and Central America strongly suggests its

existence in South America to be attributable to migration from

Australia.

Two genera of Hresidz have been recorded from the European

1 Specimens that have been recorded from the Southern hemisphere are mostly,

probably in all cases, referable to imported European species.

1903.] GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SPIDERS. 367

Oligocene. At the present time the family is represented by

Adonea and Dorceus in the southern area of the Mediterranean ;

by Dresserus and Seothyra in Tropical and South Africa; by

Stegodyphus in the Mediterranean Region, India, Ceylon, and

Burma in the Oriental Region, and East and South Africa in the

Ethiopian Region; by resus, which extends across Europe and

Asia from England to China, being especially abundant in the

Mediterranean Region and also occurs in South Africa. The

absence of this group from Madagascar points to a late (probably

Pliocene) incursion from the nor th into Afri ‘ica, which, in conjunc-

tion with its failure to reach North America and Australia,

also explains its absence from South America,

The only existing genus of Urocteidee, Uractea, was represented

in the European Oligocene. At the present time it is found in

the Mediterranean Region, China, Japan, India, and South Africa.

The apparent absence of the genus from Madagascar indicates a

late movement into South Africa.

The Palpimanide are also alleged to date back to the Oligocene.

The most primitive member of the family, Huttonia, constituting

the Huttoniine, is now restricted to New Zealand. The more

specialised Stenochilinze are confined to the Oriental Region,

where they range from Bombay to the Philippines. The Palpi-

manine, the most specialised of the three, to which the Oligocene

genus belongs, are represented by two groups, the Chedimez and

the Palpimanee. The latter, containing the single genus Palpi-

manus, occurs in the Mediterranean Region, Western India, and

East and South Africa; the former is represented by Boagrus in

the Malay Peninsula, Steriphopus in Ceylon, Sarascelis in the

Malay Peninsula and tropical West Africa, Diaphorocellus in

South Africa, and by Otiothops and Aniscedus in South America.

The survival of the primitive type, Huttonia, in New Zealand

assigns great antiquity to this group. The Stenochiline and

Palpimanine were perhaps evolved in South-eastern Asia and

spread thence in a westerly direction, the more specialised Palpi-

manine reaching Kurope in the Oligocene and passing into Africa

and thence to South America. The entire absence of Palpimaninze

from North America and Australia, and the near relationship

that obtains between the genera from South America and Tropical

Africa, almost compels the belief that the former country received

this element of its fauna from the latter.

The Anyphenide are represented in the Oligocene beds of

Europe and North America. At the present time, one genus

only, Anyphena, occurs in the temperate area of the Northern

hemisphere of the Old World; the same genus also occurs in

North America; while the remainder of the genera, sixteen or so

in number, extend into South America, principally along the

Andean chain as far south as Tierra del Fuego. These facts

suggest that the group had its origin in North America, perhaps

in Eocene times, crossed thence into Asia and Europe before or

during the Oligocene, and, when North and South America were

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1903, Vou. I. No. XXIV, 24

368 ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF SPIDERS. [ Apr. 21.

united at the close of the Miocene, descended into the latter area.

If so, it presents a striking parallel to that of the Camel family,

which was represented by many genera, now extinct, in North

America during the Tertiaries, from the Lower Oligocene upwards,

entered the Old World, where it is now represented by the Camels,

and South America, where the Llamas still exist and extend

principally along the mountains far to the south into Patagonia.

Here again, as in other cases, the exact parallelism between

the Mammalia cited and the Spiders fails apparently only on

account of the survival of the latter and the extinction of the

former in the area of their origin.

To pursue this subject further, and take all the families and

genera of Spiders into consideration, would require a special

volume. Enough, however, has been said to show that the

suggestions put forward to explain the distribution of other groups

of animals apply also to the distribution of Spiders.

Norre.—During the passage of these pages through the press,

Simon has issued two papers (Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. 1902,

pp. 595-598; Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. xlvii. pp. 21-23, 1903)

containing descriptions of the following new genera of Mygalo-

morphee :-—

Dipluride.—Hntypesa, allied to the Australian Jeamatus:

Madagascar. é

Cyrtaucheniide.— Diadocyrtus, allied to the Ceylonese Scalido-

gnathus; Genysochera, near Genysa: Madagascar.

Ctenizidee,— Hebestatis, near Pachylomerus: California,

Migide.—Calathotarsus, near the New-Zealand Migas: Chill.

Pacilomigas, near Moggridgea: S. Africa.

Barychelidee.—(Barycheli) Zophoryctes, allied to the Australian

Trittame ; (Diplothele) Cestotrema, Acropholius: Mada-

gascar.

The chief feature of interest is the six new genera from Mada-

gascar, two of which are related to Australian forms, one to a

Ceylonese genus, one to a previously known Mascarene genus; the

remaining two belonging to the Diplothele, hitherto represented

by two genera, one from Madagascar, the other from Ceylon and

India. Reference may also be made to the new Chilian genus of

Migidee, which I have already mentioned (p. 365).

Ablabes

dorie, 93.

hermine, 101.

semicarinatus, 101.

Acalyptophis

peronit, 95.

Acanthephyra

pellucida, 76, 77.

purpurea, 77.

Acanthedon, 350.

Acanthogonatus, 353.

Acanthoscurria, 354, 365.

Acartia

clausti, 119, 125.

Acattyma, 346, 348, 358,

360.

Accola, 3438.

Acetes, 53.

Achalinus

bracconieri, 88.

rufescens, 88.

spinalis, 88, 100.

Achtheres

sandre, 109.

Acolischnus, gen. nov.,

362.

Acomys

witherbyi, 298,

Acrochordus

Javanicus, 85.

Acropholius, 368.

Actinopus, 352, 365.

Actinopyga, 193.

Actinoxia, 849, 364.

Adonea, 367.

Adranochelia, 360.

Egisthus

aculeatus, 124.

atlanticus, 124.

longirastris, 124.

mucronatus, 124,

ZEpycephalus, 340, 360,

Aganippe, 349, 565.

Agelena, 366.

INDEX.

Aipysurus

annulatus, 95, 101,

Alces

bedfordieg, 147, 148,

150

machlis, 133-151.

Alestes

baremose, 6, 7.

Suchsii, 23.

intermedius, 22, 28.

kingsleyie, 23.

longipinnis, 22.

mucrolepidotus, 7, 28.

opisthotenia, 22, 28.

thollont, 22.

Alma

budgetti, 222.

emint, 222.

millsont, 222.

nilotica, 222.

stuhimanni, 221, 222.

Alvania, 219.

Alycveus

conformis, 198.

diplochilus, 198.

perakensis, 198.

thieroti, 197.

Amaurobius, 366.

Amblycephalus

moellendorfii, 97.

Amblyocarenum,

360, 364.

Ampbilius

longirostris, 25, 28.

Anabas

kingsleye, 27.

maculatus, 27.

pleurostigma, 27, 29.

Aname, 343, 363.

Anchicaligus

nautili, 108.

Ancistrodon

acutus, 98.

blomhoffii, 98, 102.

348,

Ancistrodon

intermedius, 101.

Ancylotrypa, 361.

Anemesia, 348, 360.

Anidiops, 349, 363.

Anisedus, 367.

Anisaspis, 345, 364.

Anisaspoides, 345, 364.

Anoplopterus

longirostris, 25.

Anoploscelus, 354, 361.

Anthropopithecus

troglodytes, 191.

Antilope

dammah, 300.

leucoryx, 300.

Anyphena, 366, 367.

Aphidium

Jicus, 106.

Aphonopelma, 354, 357,

364.

Aporoptychus, 349, 359,

361, 365.

Aptostichus, 349, 364.

Arachnactis

albida, 117, 118, 123.

Aranea, 366.

Arbanitis, 348, 349, 363.

Archaea, 366.

Argyroneta, 158.

Arthrolycosa, 340.

Artotrogus, 104.

Arvicanthis

barbarus, 297.

dunni, 297.

zebra, 297, 298.

Aspidosiphon, 37, 38, 104.

Aspidura,

copii, D4.

trachyprocta, 94.

Asthenoceros, gen. nov.,

315.

woodworthi, 302, 315,

318.

370

Atmetochilus, 348, 362.

Atrax, 8438, 345, 863.

Atrophothele, 352, 361.

Atypoides, 346, 364.

Atypus, 342, 346, 348,

360, 363, 364.

Auchenoglanis

ballayi, 25.

Augraptilus

zetesios, 125.

Avicularia, 354, 357, 365.

Beolidia

major, 252, 253, 254.

— ornata, 254.

mbit, 203, 254.

Bagrus

bayad, 6.

Balistes

biaculeatus, 182, 184.

bines, 185.

Barbus

batesti, 25, 29.

howkert, 24.

bynnt, 25.

camptacanthus, 25.

guirali, 25.

kessleri, 25.

potamogalis, 25.

progenys, 24, 29.

teniurus, 24, 28.

tanensis, 25.

Barilius

kingsleye, 25.

ubangensis, 25.

Barychelus, 353, 363.

Bassettia

congri, 108.

Batesiella, 354, 361.

Bergendalia, gen. nov.,

310.

anomala, 502, 310, 311,

318.

Beroé

cucwmis, 117, 118.

Bessia, 349, 361.

Bettonia

lagariensis, 213, 214.

Blakistonia, 349, 363.

Boagrus, 367.

Bolostromus, 349, 361,

365.

Bomolochus

onost, 108.

zeugopter?, 108.

Bothriocyrtum, 350, 364.

Brachionopus, 352, 361.

Brachybothrium, 346,

348, 364.

Brachypelma, 354, 365,

INDEX.

Brachythele, 343,

358, 360, 364.

Brachytheliscus, 343, 361.

Bryconzethiops

microstoma, 22.

Buccones, 258.

Bufo

vulgaris, 89, 90.

Bungarus

candidus, 96.

fasciatus, 96.

multicincta, 96.

Cacomantis, 259, 260,

267, 275, 276, 279,

280, 281, 284, 287,

289, 290.

merulinus, 280.

Calamaria

berezowski, 93.

pavimentata, 93, 101.

pfeffert, 93.

septentrionalis, 93.

Calanus

finmarchicus, 118, 128.

Calathotarsus, 368.

Caligus

labracis, 108.

pacificus, 108.

Callionymus

maculatus, 109.

Calliteuthis

sp., 77.

Callophis

macclellandii, 97.

Calommata, 9846, 348,

358, 360, 361, 362, 363.

Calyptopis, 129, 130,

131.

Canis

anthus, 295, 296.

— soudanicus, 295.

Cantuaria, 348, 363.

Carteria, 348, 365.

Casuarius

australis, 270.

salvadorit, 270.

uniappendiculatus, 1.

Cecrops

acanthie vulgaris, 108.

Celidotopus, 349, 365.

Cemas

algazel, 300.

Centropus, 259, 260, 262,

263, 266, 267, 271,

273, 274, 275, 276,

278, 279, 281, 284,

287, 289, 290, 291.

madagascariensis, 285.

toulou, 289.

345, |

Cephalophus

equatorialis, 6.

harveyt, 220.

egnifer, 226.

gohnstoni, 226.

weynst, 226.

Ceratella

fusca, 113, 114, 115,

116

16.

minima, 118, 114, 115,

116.

procumbens, 113, 114.

spinosa, 118, 114.

Ceratogyrus, 354, 361.

Ceratophyllidia, gen.

nov., 250.

africana, 250.

Cerberilla

africana, 254.

annulata, 25d.

—, var. affinis, 255.

longicirrha, 250.

Cercocebus, 12, 18, 20.

aterrimus, 191.

Cercopithecus, 12, 15, 20.

stairsi, 12.

Cereanthus

loydii, 117.

Cestoplana

maldivensis, 313.

Cestotrema, 368.

Cheetopelma, 354, 360.

Chetopterus, 170, 171,

172, 173.

Cheetorrhombus, 3865.

Charopinus

dubius, 109.

Chenistonia, 343, 363.

Chilium

chlorurus, 109.

Chilobrachys, 354, 356,

362. :

Chiridius

armatus, 126.

tenwispinus, 125.

Chitina

ertcopsis, 113, 114.

Chlamydosaurus

kingi, 191.

~ Chondracanthus

blackeri, 109.

ninnit, LOY.

ornatus, 109.

Chondrocarpus, gen. nov.,

sp., 105.

reticulosus, 105, 106.

Chorizops, 552, 364.

Chrysobagrus

longipinnis, 25.

Chrysochloris, 328.

Chrysococeyx, 259, 274,

280, 287, 290.

Chrysopelea

ornata, DA.

Ciralias

uranoscopus, 109.

Citharacanthus, 365.

Citharinus

sp., 6.

Citharischius, 354, 361.

Citharognathus, 354, 362.

Citharoscelus, 354, 360.

Clarias

lazera, 7.

liberiensis, 25.

Clavella

cluthe, 108.

Cloeosiphon, 38.

Clubiona, 366.

Clupea, 334.

Cobus

defassa, 6.'

leucotis, 9).

thomasi, 4, 6.

Coceygus, 287.

Coceystes, 260, 263, 275,

281, 284, 287, 289;

290.

Coelogenium, 354, 361.

Colobus, 12, 16, 17.

sp., 9.

guereza, 17.

vellerosus, 16.

Coluber

climacophorus, 92, 100.

conspicillatus, 100,

davidi, 92.

dione, 91, 100.

mandarinus, 91.

melanurus, 92.

mellendor ffit, 92.

phyllophis, 92.

porphyraceus, 91.

quadrivirgatus, 100.

radiatus, 92, 100.

rufodorsatus, 91.

schmackeri, 101.

schrenckii, 92, 100.

teniurus, 92.

Columba, 334.

Conchecia

borealis, 121.

hyalophyllum, 120,121.

maxima, 118, 120, 121.

porrecta, 120, 121.

Concheecilla

daphnoides, 120, 122.

lacerta, 122.

Conothele, 350, 362, 363.

Coracias

caudatus, 9.

INDEX.

Coregonus, 109.

Coremiocnemis, 356, 362.

Corvinella

affinis, 7.

corvina, 4.

Coryphodon, 201.

Corythornis

cyanostygma, 8.

Cosmetornis

vevillarius, 6.

Cosmopelma, 353, 365.

Coua, 259, 260, 262, 268, |

964, 266, 267, 272, |

Tis molaaloueto, |

281, 286, 287, 288,

289, 290.

cerulea, 275, 276.

reynaudi, 275, 276,

Di 278s 201.

Crateropus, 7.

Cratorrhagus, 354, 360.

Criodrilus, 221.

262, 263, 265, 267,

274, 275, 276, 279,

281, 283, 284, 285,

287, 288, 290.

Cryptocelides, 310, 311.

Cryptorhina

afra, 8.

Cteniza, 350, 360.

Ctenolabrus

rupestris, 108.

Cuculus, 260, 262, 263,

266, 267, 271, 272,

273, 274, 275, 276,

278, 279, 281, 284,

287, 289, 290:

canorus, 268, 277.

Cucumaria

planci, 192,

Cyanops, 278.

Cyclocaris

Ffaroensis, 127.

guilelmi, 126.

tahitensis, 126, 127.

Cyclocosmia, 352, 364.

Cyclophorus

borneensis, 195.

malayanus, 195.

saturnus, 195.

tuba, 195.

Cyclopterus

luimpus, 109.

Cyclostoma

anostoma, 197.

sectilabrum, 197.

Cynocephalus, 18, 19, 20,

21.

mormon, 12, 18.

porearius, 18,

260, |

371

Cynocephalus

sphinx, 18.

Cynognathus, 177, 178.

Cynopithecus, 12, 18, 19,

20, 21.

niger, 18, 19, 20.

Cyphonisia, 352, 361.

Cyriopagopus, 354, 362.

Cyrtauchenius, 348, 560.

Cyrtocarenum, 350, 360.

Cyrtogrammomma, 393,

365.

Cyrtopholis, 554, 365.

Cyrtopia, 131.

Damatiscus

sp., 9.

Damarchus, 348, 862.

Dehitella

atrorubens, 113.

Dekana, 343, 363.

Dendrophis

pictus, 92.

Desis, 158.

Diadoeyrtus, 368,

Dicrurus

assiinilis, 6.

Dinematura

musteli levis, 108.

Dinemelia

dinemelia, 9.

Dinodon

Japonicus, 100.

rufozonatus, 89, 100.

senicarinaius, LOU.

septentrionalis, 90.

tessellatus, 100.

Diocus, 104.

Diplommatina

laidlawi, 198, 199.

skeati, 198, 199.

Diplothele, 353, 362.

Diplura, 343, 345, 364.

Dipodillus

stigmonyx, 296, 297.

Diposthus

corallicola, 3\6.

Dipsadomorphus

kraepelini, 84, 94.

multi-maculatus, 94.

Dipus

microtis, 299.

Discocelis

tigrina, 307, 308, 309.

Distichodus

niloticus, 6.

notospilus, 23,

Distira

brugmansii, 96.

cyanocincia, 96, 101.

372

Distira

orientalis, 95.

ornata, 95, 101.

stokesit, 95.

subcineta, 95, 101.

viperina, 96.

Ditropis

caverne, 195, 199.

Dolomedes, 152, 153, 154,

158.

Dorceus, 367.

Doridicola, 104.

Dossenus, 153, 155.

marginatus, 102, 159d,

168.

Dranees, 153.

Drassus, 366.

Drauces, 153.

Dresserus, 367.

Dromeus, 268, 269.

Dromococcys, 278, 281,

284, 287, 290.

Dryptopelma, 365.

Dyarcyops, 390, 363.

Dysdera, 365.

Hehidna, 328.

Hehinodoris, 251.

Elaphis

virgatus, 92.

Hlasmodes

obtusum, B01.

Eminoscolex, 214.

Encyocrates, 354, 361.

Encyocrypta, 353, 362,

363.

Knhydris

hardwiekii, 96.

Enna, 153, 164.

Knoploteuthis

diadema, 77.

Hnrico, 349.

Enterocola, 106.

Entypesa, 368.

Hoatypus, 341.

Nolidicola, 104.

Hphebopus, 365.

Epipedesis, 353, 365.

Hpiplatys

infrafasciatus, 27.

sex fasciatus, 27.

Equus

burchelli, 2.

caballus, 2.

przewalskii, 200.

Brcolania

Junerea, 257.

siottii, 257.

viridis, 257.

eanzibarica, 256.

Bresus, 366, 367.

INDEX.

Hreasilus

biuncinatus, 107.

centrarchidarum, 107.

Eriodon, 352, 363.

Hrythropygia

ruficauda, 5.

Kubrachythele, 552, 361.

Eucalanus

attenuatus, 119, 123.

crassus, 129.

elongatus, 123.

Hucanthus

marchesettii, 107.

Eucheta

norvegicd, 119, 123.

Euchirella

carinata, 126.

Eueratoscelus, 354, 361.

Eucteniza, 349, 365.

Endactylina

acanthii, 108.

carcharie glauci, 108.

musteli levis, 108.

similis, 108.

squatina angelt, 108.

Eudriloides, 219.

Eudrilus, 212, 213, 214.

| Hudynamys, 259, 260,

2630 260qu 207 ees

278, 279, 281, 284,

285, 287, 289, 290.

Eumenophorus, 354.

Euphausia, 129, 130.

EHurylepta

kelaartiz, 301.

Euthemisto

sp., 127.

bispinosa, 127.

compressa, 127, 129.

libellula, 128.

Euthyeelus, 353, 368.

Hutropius

niloticus, 6.

Eutychides, 365.

Evagrus, 345, 345, 361,

364, 365.

Falco, 261.

Felis, 334.

Forsythula, 353, 361.

Fufius, 348, 364.

Furcilia, 131.

Gaetanus

armiger, 125.

major, 125.

Gaidius, 125.

pungens, 125.

Galeus

vulgaris, 108.

Galvyina, 257.

+ Gastrosteus

aculeatus, 107.

Gazella

cuviert, 191.

ruficollis, 301.

rufifrons, 301.

Gecko

subpalmatus, 91.

Genysa, 348, 349,

368.

Genysochera, 368.

Geococcyx, 260, 262, 263,

264, 265, 266, 267,

Pil, PARA Bless, 276;

278, 279, 281, 282,

284, 285, 287, 288,

290.

californianus, 268.

mexicanus, 282.

Georissa

monterosatiana, 199.

Gerbillus

agag, 296.

pygargus, 297.

Gobius, 109.

buccatus, 109.

minutus, 109.

Goldfingia, 38.

macintoshi, 37, 40.

Gomphognathus, 177,

179, 180.

kennemeyeri, 177, 180,

Gorgyrella, 350, 361.

Guira, 259, 262, 263, 266,

361,

207, 274, 275, 276,

278, 279, 284, 287,

289, 290.

Hadronyche, 343, 345,

363.

Heemobaphes

ambiguus, 109.

Halocyphria

globosa, 120, 122.

Halonoproctus, 352, 360.

Hapalopus, 354, 365.

Hapalotbele, 343, 361.

Haplochilus

elegans, 27.

infrafasciatus, 27.

sexfasciatus, 27.

Haploclastus, 354.

Harmonicon, 3438, 345,

364.

Harpactira, 354, 361.

Harpactirella, 354, 356,

361.

Hebestatis, 568,

Heligmomerus, 350, 361,

362, 363.

Heliodrilus, 218, 219.

Hemibungarus

japonicus, 101.

Hermaeba, 348, 349, 361,

365.

Hermachastes, 348, 361.

Hersilia, 566.

Hersiliola, 366.

Hesydrus, 153, 164.

bucculentus, 165.

estabanensis, 165.

habilis, 152, 164, 165,

168.

jJullient, 153, 164.

palustris, 152, 164, 168,

168.

Heterocheta

grimaldii, 124.

longicornis, 124.

major, 124.

papilligera, 124.

zetesios, 124.

Heteromigas, 352, 363.

Heterophrietus. 354, 362.

Heteroscodra, 354, 361.

Heterothele, 354, 357,

361.

Hexathele, 843, 558, 563.

Hexura, 346, 348, 358,

364.

Hipparion, 202.

Hippidium, 202.

Hipposiderus

caffer, 295.

Hirundo

rustica, 5.

Histioteuthis, 77.

TLomalopsis

buccata, 94.

Homcomma, 365.

Homeoplacis, 353, 365.

Homostola, 349, 361.

Huttonia, 367.

Hydroeyon

forskalii, 6.

Hydrophis

cyanocinetus, 96.

diadema, 99.

fasciatus, 95.

gracilis, 95.

melanocephalus,

101.

obscurus, 99.

Hydrus

major, 96.

platurus, 95, 101.

Hylobates

hoolock, 187.

Hyperiodrilus, 218, 219.

Hyperopisus, 8.

Hypbantornis |

cucullatus, 6.

95,

INDEX.

Hypsirhina

bennetti, 94.

chinensis, 94.

enhydris, 94.

plumbea, 94.

Hysterocrates, 354, 361.

Tanthina, 129.

Ichthyosaurus, 179.

Ictonyx

Srenata, 296.

lybica, 296.

Tdioctis, 353, 363.

Tdiommata, 353, 363.

Tdiopbthalma, 353, 565.

Idiops, 350, 352, 360,

361, 862, 363, 565.

Idiosoma, 349, 3638.

Trrisor

erythrorhynchus, 5.

Ischnocolus, 860.

brevipes, 362.

Ischnothele, 343, 3845,

358, 361, 362, 363,

364, 565.

Tsichthys

henryi, 22.

Tsmailia, 104.

Ixamatus, 343, 363, 368.

Jaculus

gordoni, 299.

jaculus, 299.

Kréyeria

(Lonchidium) ga/ii

vulgaris, 108.

Labdacus, 166.

monastoides, 166.

Labeo

annectens, 28, 28.

hosei, 6.

parvus, 24,

Labrus

maculatus, 108.

mixtus, 108.

turdus, 108.

Lacerta, 334.

Lachesis

flavoviridis, 102.

gramineus, 99.

jerdonii, 99.

luteus, 102.

mucrosquamatus, 99,

102.

okinavensis, 102.

Lagochilus

kobelti, 194, 195, 199.

rollei, 198.

373

Lagochilus

tounsendi, 195.

Lagothrix, 16.

humboldti, 16.

Lamprocolius

purpureus, 6.

Laniarius

barbarus, 6.

erythrogaster, 9.

Lanius

collurio, 9.

excubitorius, 4, 6.

Lasiodora, 354, 365.

Lates

niloticus, 6, 7.

Latocestus

argus, 802, 512, 313.

pacificus, 313.

Latouchia, 350, 3860, 362,

363.

Leggada

minutoides, 298.

tenella, 298.

Lepthereus, 348, 561.

Leptopelma, 352, 3093,

360.

Leptoplana

alcinoi, 303, 307.

angusta, 308.

aurantiaca, 301.

californica, 307, 308.

chierche, 308.

drwhachensis, 308.

ellipsoides, 308.

Jallax, 308.

kukenthali, 307.

lactcoalba, 808.

malayana, 302, 3806,

308, 318.

nationalis, 308.

obtusum, 302.

pacificola, 306, 3808.

pallida, 308.

panamensis, 308.

pardalis, 307.

subviridis, 307.

tremellaris, 307.

variabilis, 308.

virilis, 3808.

vitrea, 307.

Leptopoma

asptrans, 194.

Leptosoma, 271, 285.

Lepus

ethiopicus, 8C0,

Lernxa

abyssicola. 109.

lumpr, 109.

minuta, 109.

Lernwepoda

extumescens, 109.

374

Lernanthropus

micropterygis, 108.

polynemi, 108.

tetradactylus, 108.

trifoliatus. 108.

tylosurt, 108.

Limulus

polyphemus, 304.

Liphistius, 341.

Lophogaster, 130.

Loxomphalia, 361.

Lucieutia

grandis, 124.

magna, 124.

Lucifer, 53.

Lutra

capensis, 191.

Lybiodrilus, 218.

Lycinus, 343, 364.

Lycocyprinus

sexfasciatus, 27.

Lycodon

aulicus, 88.

fasciatus, 88.

subcinctus, 88.

(Ophites) adbofuseus,

89.

Lyrognathus, 354, 396,

362.

Lystrosaurus, 179.

Macacus, 12, 15, 20.

Macrogale, 328.

Macronyx, 5.

croceus, 7.

Macrothele, 348, 345,

358, 360, 362, 363.

Magulla, 365.

Malapterurus, 8.

Marcusenius

brachyhistius, 22.

sphecodes, 22.

Mastacembelus

congicus, 28.

eryptacanthus, 28.

liberiensis, 28

loennhergi, 28.

marchit, 28.

sclateri, 28, 29.

Masteria, 343.

Mastigopus, 53, 56, 62,

63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68,

69, 70.

Mecicobothrium, 346,

308.

Megaderma

frons, 295.

Melittophagus

bullockoides, 7.

pusillus, 8.

INDEX.

Melodeus, 343, 845, 364.

Melopeeus, 354, 362.

Meriones

dongolanus, 296.

stigmonyx, 296.

Merops

albicollis, 6.

nubicus, 9.

Metridia

longa, 119, 123.

Metriopelma, 354, 365.

Microbatesia, 349, 361.

Microcephalophis

melanocephalus, 9d.

Micropteryx

dumerilt, 108.

Microsynodontis,

nov., 26.

batesti, 26, 29.

Migas, 352, 363, 368.

Missulena, 352.

Mitothele, 354, 357, 365.

Mogeridgea, 352, 361,

363, 368.

Monocentropus, 354, 361.

Morinyrops, 8.

Mormyrus, 8.

Motella

tricirrata, 107.

Murricia, 366.

Mus, 334.

Musophaga, 263.

Myegale, 341.

Myrmeciaphila, 349, 564.

Myrmecobius

Jasciatus, 200.

Myrtale, 352, 361.

gen.

Naia

bungarus, 97.

tripudians, 97.

Nasalis, 12, 13, 14, 15,

16, 18, 20.

larvatus, 12.

Nebalia, 130.

Nemesia, 348, 360.

Nemesiellus, 348, 362.

Neocteniza, 349, 365.

Neothereutes, 166.

darwini, 166.

Neotragus

batesi, 193.

pygmaeus, 193.

Nephila, 366.

Notoplana, gen. nov., 302.

evansit, 801, 302, 303,

304.

Nyctiphanes

norvegicd,

130, 132.

119) 129;

Okapia

Johnston, 3.

Onchnesoma, 38.

Onos

cimbrius, 108.

mustelus, 108.

Ophiocephalus

obseurus, 27.

Opisthocomus, 258, 276,

286.

Opisthoporus

penangensis, 196.

Opisthostoma

annandalei, 198.

laidlawi, 198.

Opisthotropis

andersonit, 87.

Ornithoetonus, 354, 362.

Ornithorhynchus, 326.

Ornithoscatoides

migra, 50.

Orphnecus, 362.

Oryx

algazel, 300.

— daminzh, 300.

beatriz, 300.

leucoryx, 300.

Oryzorictes, 328.

Otiothops, 367.

Ovis

arcal, 103.

arkal, 102.

vigner, 102, 103.

— arkal, 103.

— blanfordi, 103.

—- cyeloceros, 102.

Pachylomerus, 346, 350,

309, 360, 364, 365,

368.

Pagodina

(Nemesis) charcharie

glauci, 108.

Paleohatteria, 179.

Palzornis

docilis, 9.

Palpimanus, 367.

Paimphobeteus,

369.

Pandarus

carcharti glaucus, 108.

musteli levis, 108.

spinacis acanthie, 108.

unicolor, 108.

Pantodon

buchholzi, 21.

Papio, 12.

Paraconchecia

oblonga, 120, 121.

variabilis, 121.

304,

Paradisea

apoda, 192.

Paradossenus, gen. noy.,

153, 155.

nigricans, 152, 155,

Paraphysa, 365,

Parathemisto

abyssorum, 126.

oblivia, 119, 126, 129.

Paratropis, 345, 564.

Pareiasaurus, 179.

Pareudrilus

sp., 220.

papillata, 216, 218,

219.

stagnalis, 216, 217,

Parra

africana, 8.

Parus

leucopterus, 7.

Pelinobius, 354, 361.

Pelmatochromis

batesti, 28.

subocellatus, 28.

Pelmatorycter, 348, 361.

Peraderma

bellotti, 109.

peterst, 109.

Petalidinm

sp., 78.

foliacewm, 54, 55, 56,

69, 78.

obesum, 56.

Petrocephalus

simus, 22.

Phacocheerus, 202.

Pheenothele, 349.

Pheoclita, 849, 365.

Phascolion, 37, 38, 39.

Phascolosoma

abnorniis, 37.

cylindratum, 37.

elongatum, 37.

lobostomum, 37.

sanderi, 37, 38.

teres, 29-41.

vulgare, 37.

Philichthys

doderleini, 108.

fialole, 108.

Philodromus, 366.

Phiogiellus, 554, 356,

362.

Phiegiodes, 354, 362.

Phoneyusa, 354, 561.

Phormictopus, 3605.

Phormingochilus,

362, 363.

Phoronis, 35, 36.

354,

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—19038, Vou. I. No. XXV,

INDEX.

Phrissecia, 349, 365.

Phrynarachne

ceylonica, 50.

decipiens, 51.

fatalis, 50.

papulata, 50.

peeliana, 50.

rothschildi, 48, 50, 51.

tuberosa, 50.

Phryxotrichus, 365.

Phyllidia, 251.

Phyllidiopsis, 251,

papilligera, 251.

Phyllocheetupterus, 170,

173

aciculigerus, 170, 171,

172; 176.

claparedi, 171, 172,

173, L75, 176:

eliotz, V7, 172; 173;

175, 176.

fallax, 171.

gardineri, 171, 172,

1738.

gracilis, 171, 175.

major, 171, 172.

pictus, 171, 172, 174,

175, 176.

socialis, 171,

175.

Phymosoma, 33, 34, 35,

36, 38.

varians, 34, 40.

Phyxioschzema, 343, 345,

358, 360.

Piaya, 260, 262, 263, 267,

276, 277, 279, 281, 282,

284, 287, 289, 290.

Pionothele, 348, 361.

Pirata, 158.

Pisenor, 352, 361.

Plagiobothrus, 353, 362.

Plagiotata

promiscua, 305.

Planocera

sp., 801, 302, 318.

insignis, 303.

Platurus

colubrinus, 96, 101.

laticaudaius, 96, 101.

muellert, 96.

schistorhynchus, 101.

Platyctenus, 116.

Plesiophrictus, 354, 362.

Pleuroleura, 252.

Pleuromma

abdominale, 119, 128.

robustum, 123.

Pleuropbyllidiella,

gen. nov., Jol, 252.

horatii, 251.

172,

Ploceus

nigerrimus, 6.

Podon

intermedius, 118, 120.

Pecilia

sexfasciata, 27.

Peecilomigas, 368.

Pecilotheria, 354, 356,

Pceocephalus

meyert, d.

Polyodontophis

collaris, 85.

Polyporus, 310.

Polypostia, 310, 312.

Polypterus, 3, 6, 10, 11,

senegalus, 10.

Polytoreutus, 212, 219.

Porrhothele, 348, 345,

360, 363.

Potamon

africanum, 41, 42, 43,

44, 46.

aubryi, 42, 46.

consobrinus, 44.

decazei, 42.

emarginatum, 42.

Sfloweri, 42.

latidactylum, 42, 48,

44, 46.

pelt, 42, 46,

(Potamonautes)

canum, 47.

(—) latidactylum, 41-

47.

afri-

Prionops

plumatus, 5.

Procavia, 202.

ruficeps, 300.

Proceros

buskii, 801.

concinnumn, 315.

hancockianus, 301.

Procolophon, 179.

Prosthiostomuim

aurantiacum, 302.

pallidum, 302, 317.

siphunculus, 817.

| Protolycosa, 340.

Protopterus, 6, L1.

Psalistops, 353, 365.

Psalmopceus, 365.

Psammodynastes

pulverulentus, 94.

Pselligmus, 349, 365.

Pseudaetideus

armatus, 125.

Pseudidiops, 330, 852,

365.

Pseudoceros

bedfordiz, 301, 3802,

314, 318.

376

Pseudoceros

bushii, B02.

cerebralis, 314.

collingwoodii, 302, 314.

hancockianus, 802, 315.

kelaartii, 802, 314.

rubellus, 302, 314, 318.

striatus, 314.

Pseudopareas

vagus, 98.

Pseudoxenodon

dorsalis, 87.

macrops, 87.

Pteraeolidia

semperi, 255, 256.

Pterinochilus, 354, 356,

361.

Pterocyclos

blandi, 196.

subalatus, 195, 199.

Pterygioteuthis

margaritifera,

Ptychognathus, 179.

Pupina

aureola, 197.

lowi, 197.

Pyromelana

. flammiceps, 6.

Python

molurus, 85.

reticulatus, 85.

Tide

Raia

circularis, 109.

radiata, 108.

Rana, 334.

occipitalis, 6.

Ranatra, 158.

Ranzania, 170.

Rhachias, 3848, 365.

Rhamphococcyx, 260,

£62, 263, 264, 266,

267, 273, 274, 287,

289, 290.

calorhynchus, 262, 291.

Rhaphaulus

ascendens, 196, 199.

blunfordi, 197.

lorraint, 197.

perakensis, 197.

—, var. jalorensis, 197, |

199.

Rhea, 269.

Rhechostica, 357.

Rhinoceros

simus, 222, 223, 224.

Rhinococeyx, 259, 260,

262, 264, 266, 267,

DG 209, 26) 282)

284, 287, 288, 290.

INDEX, |

Rhinoeoecyx

curvirostris, 262.

Rhinopithecus

bieti, 224, 225.

brelichi, 224.

roxellane, 224, 225.

Rhiostoma

sp., 196.

houset, 196.

jalorensis, 196, 199.

Jousscaume?, 196.

Rhopodytes, 259, 260,

By, Ve, Vis, Bae,

OFT DisPay DIS, Pei,

289, 290.

Rhynchza

capensis, 5.

Rhytidicolus, 349, 365.

Rianus, 353.

Rousettus

stramineus, 295.

Salmo, 108.

Saltuinus, 154. »

Sarascelis, 367.

‘Sason, 353, 3861, 362,

363.

Sasonichus, 353, 362.

Saurothera, 259, 260,

263, 265, 288.

vetula, 291.

Scalidognathus, 348, 362,

368.

Schistoloma

anostoma, 197.

sectilabrum, 197.

Schizorhis, 259, 261, 262,

263, 264, 268, 277,

278, 283, 285, 288.

zonura, 291.

Sciacaris, 53.

Scina

borealis, 128.

Scodra, 854, 357, 361,

Scopelus

benotti, 109.

Scoptelus

notatus, 8.

Seopus

umbretta, 4.

Scotineecus, 343, 358.

Scyllium, 334.

Scythrops, 266. 268, 272,

278, 274, 275, 276, =78,

279, 281, 284, 287, 288,

290.

Segestria, 366.

Selenocosmia, 856, 362,

363.

Selenogyrus, 354, 361.

Selenops, 158.

Selenothelus, 354, 356.

Selenotypus, 354, 363.

Semnopithecus, 14, 15,

16, 17, 18, 20, 21.

entellus, 14, 15, 16.

Jemoralis, 14, 15.

hypoleucus, 14, 16.

maurus, 14.

priamus, 14, 15, 16.

rubicundus, 14, 15.

Semonia

maculata, 308, 309.

penangensis, 302, 308,

309.

Senoculus, 166.

albidus, 152, 167, 168.

canaliculatus, 167.

darwint, 166, 168.

gracilis, 166, 167.

tricolor, 166, 167.

maronicus, 166, 168.

monastoides, 166, 167.

pallidus, 166, 167.

parallelus, 152, 166,

167, 168.

plumosus, 166, 167.

prolatus, 166, 167.

purpureus, 166, 168.

rubromaculatus, 166.

ruficapillus, 166, 167.

Seothyra, 367.

Sergestes

ancylops, 65, 66, 71.

arcticus, 57, 59, 60, 61,

62, 65, 68, 70, 71,

78.

armatus, 63, 64, 71.

atlanticus, 52, 58, 59,

60, 61, 65, 66, 71,

loA®)

brachyorrhos, 56.

challengeri, 52, 53, 61,

Tes, 1d, To, Tis 7shs

corniculum, 65, 66, 70,

lewis

cornutus, 67.

diapontius, 62, 63, bd,

67, 68, 71.

dissimilis, 70, 71.

dorsispinalis, 62, 71.

edwardsti, 56, 64, 60,

70, 71, 72.

Sermerinkit, 67, 71.

‘frisii, 59.

incertus, 65.

inous, 69.

intermedius, 56, 71.

japonicus, 5d, 57, 58,

Tile

Junceus, 66.

Sergestes

kroyeri, 58, 61, 71, 78.

leviventralis, 68, 71.

laterodentatus, 62, 71.

longicollus. 67, 68.

lonyirostris, 66, 71.

longispinus, 66, 67.

mediterraneus, 70, 71.

mollis, 57.

nasidentatus, 62, 71.

obesus, 56.

oculatus, 64, 65, 71.

ovatoculus, 65.

parvidens, 65.

penerinkii, 63, 65, 67,

Gite

precollus, 68, 71.

prehensilis, 56, 58, 61,

Til Task

profundus, 55, 69, 71,

78.

rinkii, 64, 65, 67, 71.

robustus, O7, 48, 61.

sanguineus, 56.

semiarmis, 68, 71.

similis, 59, 60, 62, 71,

78.

spiniventralis, 68, 69,

71.

tenuiremis, 66, 67, 68,

72.

utringuedens, 70, 71.

ventridentatus, 70, 71.

vigilax, 65, 68, 69, 72.

Sericopelina, 365,

Simotes

chinensis, 93.

cyclurus, 92.

formosanus, 92.

purpurascens, 92.

vaillanti, 93.

violaceus, 92.

Sipalolasina, 3535, 362.

Solenothele, 854, 3057,

361.

Solenotholus, 863.

Spaniopholis

souliet, 93.

Sparassus, 366.

Sphenodon, 179.

Sphyngiceps

lacteus, B01.

Spiocheetopterus, 170.

Spiroctenus, 348, 361.

Splanchnotropus, 104.

brevipes, 104.

gracilis, 104,

Spreo

superbus, 9.

Squalus

acanthias, 108.

INDEX.

Stasimopus, 350, 361.

Stegodyphus, 367.

Stenoterominata,

365.

Stenygrocercus, 345, 345,

360, 363.

Steriphopus, 367.

Sterrhochrotus, 350, 860.

Stichoplastus, 365.

Stictogaster, 549, 361.

Stothis, 3538, 3865.

Stromateus

Jialola, 108.

Stropheeus, 303.

Struthio

asiaticus, 209.

camelus, 204, 205, 206,

207, 208, 209.

chersonensis, 209.

karatheodoris, 203, 204,

205, 206, 208, 209.

Stuhlmannia, 212, 213,

218, 219, 220.

gracilis, 213.

michaelseni, 210, 211.

349,

variabilis, 210, 211,

212, 213.

Synodontis

nigritus, 6.

obesus, 26.

Syntrechulea, 153.

Taccocoua, 260, 263, 264,

267, 273, 274, 276, 277,

278, 281], 282, 284, 287,

289, 290.

Tama, 366.

Tamandua

tetradactyla, 191.

Taphozous

perforatus, 295.

Tapinauchenius, 354, 357,

565.

Tapinophis

latouchii, 87.

Tegenaria, 366,

Telephonus, 7.

senegalus, 6,

Telepsavus, 170, 173.

Temora

longicornis, 119, 123.

Terpsiphone

perspicillata, 6.

Tetragnathus, 366.

Thalassius, 152, 158.

Thalerommata, 365.

Thanatidius, 153, 156.

dubius, 156.

spinipes, 52,

168.

156,

377

Thanatidius

tenius, 156.

undulatus, 156,

Thaumasia, 152, 153.

annulipes, 152,

168.

binotata, 154.

marginella, 153.

seupularis, 154.

scoparia, 154.

sentlis, 158.

velow, 152, 154, 168.

Thelphusa

apa 41, 47.

Theraphosia, 554.

Thomisus, 366.

Thrigmopeeus, 354, 362.

Thyropeeus, 352, 361.

Thysanoessa

longicaudata, 119, 128,

129, 130, 131.

tenera, 128.

Thysanopoda

longicaudata, 128.

microphthalma, 119,

132.

Thysanozoon

allinani, 301, 802.

auropunctatum, 801,

302, 314.

Tigidia, 352, 361.

Tilapia

lata, 28.

nilotica, 6.

zibli, 7.

Tinus, 153.

Tmesiphantes, 365,

Vracheliastes

gigas, 109.

Tragelaphus

scriptus, 6.

Trechalea, 153, 157, 164.

amazonica, 152, 159,

160, 163, 168.

connera, 152, 159, 162,

168.

ellacombei,

161, 168.

extensa, 152, 159, 162,

168.

hahilis, 165.

154,

152, 160,

keyserlingi, 152, 159,

1638, 168.

longitarsis, 152, 157,

158, 159, 160; 163,

164, 168.

macconnelli, 152, 159,

162, 168.

urinator, 152, 158, 159,

161, 162, 163, 168.

Trechoua, 343, 343, 364.

378

Triacanthus

angustifrons, 182,

biaculeatus, 180, 181,

182, 183, 184.

blocht, 180, 181, 182.

brachysoma, 184.

brevirostris, 180, 181,

183, 184, 185.

indicus, 180, 181, 184.

longirosiris, 182.

macrurus, 180, 188.

nieuhofi, 180, 181, 184.

oxycephalus, 180, 181,

183.

rhodopterus, 183.

russellit, 188.

strigilifer, 180,

182.

Trichopelma, 353, 365.

Triclaria, 157.

connexa, 162.

extensa, 162.

hubilis, 165.

Trigonoporus, 310, 312.

Trionyx

triunguis, 6.

Trirachodon, 177, 179.

kannemeyeri, 177, 178,

180.

Trirhinopholis

styant, 88.

Trissothele, 343, 364.

Triton, 332, 334.

Trittame, 353, 863, 368.

Tropidonotus

annularis, 86.

balteatus, 87.

181,

INDEX.

Tropidonotus

chrysargus, 86.

craspedogaster, 87.

nuchalis, 86.

percarinatus, 87.

piscator, 86.

pryeri, 100.

stolatus, 86.

subminiatus, 86.

swinkonis, 86.

tigrinis, 86, 99, 100.

vibakari, 86, 99.

Tropidostoma

dunni, 177.

Tryphana

boecks, 127.

malmi, 127.

nordenskioldi, 127.

Turacus, 259, 26'), 262,

265, 268, 277,

, 283, 285,

288.

buffoni, 278,

leucotis, 291.

Tylosoma, 38.

Tylosurus

impertalis, 108.

Typhlops

braminus, 85.

lineatus, 89.

291.

Unyoria, 219.

Urococcyx, 287.

Uroctea, 367.

Urolestes

equatorialis, 7.

Uruchus, 3438, 345, 364.

THE END,

Velella, 129.

Ventriculina, gen. nov.,

106.

crosslandi, 106, 107.

Vidua

hypocherina, 5.

principalis, 4.

Vinago

waalia, 9.

Vipera

ammodytes, 185.

— meridionalis,

186.

— typica, 185, 186.

raddit, 186.

Vulpes

pallida, 296.

vulpes egyptiaca, 296.

185,

Xenocharax

spilurus, 23.

Zamenis

korros, 90, 100.

mucosus, 90, 100.

spinalis, 91.

Zanclostomus, 262, 263,

277, 287, 288, 290.

Javanicus, 263.

Zaocys

dhumnades, 90, 100.

Zeugopterus

punctatus, 108.

Zilla, 366.

Zophoryctes, 368.

Printed by Taytor and Franets, Red Liou Court, Fleet Street.

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Tuts Society was founded in 1826 by Sir Sramrorp Rarrvzs,

Mr. J. Sanrnz, Mr. N. A. Vieors, and other eminent Naturalists,

for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, and for the

introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal Kingdom,

and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.

COUNCIL.

HIS GRACE THE DUKE OF BEDFORD, K.G., President.

Wittum T. Branrorp, Kse.,

LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Grorce A. Bovtenerr, Ksq.,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Witrram E. pe Winton, Esa.,

Acting-Superintendent of the

Gardens.

Hersert Droce, Esa., F.L.S.

Cuartes Drummonp, Esa,

Treasurer.

Cuartzts H. Garry, Esa., LL.D:

Freperick Ginterr, Ese.

F. Duo Cane Gopman, KEsa.,

D.C.L., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Axsert Gintuer, Hsa., M.D.,

Pu.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Carr. Tas Marquis oF Hamitton,

M.P.

Pror. Grorer B. Howes, D.Sc.,

LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.

Lr.-Cor. L, Howarp Insy.

Srz Epuunp G. Loprr, Br.

EK. G. B. Mrapr-Watnpo, Esa.

P. Caatmers Mrrenett, Esa.,

M.A., D.Sc., Secretary.

Str THomas Parner.

K. Lorr Parties, Esa.

Davin Suarp, Ese., M.D., F.R.S.

Oxprietp Tromas, Ese., F.R.S.

Henry Woopwarp, Esea., LL.D.,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and

Corresponding Members, elected according to the By-Laws.

The Gardens in the Regent’s Park are open from Nine o’clock A.M.

till Sunset.

The Offices (8 Hanover Square, W.), where all communications

should be addressed, are open from Ten till Five, except on Satur-

days, when they close at Two o’clock p.m.

The Library (3 Hanover Square), under the superintendence of

Mr. F. H. Wareruovuss, Librarian, is open from 10 a.m. to 5 P.m.,

on Saturdays to 2 p.m. It is closed in the month of September.

The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held at the

Office on the Thursday following the third Wednesday in every

month of the year, except in September and October, at Four p.m.

The Meetings for Scientific Business are held at the Office twice

a month on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and

October, at half-past Hight o’clock p.m.

The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th April, at Four p.m.

TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS. .

Frttows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an annual Contri-

bution of £3, due on the Ist of January, and payable in advance,

or a Composition of £30 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,

including the Admission Fee, being £35.

No person can become a Frttow until his Admission Fee and

First Annual Subscription have been paid, or the annual payments

have been compounded for.

Frttows elected after the 30th of September are not liable for

the Subscriptions for the year in which they are elected.

PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.

Frttows have Personal Admission to the Gardens with Two

Companions daily, upon signing their names in the book at the

entrance gate.

Ferttows receive a Book of Saturday and a Book of Sunday Orders

every year. These Orders admit two persons to the Gardens on each

Saturday and two on each Sunday in the year. But the Saturday

Orders are not available if the Frtrow shall have used his privilege

of personally introducing two companions on the same day.

Fertiows also receive every year Twenty Free Tickets (Green),

each yalid for the admission of one adult any day of the week,

including Sunday. Children’s Tickets (Buff) can be had in lieu of

Green Tickets in the proportion of two Children’s Tickets to one

Adult's. These Tickets, if not made use of in the year of issue, are

available for following years.

Fettows, if they wish it, can exchange the Book of Saturday

Orders for Twenty Green Tickets available for any day. The Book

of Sunday Orders can also be exchanged for a similar packet of

Twenty Tickets. These books must, however, be returned entire,

and the exchange can only be made during the year of their issue.

The annual supply of Tickets will be sent to each Frttow on the

1st of January in every year, on his fillmg up a form of Standing

Order stating in what way they should be made up, and to what

address they should be sent. Forms for this purpose are supplied

on application.

The Wire of a Frttow can exercise all these privileges in his

absence.

Ferttows have the privilege of receiving the Socicty’s Publications

on payment of the additional Subscription of One Guinea every

year. This Subscription is due upon the Ist of January and must

be paid before the day of the Anniversary Meeting, after which

the privilege lapses. Frttows are likewise entitled to purchase the

Transactions and other Publications of the Society at 25 per cent.

less than the price charged to the public. A further reduction of

25 per cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued

prior to 1871, if above the value of Five pounds.

Frttows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual

Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1, payable on the

1st July in each year, but this privilege is forfeited unless the

subscription be paid before the 1st of December following.

They may also obtain a TransrerasLe Ivory Ticker admitting

Two Persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,

on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket

may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.

Any Fritow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom

during the space of one year or more may, upon giving to the

Secretary notice in writing, have his name placed upon the

“« dormant list,” and will be thereupon exempt from the payment of

his annual contribution during such absence.

Any Frttow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty to

withdraw his name upon giving notice in writing to the Secretary.

Ladies or Gentlemen wishing to become Fellows of the Society

are requested to communicate with the undersigned.

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, M.A., D.8c.,

Secretary.

3 Hanover Square, London, W.,

August, 1993.

MEETINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

FOR

SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS.

(AT 3 HANOVER SQUARE, W.)

Session 1903-1904.

1903.

Turspsy, Novemper 3and17 | ‘Tuxspay, December 1

1904.

Turspay, JANUARY 19 Turspay, Aprin ..19

x Frprvuary 2 and 16 a May ....< Sandy

re IMA CHa saul aaa anit) FAME OED Clee. 7

The Chair will be taken at half-past Hight o'clock in the Evening —

precisely.

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Tn scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London

are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo

form, and ‘‘ Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the ‘‘ Proceedings”

contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-

tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings

and recommended to be published in the ‘ Proceedings” by

the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured

plates and engravings are attached to each annual volume of

the “‘ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-

able species of animals describedin them. Amongst such

illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired in a

living state for the Society’s Gardens are often given.

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,

on the first of the months of June, August, October, and

April, the part published in April completing the volume

for the last half of the preceding year. From January 1901

they have been issued as two half-yearly volumes.

The ‘‘ Transactions” contain such of the more important

commuuications made to the scientific meetings of the Society

as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate

them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.

They are issued at irregular intervals.

Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of

a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-

versary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive the

Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise

entitled to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per

cent. less than the price charged for them to the Public. A

further reduction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of

Publications issued prior to 1871, if they exceed the value of

five pounds.

Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the

Annual Volume of the Zoological Record for a sum of £1

(which includes delivery in the United Kingdom only),

payable on the Ist July in each year; but this privilege

is forfeited unless the subscription be paid before the Ist of

December following.

The following is a complete list of the publications of

the Society already issued. They may be obtained at

the Society’s Office (8 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs.

Longmans’, the Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.),

or through any bookseller.

[ August, 1908. ]

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

4to. 15 vols. and Index. Eee

Vol I., containing 59 Plates.... (1833-35) .... £318 6.

x ETL TL ee MESS aly) (aus Mae KONO

5 Lane WRN Aries aes CECE wn 8 8 8.

Oe aN None ee CSS Coa the hee GeNo en One

po eae Gi) | CRORE RUT ie es a

et tig OCD), Ge GMM GC See ora ee Militia Oc

aE aaa * (1869-72) 1 A. Oe.

SRVALNTC St, fo gone WOOD) a6 O 8 8.

DE DMS ECG) ri UMMM OHSU p) lon cr tT Say.

BRP OX aie) CORN, (IST TONNe ee OF Olea

Index: vViolshil Ney hie emana (1833-79) Or 6.

Vol. XI., containing 97 Plates.. (1880-85) .... 912 0,

ci oxen Mea \(sschooy ite re some

sy UL, yO) SU EEC UNS Gy

ORY, nar dae. | (18B6SGR NNN Ba 5a cone

axe G1 5D) SO GRSE TCO EEG

im oxeyale 2) 88g MO CCUIWIS), & 8 0.

Pov ilies Pt. 1 ss ag 6 ope etter USB Gg IL BG.

Cron 5 DB A ACETONE) 48 OI B,

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF

CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL

LONDON. 8vyo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only).

Part I.

II.

”

1830-31.

1832.

1 vol. 8vo.

bh}

Price to

Fellows.

Price to the

Public.

ocoocoocoecocococeoqoa

SCIENCE AND

SOCIETY OF

Price to the

Public.

6s.f

6s.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 15 vols. (Letterpress only) and Index. (First Series.)

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.

Part I. 1833.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.f | Part IX. 1841.1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. .. 6s.

oy) WO aKeees %p 4s. 6d. .. 6s. ap X. 1842. i 4s. 6d. .. 6s.

JOD, IIs 4s. 6d. .. 6s. i) XI, 1848. on 4s. 6d. .. 68.F

oy) Jue JUSBKGy Hp 4s. 6d. .. 6s. oh eaSIOE Ikul 3 4s, 6d. .. 6s.

30 V. 1837. of ds. 6d. .. 6s. » AIIL. 1845. s 4s. 6d. .. 6s.

» VI. 1838. % 4s. 6d. .. 6s. » AIV. 1846. op 4s. 6d. .. 63.+

oy AUT, 1St38 5 4s. 6d. .. 6s.+ oy OW USELY/, + 4s. Gd. .. 63.

» VIIL 1840. 66 4s. Gd. .. 6s. | Index 1830-1847. > 4s, Gd. .. 6s.

8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)

Letterpress only. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Publie. Fellows. Public.

Part XVI. 1848. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. 65.0 ie £1.08) Or

2 XVII. 1849. 4) As, 6d. 6S. ae 1 0 8 Bead bens Zune (Gh P

} XVIII. 1850. as 4s, 6d. GSio)) dee LS eG 118 Of

. XIX. 1851, op 4s, 6d, So) Hee een 015 9 We Cap

i XX, 1852. 45 4s, 6d. G Susan aay, 015 9 We ih Ober

us XXI. 1853. os As, 6d. SA erase 018 O 1 ASO:

, XXII. 1854, 0 4s, 6d. (OXIA g ihe 019 6G to @ OF

“ XXIII. 1855. . 4s. 6d. CSE ne aes 286 SO,

. XXIV. 1856. 96 As. 6d. GIS ee eat Sea 10 8 Te Che

‘ XXYV. 1857. 5) 4s, 6d. COR ie er lt @ 8 IY eee Giz

“5 XX VI. 1858. 50 As, 6d. Gsei Gas eae 1 i & 2 2 OF

» XXVIII. 1859. As, 6d. CCP a Oa ta 111 6 ZnO

» AXVIII. 1860. , As, 6d. (SPAT ee eae ea mein I bea) (5) 2) oun On

Index 1848-1860, i As. 6d. 6s.

if Ont of print.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 40 vols. and 4 Indices.

Letterpress only. , With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.

Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. * Public, Fellows. Public,

MSGi As Odio cis (OSs alee ate 9s. Dparaa | eee eres W Oosy OO sins. ADaat

EP 5 ACA A Aas (o:tenincrice 9s, Brace LOSE crohns 308, Od. 4... 458.f

IWstyh oI GEA Sawa OR Goa A toh 5010.0 ty aor reo eyo aouc. CLL

UeGbn ae 465 Gd. ane OSs ems: Stal O21: aie eae spihesiis pong aun

866). 48) (6d. 5,06 Gata. 29s! AIO Ea EMIS ROMO DT De. Grane Come

MSG Tiara ce ois ors ole clade a eee 9s, Mei AS Ae ots Lone OGL eps:

MEGS Resrcetasnpaiceie BAM ROT cr crac Qs, Mets EBS ele eieg. OOSe OL aD:

SCOP eters fi 2 Ne Oo ae enters 9s, BLO sy eee el a BB BE Boon Slap

SAO ea sire ake ecovavereie aiatene ree tee 9s, A Bee cia veteis 338, 9d. .... 408.

Index, T8611 870405, «ceri ements As, Gd..... 68;

IRSA Bemetaebidn or sxaloksbarets os 8 ees Lee. eas d ODai Ole. Ace OR

BS easvarcronre teeters Suacatakeke er stetoretelose Aa hol OAS ee BB Mh gous Ctaar

IRS SoG ean Sade Obe: auebasu(aravolene versions 9s. TVR OSs! onic s (OOS OU neo

TCV Let dhs ite cen ee Bwintelaie ates 9s, mg Te a eee 36s. coe a SRST

NS7ZOMe ae <,- Rt teh Pa Vatarn bi ciote 9s, Be era’ Pee 868: Cloke ene hoes

ICY AS a ete RaGtta D GCE OTe veiw sas LE Stel LA te 36s. Ma ne behe

SVE BoB eee Mert eratiekoreree 9s, Bt ruell eiy ee . 36s, piste ROE:

MST OWES wiatetets CL rR PC VOHO ERROR RE 9s. Sey OSI a i 36s. saree Gage

MESO eet taucasteleteteh a tea Savevsttvatetorcte:s 9s, LeSaeaariryn OOS dc wrete: (4085

rec Tepietes gia ABs Obes sone. 6s.

ae I RIS Reet eee eeeibicnete aoe wee l2s: ae OOS: Roc beth,

1 Milica sie diners Ay Tebcvaharteenae tals 9s. ls: OSE biijemephose

ISEB Y's GR ohn o oro ORO Une CeC oe an 9s. els eee eve care 36s. 48s.

MOS Arr horelaieh cveraisiniavele.eve cicero otaleset OSs ial sia eee 36s. sivhis SOs

SBS raacten nate piaiatevarastonue matetole 9s. LO Sa rote eieOOSs weeoe:

MS BG ier ncisyes sitar ecrevereemmene 9s. 12s. 36s. . 48s,

NSS Teresi eische ache nachos eerie 9s. Bsc aeeoegnn LAAs ameter 36s AOC oh

1888 .... F ‘ : eistorin ee SDSS Oe 36s seen 4Ogs

TORO errs e kcal ete Stans evchenerers SUDO PUKE elas Cae ae 36s 5 48s,

E90 Rees. neo BOG OO Re 9s. HlZs. so dedermoos nic 48s.

Index, 1881-1890 ........ moon. hs 6d. . Ne OSs

OM rel exaievesaacie acu naksteerevcietes Adoccuoeee snaieie oie ateroNShoterens 36s. aieieay 4OSe

Oe avs veteval oterescuatste oheetetete MESA aR arches; a <elle.\ei'e. eie''e Biosansrersreterons 36s. Sono Cheky

NSO S ee Ae, aie aieeiecheiaterecne Pr ealsiole-savlerns AO CODED Te 36s. Scace 485:

SOAS TASS Wcietersiele/cvero mer TO rales caus og bits seletay OSs A Otten

Thee )8) ab OOO OOOO OO Gn DDD DDO) CO GA SOE Caner 36s, oo A

NBIGT eck cette na ea eerie Bieta Slevalol cleraverelar Worevereiete 36s. wre cree Aaa:

WOOT Vee se BAS ee Ore CRATE POTTS MME MOERTSTT ai'claeitie \iMiaiatetatebstec ave . 36s. Aghia ssh.

MOS ee raya cts Sio\cel etal aioe sods NCTC RrCIONSTOMCRCR STS: gavoter che \iosfo: tte cyvsileveveraiere te 36s. e(siensecAons

tet ae eS See nae FORO EO OUG.6 UCU OOO RGR ee oan bic 36s. Seon bet,

OOO ere ert cpe arte Rela CHO RCL TRI COTM e ie peeves wiatbeoletee 36s. wae hos:

Index, 1891=1900) ..)...c.cceauie ne Asi Odessa OS

* No perfect copies in stock t Out of print.

PROCEEDINGS or tor GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC

BUSINESS or tute ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 4 vols.

Price to Price to the

Fellows. Public.

TAIOUA lb Leas oitonon os 15-05. ca. ckAMERTEOaAas sons ose clits 5 CER Blots 5/5) 24s,

. SAILS slofai os sie niaia eRe eos @oneee es Pred ce ica Ee MSSM rsteeeecas 24s,

OOD eee il. Gk aes p che heIPEeronteaviel’s 4 5 n10/ o\teictetelnye, evel wiercrenepaetens liebe 2l8-

9 0 10 re Reh 5.5 ays CRANE ILO Ma os 5. DAS.

TOO Se COT 2 oN, SRO, GME Train NIU 185), eiee 24s,

LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Kdition.) 8vo.

1883. Price 3s. 6d,

List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens

of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vo.

1896. Price 4s. 6d.

Catalogue of the Library of the Zoological Society of London.

(Fifth Edition.) 8vo. 1902. Price 6s.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrnry’s Orrick

(3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Lonamans’ (Paternoster Row,

E.C.), or through any bookseller.

THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

—— 0593, 0o ——_

HE object of the Zoonoarcat Recorp is to give, by means of an

annual Volume, complete lists of the Works and Publications

relating to Zoology in all its branches that have appeared during

the year preceding the issue of the Volume, together with full

information as to the points they deal with, arranged in such a

manner as to serve as an Index to the literature of Zoology in all

parts of the globe, and thus to form a repertory that will retain its

value for the Student in future years.

The ‘ Zoological Record’ is published for the Society by Messrs.

Gurney and Jackson at the price of 30s. per volume. But all

Members of the Zoological Society of London have the privilege

of receiving it, including the cost of delivery (within the United

Kingdom), at a subscription price of 20s. per annum. This Sub-

scription is due on the Ist of July in every year, and the privilege

of Subscription is forfeited unless the amount be paid before the

1st of December following.

The Zoological Society, having purchased the entire stock of

the ‘Zoological Record,’ is able to supply complete sets. The

thirty-seven Volumes to the end of the nineteenth century, and the

Index-Volume in addition, will be supplied for £15 net (or without

the Index-Volume, for £14 10s. net). Volumes of any single year

(exclusive of the last five volumes and Vol. 6) can likewise be

supplied at 10s. per volume net.

The price of the Index Zoologicus (Index-Volume 1880-1900)

is 20s.

Members of the Society wishing to subscribe to the ‘ Record’

are requested to apply at this office for a Form, to be returned

when filled up and signed by the subscriber. In order to facilitate

the payment of the subscription, a Banker’s Order Form is also

furnished to those who prefer that mode of payment. This order,

when filled up and signed, should bo sent to the Society’s office for

registration ; it will then be sent to the Agents named therein.

Learned Socicties and Institutions and members of the former

Zoological Record Association are permitted to subscribe to the

‘Record’ on the same conditions as are accorded to Members of

the Zoological Society.

Commencing with Vol. xxx1x., the divisions of the ‘ Zoological

Record’ may be obtained separately, as shown in the subjoined

List.

SEPARATE DIVISIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.

At present each Volume of the Zootoe1can Recorp consists of

20 separately paged Divisions. Commencing with Vol. xxxtx., for

1902, these Divisions may be obtained separately, in paper covers,

stitched and lettered.

The following are the Divisions and their prices, viz. :—

. List of abbreviations and journals

HGienerall Subjectem.)o))) sic) Merinn tom eho Werte nn

. Mammalia tte 2

ce OAWOS) 1) Rencraineeie oye 9 Tatee 6

. Reptilia and Batrachia. . 2

Pisces 2

. Tunicata 1

. Mollusca 4

. Brachiopoda .. 1

. Bryozoa 1

. Crustacea 2

. Arachnida ZW Vis aioe Cte aie aie aR ge 2

TBS, iGreen Me MERC doe oo Gon eas | dk

SOMOTIAMNRWON HS

yeu

14. Insecta ..

15. Echinoderma

16. Vermes ..

17. Coelenterata ..

18. Spongie

19. Protozoa 3 ROSE ane! aig ae

20, Index of new names of genera and subgenera

SeSOCOROBRDORSOADT®PCSDDCA SOARS

On receipt of the price any Division will be forwarded as soon as

ready. The first part is expected to be ready about May 1908.

These separate Divisions can be obtained from the Zoological

Society, 8 Hanover Square, London. Post-Office Orders should

Le payable to “The Zoological Society,” and may be crossed

“Drummond’s.” Also from the following Agents, viz.: Friedlander

& Sohn, 11 Carlstrasse, Berlin; Gurney & Jackson, 1 Paternoster

Row, London; Librairie A. Hermann, 6 rue Sorbonne, Paris.

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, M.A., D.Sc.,

Secretary.

August, 1903.

ZooLogicaL Sociery oF Lonpon,

3 Hanover Square, W.

LIST OF VOLUMES or tue ‘ZOOLOGICAL RECORD,’

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1864-1868. Vols. 1.-v.

Edited by Auserr C. L. G. Giwruer, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.Z.5., &e.

Price 10s. each Volume net.

The Record of Zoological Literature, 1869. Volume Sixth.

Edited by Axsert C. L. G, Gtnrner, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S.,

F.Z.8., &c. Tondon, 1870. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record for 1870-1872, Vols. vir.-1x. Edited

by Atrrep Newron, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.8., &e. Price 10s.

each Volume net.

The Zoological Record for 1873-1883, Vols. x.-xx. Edited by

Epwarp Carpwett Ryz, F.Z.8., M.E.8. Price 10s. each Volume net.

The Zoological Record for 1884, 1885, Vols. xx1.,xxm. Edited

by F. Jerrrey Bert, M.A. Price 10s. each Volume net.

The Zoological Record for 1886-1890, Vols. xxi1.—xxvit.

Edited by Franx KE. Brpparp, M.A., F.Z.8. Price 10s. each

Volume net.

The Zoological Record for 1891-1896, Vols. xxvi1.—xxxm1.

Edited by D. Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &. Price 10s. each

Volume net.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-fourth; being

Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1897.

By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,

W. A. Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. W.

Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, Florence Buchanan, and R. yon

Lendenfeld. Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin

Suarp, M.A.,, F.R.S., F.Z.8S., &. London, 1898. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-fifth; being Records

of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1898. By J. A.

Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger, W. A,

Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. W. Brown,

D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, Florence Buchanan, R. T. Giinther, and

R. von Lendenfeld. Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by

Davin Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. London, 1899. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirth-sixth ; being Records

of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1899. By

J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,

W. A. Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. W.

Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, A. Willey, and R. von Lendenfeld.

Hidited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A.,

F.R.S., F.Z.8., &. London, 1900. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-seventh; being

Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1900.

By J. A. Thomson, R. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,

W. A. Herdman, E. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, G. C. Crick, A. W.

Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, A. Willey, and E. A. Minchin.

Edited (for the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suazrp,

M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &. London, 1901. Price 30s.

The Zoological Record, Volume the Thirty-cighth; being

Records of Zoological Literature relating chiefly to the year 1901.

By J. A. Thomson, Rt. Lydekker, R. Bowdler Sharpe, G. A. Boulenger,

Alice L. Embleton, EH. R. Sykes, E. A. Smith, 8. Pace, Albert

Brown, D. Sharp, F. A. Bather, and E. A. Minchin. Edited (for

the Zoological Society of London) by Davin Suarp, M.A, F.R.S.,

F.Z.8., &c. London, 1902. Price 30s. —

Index Zoologicus. An alphabetical list of names of genera

and subgenera proposed for use in Zoology, as recorded in the

Zoological Record, 1880-1900; together with other names not

included in the ‘Nomenclator zoologicus’ of 8. H. Scudder. Com-

piled (for the Zoological Society of London) by Cuartes OwEn

Warernouse and edited by Davip Suarp, Kditor of the Zoological

Record. London, 1902. Price to Fellows, 18s. net; price to the

public, 20s. net.

The Zoological Record for the years 1864-1900 and ‘ Index

Zoologicus’” (88 vols.). Price £15 net; or without ‘Index Zoo-

logicus’ (37 vols.), Price £14 10s. net.

These publications may be obtained at the Socrnry’s OFFIcE

(3 Hanover Square, W.), of Messrs. GurNEY anp Jackson (Pater-

noster Row, H.C.), or through any bookseller.

LIST OF INSTITUTIONS

TO WHICH

COPIES OF THE SOCIETY'S PUBLICATIONS ARE PRESENTED,

AFRICA.

The South-African Museum, Cape Town.

The South-African Philosophical Society, Cape Town.

The Museum, Durban, Natal.

AMERICA, SOUTH.

The National Museum, Buenos Ayres.

The Museum of Natural History, Santiago, Chili.

The Museum of La Plata, La Plata, Buenos Ayres,

AUSTRALASIA.

The Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart.

The Royal Society of Victoria, Melbourne.

The Zoological and Acclimatization Society of Victoria, Melbourne,

The Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney.

The Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney.

The New-Zealand Institute, Wellington.

AUSTRIA.

The Hungarian National Museum, Budapest.

The Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna.

The Zoological and Botanical Society, Vienna.

BELGIUM.

The Belgian Society of Geology, Paleontology and Hydrology,

Brussels.

The Congo Free State Museum, Tervueren, Brussels.

The Entomological Society of Belgium, Brussels.

The Malacological Society of Belgium, Brussels.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Brussels.

The Royal Museum of Natural History, Brussels.

BRITISH INDIA.

The Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta.

The Geological Survey of India, Calcutta.

The Indian Museum, Calcutta.

CANADA (DOMINION OF).

The McGill College, Montreal.

The Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa.

The University of Toronto, Toronto.

CHINA.

The China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, Shanghai.

EAST INDIES.

The Royal Society of the Dutch East Indies, Batavia.

FRANCE,

The Linnean Society of Normandy, Caen.

The Agricultural Society, Lyons. _

The Entomological Society of France, Paris.

The Museum of Natural History, Paris.

The National Society of Acclimatization, Paris.

The Zoological Society of France, Paris.

GERMANY.

The Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, Berlin.

The Society of Friends of Natural History, Berlin.

The Natural-History Union for Rhineland and Westphalia, Bonn.

The Senckenbergian Society, Frankfort-on-Main.

The New Zoological Society, Frankfort-on-Main.

The Natural History Society, Freiburg-in-Breisgau.

The Royal Society of Sciences, Gottingen.

The oe Leopoldino-Carolinian Academy of Naturalists,

alle.

The Natural-History Society, Halle.

The Natural-History Union, Hamburg.

The Royal Biological Station, Heligoland.

The Medical and Natural-History Society, Jena.

The Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences, Munich.

The Union for Natural History of Wiirtemberg, Stuttgardt.

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

The Belfast Natural History and Philosophical Society, Belfast.

The Philosophical Society, Cambridge.

The Royal Dublin Society, Dublin.

The Royal Irish Academy, Dublin.

The Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh.

The Royal Society, Edinburgh.

The Free Public Library and Museum, Liverpool.

The Athenzeum Club, London.

The British Museum of Natural History, London.

The Entomological Society, London.

The Geological Society, London.

The King’s College Library, London.

The Linnean Society, London.

The London Institution.

The Royal College of Physicians, London.

The Royal College of Surgeons, London.

The Royal Geographical Society, London

The Royal Institution, London.

The Royal Society, London.

The University College, London.

The Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester.

The Owens College, Manchester.

The Natural History Society, Newcastle-on-Tyne.

The Plymouth Institution and Devon and Cornwall Natural-History

Society, Plymouth.

The Marine Biological Laboratory, Plymouth.

The Yorkshire Philosophical Society, York.

HOLLAND.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Amsterdam.

The Royal Zoological Society, Amsterdam.

The Dutch Society of Sciences, Haarlem.

The Dutch Entomological Union, The Hague.

The Royal Museum of the Netherlands, Leyden.

ITALY.

The Royal Institute of Superior Studies, Florence.

The Civil Museum of Natural History, Genoa.

The Italian Society of Natural Sciences, Milan.

The Zoological Station, Naples.

The Royal Academy of the Lincei, Rome.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Turin.

JAPAN.

The Science College of the Imperial University, Tokyo.

RUSSIA.

The Society of Naturalists, Jurjeff (Dorpat).

The Society of Sciences of Finland, Helsingfors.

The Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow.

The Entomological Society of Russia, St. Petersburg.

The Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg.

SCANDINAVIA.

The Bergen Museum, Bergen.

The Society of Sciences of Christiania, Christiania.

The Royal Danish Society of Sciences, Copenhagen.

The University Zoological Museum, Copenhagen.

The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Upsala.

SPAIN.

The Royal Academy of Sciences, Madrid.

SWITZERLAND.

The Philosophical and Natural-History Society, Geneva.

The Vaud Society of Natural Sciences, Lausanne.

The Society of Natural Sciences, Neuchatel.

The Natural-History Society, Zurich.

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

The Boston Society of Natural History, Boston.

The Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

The Field Columbian Museum, Chicago.

The Ilinois State Laboratory of Natural History, Ilinois.

The American Journal of Science, Newhaven.

The American Museum of Natural History, New York.

The New-York Academy of Sciences, New York.

The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

The American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia.

The Entomological Society, Philadelphia.

The Essex Institute, Salem, Mass.

The Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.

The United States Fish Commission, Washington, D.C.

The United-States Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.

The United-States National Museum, Washington, D.C.

WEST INDIES.

The Institute of Jamaica, Kingston.

ROO

The Publications (except in special cases) are sent out direct as

soon as they are issued. It is requested that they may be ac-

knowledged by the return of the form of receipt sent with them,

in order that any mis-delivery may be brought to notice.

Publications sent in exchange to this Society should be addressed

to the Librarian at this Office. It is requested that they may be

sent direct by post, as much delay is caused by their transmission’

through booksellers and in other ways.

By order of the Council,

P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, M.A., D.Sc.,

Secretary.

3 Hanover Savane, Lonpon, W.,

August, 1903.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS.

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

1903, vol. I.

PART I.

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

JANUARY ann FEBR BAR

JUNE 1903.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.

LONDON :

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,,

PATERNOSTER-RO

[Price Twelve ‘Shillings.]

LIST OF CONTENTS.

1003 Ver 1

Part I.

January 20, 1903.

Page

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in December 1902 -. 1

Mr. P. L. Sclater. On the Zebra-and-Pony hybrid living in the Society’s Menagerie .... 1

My. J. 8S. Budgett, M.A.,F.Z.S. Account of his recent J ourney to Uganda in search of the

Okapi and Polypterus ......++..-2..0.08 ore afar staltasatelegetchaiey's «ire (alevele a eiete e ceeh eneaee 2

1. Note on the Spiracles of Polypterus. By J.S. Bupaurt, M.A., F.Z.8. ........0008 Peete! i

2. On the Brains of Nasalis /arvatus and of some other Old World Primates. By Frank

EL Bepparp, FURS. Ge... eee ee cece ee cece ee ee eee ee te cece eens Pie fy NP Dav kietels 12

3. On the Fishes collected by Mr. G. L. Bates in Southern Cameroon. By G. A.

(BOULENGER, PEER Savile Se o (ealetes lV) iste cic/cic' +(e) «le clelsivieler elle «ec eyeliner 21

4, On the Anatomy of the Gephyrean Phascolosoma teres, n. sp. By W. K. Hurton,

M.A., M.B., Senior Demonstrator of Anatomy in the University of Soe!

(Plates (VE V Ue ei rh teretc eee Rei eisi soc 'm » ie) 0 \ein'e 5: re enenenenS g aete 29

5. On Potamon (Potamonautes) latidactylum, anew Freshwater Crab from Upper Guinea.

By Dr..dG: pr Man, of Terseke: Hollandse (Plate UX:)/2)0% sin. swale esters cee eee 4]

6. On a new “ Bird’s-dung” Spider from Ceylon. By R. I. Pococx, F.Z.8., and the

voetion. Ni Ce RopHSCHInD,bAt JHEH Seah 27S. \(bIAtecXs)\ ccs): se lelete clans «ate elaelageele . 48

7. On the Orustaceans of the Genera Petalidium and Sergestes from the ‘ Challenger,’ with

an Account of Luminous Organs in Sergestes challengeri, n. sp. By Dr. H. J. Hansen

(Copenhagen). (Plates XT. G XU.) oie ces ewes seams cae cies sues Sete oat allen e

February 3, 1903.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in January 1903.... 79

- 1, Notes on the Hair-Slope of four Typical Mammals. By Water Kipp, ZS. oie dcceoe is he

2. A Prodromus of the Snakes hitherto Gecneded from China, Jape and the Loo Choo

Islands; with some Notes. ey, Captain F, Watt, Indian Medical Service ........ » 84

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

ContENTS (continued).

Deas February 3, 1903 (continued).

' 8. Note on the Wild Sheep of the Kopet-Dagh, By R, Lypexxer......... IY ek 102

4. On new Parasitic Copepoda from Zanzibar and East Africa, collected by Mr. Cyril

Crossland, B.A., B.Sc. By Staff-Surgeon P. W. Bassert-Saitn, R.N., F.Z.S. ...... 104

5. On the Original Home of the Tiger. By Col. C. EB. Srewart, O.B.,0.M.G.,C.LE, .. 109

6. On the Mode of Copulation of the Indian Elephant. By H. Stapr, Conservator of

SURES NEAVERVO, DUEMS 0.0’ c'e'een ares 'cluldie ¥'e ca cnse'ss au.es see ee us os ca tijeets weds 11]

7. On the Ceelenterata collected by Mr. C. Crossland in Zanzibar.—I. Ceratella minima,

n. sp. By Sypyey J. Hickson, M.A., F.RS., F.Z.S., Beyer Professor of Zoology

in the Owens College, Manchester. (Plate XIII.) .......... ele eluveich qretaid’ ele "sala iataigiata 115

8. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the Faeroe Channel.—No, VIII.

By iG. Hurserr Hownmr B.A:) PHD EZ.S. oe secs clon ren sane cciss cumelesen clans 117

9. On the Present Condition and Habits of the Elk in Norway. By H. J. Exwes, F.R.S.. 133 |

February 17, 1903.

Mr. R. E. Holding, Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Skulls of Mammals showing

abnormal dentition..........+ MMMIADTR Elan imelca se «sce 60 00ceun b¥icen een ean 151

1. On some new Species of Spiders belonging to the Families Pisauwride and Senoculide;

with Oharacters of a new Genus. By Freperick Pickarp-Camsrines, B.A,, F.Z.S.

CE Tabes 2c LV ce ee nme reels vinle te oo cs os ce nescence dccsietipaccinusviw ele cvs mmeUE

On the Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and British East Africa, from Collections made by

Cyril Crossland in the Years 1901 and 1902.—Polychxta. Part I. By Cyr Orosstanp,

B.A., B.Se, (Plates XVI. & ee leSsdtis v Gulviege ook «ec 0:0 eau «aie hie en 169

8. On the Axis, Atlas, and Bioatlas in the lg Theriodonts. By R. Broom, M.D.,

B.Se,, C.M.Z.8. (Plate XVIII.).. Wied c.cseinsoie.wicle's eetsituatetertle =/ere ciate als aie isan nan

4, A Revision of the Fishes of the Genus Triacanthus, By O. Tare Ruaan, B.A,........ 180

. On the Geographical Variations of the Sand-Viper, Vipera ammodytes, By G. A.

BovureEncnr, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. .

6. Notes on the Habits of the Hoolock. By Gro. Canpier, M.B.Cantab, ....0+++0++.0+ 187

LIST OF PLATES.

1903; Oe

PA Tylon:

Plate Page

I. 1. Alestes intermedius. 2. Alestes opisthotenia. 3. Ammphilius \

UQIUGUMOSURIS selene tie «4. 0)< (=:0'e oficiales ipod hte taielabele | e(e: ==) siete erate

II. 1. Labeo annectens. 2. Barbus teniurus ....0.eec.ssseeeee \ 21

Il. 1. Barbus progenys. 2. Barbus hatesit .. 11.00... ..eeee cee

LV.) -Microsynodontis Odtesit 0.0. oc. cvicces o> == 0+-svemsiance ou ee |

V. 1. Anabas pleurostigma. 2. Mastacembelus sclatert ......-... )

VALS

VII. | Anatomy and Histology of Phascolosoma teres ..........++.- 29

VIII.

IX. Figs. 1-6. Potamon (Potamonautes) latidactylum. Figs, {-9.

Potamon (Potamonautes) africanum «2-.eceecesereveee 4)

X. Phrynarachne rothschildi ........ SBE COU SO OOTOAe ra ecco - 48

XI. Fig. 1. Petalidium foliaceum. 2. Petalidiumjun. 3. Sergestes |

profundus. 4. 8. prehensilis. 5. S. kroyert. 6. 8. Be 52

XID. Big. 1. Sergestes arcticus. 2. S. challengert 0.02.22 .eus.--

RT Cer atella Went Wee clots eece 62 Soke. eles naelekae Dee eter 113

XIV. Spiders of the Families Pisauride and Senoculide .......... } 151

XV. Spiders of the Family Pisauride ......-.--.2+...02.0ceeeee

XVI. Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4,7, 8. Phyllochetopterus elioti. Wigs. 5, 6, 9.

JEL GURUE Sodio Coc oho genase AEE OSA adivooo sce 169

XVII. Phyllochetopterus €lt0tt 12.2060. c ee cece eset cence ceee

XVIII. Axis, Atlas, and Proatlas of Gomphognathus and Trirachodon. 197

NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, forming two yolumes

as follows :—

VOL. I.

Part I. containing papers read in January and February, in June.

II. re » March and April, in August.

VOL. Il.

Part I. containing papers read in May and June, in October.

Ts n ie », November and December, in April,

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY |

OF LONDON. 3

1908, vol. I.

PART IT.

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

MARCH anv APRIL.

nsomtian Insziy,,,,

a T5 72 ah

SEP 28 1903

National Muse A

AUGUST 1903.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE,

- LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,,

PATERNOSTER-ROW.

LIST OF CONTENTS.

1903.—Vot. Tat:

Part II,

March 3, 1903.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in February 1903..-.

The Secretary. Extract from a, letter from Major C. Delmé Radcliffe concerning skins of

an Monkey,and, an Otter. fromyu manda eteands 0+ viasinielsine ciein hele: selleia) aia tieteie aie c opetee <

Mr. F. B. Beddard, F.R.S. Exhibition of a mounted skin of the Gea: Bird of Beans

Mr. J. L. Bonhote, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a phone of Elephants

showing considerable growth of hair, and note upon the Sanskrit name of the Tiger..

Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Holothurian of the Genus

ee Sie cero seyeintelivlereyere clekc v= cevenctatete a

eo eoo ee ee cee see ee oe ee ee eo ee eeee re FTF OS oO

1. On a new Species of Pigmy Antelope of the Genus Neotragus from the Cameroons

District, W. Africa. By W. E. pp Wivtoy, F.Z.S. (Plate XIX.) -...+.........--

2. On the Land Operculate Mollusca collected during the “ Skeat Expedition” to the Malay

Peninsula in 1899-1900. By EH. R. Syxus, F.Z.S. (Plate XX.) ............. Saternte

3. The Significance of the Callosities on the Limbs of the Equide. By R. Lypzxxnr, F.Z8.

4, Note on some Remains of Struthio karatheodoris Maj. of the Island of Samos. By Rupour

Martin, of Basel University .-..00...0cee0-e 50 %

5. On a new Genus and two new Species of Harthworms of the Family Hudrilide, with

some Notes upon other African Oligocheta. By Franz E, Bepparp, M.A, F.R.S.,

TRASH His SRD EL CE RCCRT ERO Oe Boia 86 eae ead pabie

@eecv cece ee ce eoceeecsecerece @oe

March 17, 1908.

Prof. Newton, F.R.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, plotogmphs 0 of the White

Rhinoceros taken by Mr. OC. R. Saunders, C.M.G., in Zululand... seers

Mr. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Exhibition of a skin and Beant of anew species of

Monkey, Rhinoptthecus br elichi, (Plate XXI.)

eves oce ee se eo so ee oo eer ese sees se ce

Page ub

191

199

203

210

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

ConTENTs (continued).

March 17, 1903 (continued).

NTE RCH Seal CL ETIGETCR IOP TTIC Mb w'e \iui's, oe sn aire bib W OUe whe/s. dw alate able ep vceew-s

Page

Mr, Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S. Exhibition of specimens and re of a new species of

ea Cephalophus ignifer.. wei eh Utara WEOe oeaetiy' 6 G''elale ie: sige ate\ahctamet aeole aeeretets 225

1, Observations and it ont on Japanese Long-tailed Fowls{ By J. T. Constnanam,

M.A., F.ZS. . eee tee ee ere rennet Peewee ee ee FOO eee ewe e ree eeereeeewn ere ewenn ee 237

2. On some Nudibranchs from Hast Africa and Zanzibar.—Part IT. ae Sir C. Error,

K.C.M.G., H.M. Commissioner for the East Africa Protectorate, F.Z.S 250

8. Contributions to the Osteology of Birds.—Part VI. Cucwliform2s. By W. P. Pycnrarr,

MEATS) (EIRCG Bc LL.) og eons soldimipiee inc a's oShea ne ealmetWbre ile aly’aat in iiale 258

April 21, 1903.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in March 1903.... 292

1, Linnus and Hunter on Feather-Tracts. By Henry Scnerren, F.Z.S, «+. .000s 292

2. On some Mammals collected by Capt. H. N. Dunn, R.A.M.C., in the Soudan. By

OxupFietp Tuomas, F.R.S., F.Z.8. -..... aere awe SA SEAR ge ie ie ROPE fend Ch tr 294

3. On a Oollection of Turbellaria Polycladida from the Straits of Malacca, (Skeat

Expedition, 1899-1900.) By F. F. Larpiaw, B.A.Cantab., Assistant Lecturer and

Demonstrator in the Owens College. (Plate XXIII.) ...... 0... cece cece ereenees 301

4. On the Phylogenetic Cause of the Transposition of the Testes in Mammalia: with

Remarks on the Evolution of the Diaphragm and the Metanephric Kidney. By W.

Wooptanp, University College, London..........:seeee severe eeeeees NEP a prneiia3e 319

5, On the Geographical Distribution of Spiders of the Order Mygalomorphe. By R. I.

BOGOGRaTH: Aisa” erajelless/ eles cisieteseieie Baila, « '6 ciate el Anis eiakerhiahe eae Oma oie earn falas 340

Index os ccsscessee REE e tae cd, va were ema mete ae oo 6 ky Sle guna Wino «) iphOeleeN iy Be area cae 369

Titlepage .......... ae 1c Ua WE rs vee Gah wean ee

RPM Cir On MAC CN CBRGy 4 «J c'sine's edad + .0's oeteeg.ci's Sled pnlamiaeiia pe «sain Reh eee ii

ERAEREL QICREUOILLH «1 t)/ SECROIA slaieials cla e/a des wia'dsle seh ca oe se cbiggmalawisieme va stevdvenennis iii

* Erratum ......e00. 000: RPT Ee oo ose oanaiaheis oo. dle sibyacerel GR CentOS a" eine ce abaieinete) 6, 8 viii

Mipibeticdl Tnstiog Conthibutors ......06....ecenesce sect camy ips dipeiesasee see}. ix

UNIS EAP PES EUR MPEER Sf clbl cio la'usa(s's,cie's v's ejsle'sva\a ie elvis waye's «uit dts wiQnaaivelsc siaitlr sible Fa ORM xv

PARADOR RRES org Sw els ceed sececnyscnveteec¥iguean Sapien eerajanee sg bs cene xvi

LIST OF PLATES. or

1903.—VOL. I.

PAC oalek

Plate Page

DTK NGotr agus Oates.) steele cie's\ete ein sieve iene neste) seis i in afeke ate tee ee 192

XX. Mollusca from the Malay Peninsula ..-...--...+0. pee 194

PNONGL BPI 2WOPIENECUS ONCLICHY amr els toreleretn tleyategatorer= alesis tekelotelop kate 224

XXII. Osteology of the Cuculiformes ........00 0 ee tees cece ee ee ee 258

XXIII. Polyclads from the Straits of Malacca .....-.....-0-0-..00 301

NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, forming two volumes,

as follows:—

VOL. I.

Part 1. containing en read in January and February, in June.

aly, a HA ». March and April, in August.

VOL. II.

Part I. containing papers read in May and June, in October.

1th # = » November and December, in April,

—————@GSE-

—

aos ms

2 ee

ae ,

¥ 2.

yey = * iY 4

et (

| ‘ :

the ett

¢ ore ot i

** WaiGh pag ‘

x he Airey Ve

3 9088 00847 2201

122

12)

{o}

entik pie

aye intend te E2

Reoerureae enter =

cde sho a7 LINED A geese f ‘ eae ‘ . 2 - : wre epsees

iveeicesta7-W S . aero aes Fe mn ‘ sa

’ ; ! E : j a on poe

< fee

F png atte Sender ae

Sn tt Tet

eee ee eer eet nen

ected abet et eee OE a

ce he wae Pe eet aE OLE EERE ; P . as

ago ori eet gE dh > ° . . é x vee

bette eee aw i é - Fase we : rere ge

. - ‘i ie ; ry oe eae

ron : caja ar are

aap We

por pap emcees

prencte Hes 2

ah g EEN Rg oad WER

eet Nenana re mpoainty ene : ; sraqeacerer yew:

ayaaeprd fees oe sxe : onder 3 ohh evn Ih Saran Seb RN ANA eM

pada rasng vee Y= GOW mneen

sranemge tt ¢

eene~aers Aran a PEM AV

Crd RA NE A ON Ae SL aM 2 Tae

pagar ote ieee sen nh AH

nce rns

mee = Re:

oe ea ee i tae ear BAD ETO Oe TD eo

Cea pcre ern eare eH OOOO ng ee

Re ec ont portenahnainr iy (rieahy ab awe Sree